CORP Q3 2012



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the quarterly period ended
Commission file
September 30, 2012
number 1-5805

JPMorgan Chase & Co.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
13-2624428
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
 
 
270 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10017
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 270-6000



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
T Yes o No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
T Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer T                 Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) o Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
o Yes T No
 
Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2012: 3,801,401,625
 





FORM 10-Q
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I - Financial information
Page
Item 1
 
 
112
 
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
113
 
Consolidated balance sheets (unaudited) at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011
114
 
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
115
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
116
 
117
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
210
 
Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Interest and Rates (unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
211
 
213
Item 2
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:
 
 
3
 
4
 
6
 
12
 
Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
15
 
17
 
52
 
53
 
55
 
59
 
63
 
106
 
107
 
110
 
111
Item 3
220
Item 4
220
Part II - Other information
 
Item 1
220
Item 1A
220
Item 2
222
Item 3
224
Item 4
Mine Safety Disclosure
224
Item 5
224
Item 6
224




2




JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated financial highlights
(unaudited)
(in millions, except per share, headcount and ratio data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine months ended September 30,
As of or for the period ended,
3Q12
2Q12
1Q12
4Q11
3Q11
 
2012
2011
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net revenue
$
25,146

$
22,180

$
26,052

$
21,471

$
23,763

 
$
73,378

$
75,763

Total noninterest expense
15,371

14,966

18,345

14,540

15,534

 
48,682

48,371

Pre-provision profit
9,775

7,214

7,707

6,931

8,229

 
24,696

27,392

Provision for credit losses
1,789

214

726

2,184

2,411

 
2,729

5,390

Income before income tax expense
7,986

7,000

6,981

4,747

5,818

 
21,967

22,002

Income tax expense
2,278

2,040

2,057

1,019

1,556

 
6,375

6,754

Net income
$
5,708

$
4,960

$
4,924

$
3,728

$
4,262

 
$
15,592

$
15,248

Per common share data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per share: Basic
$
1.41

$
1.22

$
1.20

$
0.90

$
1.02

 
$
3.82

$
3.60

  Diluted
1.40

1.21

1.19

0.90

1.02

 
3.81

3.57

Cash dividends declared per share(a)
0.30

0.30

0.30

0.25

0.25

 
0.90

0.75

Book value per share
50.17

48.40

47.48

46.59

45.93

 
50.17

45.93

Tangible book value per share(b)
37.53

35.71

34.79

33.69

33.05

 
37.53

33.05

Common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average: Basic
3,803.3

3,808.9

3,818.8

3,801.9

3,859.6

 
3,810.4

3,933.2

Diluted
3,813.9

3,820.5

3,833.4

3,811.7

3,872.2

 
3,822.6

3,956.5

Common shares at period-end
3,799.6

3,796.8

3,822.0

3,772.7

3,798.9

 
3,799.6

3,798.9

Share price(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High
$
42.09

$
46.35

$
46.49

$
37.54

$
42.55

 
$
46.49

$
48.36

Low
33.10

30.83

34.01

27.85

28.53

 
30.83

28.53

Close
40.48

35.73

45.98

33.25

30.12

 
40.48

30.12

Market capitalization
153,806

135,661

175,737

125,442

114,422

 
153,806

114,422

Selected ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on common equity (“ROE”)
12
%
11
%
11
%
8
%
9
%
 
11
%
11
%
Return on tangible common equity (“ROTCE”)(b)
16

15

15

11

13

 
15

16

Return on assets (“ROA”)
1.01

0.88

0.88

0.65

0.76

 
0.92

0.94

Return on risk-weighted assets(d)
1.74

1.52

1.57

1.21

1.40

 
1.61

1.70

Overhead ratio
61

67

70

68

65

 
66

64

Deposits-to-loans ratio
158

153

157

156

157

 
158

157

Tier 1 capital ratio
11.9

11.3

11.9

12.3

12.1

 
11.9

12.1

Total capital ratio
14.7

14.0

14.9

15.4

15.3

 
14.7

15.3

Tier 1 leverage ratio
7.1

6.7

7.1

6.8

6.8

 
7.1

6.8

Tier 1 common capital ratio(e)
10.4

9.9

9.8

10.1

9.9

 
10.4

9.9

Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets
$
447,053

$
417,324

$
455,633

$
443,963

$
461,531

 
$
447,053

$
461,531

Securities
365,901

354,595

381,742

364,793

339,349

 
365,901

339,349

Loans
721,947

727,571

720,967

723,720

696,853

 
721,947

696,853

Total assets
2,321,284

2,290,146

2,320,164

2,265,792

2,289,240

 
2,321,284

2,289,240

Deposits
1,139,611

1,115,886

1,128,512

1,127,806

1,092,708

 
1,139,611

1,092,708

Long-term debt
241,140

239,539

255,831

256,775

273,688

 
241,140

273,688

Common stockholders’ equity
190,635

183,772

181,469

175,773

174,487

 
190,635

174,487

Total stockholders’ equity
199,693

191,572

189,269

183,573

182,287

 
199,693

182,287

Headcount
259,547

262,882

261,453

260,157

256,663

 
259,547

256,663

Credit quality metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses
$
23,576

$
24,555

$
26,621

$
28,282

$
29,036

 
$
23,576

$
29,036

Allowance for loan losses to total retained loans
3.18
%
3.29
%
3.63
%
3.84
%
4.09
%
 
3.18
%
4.09
%
Allowance for loan losses to retained loans excluding purchased credit-impaired loans(f)
2.61

2.74

3.11

3.35

3.74

 
2.61

3.74

Nonperforming assets
$
12,481

$
11,397

$
11,953

$
11,315

$
12,468

 
$
12,481

$
12,468

Net charge-offs
2,770

2,278

2,387

2,907

2,507

 
7,435

9,330

Net charge-off rate
1.53
%
1.27
%
1.35
%
1.64
%
1.44
%
 
1.39
%
1.83
%
(a)
On March 13, 2012, the Board of Directors increased the Firm’s quarterly stock dividend from $0.25 to $0.30 per share.
(b)
Tangible book value per share and ROTCE are non-GAAP financial ratios. ROTCE measures the Firm’s earnings as a percentage of tangible common equity. Tangible book value per share represents the Firm’s tangible common equity divided by period-end common shares. For further discussion of these ratios, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 15–16 of this Form 10-Q.
(c)
Share prices shown for JPMorgan Chase’s common stock are from the New York Stock Exchange. JPMorgan Chase’s common stock is also listed and traded on the London Stock Exchange and the Tokyo Stock Exchange.
(d)
Return on Basel I risk-weighted assets is the annualized earnings of the Firm divided by its average risk-weighted assets.
(e)
Basel I Tier 1 common capital ratio (“Tier 1 common ratio”) is Tier 1 common capital (“Tier 1 common”) divided by risk-weighted assets. The Firm uses Tier 1 common capital along with the other capital measures to assess and monitor its capital position. For further discussion of Tier 1 common capital ratio, see Regulatory capital on pages 59–61 of this Form 10-Q.
(f)
Excludes the impact of residential real estate purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans. For further discussion, see Allowance for credit losses on pages 93–95 of this Form 10-Q.



3


INTRODUCTION
This section of the Form 10-Q provides management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of operations of JPMorgan Chase. See the Glossary of terms on pages 213–216 for definitions of terms used throughout this Form 10-Q.
The MD&A included in this Form 10-Q contains statements that are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. For a discussion of those risks and uncertainties and the factors that could cause JPMorgan Chase’s actual results to differ materially from those risks and uncertainties, see Forward-looking Statements on page 111 and Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors, on pages 220–222 of this Form 10-Q; Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors, on pages 175–175A of the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2012; Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors, on pages 219–222 of the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012; and Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, on pages 7–17 of JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“2011 Annual Report” or “2011 Form 10-K”), to which reference is hereby made.
JPMorgan Chase & Co., a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading global financial services firm and one of the largest banking institutions in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide; the Firm has $2.3 trillion in assets and $199.7 billion in stockholders’ equity as of September 30, 2012. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small businesses, commercial banking, financial transaction processing, asset management and private equity. Under the J.P. Morgan and Chase brands, the Firm serves millions of customers in the U.S. and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients.
JPMorgan Chase’s principal bank subsidiaries are JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), a national bank with U.S. branches in 23 states, and Chase Bank USA, National Association (“Chase Bank USA, N.A.”), a national bank that is the Firm’s credit card–issuing bank. JPMorgan Chase’s principal nonbank subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“JPMorgan Securities”), the Firm’s U.S. investment banking firm. The bank and nonbank subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase operate nationally as well as through overseas branches and subsidiaries, representative offices and subsidiary foreign banks. One of the Firm’s principal operating subsidiaries in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) is J.P. Morgan Securities plc (formerly J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd.), a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
JPMorgan Chase’s activities at the end of the third quarter 2012 were organized, for management reporting purposes, into six major business segments. In addition, there is a Corporate/Private Equity segment. The Firm’s wholesale businesses comprise the Investment Bank, Commercial Banking, Treasury & Securities Services and Asset Management segments. The Firm’s consumer businesses comprise the Retail Financial Services and Card Services & Auto segments. A description of the Firm’s business segments, and the products and services they provide to their respective client bases, follows.
Investment Bank
J.P. Morgan is one of the world’s leading investment banks, with deep client relationships and broad product capabilities. The clients of the Investment Bank (“IB”) are corporations, financial institutions, governments and institutional investors. The Firm offers a full range of investment banking products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, sophisticated risk management, market-making in cash securities and derivative instruments, prime brokerage, and research.
Retail Financial Services
Retail Financial Services (“RFS”) serves consumers and businesses through personal service at bank branches and through ATMs, online and mobile banking and telephone banking. RFS is organized into Consumer & Business Banking and Mortgage Banking (including Mortgage Production and Servicing, and Real Estate Portfolios). Consumer & Business Banking offers deposit and investment products and services to consumers and lending, deposit and cash management, and payment solutions to small businesses. Mortgage Production and Servicing includes mortgage origination and servicing activities. Real Estate Portfolios comprises residential mortgages and home equity loans, including the PCI portfolio acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction. Customers can use nearly 5,600 bank branches (second largest nationally) and nearly 18,500 ATMs (largest nationally), as well as online and mobile banking around the clock. More than 32,800 branch salespeople assist customers with checking and savings accounts, mortgages, home equity and business loans, and investments across the 23-state footprint from New York and Florida to California. As one of the largest mortgage originators in the U.S., Chase helps customers buy or refinance homes resulting in more than $150 billion of mortgage originations annually. Chase also services approximately 8 million mortgages and home equity loans.


4


Card Services & Auto
Card Services & Auto (“Card”) is one of the nation’s largest credit card issuers, with over $124 billion in credit card loans. Customers have nearly 64 million open credit card accounts (excluding the commercial card portfolio), and used Chase credit cards to meet over $279 billion of their spending needs in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Consumers can obtain loans through more than 17,400 auto dealerships. Chase customers also can obtain student loans for attendance at eligible schools and universities nationwide. Through its Merchant Services business, Chase Paymentech Solutions, Card is a global leader in payment processing and merchant acquiring.
Commercial Banking
Commercial Banking (“CB”) delivers extensive industry knowledge, local expertise and dedicated service to U.S. and U.S. multinational clients, including corporations, municipalities, financial institutions and not-for-profit entities with annual revenue generally ranging from $10 million to $2 billion. In addition, CB provides financing to real estate investors and owners. Partnering with the Firm’s other businesses, CB provides comprehensive financial solutions, including lending, treasury services, investment banking and asset management to meet its clients’ domestic and international financial needs.
Treasury & Securities Services
Treasury & Securities Services (“TSS”) is a global leader in transaction, investment and information services. TSS is one of the world’s largest cash management providers and a leading global custodian. Treasury Services (“TS”) provides cash management, trade, wholesale card and liquidity products and services to small- and mid-sized companies, multinational corporations, financial institutions and government entities. TS partners with IB, CB, RFS and Asset Management businesses to serve clients firmwide. Certain TS revenue is included in other segments’ results. Worldwide Securities Services (“WSS”) holds, values, clears and services securities, cash and alternative investments for investors and broker-dealers, and manages depositary receipt programs globally.
Asset Management
Asset Management (“AM”), with assets under supervision of $2.0 trillion as of September 30, 2012, is a global leader in investment and wealth management. AM clients include institutions, retail investors and high-net-worth individuals in every major market throughout the world. AM offers global investment management in equities, fixed income, real estate, hedge funds, private equity and liquidity products, including money-market instruments and bank deposits. AM also provides trust and estate, banking and brokerage services to high-net-worth clients, and retirement services for corporations and individuals. The majority of AM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.
In addition to the six major reportable business segments outlined above, the following is a description of Corporate/Private Equity.
 
Corporate/Private Equity
The Corporate/Private Equity sector comprises Private Equity, Treasury, Chief Investment Office (“CIO”), and Other Corporate, which includes corporate staff units and expense that is centrally managed. Treasury and CIO manage capital and liquidity of the Firm. The corporate staff units include Central Technology and Operations, Audit, Executive, Finance, Human Resources, Corporate Marketing, Internet & Mobile, Legal & Compliance, Global Real Estate, General Services, Risk Management, and Corporate Responsibility & Public Policy. Other centrally managed expense includes the Firm’s occupancy and pension-related expense that are subject to allocation to the businesses.
Business segment changes
On July 27, 2012, the Firm announced that it will be reorganizing its business segments to reflect the manner in which the segments will be managed. The reorganization of the business segments is expected to be effective beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012. As a result, Retail Financial Services and Card Services & Auto businesses will be combined to form the Consumer & Community Banking segment. The Investment Bank and Treasury & Securities Services businesses will be combined to form the Corporate & Investment Bank segment. Asset Management and Commercial Banking will remain unchanged. In addition, Corporate/Private Equity will not be significantly affected.



5


EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
This executive overview of the MD&A highlights selected information and may not contain all of the information that is important to readers of this Form 10-Q. For a complete description of events, trends and uncertainties, as well as the capital, liquidity, credit and market risks, and the critical accounting estimates affecting the Firm and its various lines of business, this Form 10-Q should be read in its entirety.
Economic environment
The global economy continued to expand in the third quarter of 2012, but reflected regional differences.
The U.S. economy grew at a modest pace. The U.S. unemployment rate declined to 7.8% at the end of the third quarter as U.S. labor market conditions continued to improve at a slow pace. The U.S. housing sector continued to show signs of improvement: excess inventories were reduced, prices began to rise and affordability improved in most areas of the country as household incomes stabilized and mortgage rates declined. During the third quarter, homebuilder confidence improved to the highest level in six years and housing starts increased to the highest level in four years. The multifamily and rental sector continued to benefit from robust demand. Business fixed investment remained solid; although slower in recent months as nonresidential construction declined, investments in equipment and software remained strong.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) maintained the target range for the
 
federal funds rate at zero to one quarter percent and guided that economic conditions are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate, at least through late 2015. Additionally, the Federal Reserve announced a new asset purchase program that would be open-ended and is intended to speed up the pace of the U.S. economic recovery and produce sustained improvement in the labor market.
Asia’s developing economies continued to expand, although growth was significantly slower than earlier in the year, reducing global inflationary pressures.
During the third quarter of 2012, the European Central Bank (“ECB”) announced a new government bond-buying program referred to as the Outright Monetary Transactions (“OMT”) plan. The plan includes the ECB’s conditional pledge to purchase “unlimited” amounts of the government bonds of the region’s troubled nations and is intended shore up confidence in the Euro. With the announcement of the OMT plan and other actions by the ECB, concerns over the European monetary union have recently receded.
The U.S. economy is likely to be affected by the continuing uncertainty about Europe’s financial crisis, the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy, and the fiscal debate over taxes and spending that is expected to occur later in 2012, among other factors.


Financial performance of JPMorgan Chase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except per share data and ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net revenue
$
25,146

 
$
23,763

 
6
 %
 
$
73,378

 
$
75,763

 
(3
)%
Total noninterest expense
15,371

 
15,534

 
(1
)
 
48,682

 
48,371

 
1

Pre-provision profit
9,775

 
8,229

 
19

 
24,696

 
27,392

 
(10
)
Provision for credit losses
1,789

 
2,411

 
(26
)
 
2,729

 
5,390

 
(49
)
Net income
5,708

 
4,262

 
34

 
15,592

 
15,248

 
2

Diluted earnings per share
1.40

 
1.02

 
37
 %
 
3.81

 
3.57

 
7
 %
Return on common equity
12
%
 
9
%
 
 
 
11
%
 
11
%
 
 
Capital ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
11.9

 
12.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common
10.4

 
9.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Overview
JPMorgan Chase reported record third-quarter 2012 net income of $5.7 billion, or a record $1.40 per share, on net revenue of $25.1 billion. Net income increased by $1.4 billion, or 34%, compared with net income of $4.3 billion, or $1.02 per share, in the third quarter of 2011. ROE for the quarter was 12%, compared with 9% for the prior-year quarter. Results in the third quarter of 2012 included the following significant items: $900 million pretax benefit ($0.14 per share after-tax increase in earnings) from a reduction in the allowance for loan losses in Real Estate
 
Portfolios; $825 million pretax incremental charge-offs ($0.13 per share after-tax decrease in earnings) due to regulatory guidance on certain residential loans in Real Estate Portfolios; $888 million pretax benefit ($0.14 per share after-tax increase in earnings) due to extinguishment gains on redeemed trust preferred capital debt securities in Corporate; $684 million pretax expense ($0.11 per share after-tax decrease in earnings) for additional litigation reserves in Corporate. The tax rate used for each of the above significant items is 38%; for additional information, see the discussion at the end of this section on pages 8–9.


6


The increase in net income from the third quarter of 2011 was driven by higher net revenue, a lower provision for credit losses and lower noninterest expense. The increase in net revenue as compared with the prior year was due to higher mortgage fees and related income, higher principal transactions revenue, and higher investment banking fees. Net interest income decreased compared with the prior year, reflecting the impact of low interest rates, as well as lower average trading balances, faster prepayment of mortgage-backed securities, limited reinvestment opportunities and the run off of higher-yielding loans, partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Results in the third quarter of 2012 reflected positive credit trends for the consumer real estate and credit card portfolios. The provision for credit losses was $1.8 billion, down $622 million, or 26%, from the prior year. The total consumer provision for credit losses was $1.9 billion, down $432 million from the prior year. The decrease in the consumer provision reflected a $900 million reduction of the allowance for loan losses related to the mortgage portfolio due to improved delinquency trends and lower estimated losses. Consumer net charge-offs were $2.8 billion, compared with $2.7 billion in the prior year, resulting in net charge-off rates of 3.10% and 2.84%, respectively. The increase in consumer net charge-offs was primarily due to incremental charge-offs of $825 million for certain residential real estate loans recorded in accordance with regulatory guidance requiring loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower (“Chapter 7 loans”) to be charged off to the net realizable value of the collateral and to be considered nonaccrual, regardless of their delinquency status. The wholesale provision for credit losses was a benefit of $63 million compared with an expense of $127 million in the prior year. Wholesale net recoveries were $34 million, compared with net recoveries of $151 million in the prior year, resulting in net recovery rates of 0.05% and 0.24%, respectively. The Firm’s allowance for loan losses to end-of-period loans retained was 2.61%, compared with 3.74% in the prior year.
The Firm’s nonperforming assets totaled $12.5 billion at September 30, 2012, up from the prior-quarter level of $11.4 billion and flat compared with the prior-year level of $12.5 billion. The current quarter included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans which were reported as nonaccrual as discussed above. The current quarter nonaccrual loans also reflected the effect of regulatory guidance implemented in the first quarter of 2012, as a result of which the Firm began reporting performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due, as nonaccrual loans. Such junior liens were $1.3 billion in the current quarter and $1.5 billion in the prior quarter.
Loans increased $25.1 billion from the third quarter of 2011; this increase was due to a $42.8 billion increase in the wholesale loan portfolio across the lines of business, partially offset by a $17.7 billion decrease in the consumer
 
loan portfolio, reflecting net runoff, primarily in the real estate portfolios.
Noninterest expense was $15.4 billion, down $163 million, or 1%, compared with the prior year. The current quarter included pretax expense of $790 million for additional litigation reserves. The prior year included pretax expense of $1.3 billion for additional litigation reserves.
The Firm’s results reflected continued momentum in all of its businesses. The Investment Bank reported favorable Fixed Income Markets results and maintained its #1 ranking for Global Investment Banking fees. Consumer & Business Banking average deposits were up 9% and Business Banking loan balances grew for the eighth consecutive quarter to a record $19 billion, up 8% compared with the prior year. Mortgage Banking originations were $47 billion, up 29%, compared with the prior year. Credit Card sales volume, excluding Commercial Card, was up 11% compared with the prior year. Commercial Banking reported record revenue and grew loan balances for the ninth consecutive quarter to a record $124 billion, up 15% compared with the prior year. Treasury & Securities Services assets under custody rose to a record $18.2 trillion, up 12% compared with the prior year. Asset Management reported positive net long-term product flows for the fourteenth consecutive quarter and record loan balances of $75 billion.
Net income for the first nine months of 2012 was $15.6 billion, or $3.81 per share, compared with $15.2 billion, or $3.57 per share, for the first nine months of 2011. The increase was driven by a lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower net revenue. The decline in net revenue for the first nine months of the year was driven by lower principal transactions revenue, reflecting losses from the synthetic credit portfolio, and lower investment banking fees, predominantly offset by higher mortgage fees and related income. The lower provision for credit losses reflected an improved consumer credit environment. Noninterest expense was flat compared with the first nine months of 2011.
The Firm strengthened its balance sheet, ending the third quarter with Basel I Tier 1 common capital of $135 billion, or 10.4%, compared with $120 billion, or 9.9%, in the third quarter of 2011. The Firm estimated that its Basel III Tier 1 common ratio was approximately 8.4% at September 30, 2012, taking into account the impact of final Basel 2.5 rules and the Federal Reserve’s Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPR”). (The Basel I and III Tier 1 common ratios are non-GAAP financial measures, which the Firm uses along with the other capital measures, to assess and monitor its capital position. For further discussion of the Tier 1 common capital ratios, see Regulatory capital on pages 59–61 of this Form 10-Q.)
JPMorgan Chase serves clients, consumers, companies, and communities around the globe. The Firm provided credit and raised capital of over $1.3 trillion for commercial and consumer clients during the first nine months of 2012. This


7


included more than $15 billion of credit provided for U.S. small businesses, an increase of 21% compared with the same period last year; and $52 billion of capital raised and credit provided so far this year for more than 1,300 nonprofit and government entities, including states, municipalities, hospitals and universities.
Investment Bank net income decreased from the prior year, reflecting higher noninterest expense and lower net revenue, largely offset by a benefit from the provision for credit losses compared with a provision for credit losses in the prior year. Net revenue included a $211 million loss from debit valuation adjustments (“DVA”) on certain structured and derivative liabilities resulting from the tightening of the Firm’s credit spreads, compared with a gain of $1.9 billion in the prior year. Excluding the impact of DVA, Fixed Income and Equity Markets combined revenue was up 24% compared with the prior year, driven by solid client revenue and broad-based strength across the Fixed Income businesses. The portion of the synthetic credit portfolio transferred from CIO in Corporate to IB on July 2, 2012, experienced a modest loss, which was included in Fixed Income Markets revenue. Investment banking fees were up 38% compared with the prior year primarily due to stronger results in debt underwriting. Noninterest expense increased compared with the prior year, driven by higher compensation expense, partially offset by lower noncompensation expense.
Retail Financial Services net income increased compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in net revenue and a lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by increased noninterest expense. Net revenue increased as higher noninterest revenue was driven by higher mortgage fees and related income, partially offset by lower debit card revenue; while net interest income declined driven by lower deposit margins and lower loan balances due to portfolio runoff, largely offset by higher deposit balances. The provision for credit losses declined compared with the prior year. The current-quarter provision reflected a $900 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Current-quarter total net charge-offs were $1.5 billion, including $825 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Noninterest expense increased from the prior year as a result of higher mortgage production expense and higher servicing expense, as well as investments in sales force and new branch builds.
Card Services & Auto net income increased compared with the prior year as lower noninterest expense and lower provision for credit losses was partially offset by lower net revenue. The provision for credit losses was $1.2 billion, compared with $1.3 billion in the prior year. The current-quarter provision reflected lower net charge-offs and a small reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The prior-year provision included a $370 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Noninterest expense declined compared with the prior year, driven by lower marketing expense.
 
Commercial Banking net income increased compared with the prior year, reflecting an increase in net revenue and lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher expense. Net revenue was a record reflecting growth in loan and liability balances and increased investment banking revenue, partially offset by spread compression on loan products. Noninterest expense increased compared with the prior year, reflecting higher headcount-related expense.
Treasury & Securities Services net income increased compared with the prior year, reflecting higher net revenue. Treasury Services net revenue increased compared with the prior year, driven by higher deposit balances and higher trade finance loan volumes. Worldwide Securities Services net revenue increased compared with the prior year, driven by higher deposit balances.
Asset Management net income increased compared with the prior year, reflecting higher net revenue, lower noninterest expense and lower provision for credit losses. Net revenue increased as higher valuations of seed capital investments and the impact of net product inflows were offset by the absence of a prior-year gain on the sale of an investment and lower loan-related revenue. Net interest income increased primarily due to higher deposit and loan balances. Noninterest expense decreased from the prior year, due to the absence of non-client-related litigation expense, partially offset by higher performance-based compensation.
Corporate/Private Equity reported net income, compared with a net loss in the prior year. Private Equity reported a lower net loss, compared with the prior year. Net revenue was a lower loss compared with the prior year, due to lower net valuation losses on both private and public investments. Treasury and CIO reported net income, compared with a net loss in the prior year. Net revenue increased compared with the prior year. The current-quarter revenue reflected $888 million of pretax extinguishment gains related to the redemption of trust preferred capital debt securities. Principal transactions in CIO included $449 million of losses on the index credit derivative positions that had been retained by it following the transfer of the synthetic credit portfolio to IB on July 2, 2012, reflecting credit spread tightening during the quarter. By the end of the third quarter of 2012, CIO effectively closed out these positions. Net interest income was negative, reflecting the impact of lower portfolio yields and higher deposit balances across the Firm. Net revenue also included securities gains of $459 million from sales of available-for-sale (“AFS”) investment securities during the current quarter. Other Corporate reported a lower net loss, compared with the prior year. The third quarter included pretax expense of $684 million for additional litigation reserves. The prior year included pretax expense of $1.0 billion for additional litigation reserves , predominantly for mortgage-related matters.
Note: The Firm uses a single U.S.-based, blended marginal tax rate of 38% (“the marginal rate”) to report the estimated


8


after-tax effects of each significant item affecting net income. This rate represents the weighted-average marginal tax rate for the U.S. consolidated tax group. The Firm uses this single marginal rate to reflect the tax effects of all significant items because (a) it simplifies the presentation and analysis for management and investors; (b) it has proved to be a reasonable estimate of the marginal tax effects; and (c) often there is uncertainty at the time a significant item is disclosed regarding its ultimate tax outcome.
2012 Business outlook
The following forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties could cause the Firm’s actual results to differ materially from those set forth in such forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements on page 111 and Risk Factors on pages 220–222 of this Form 10-Q.
JPMorgan Chase’s outlook for the remainder of 2012 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment, client activity levels, and regulatory and legislative developments in the U.S. and other countries where the Firm does business. Each of these linked factors will affect the performance of the Firm and its lines of business.
In the Consumer & Business Banking business within RFS, the Firm estimates that, given the current low interest rate environment, continued deposit spread compression could negatively affect annual net income by over $400 million. It is possible that this decline may be offset by deposit balance growth, although the exact extent of any such deposit growth cannot be determined at this time.
In the Mortgage Production and Servicing business within RFS, management expects to continue to incur elevated default- and foreclosure-related costs, including additional costs associated with the Firm’s mortgage servicing processes, particularly its loan modification and foreclosure procedures. (See Mortgage servicing-related matters on pages 89–91 and Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.) In addition, management believes that the high production margins experienced in the third quarter of 2012 will not be sustainable over time. Management also expects there will be continued elevated levels of repurchases of mortgages previously sold, predominantly to U.S. government-sponsored entities (“GSEs”). However, based on current trends and estimates, management believes that the existing mortgage repurchase liability is sufficient to cover such losses.
For Real Estate Portfolios within RFS, management believes that total quarterly net charge-offs may be approximately $600 million, subject to economic uncertainty. If positive credit trends in the residential real estate portfolio continue or accelerate and economic uncertainty does not increase, the related allowance for loan losses may be reduced over
 
time. Given management’s current estimate of net portfolio runoff levels, the residential real estate portfolio is expected to decline by approximately 10% to 12% in 2012 from year-end 2011 levels. This reduction in the residential real estate portfolio can be expected to reduce annual net interest income by approximately $500 million. However, over time, the reduction in net interest income should be offset by an improvement in credit costs and lower expenses.
In Card Services & Auto, the Firm expects that further reductions in the allowance for loan losses for the credit card portfolio may be at or near an end, given the current stage of the credit cycle within the credit card business.
The currently anticipated results for RFS and Card described above could be affected by adverse economic conditions, including further declines in U.S. housing prices or increases in the unemployment rate. Management continues to closely monitor the portfolios in these businesses in light of current economic uncertainty.
In Private Equity, within the Corporate/Private Equity segment, earnings will likely continue to be volatile and influenced by capital markets activity, market levels, the performance of the broader economy and investment-specific issues.
For Treasury and CIO, within the Corporate/Private Equity segment, management currently believes that the segment may generate a net loss of approximately $300 million for the fourth quarter of 2012 (which may vary positively or negatively by approximately $100 million) driven by the implied yield curve and management decisions related to the positioning of the investment securities portfolio.
For Other Corporate, within the Corporate/Private Equity segment, management expects quarterly net income, excluding material litigation expense and significant nonrecurring items, if any, to be approximately $100 million, but this is likely to vary each quarter.
The Firm’s net yield on interest-earning assets is expected to be under continued modest pressure in the fourth quarter of 2012, reflecting the continued low interest rate environment. The Firm’s total noninterest expense for the second half of 2012, excluding Corporate litigation expense and compensation expense for IB, is expected to be comparable to the level for the first half of 2012. This anticipated level of noninterest expense includes elevated costs in Mortgage Banking as a result of higher production costs associated with strong origination volumes and elevated default-related servicing costs, including costs associated with the Consent Orders entered into with the banking regulators relating to the Firm’s residential mortgage servicing and higher costs across the Firm associated with compliance, legal fees and FDIC assessments. See Mortgage servicing-related matters on pages 89–91 of this Form 10-Q for a discussion of the Consent Orders.


9


CIO synthetic credit portfolio update
On August 9, 2012, the Firm restated its previously-filed interim financial statements for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012. The restatement related to valuations of certain positions in the synthetic credit portfolio of the Firm’s CIO. The restatement had the effect of reducing the Firm’s reported net income for the three months ended March 31, 2012, by $459 million. The restatement had no impact on any of the Firm’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, or for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. For more information about the restatement and the related valuation matter, please see our second quarter report on Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2012.
Management also determined that a material weakness existed in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting at March 31, 2012. Management has taken steps to remediate the material weakness, including enhancing management supervision of valuation matters. These remedial steps were substantially implemented by June 30, 2012; however, in accordance with the Firm’s internal control compliance program, the material weakness designation could not be closed until the remedial processes were operational for a period of time and successfully tested. The testing was successfully completed during the third quarter of 2012 and the control deficiency was closed at September 30, 2012. For additional information concerning the remedial changes in, and related testing of, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting, see Part I, Item 4: Controls and Procedures on page 220 of this Form 10-Q.
On July 2, 2012, the majority of the synthetic credit portfolio was transferred from the CIO to the Firm’s IB, which has the expertise, trading platforms and market franchise to manage these positions to maximize their economic value. An aggregate position of approximately $12 billion notional was retained in CIO. Losses incurred by CIO on the portfolio retained by CIO were $449 million (recorded in principal transactions revenue) during the third quarter of 2012, reflecting credit spread tightening. By the end of the third quarter of 2012, CIO effectively closed out the index credit derivative positions that had been retained by it following the transfer. IB continues to actively manage and reduce the risks in the remaining synthetic credit portfolio that was transferred to it on July 2, 2012; this portion of the portfolio experienced a modest loss during the third quarter of 2012, which was included in Fixed Income Markets Revenue for IB (and also recorded in the principal transactions revenue line item of the income statement).
On July 13, 2012, management summarized its observations arising out of its internal review of CIO-related matters. That review, which is being overseen by an independent Review Committee of the Board of Directors, is expected to be concluded early in the first quarter of 2013, along with the Review Committee’s own independent work.
The reported trading losses have resulted in litigation
 
against the Firm, as well as heightened regulatory scrutiny, and may lead to additional regulatory or legal proceedings. Such regulatory and legal proceedings may expose the Firm to fines, penalties, judgments or losses, harm the Firm’s reputation or otherwise cause a decline in investor confidence. For a description of the regulatory and legal developments relating to the CIO matters described above, see Note 23 on pages 196–206 of this Form 10-Q.
Regulatory developments
JPMorgan Chase is subject to regulation under state and federal laws in the U.S., as well as the applicable laws of each of the various other jurisdictions outside the U.S. in which the Firm does business. The Firm is currently experiencing a period of unprecedented change in regulation and supervision, and such changes could have a significant impact on how the Firm conducts business. The Firm continues to work diligently in assessing and understanding the implications of the regulatory changes it is facing, and is devoting substantial resources to implementing all the new rules and regulations while meeting the needs and expectations of its clients.
In June 2011, the Basel Committee announced an agreement to require global systemically important banks (“GSIBs”) to maintain Tier 1 common requirements above the 7% minimum in amounts ranging from an additional 1% to an additional 2.5%. In November 2012, the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) designated the Firm, as well as three other banks, as GSIBs and indicated that it would require such designated institutions to hold the additional 2.5% of Tier 1 common in accordance with these requirements. For additional information see Regulatory capital on pages 59–61 of this Form 10-Q.
The Firm expects heightened scrutiny by its regulators of its compliance with new and existing regulations, including those issued under  the Unfair and Deceptive Acts or Practices laws, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA"), The Truth in Lending Act, and the laws administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, among others. The Firm is also under scrutiny by its supervisors with respect to its controls and operational processes, such as those relating to model development, review, governance and approvals.  The Firm expects that it will more frequently be the subject of more formal enforcement actions, rather than informal supervisory actions or criticisms.   While the Firm has made a preliminary assessment of the likely impact of this heightened regulatory scrutiny and anticipated changes in law, given the current status of regulatory and supervisory developments, the Firm cannot quantify the possible effects on its business and operations of all the significant changes that are currently underway.

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) update
In August 2012, the Firm resubmitted its capital plan to the Federal Reserve under the 2012 CCAR process. The resubmitted capital plan related to the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of common equity in the first quarter of 2013.


10


The Firm's resubmission provided for the continued payment of its current quarterly common stock dividend.  On November 5, 2012, the Federal Reserve informed the Firm that it had completed its review and that it did not object to the Firm's resubmitted capital plan.
The timing and exact amount of common stock and warrant purchases under the repurchase program will be consistent with the Firm's capital plan and will depend on various factors, including market conditions; the Firm's capital position; internal capital generation; the amount of equity issued under the Firm's employee stock-based plans; organic and other investment opportunities; and legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity. The repurchase program does not include specific price targets, may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including utilizing Rule 10b5-1 programs, and may be suspended at any time.
Management expects to submit its capital plan for the last three quarters of 2013 and the first quarter of 2014 to the Federal Reserve under the Federal Reserve's 2013 CCAR process,  pursuant to the Federal Reserve's schedule.  Management expects to receive further details from the Federal Reserve related to the 2013 CCAR process by mid-November 2012.


 
Subsequent events – Hurricane Sandy
On October 29, 2012, the mid-Atlantic and Northeast regions of the U.S. were affected by Hurricane Sandy, which caused major flooding and wind damage and resulted in major disruptions to individuals and businesses and significant damage to homes and communities in the affected regions. Despite the damage and disruption to many of its branches and facilities, the Firm has been assisting its customers, clients and borrowers in the affected areas. The Firm has continued to dispense cash via ATMs and branches, loan money, provide liquidity to customers, and settle trades, and has waived a number of checking account and loan fees, including late payment fees. The potential financial impact from Hurricane Sandy on the Firm will be dependent upon a number of factors, such as the amount of credit extended to affected persons and businesses, the extent of damage, and the borrower's financial condition, including the amount of insurance proceeds and governmental assistance available to them.  The Firm is in the early stages of quantifying the potential impact from Hurricane Sandy on its financial results of operations.  







11


CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following section provides a comparative discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Factors that relate primarily to a single business segment are discussed in more detail within that business segment. For a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Results of Operations, see pages 107–109 of this Form 10-Q and pages 168–172 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Investment banking fees
$
1,443

 
$
1,052

 
37
 %
 
$
4,081

 
$
4,778

 
(15
)%
Principal transactions
2,047

 
1,370

 
49

 
4,342

 
9,255

 
(53
)
Lending- and deposit-related fees
1,562

 
1,643

 
(5
)
 
4,625

 
4,838

 
(4
)
Asset management, administration and commissions
3,336

 
3,448

 
(3
)
 
10,189

 
10,757

 
(5
)
Securities gains
458

 
607

 
(25
)
 
2,008

 
1,546

 
30

Mortgage fees and related income
2,377

 
1,380

 
72

 
6,652

 
1,996

 
233

Credit card income
1,428

 
1,666

 
(14
)
 
4,156

 
4,799

 
(13
)
Other income
1,519

 
780

 
95

 
3,537

 
2,236

 
58

Noninterest revenue
14,170

 
11,946

 
19

 
39,590

 
40,205

 
(2
)
Net interest income
10,976

 
11,817

 
(7
)
 
33,788

 
35,558

 
(5
)
Total net revenue
$
25,146

 
$
23,763

 
6
 %
 
$
73,378

 
$
75,763

 
(3
)%
Total net revenue for the third quarter of 2012 was $25.1 billion, up by $1.4 billion, or 6%, from the third quarter of 2011. The increase in the third quarter of 2012 was due to higher mortgage fees and related income, principal transactions revenue, and other income, partially offset by lower net interest income. For the first nine months of 2012, total net revenue was $73.4 billion, down by $2.4 billion, or 3%, from the first nine months of 2011. The decrease in the first nine months of 2012 was predominantly driven by lower principal transactions revenue and net interest income, partially offset by higher mortgage fees and related income.
Investment banking fees for the third quarter of 2012 increased significantly compared with the prior year, reflecting higher revenue across products, particularly debt underwriting. For the first nine months of 2012, investment banking fees decreased, largely driven by lower revenue across products, primarily due to lower industry-wide volumes. For additional information on investment banking fees, which are primarily recorded in IB, see IB segment results pages 19–23 of this Form 10-Q.
Principal transactions revenue increased in the third quarter of 2012 compared with the prior year. The increase primarily reflected lower net valuation losses on both private and public investments in Corporate/Private Equity. The third quarter of 2012 included a DVA loss on certain structured and derivative liabilities of $211 million, compared with a gain of $1.9 billion in the prior year. Excluding DVA, principal transactions revenue in IB increased significantly, driven by solid client revenue and broad-based strength across the Fixed Income businesses. The third quarter of 2012 also included $449 million of losses recorded in CIO on the index credit derivative positions retained by CIO; the portfolio that was transferred
 
to IB effective on July 2, 2012, experienced a modest loss.
For the first nine months of 2012, principal transactions revenue decreased, reflecting $5.8 billion of losses incurred by CIO for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and $449 million of losses incurred by CIO for the three months ended September 30, 2012, and an additional modest loss incurred by the IB from the synthetic credit portfolio, and to a lesser extent, lower private equity gains in Corporate/Private Equity. The decrease for the nine-month period was partially offset by a $663 million gain recognized in Other Corporate for the expected recovery on a Bear Stearns-related subordinated loan; and higher market-making revenue in IB, driven by solid client revenue (including a DVA loss of $363 million resulting from the tightening of the Firm’s credit spreads, compared with a gain of $2.0 billion in 2011). For additional information on principal transactions revenue, see IB and Corporate/Private Equity segment results on pages 19–23 and 49–51, respectively, and Note 6 on pages 144–145 of this Form 10-Q.
Lending- and deposit-related fees decreased modestly in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012. The decrease was in both lending and deposit fees, and was spread across the wholesale and consumer businesses of the Firm. For additional information on lending- and deposit-related fees, which are mostly recorded in RFS, CB, TSS and IB, see RFS on pages 24–33, CB on pages 38–40, TSS on pages 41–44 and IB segment results on pages 19–23 of this Form 10-Q.
Asset management, administration and commissions revenue decreased in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012. The decrease for both periods was largely driven by lower brokerage commissions in IB. The first nine months of 2012 also reflected lower asset management fees in AM, in particular, performance fees, which were offset by higher investment service fees in RFS, as a result


12


of growth in branch sales of investment products. For additional information on these fees and commissions, see the segment discussions for IB on pages 19–23, RFS on pages 24–33, AM on pages 45–48 and TSS on pages 41–44 of this Form 10-Q.
Securities gains for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared with the prior year periods, reflected the results of repositioning of the CIO AFS portfolio. For additional information on securities gains see the Corporate/Private Equity segment discussion on pages 49–51 of this Form 10-Q.
Mortgage fees and related income increased significantly compared with both the third quarter and first nine months of 2011. The increase resulted from higher production revenue, reflecting wider margins driven by favorable market conditions, and higher volumes due to historically low interest rates and the Home Affordable Refinance Programs (“HARP”), as well as higher net mortgage servicing revenue. The increase in net mortgage servicing revenue for the first nine months of 2012 also included a favorable swing in the mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) risk management results (reflecting a gain of $577 million in 2012 compared with a loss of $1.2 billion in 2011). For additional information on mortgage fees and related income, which is recorded predominantly in RFS, see RFS’s Mortgage Production and Servicing discussion on pages 28–30, and Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q. For additional information on repurchase losses, see the Mortgage repurchase liability discussion on pages 55–58 and Note 21 on pages 192–196 of this Form 10-Q.
Credit card income decreased in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2012. The decrease for both periods was driven by lower debit card revenue, reflecting the impact of the Durbin Amendment, and to a lesser extent, higher amortization of direct loan origination costs. The decrease in credit card income was offset partially by
 
higher net interchange income associated with growth in credit card transaction volume, and higher merchant servicing revenue. For additional information on credit card income, see the Card and RFS segment results on pages 34–37, and pages 24–33, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
Other income increased compared with the third quarter of 2011, driven by an $888 million extinguishment gain in Corporate/Private Equity related to the redemption of trust preferred capital debt securities (“TruPS”). The extinguishment gain was related to adjustments applied to the cost basis of the TruPS during the period they were in a qualified hedge accounting relationship. Other income increased in the first nine months of 2012, predominantly due to a $1.1 billion benefit recognized in the first quarter of 2012 from the Washington Mutual bankruptcy settlement and the aforementioned extinguishment gain; these were offset partially by the absence of a prior-year gain on the sale of an investment in AM.
Net interest income decreased in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 compared with the prior year. The declines in both periods reflected the impact of lower average trading asset balances, faster prepayment of mortgage-backed securities, limited reinvestment opportunities, the runoff of higher-yielding loans, and the impact of lower interest rates across the Firm’s interest-earning assets. The decrease in net interest income was offset partially by lower deposit and other borrowing costs. The Firm’s average interest-earning assets were $1.8 trillion for the third quarter of 2012, and the net yield on those assets, on a fully taxable-equivalent (“FTE”) basis, was 2.43%, a decrease of 23 basis points from the third quarter of 2011. For the first nine months of 2012, average interest-earning assets were $1.8 trillion, and the net yield on those assets, on a FTE basis, was 2.51%, a decrease of 24 basis points from the first nine months of 2011.

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Wholesale
$
(63
)
 
$
127

 
NM%

 
$
69

 
$
(376
)
 
NM%

Consumer, excluding credit card
736

 
1,285

 
(43
)
 
313

 
3,731

 
(92
)
Credit card
1,116

 
999

 
12

 
2,347

 
2,035

 
15

Total consumer
1,852

 
2,284

 
(19
)
 
2,660

 
5,766

 
(54
)
Total provision for credit losses
$
1,789

 
$
2,411

 
(26
)%
 
$
2,729

 
$
5,390

 
(49
)%
The provision for credit losses decreased compared with the third quarter and first nine months of 2011. The decrease for both periods was driven by a lower provision for consumer, excluding credit card loans, which reflected a reduction in the allowance for loan losses, due primarily to lower estimated losses in the non-PCI residential real estate portfolio as delinquency trends improved, partially offset by the impact of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans, including $825 million of residential real estate loans and $55 million of auto loans. The increase in the provision for
 
credit card loans for both periods was due to a smaller reduction in the allowance for loan losses in 2012 compared with the prior year, partially offset by lower net charge-offs in 2012. The level of the wholesale provision in 2012 reflected stable credit trends. For a more detailed discussion of the loan portfolio and the allowance for credit losses, see the segment discussions for RFS on pages 24–33, Card on pages 34–37, IB on pages 19–23 and CB on pages 38–40, and the Allowance For Credit Losses section on pages 93–95 of this Form 10-Q.


13


Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Compensation expense
$
7,503

 
$
6,908

 
9
 %
 
$
23,543

 
$
22,740

 
4
 %
Noncompensation expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
Occupancy
973

 
935

 
4

 
3,014

 
2,848

 
6

Technology, communications and equipment
1,312

 
1,248

 
5

 
3,865

 
3,665

 
5

Professional and outside services
1,759

 
1,860

 
(5
)
 
5,411

 
5,461

 
(1
)
Marketing
607

 
926

 
(34
)
 
1,929

 
2,329

 
(17
)
Other(a)
3,035

 
3,445

 
(12
)
 
10,354

 
10,687

 
(3
)
Amortization of intangibles
182

 
212

 
(14
)
 
566

 
641

 
(12
)
Total noncompensation expense
7,868

 
8,626

 
(9
)
 
25,139

 
25,631

 
(2
)
Total noninterest expense
$
15,371

 
$
15,534

 
(1
)%
 
$
48,682

 
$
48,371

 
1
 %
(a)
Included litigation expense of $790 million and $1.3 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $3.8 billion and $4.3 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Total noninterest expense for the third quarter of 2012 was $15.4 billion, down by $163 million, or 1%, compared with the third quarter of 2011. The decrease in the third quarter of 2012 was driven by lower noncompensation expense, in particular, litigation and marketing expense, partially offset by higher compensation expense. Total noninterest expense for the first nine months of 2012 was $48.7 billion, up by $311 million, or 1%, compared with the first nine months of 2011. The increase in the first nine months of 2012 was due to higher compensation expense offset partially by lower noncompensation expense.
Compensation expense increased from the third quarter of 2011, predominantly due to investments in the businesses, including the sales force and new branch builds in RFS, and higher compensation expense in IB. The increase for the nine months of 2012 was predominantly due to the aforementioned investments in the businesses, partially offset by lower compensation expense in IB.
 
The decrease in noncompensation expense in the third quarter of 2012 was due to lower litigation expense in Corporate and AM, as well as lower marketing expense in Card. The decrease in noncompensation expense was offset partially by higher foreclosure-related expense in RFS. Noncompensation expense for the first nine months of 2012 decreased due to a net decline in the Firm’s overall litigation expense (although Corporate had a higher level of expense) compared with the prior year; lower foreclosure-related expense in RFS; and lower marketing expense in Card. The decrease in noncompensation expense was offset partially by continued investments in the businesses, expense related to a non-core product that is being exited in Card, higher regulatory deposit insurance assessments, and higher servicing expense in RFS (excluding foreclosure-related matters). For a further discussion of litigation expense, see Note 23 on pages 196–206 of this Form 10-Q. For a discussion of amortization of intangibles, refer to the Balance Sheet Analysis on pages 53–54, and Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.

Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except rate)
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Income before income tax expense
$
7,986

 
$
5,818

 
$
21,967

 
$
22,002

Income tax expense
2,278

 
1,556

 
6,375

 
6,754

Effective tax rate
28.5
%
 
26.7
%
 
29.0
%
 
30.7
%
The increase in the effective tax rate during the third quarter of 2012 was largely the result of higher reported pretax income in combination with changes in the mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal and state and local taxes. The third quarter of 2012 included tax benefits associated with the resolution of tax audits; the prior year included tax benefits associated with the disposition of certain investments. The decrease in the effective tax rate during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, was
 
largely the result of the impact of increased tax-exempt income and business tax credits. The current and prior periods include deferred tax benefits associated with state and local income taxes. For additional information on income taxes, see Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 107–109 of this Form 10-Q.


14


EXPLANATION AND RECONCILIATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
The Firm prepares its consolidated financial statements using accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”); these financial statements appear on pages 112116 of this Form 10-Q. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported” basis, provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be tracked consistently from year to year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with other companies’ U.S. GAAP financial statements.
In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews the Firm’s results and the results of the lines of business on a “managed” basis, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm (and each of the business segments) on a FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable
 
investments and securities. This non-GAAP financial measure allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by the lines of business.
Management also uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the business-segment level, because it believes these other non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors about the underlying operational performance and trends of the particular business segment and, therefore, facilitate a comparison of the business segment with the performance of its competitors. Non-GAAP financial measures used by the Firm may not be comparable to similarly named non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
2012
 
2011
(in millions, except ratios)
Reported
results
 
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)
 
Managed
basis
 
Reported
results
 
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)
 
Managed
basis
Other income
$
1,519

 
$
517

 
$
2,036

 
$
780

 
$
472

 
$
1,252

Total noninterest revenue
14,170

 
517

 
14,687

 
11,946

 
472

 
12,418

Net interest income
10,976

 
200

 
11,176

 
11,817

 
133

 
11,950

Total net revenue
25,146

 
717

 
25,863

 
23,763

 
605

 
24,368

Pre-provision profit
9,775

 
717

 
10,492

 
8,229

 
605

 
8,834

Income before income tax expense
7,986

 
717

 
8,703

 
5,818

 
605

 
6,423

Income tax expense
$
2,278

 
$
717

 
$
2,995

 
$
1,556

 
$
605

 
$
2,161

Overhead ratio
61
%
 
NM

 
59
%
 
65
%
 
NM

 
64
%
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
2012
 
2011
(in millions, except ratios)
Reported
results
 
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)
 
Managed
basis
 
Reported
results
 
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)
 
Managed
basis
Other income
$
3,537

 
$
1,568

 
$
5,105

 
$
2,236

 
$
1,433

 
$
3,669

Total noninterest revenue
39,590

 
1,568

 
41,158

 
40,205

 
1,433

 
41,638

Net interest income
33,788

 
566

 
34,354

 
35,558

 
373

 
35,931

Total net revenue
73,378

 
2,134

 
75,512

 
75,763

 
1,806

 
77,569

Pre-provision profit
24,696

 
2,134

 
26,830

 
27,392

 
1,806

 
29,198

Income before income tax expense
21,967

 
2,134

 
24,101

 
22,002

 
1,806

 
23,808

Income tax expense
$
6,375

 
$
2,134

 
$
8,509

 
$
6,754

 
$
1,806

 
$
8,560

Overhead ratio
66
%
 
NM

 
64
%
 
64
%
 
NM

 
62
%
(a)
Predominantly recognized in IB and CB business segments and Corporate/Private Equity.
Tangible common equity (“TCE”), ROTCE, tangible book value per share (“TBVS”), and Tier 1 common under Basel I and III rules are each non-GAAP financial measures. TCE represents the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity (i.e., total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE measures the Firm’s earnings as a percentage of TCE. TBVS represents the Firm’s
 
tangible common equity divided by period-end common shares. Tier 1 common under Basel I and III rules are used by management, along with other capital measures, to assess and monitor the Firm’s capital position. TCE, ROTCE, and TBVS are meaningful to the Firm, as well as analysts and investors, in assessing the Firm’s use of equity. For additional information on Tier 1 common under Basel I and III, see Regulatory capital on pages 59–61 of this Form


15


10-Q. In addition, all of the aforementioned measures are useful to the Firm, as well as analysts and investors, in facilitating comparisons with competitors.

Average tangible common equity
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Common stockholders’ equity
 
$
186,590

 
$
174,454

 
$
181,791

 
$
172,667

Less: Goodwill
 
48,158

 
48,631

 
48,178

 
48,770

Less: Certain identifiable intangible assets
 
2,729

 
3,545

 
2,928

 
3,736

Add: Deferred tax liabilities(a)
 
2,765

 
2,639

 
2,741

 
2,617

Tangible common equity
 
$
138,468

 
$
124,917

 
$
133,426

 
$
122,778

(a)
Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating TCE.
Core net interest income
In addition to reviewing JPMorgan Chase’s net interest income on a managed basis, management also reviews core net interest income to assess the performance of its core lending, investing (including asset-liability management) and deposit-raising activities, excluding the impact of IB’s market-based activities. The table below presents an analysis of core net interest income, core average interest-earning assets, and the core net interest yield on core average interest-earning assets, on a managed basis. Each
 
of these amounts is a non-GAAP financial measure due to the exclusion of IB’s market-based net interest income and the related assets. Management believes the exclusion of IB’s market-based activities provides investors and analysts a more meaningful measure to analyze non-market-related business trends of the Firm and can be used as a comparable measure to other financial institutions primarily focused on core lending, investing and deposit-raising activities.

Core net interest income data(a)
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except rates)
2012
2011
 
Change
 
2012
2011
 
Change
Net interest income – managed basis(b)(c)
$
11,176

$
11,950

 
(6
)%
 
$
34,354

$
35,931

 
(4
)%
Impact of market-based net interest income
1,386

1,866

 
(26
)
 
4,300

5,529

 
(22
)
Core net interest income(b)
$
9,790

$
10,084

 
(3
)
 
$
30,054

$
30,402

 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average interest-earning assets
$
1,829,780

$
1,784,395

 
3

 
$
1,831,633

$
1,745,661

 
5

Impact of market-based earning assets
497,469

512,215

 
(3
)
 
497,832

525,500

 
(5
)
Core average interest-earning assets
$
1,332,311

$
1,272,180

 
5
 %
 
$
1,333,801

$
1,220,161

 
9
 %
Net interest yield on interest-earning assets – managed basis
2.43
%
2.66
%
 
 
 
2.51
%
2.75
%
 
 
Net interest yield on market-based activity
1.11

1.45

 
 
 
1.15

1.41

 
 
Core net interest yield on core average interest-earning assets
2.92
%
3.14
%
 
 
 
3.01
%
3.33
%
 
 
(a)
Includes core lending, investing and deposit-raising activities on a managed basis, across RFS, Card, CB, TSS, AM and Corporate/Private Equity, as well as IB loans.
(b)
Interest includes the effect of related hedging derivatives. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable.
(c)
For a reconciliation of net interest income on a reported and managed basis, see reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis on page 15.
Quarterly and year-to-date results
Core net interest income decreased by $294 million to $9.8 billion and by $348 million to $30.1 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. Core average interest-earning assets increased by $60.1 billion to $1,332.3 billion and by $113.6 billion to $1,333.8 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. The decline in net interest income for both periods reflected the impact of faster prepayment of mortgage-backed securities, limited reinvestment opportunities, the runoff of higher-yielding loans, as well as the impact of lower interest rates across the Firm’s interest-earning assets. The decrease in net interest income was offset partially by lower deposit and other borrowing costs. The increase in average interest-
 
earning assets was driven by increased levels of loans, higher deposits with banks and other short-term investments, and an increase in investment securities. The core net interest yield decreased by 22 basis points to 2.92% and by 32 basis points to 3.01% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. The decrease in yield was primarily driven by higher financing costs associated with mortgage-backed securities, runoff of higher-yielding loans as well as lower customer loan rates, and was slightly offset by lower customer deposit rates.
Other financial measures
The Firm also discloses the allowance for loan losses to total retained loans, excluding residential real estate PCI loans. For a further discussion of this credit metric, see Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 93–95 of this Form 10-Q.


16


BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS
The Firm is managed on a line-of-business basis. The business segment financial results presented reflect the current organization of JPMorgan Chase. There are six major reportable business segments: the Investment Bank, Retail Financial Services, Card Services & Auto, Commercial Banking, Treasury & Securities Services and Asset Management. In addition, there is a Corporate/Private Equity segment.
The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Results of the lines of business are presented on a managed basis. For a definition of managed basis, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, on pages 15–16 of this Form 10-Q.
The reorganization of the business segments announced on July 27, 2012 is expected to be effective beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012. For further discussion, see Business segment changes on page 5 of this Form 10-Q.
Description of business segment reporting methodology
Results of the business segments are intended to reflect each segment as if it were essentially a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results allocates income and expense using market-based methodologies.
 
For a further discussion of those methodologies, see Business Segment Results – Description of business segment reporting methodology on pages 79–80 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. The Firm continues to assess the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and further refinements may be implemented in future periods.
Business segment capital allocation changes
Each business segment is allocated capital by taking into consideration stand-alone peer comparisons, regulatory capital requirements (under Basel III) and economic risk measures. The amount of capital assigned to each business is referred to as equity. Effective January 1, 2012, the Firm revised the capital allocated to certain businesses, reflecting additional refinement of each segment’s estimated Basel III Tier 1 common capital requirements and balance sheet trends. For further information about these capital changes, see Line of business equity on page 62 of this Form 10-Q.


17


Segment Results – Managed Basis

The following table summarizes the business segment results for the periods indicated.
Three months ended September 30,
Total net revenue
 
Noninterest expense
 
Pre-provision profit/(loss)
(in millions)
2012

2011

Change

 
2012

2011

Change

 
2012

2011

Change

Investment Bank(a)
$
6,277

$
6,369

(1
)%
 
$
3,907

$
3,799

3
 %
 
$
2,370

$
2,570

(8
)%
Retail Financial Services
8,013

7,535

6

 
5,039

4,565

10

 
2,974

2,970


Card Services & Auto
4,723

4,775

(1
)
 
1,920

2,115

(9
)
 
2,803

2,660

5

Commercial Banking
1,732

1,588

9

 
601

573

5

 
1,131

1,015

11

Treasury & Securities Services
2,029

1,908

6

 
1,443

1,470

(2
)
 
586

438

34

Asset Management
2,459

2,316

6

 
1,731

1,796

(4
)
 
728

520

40

Corporate/Private Equity(a)
630

(123
)
NM

 
730

1,216

(40
)
 
(100
)
(1,339
)
93

Total
$
25,863

$
24,368

6
 %
 
$
15,371

$
15,534

(1
)%
 
$
10,492

$
8,834

19
 %

Three months ended September 30,
Provision for credit losses
 
Net income/(loss)
(in millions)
2012

2011

Change

 
2012

2011

Change

Investment Bank(a)
$
(48
)
$
54

NM%

 
$
1,572

$
1,636

(4
)%
Retail Financial Services
631

1,027

(39
)
 
1,408

1,161

21

Card Services & Auto
1,231

1,264

(3
)
 
954

849

12

Commercial Banking
(16
)
67

                  NM
 
690

571

21

Treasury & Securities Services
(12
)
(20
)
40

 
420

305

38

Asset Management
14

26

(46
)
 
443

385

15

Corporate/Private Equity(a)
(11
)
(7
)
(57
)
 
221

(645
)
                 NM
Total
$
1,789

$
2,411

(26
)%
 
$
5,708

$
4,262

34
 %

Nine months ended September 30,
Total net revenue
 
Noninterest expense
 
Pre-provision profit/(loss)
(in millions)
2012

2011

Change

 
2012

2011

Change

 
2012

2011

Change

Investment Bank(a)
$
20,364

$
21,916

(7
)%
 
$
12,447

$
13,147

(5
)%
 
$
7,917

$
8,769

(10
)%
Retail Financial Services
23,597

20,143

17

 
14,774

14,736


 
8,823

5,407

63

Card Services & Auto
13,962

14,327

(3
)
 
6,045

6,020


 
7,917

8,307

(5
)
Commercial Banking
5,080

4,731

7

 
1,790

1,699

5

 
3,290

3,032

9

Treasury & Securities Services
6,195

5,680

9

 
4,407

4,300

2

 
1,788

1,380

30

Asset Management
7,193

7,259

(1
)
 
5,161

5,250

(2
)
 
2,032

2,009

1

Corporate/Private Equity(a)
(879
)
3,513

        NM
 
4,058

3,219

26

 
(4,937
)
294

        NM
Total
$
75,512

$
77,569

(3
)%
 
$
48,682

$
48,371

1
 %
 
$
26,830

$
29,198

(8
)%
Nine months ended September 30,
Provision for credit losses
 
Net income/(loss)
(in millions)
2012

2011

Change

 
2012

2011

Change

Investment Bank(a)
$
(32
)
$
(558
)
94
 %
 
$
5,167

$
6,063

(15
)%
Retail Financial Services
(20
)
3,220

                 NM
 
5,428

1,145

374

Card Services & Auto
2,703

2,561

6

 
3,167

3,493

(9
)
Commercial Banking
44

168

(74
)
 
1,954

1,724

13

Treasury & Securities Services
(2
)
(18
)
89

 
1,234

954

29

Asset Management
67

43

56

 
1,220

1,290

(5
)
Corporate/Private Equity(a)
(31
)
(26
)
(19
)
 
(2,578
)
579

                   NM
Total
$
2,729

$
5,390

(49
)%
 
$
15,592

$
15,248

2
 %
(a)
Corporate/Private Equity includes an adjustment to offset IB’s inclusion of a credit allocation income/(expense) to TSS in total net revenue; TSS reports the credit allocation as a separate line item on its income statement (not within total net revenue).


18


INVESTMENT BANK
For a discussion of the business profile of IB, see pages 81–84 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and the Introduction on page 4 of this Form 10-Q.
IB provides several non-GAAP financial measures which exclude the impact of DVA: net revenue, net income, compensation ratio, and return on common equity. The ratio for the allowance for loan losses to end-of-period loans is calculated excluding the impact of consolidated Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, to provide a more meaningful assessment of IB’s allowance coverage ratio. These measures are used by management to assess the underlying performance of the business and for comparability with peers.
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment banking fees
$
1,429

 
$
1,039

 
38
 %
 
$
4,049

 
$
4,740

 
(15
)%
Principal transactions(a)
2,260

 
2,253

 

 
8,533

 
7,960

 
7

Asset management, administration and commissions
474

 
563

 
(16
)
 
1,538

 
1,730

 
(11
)
All other income(b)
307

 
438

 
(30
)
 
810

 
1,272

 
(36
)
Noninterest revenue
4,470

 
4,293

 
4

 
14,930

 
15,702

 
(5
)
Net interest income
1,807

 
2,076

 
(13
)
 
5,434

 
6,214

 
(13
)
Total net revenue(c)
6,277

 
6,369

 
(1
)
 
20,364

 
21,916

 
(7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
(48
)
 
54

 
NM

 
(32
)
 
(558
)
 
94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense
2,069

 
1,850

 
12

 
6,981

 
7,708

 
(9
)
Noncompensation expense
1,838

 
1,949

 
(6
)
 
5,466

 
5,439

 

Total noninterest expense
3,907

 
3,799

 
3

 
12,447

 
13,147

 
(5
)
Income before income tax expense
2,418

 
2,516

 
(4
)
 
7,949

 
9,327

 
(15
)
Income tax expense
846

 
880

 
(4
)
 
2,782

 
3,264

 
(15
)
Net income
$
1,572

 
$
1,636

 
(4
)%
 
$
5,167

 
$
6,063

 
(15
)%
Financial ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on common equity(d)
16
%
 
16
%
 
 
 
17
%
 
20
%
 
 
Return on assets
0.80

 
0.81

 
 
 
0.88

 
0.99

 
 
Overhead ratio
62

 
60

 
 
 
61

 
60

 
 
Compensation expense as a percentage of total net revenue(e)
33

 
29

 
 
 
34

 
35

 
 
(a)
Principal transactions included DVA related to derivatives and structured liabilities measured at fair value. DVA gains/(losses) were $(211) million and $1.9 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $(363) million and $2.0 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b)
All other income included lending- and deposit-related fees. In addition, IB manages traditional credit exposures related to Global Corporate Bank (“GCB”) on behalf of IB and TSS, and IB and TSS share the economics related to the Firm’s GCB clients. IB recognizes this sharing agreement also within all other income.
(c)
Total net revenue included tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly due to income tax credits related to affordable housing and alternative energy investments as well as tax-exempt income from municipal bond investments of $492 million and $440 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d)
Return on common equity excluding DVA, a non-GAAP financial measure, was 17% and 5% for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and 18% and 16% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(e)
Compensation expense as a percentage of total net revenue excluding DVA, a non-GAAP financial measure, was 32% and 41% for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 respectively, and 34% and 39% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 respectively.

19


The following table provides IB’s total net revenue by business.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Revenue by business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment banking fees:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advisory
$
389

 
$
365

 
7
 %
 
$
1,026

 
$
1,395

 
(26
)%
Equity underwriting
235

 
178

 
32

 
761

 
1,012

 
(25
)
Debt underwriting
805

 
496

 
62

 
2,262

 
2,333

 
(3
)
Total investment banking fees
1,429

 
1,039

 
38

 
4,049

 
4,740

 
(15
)
Fixed income markets(a)
3,685

 
3,328

 
11

 
12,083

 
12,846

 
(6
)
Equity markets(b)
1,073

 
1,424

 
(25
)
 
3,610

 
4,053

 
(11
)
Credit portfolio(c)(d)
90

 
578

 
(84
)
 
622

 
277

 
125

Total net revenue
$
6,277

 
$
6,369

 
(1
)%
 
$
20,364

 
$
21,916

 
(7
)%
(a)
Fixed income markets primarily includes revenue related to market-making across global fixed income markets, including foreign exchange, interest rate, credit and commodities markets. Included DVA gains/(losses) of $(41) million and $529 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $(152) million and $688 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b)
Equity markets primarily includes revenue related to market-making across global equity products, including cash instruments, derivatives, convertibles and Prime Services. Included DVA gains of $29 million and $377 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $99 million and $383 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(c)
Credit portfolio revenue includes net interest income, fees and loan sale activity, as well as gains or losses on securities received as part of a loan restructuring, for IB’s credit portfolio. Credit portfolio revenue also includes the results of risk management related to the Firm’s lending and derivative activities. Included DVA gains/(losses) of $(199) million and $979 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $(310) million and $933 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. See pages 72–81 of the Credit Risk Management section of this Form 10-Q for further discussion.
(d)
IB manages traditional credit exposures related to GCB on behalf of IB and TSS, and IB and TSS share the economics related to the Firm’s GCB clients. IB recognizes this sharing agreement also within Credit Portfolio.
Quarterly results
Net income was $1.6 billion, down 4% from the prior year. These results reflected higher noninterest expense and lower net revenue, largely offset by a benefit from the provision for credit losses compared with a provision for credit losses in the prior year.
Net revenue was $6.3 billion, compared with $6.4 billion in the prior year. Net revenue included a $211 million loss from DVA on certain structured and derivative liabilities resulting from the tightening of the Firm’s credit spreads compared with a gain of $1.9 billion in the prior year. Excluding the impact of DVA, net income was $1.7 billion, up $1.2 billion from the prior year, and net revenue was $6.5 billion, up $2.0 billion from the prior year.
Investment banking fees were $1.4 billion (up 38%), which consisted of debt underwriting fees of $805 million (up 62%), equity underwriting fees of $235 million (up 32%), and advisory fees of $389 million (up 7%). Combined Fixed Income and Equity Markets revenue was $4.8 billion, flat compared with the prior year. The portion of the synthetic credit portfolio transferred from CIO in Corporate to IB on July 2, 2012, experienced a modest loss, which was included in Fixed Income Markets revenue. Credit Portfolio reported net revenue of $90 million.
Excluding the impact of DVA, Fixed Income and Equity Markets combined revenue was $4.8 billion, up 24% from the prior year, driven by solid client revenue and broad-based strength across the Fixed Income businesses. Excluding the impact of DVA, Credit Portfolio net revenue was $289 million, driven by net interest income on retained
 
loans and fees on lending-related commitments.
The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $48 million, compared with a provision for credit losses in the prior year of $54 million. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to end-of-period loans retained was 2.06%, compared with 2.30% in the prior year. Excluding the impact of the consolidation of Firm-administered multi-seller conduits the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to end-of-period loans retained was 3.29%, compared with 3.60% in the prior year.
Noninterest expense was $3.9 billion, up 3% from the prior year, driven by higher compensation expense, partially offset by lower noncompensation expense. The compensation ratio for the current quarter was 32%, excluding the impact of DVA.
Year-to-date results
Net income was $5.2 billion, down 15% from the prior year, reflecting lower net revenue, predominantly offset by lower noninterest expense, and a lower net benefit for credit losses compared to the prior year.
Net revenue was $20.4 billion, compared with $21.9 billion in the prior year. Investment banking fees were $4.0 billion (down 15%), consisting of debt underwriting fees of $2.3 billion (down 3%), advisory fees of $1.0 billion (down 26%), and equity underwriting fees of $761 million (down 25%) . Combined Fixed Income and Equity Markets revenue was $15.7 billion down 7% from the prior year. Credit Portfolio reported revenue of $622 million. Net revenue included a $363 million loss from DVA on certain structured and derivative liabilities resulting from the tightening of the


20


Firm’s credit spreads; this was composed of a loss of $152 million in Fixed Income Markets, a loss of $310 million in Credit Portfolio, partially offset by a gain of $99 million in Equity Markets. Excluding the impact of DVA, net revenue was $20.7 billion and net income was $5.4 billion.
Excluding the impact of DVA, Fixed Income and Equity Markets combined revenue was $15.7 billion, approximately flat from prior year, reflecting solid client revenue. Excluding the impact of DVA, Credit Portfolio net revenue was $932 million primarily reflecting net interest income on retained loans and fees on lending-related commitments.
 
The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $32 million, compared with a benefit of $558 million in the prior year. Net recoveries were $61 million, compared with net recoveries of $38 million in the prior year.
Noninterest expense was $12.4 billion, down 5% from the prior year, driven primarily by lower compensation expense. The ratio of compensation to net revenue was 34%, excluding DVA. Noncompensation expense remained flat compared to prior year.

Selected metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months
ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months
ended September 30,
(in millions, except headcount)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
838,753

 
$
824,733

 
2
 %
 
$
838,753

 
$
824,733

 
2
 %
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans retained(a)
67,383

 
58,163

 
16

 
67,383

 
58,163

 
16

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
3,803

 
2,311

 
65

 
3,803

 
2,311

 
65

Total loans
71,186

 
60,474

 
18

 
71,186

 
60,474

 
18

Equity
40,000

 
40,000

 

 
40,000

 
40,000

 

Selected balance sheet data (average)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
778,475

 
$
803,667

 
(3
)
 
$
786,860

 
$
820,239

 
(4
)
Trading assets-debt and equity instruments
295,546

 
329,984

 
(10
)
 
304,307

 
357,735

 
(15
)
Trading assets-derivative receivables
74,818

 
79,044

 
(5
)
 
75,334

 
71,993

 
5

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans retained(a)
70,569

 
57,265

 
23

 
69,377

 
55,089

 
26

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
2,712

 
2,431

 
12

 
2,878

 
3,468

 
(17
)
Total loans
73,281

 
59,696

 
23

 
72,255

 
58,557

 
23

Adjusted assets(b)
553,187

 
597,513

 
(7
)
 
557,687

 
612,292

 
(9
)
Equity
40,000

 
40,000

 

 
40,000

 
40,000

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Headcount
25,884

 
26,615

 
(3
)%
 
25,884

 
26,615

 
(3
)%
(a)
Loans retained includes credit portfolio loans, leveraged leases and other held-for-investment loans.
(b)
Adjusted assets, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals total assets minus: (1) securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed less securities sold, not yet purchased; (2) assets of consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”); (3) cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes; (4) goodwill and intangibles; and (5) securities received as collateral. The amount of adjusted assets is presented to assist the reader in comparing IB’s asset and capital levels to other investment banks in the securities industry. Asset-to-equity leverage ratios are commonly used as one measure to assess a company’s capital adequacy. IB believes an adjusted asset amount that excludes the assets discussed above, which were considered to have a low risk profile, provides a more meaningful measure of balance sheet leverage in the securities industry.

21


Selected metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months
ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months
ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (recoveries)/charge-offs
$
(16
)
 
$
(168
)
 
90
 %
 
$
(61
)
 
$
(38
)
 
(61
)%
Nonperforming assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)
581

 
1,274

 
(54
)
 
581

 
1,274

 
(54
)
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
213

 
150

 
42

 
213

 
150

 
42

Total nonaccrual loans
794

 
1,424

 
(44
)
 
794

 
1,424

 
(44
)
Derivative receivables(b)
282

 
281

 

 
282

 
281

 

Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
77

 
77

 

 
77

 
77

 

Total nonperforming assets
1,153

 
1,782

 
(35
)
 
1,153

 
1,782

 
(35
)
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
1,385

 
1,337

 
4

 
1,385

 
1,337

 
4

Allowance for lending-related commitments
535

 
444

 
20

 
535

 
444

 
20

Total allowance for credit losses
1,920

 
1,781

 
8

 
1,920

 
1,781

 
8

Net (recovery)/charge-off rate
(0.09
)%
 
(1.16
)%
 
 
 
(0.12
)%
 
(0.09
)%
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained
2.06

 
2.30

 
 
 
2.06

 
2.30

 
 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)
238

 
105

 
 
 
238

 
105

 
 
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans
1.12

 
2.35

 
 
 
1.12

 
2.35

 
 
Market risk-average Total IB trading VaR by risk type and Credit portfolio VaR – 95% confidence level
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IB VaR by risk type:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income(c)
$
118

 
$
48

 
146

 
$
81

 
$
47

 
72

Foreign exchange
10

 
10

 

 
10

 
10

 

Equities
19

 
19

 

 
19

 
24

 
(21
)
Commodities and other
13

 
15

 
(13
)
 
16

 
15

 
7

Diversification benefit to IB trading VaR(d)
(48
)
 
(39
)
 
(23
)
 
(46
)
 
(38
)
 
(21
)
IB trading VaR(e)
112

 
53

 
111

 
80

 
58

 
38

Credit portfolio VaR(f)
22

 
38

 
(42
)
 
26

 
30

 
(13
)
Diversification benefit to IB trading and credit portfolio VaR(d)
(12
)
 
(21
)
 
43

 
(13
)
 
(11
)
 
(18
)
Total IB trading and credit portfolio VaR(c)
$
122

 
$
70

 
74
 %
 
$
93

 
$
77

 
21
 %
(a)
Allowance for loan losses of $177 million and $320 million was held against these nonaccrual loans at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b)
Prior to the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts had only included defaulted derivatives; effective in the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts in all periods include both defaulted derivatives as well as derivatives that have been risk rated as nonperforming.
(c)
On July 2, 2012, CIO transferred its synthetic credit portfolio, other than a portion aggregating to approximately $12 billion of notional, to IB. During the third quarter of 2012, the Firm applied a new value-at-risk (“VaR”) model to calculate VaR for the synthetic credit portfolio. The Firm believes this new model, which was applied to both the portion of the synthetic credit portfolio held by IB, as well as the portion that was retained by CIO, more appropriately captures the risk of the portfolio. This new VaR model resulted in a reduction to the average fixed income and average total trading and credit portfolio VaR of $26 million and $28 million, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2012.
(d)
Average VaR and period-end VaR was less than the sum of the VaR of the components described above, due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect reflects the fact that the risks were not perfectly correlated.
(e)
Trading VaR includes substantially all market-making and client-driven activities as well as certain risk management activities in IB, including the credit spread sensitivities of certain mortgage products and syndicated lending facilities that the Firm intends to distribute; however, particular risk parameters of certain products are not fully captured, for example, correlation risk. Trading VaR does not include the DVA on derivative and structured liabilities to reflect the credit quality of the Firm. See VaR discussion on pages 96–99 and the DVA sensitivity table on page 100 of this Form 10-Q for further details.
(f)
Credit portfolio VaR includes the derivative credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”), hedges of the CVA and the fair value of hedges of the retained loan portfolio, which are all reported in principal transactions revenue. This VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio, which is not reported at fair value.


22


Market shares and rankings(a)
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2012
 
Full-year 2011
 
Market Share
Rankings
 
Market Share
Rankings
Global investment banking fees(b)
7.7%
#1
 
8.1%
#1
Debt, equity and equity-related
 
 
 
 
 
Global
7.2
1
 
6.7
1
U.S.
11.2
1
 
11.1
1
Syndicated loans
 
 
 
 
 
Global
9.8
1
 
10.8
1
U.S.
18.0
1
 
21.2
1
Long-term debt(c)
 
 
 
 
 
Global
7.1
1
 
6.7
1
U.S.
11.3
1
 
11.2
1
Equity and equity-related
 
 
 
 
 
Global(d)
7.8
4
 
6.8
3
U.S.
10.5
4
 
12.5
1
Announced M&A(e)
 
 
 
 
 
Global
19.8
2
 
18.3
2
U.S.
21.0
2
 
26.7
2
(a)
Source: Dealogic. Global Investment Banking fees reflects ranking of fees and market share. Remainder of rankings reflects transaction volume and market share. Global announced M&A is based on transaction value at announcement; because of joint M&A assignments, M&A market share of all participants will add up to more than 100%. All other transaction volume-based rankings are based on proceeds, with full credit to each book manager/equal if joint.
(b)
Global Investment Banking fees rankings exclude money market, short-term debt and shelf deals.
(c)
Long-term debt rankings include investment-grade, high-yield, supranationals, sovereigns, agencies, covered bonds, asset-backed securities (“ABS”) and mortgage-backed securities; and exclude money market, short-term debt, and U.S. municipal securities.
(d)
Global Equity and equity-related ranking includes rights offerings and Chinese A-Shares.
(e)
Announced M&A reflects the removal of any withdrawn transactions. U.S. announced M&A represents any U.S. involvement ranking.
According to Dealogic, the Firm was ranked #1 in Global Investment Banking Fees generated during the first nine months of 2012, based on revenue; #1 in Global Debt, Equity and Equity-related; #1 in Global Syndicated Loans; #1 in Global Long-Term Debt; #4 in Global Equity and Equity-related; and #2 in Global Announced M&A, based on volume.
International metrics
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Total net revenue(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
1,766

 
$
1,995

 
(11
)%
 
$
6,272

 
$
7,065

 
(11
)%
Asia/Pacific
675

 
948

 
(29
)
 
2,095

 
2,832

 
(26
)
Latin America/Caribbean
313

 
175

 
79

 
956

 
839

 
14

North America
3,523

 
3,251

 
8

 
11,041

 
11,180

 
(1
)
Total net revenue
$
6,277

 
$
6,369

 
(1
)
 
$
20,364

 
$
21,916

 
(7
)
Loans retained (period-end)(b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
16,656

 
$
15,361

 
8

 
$
16,656

 
$
15,361

 
8

Asia/Pacific
8,451

 
6,892

 
23

 
8,451

 
6,892

 
23

Latin America/Caribbean
3,970

 
3,222

 
23

 
3,970

 
3,222

 
23

North America
38,306

 
32,688

 
17

 
38,306

 
32,688

 
17

Total loans
$
67,383

 
$
58,163

 
16
 %
 
$
67,383

 
$
58,163

 
16
 %
(a)
Regional revenue is based primarily on the domicile of the client and/or location of the trading desk.
(b)
Includes retained loans based on the domicile of the client.

23


RETAIL FINANCIAL SERVICES
For a discussion of the business profile of RFS, see pages 85–93 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and the Introduction on page 4 of this Form 10-Q.
Selected income statement data
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lending- and deposit-related fees
$
791

 
$
833

 
(5
)%
 
$
2,316

 
$
2,382

 
(3
)%
Asset management, administration and commissions
501

 
513

 
(2
)
 
1,550

 
1,497

 
4

Mortgage fees and related income
2,376

 
1,380

 
72

 
6,649

 
1,991

 
234

Credit card income
344

 
611

 
(44
)
 
1,003

 
1,720

 
(42
)
Other income
129

 
136

 
(5
)
 
381

 
378

 
1

Noninterest revenue
4,141

 
3,473

 
19

 
11,899

 
7,968

 
49

Net interest income
3,872

 
4,062

 
(5
)
 
11,698

 
12,175

 
(4
)
Total net revenue
8,013

 
7,535

 
6

 
23,597

 
20,143

 
17

 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
631

 
1,027

 
(39
)
 
(20
)
 
3,220

 
NM

 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense
2,324

 
2,101

 
11

 
6,927

 
5,914

 
17

Noncompensation expense
2,664

 
2,404

 
11

 
7,695

 
8,642

 
(11
)
Amortization of intangibles
51

 
60

 
(15
)
 
152

 
180

 
(16
)
Total noninterest expense
5,039

 
4,565

 
10

 
14,774

 
14,736

 

Income before income tax expense
2,343

 
1,943

 
21

 
8,843

 
2,187

 
304

Income tax expense
935

 
782

 
20

 
3,415

 
1,042

 
228

Net income
$
1,408

 
$
1,161

 
21
 %
 
$
5,428

 
$
1,145

 
374
 %
Financial ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on common equity
21
%
 
18
%
 
 
 
27
%
 
6
%
 
 
Overhead ratio
63

 
61

 
 
 
63

 
73

 
 
Overhead ratio excluding core deposit intangibles(a)
62

 
60

 
 
 
62

 
72

 
 
(a)
RFS uses the overhead ratio (excluding the amortization of core deposit intangibles (“CDI”)), a non-GAAP financial measure, to evaluate the underlying expense trends of the business. Including CDI amortization expense in the overhead ratio calculation would result in a higher overhead ratio in the earlier years and a lower overhead ratio in later years; this method would therefore result in an improving overhead ratio over time, all things remaining equal. This non-GAAP ratio excluded Consumer & Business Banking’s CDI amortization expense related to prior business combination transactions of $51 million and $60 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $152 million and $180 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Quarterly results
Retail Financial Services reported net income of $1.4 billion, compared with $1.2 billion in the prior year.
Net revenue was $8.0 billion, an increase of $478 million, or 6%, compared with the prior year. Net interest income was $3.9 billion, down $190 million, or 5%, driven by lower deposit margins and lower loan balances due to portfolio runoff, largely offset by higher deposit balances. Noninterest revenue was $4.1 billion, an increase of $668 million, or 19%, driven by higher mortgage fees and related income, partially offset by lower debit card revenue.
The provision for credit losses was $631 million, compared with $1.0 billion in the prior year. The current-quarter provision reflected a $900 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. Current-quarter total net charge-offs were $1.5 billion, including $825 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Excluding these incremental charge-offs, net charge-offs during the quarter would have been $706 million compared with $1.0 billion in the prior year. For more information, including net charge-off amounts and rates, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q.
 
Noninterest expense was $5.0 billion, an increase of $474 million, or 10%, from the prior year.
Year-to-date results
Retail Financial Services reported net income of $5.4 billion, compared with net income of $1.1 billion in the prior year.
Net revenue was $23.6 billion, an increase of $3.5 billion, or 17%, compared with the prior year. Net interest income was $11.7 billion, down $477 million, or 4%, driven by lower deposit margins and lower loan balances due to portfolio runoff, largely offset by higher deposit balances. Noninterest revenue was $11.9 billion, an increase of $3.9 billion, driven by higher mortgage fees and related income, partially offset by lower debit card revenue.
The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $20 million compared with a provision expense of $3.2 billion in the prior year. The current-year provision reflected a $3.3 billion reduction in the allowance for loan losses due to improved mortgage delinquency trends. Current-year total net charge-offs were $3.2 billion, including $825 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Excluding these incremental charge-offs, net charge-offs during the year


24


would have been $2.4 billion compared with $3.3 billion in the prior year. For more information, including net charge-off amounts and rates, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q.
 
Noninterest expense was $14.8 billion, flat from the prior year.

Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except headcount)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
259,238

 
$
276,799

 
(6
)%
 
$
259,238

 
$
276,799

 
(6
)%
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans retained
217,212

 
235,572

 
(8
)
 
217,212

 
235,572

 
(8
)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)
15,250

 
13,153

 
16

 
15,250

 
13,153

 
16

Total loans
232,462

 
248,725

 
(7
)
 
232,462

 
248,725

 
(7
)
Deposits
420,075

 
388,735

 
8

 
420,075

 
388,735

 
8

Equity
26,500

 
25,000

 
6

 
26,500

 
25,000

 
6

Selected balance sheet data (average)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
264,007

 
$
283,443

 
(7
)
 
$
268,147

 
$
289,486

 
(7
)
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans retained
220,106

 
238,273

 
(8
)
 
225,122

 
244,204

 
(8
)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)
17,879

 
16,608

 
8

 
17,068

 
16,243

 
5

Total loans
237,985

 
254,881

 
(7
)
 
242,190

 
260,447

 
(7
)
Deposits
414,608

 
382,202

 
8

 
407,833

 
377,678

 
8

Equity
26,500

 
25,000

 
6

 
26,500

 
25,000

 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Headcount
132,067

 
128,992

 
2
 %
 
132,067

 
128,992

 
2
 %
(a)
Predominantly consists of prime mortgages originated with the intent to sell that are accounted for at fair value and classified as trading assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs(a)
$
1,531

 
$
1,027

 
49
 %
 
$
3,230

 
$
3,295

 
(2
)%
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans retained
9,154

 
7,579

 
21

 
9,154

 
7,579

 
21

Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
89

 
132

 
(33
)
 
89

 
132

 
(33
)
Total nonaccrual loans (b)(c)(d)(e)
9,243

 
7,711

 
20

 
9,243

 
7,711

 
20

Nonperforming assets(b)(c)(d)(e)
9,901

 
8,576

 
15

 
9,901

 
8,576

 
15

Allowance for loan losses
11,997

 
15,479

 
(22
)%
 
11,997

 
15,479

 
(22
)%
Net charge-off rate(a)(f)
2.77
%
 
1.71
%
 


 
1.92
%
 
1.80
%
 
 
Net charge-off rate excluding PCI loans(a)(f)
3.85

 
2.39

 


 
2.67

 
2.53

 
 
Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained
5.52

 
6.57

 


 
5.52

 
6.57

 
 
Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained excluding PCI loans(g)
4.03

 
6.26

 


 
4.03

 
6.26

 
 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(b)(e)(g)
69

 
139

 


 
69

 
139

 
 
Nonaccrual loans to total loans(e)
3.98

 
3.10

 


 
3.98

 
3.10

 
 
Nonaccrual loans to total loans excluding PCI loans(b)(e)
5.40

 
4.25

 


 
5.40

 
4.25

 
 
(a)
Net charge-offs and net charge-off rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, included $825 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Excluding these incremental charge-offs, net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2012 would have been $706 million and the net charge-off rate for the same period excluding these incremental charge-offs and purchased credit-impaired loans would have been 1.77%.
(b)
Excludes PCI loans. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of PCI loans, they are all considered to be performing.
(c)
Certain of these loans are classified as trading assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(d)
At September 30, 2012 and 2011, nonperforming assets excluded: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $11.0 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due; and (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $1.5 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively. These amounts were excluded from nonaccrual loans as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally. For further discussion, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q, which summarizes loan delinquency information.
(e)
At September 30, 2012, included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans as well as $1.3 billion of performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.
(f)
Loans held-for-sale and loans accounted for at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off rate.
(g)
An allowance for loan losses of $5.7 billion and $4.9 billion was recorded for PCI loans at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively; these amounts were also excluded from the applicable ratios.

25


Consumer & Business Banking
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Noninterest revenue
$
1,653

 
$
1,952

 
(15
)%
 
$
4,884

 
$
5,598

 
(13
)%
Net interest income
2,685

 
2,730

 
(2
)
 
8,040

 
8,095

 
(1
)
Total net revenue
4,338

 
4,682

 
(7
)
 
12,924

 
13,693

 
(6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
107

 
126

 
(15
)
 
201

 
287

 
(30
)
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
2,916

 
2,842

 
3

 
8,524

 
8,354

 
2

Income before income tax expense
1,315

 
1,714

 
(23
)
 
4,199

 
5,052

 
(17
)
Net income
$
785

 
$
1,023

 
(23
)%
 
$
2,505

 
$
3,014

 
(17
)%
Overhead ratio
67
%
 
61
%
 


 
66
%
 
61
%
 
 
Overhead ratio excluding core deposit intangibles(a)
66

 
59

 


 
65

 
60

 
 
(a)
Consumer & Business Banking uses the overhead ratio (excluding the amortization of CDI), a non-GAAP financial measure, to evaluate the underlying expense trends of the business. See footnote (a) to the selected income statement data table on page 24 of this Form 10-Q for further details.
Quarterly results
Consumer & Business Banking reported net income of $785 million, a decrease of $238 million, or 23%, compared with the prior year.
Net revenue was $4.3 billion, down 7% from the prior year. Net interest income was $2.7 billion, down 2% compared with the prior year, driven by the impact of lower deposit margin, predominantly offset by higher deposit balances. Noninterest revenue was $1.7 billion, a decrease of 15%, driven by lower debit card revenue, reflecting the impact of the Durbin Amendment.
The provision for credit losses was $107 million, compared with $126 million in the prior year. Net charge-offs were $107 million, compared with $126 million in the prior year.
Noninterest expense was $2.9 billion, up 3% from the prior year, driven by investments in sales force and new branch builds.
 
Year-to-date results
Consumer & Business Banking reported net income of $2.5 billion, a decrease of $509 million, or 17%, compared with the prior year.
Net revenue was $12.9 billion, down 6% from the prior year. Net interest income was $8.0 billion, relatively flat compared with the prior year, driven by the impact of lower deposit margins, predominantly offset by higher deposit balances. Noninterest revenue was $4.9 billion, a decrease of 13%, driven by lower debit card revenue, reflecting the impact of the Durbin Amendment.
The provision for credit losses was $201 million, compared with $287 million in the prior year. Net charge-offs were $301 million, compared with $362 million in the prior year.
Noninterest expense was $8.5 billion, up 2% from the prior year, due to investments in sales force and new branch builds.


26


Selected metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Business metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business banking origination volume
$
1,685

 
$
1,440

 
17
 %
 
$
5,012

 
$
4,438

 
13
 %
End-of-period loans
18,568

 
17,272

 
8

 
18,568

 
17,272

 
8

End-of-period deposits:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking
159,527

 
142,064

 
12

 
159,527

 
142,064

 
12

Savings
208,272

 
186,733

 
12

 
208,272

 
186,733

 
12

Time and other
32,781

 
39,017

 
(16
)
 
32,781

 
39,017

 
(16
)
Total end-of-period deposits
400,580

 
367,814

 
9

 
400,580

 
367,814

 
9

Average loans
18,279

 
17,172

 
6

 
17,961

 
17,039

 
5

Average deposits:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking
153,982

 
137,033

 
12

 
151,067

 
135,200

 
12

Savings
206,298

 
184,590

 
12

 
202,076

 
180,240

 
12

Time and other
33,470

 
40,588

 
(18
)
 
34,891

 
42,876

 
(19
)
Total average deposits
393,750

 
362,211

 
9

 
388,034

 
358,316

 
8

Deposit margin
2.56
%
 
2.82
%
 


 
2.62
%
 
2.85
%
 
 
Average assets
$
30,625

 
$
30,074

 
2

 
$
30,585

 
$
29,513

 
4

Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs
$
107

 
$
126

 
(15
)
 
$
301

 
$
362

 
(17
)
Net charge-off rate
2.33
%
 
2.91
%
 
 
 
2.24
%
 
2.85
%
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
$
698

 
$
800

 
(13
)
 
$
698

 
$
800

 
(13
)
Nonperforming assets
532

 
773

 
(31
)
 
532

 
773

 
(31
)
Retail branch business metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment sales volume
$
6,280

 
$
5,102

 
23

 
$
19,049

 
$
18,020

 
6

Client investment assets
154,637

 
132,255

 
17

 
154,637

 
132,255

 
17

% managed accounts
28
%
 
23
%
 
 
 
28
%
 
23
%
 
 
Number of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Branches
5,596

 
5,396

 
4

 
5,596

 
5,396

 
4

Chase Private Client branch locations
960

 
139

 
NM

 
960

 
139

 
NM

ATMs
18,485

 
16,708

 
11

 
18,485

 
16,708

 
11

Personal bankers
23,622

 
24,205

 
(2
)
 
23,622

 
24,205

 
(2
)
Sales specialists
6,205

 
5,639

 
10

 
6,205

 
5,639

 
10

Client advisors
3,034

 
3,177

 
(5
)
 
3,034

 
3,177

 
(5
)
Active online customers (in thousands)
18,225

 
17,326

 
5

 
18,225

 
17,326

 
5

Active mobile customers (in thousands)
9,799

 
7,234

 
35

 
9,799

 
7,234

 
35

Chase Private Clients
75,766

 
11,711

 
NM

 
75,766

 
11,711

 
NM

Checking accounts (in thousands)
27,669

 
26,541

 
4
 %
 
27,669

 
26,541

 
4
 %

27


Mortgage Production and Servicing
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012

 
2011

 
Change
 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Mortgage fees and related income
$
2,376

 
$
1,380

 
72
 %
 
$
6,649

 
$
1,991

 
234
 %
Other noninterest revenue
103

 
118

 
(13
)
 
336

 
328

 
2

Net interest income
190

 
204

 
(7
)
 
561

 
599

 
(6
)
Total net revenue
2,669

 
1,702

 
57

 
7,546

 
2,918

 
159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
4

 
2

 
100

 
5

 
4

 
25

 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
1,737

 
1,360

 
28

 
5,033

 
5,293

 
(5
)
Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)
928

 
340

 
173

 
2,508

 
(2,379
)
 
NM

Net income/(loss)
$
563

 
$
205

 
175

 
$
1,628

 
$
(1,574
)
 
NM

Overhead ratio
65
%
 
80
%
 
 
 
67
%
 
181
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Functional results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Production
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Production revenue
$
1,582

 
$
1,090

 
45

 
$
4,376

 
$
2,536

 
73

Production-related net interest & other income
196

 
213

 
(8
)
 
582

 
630

 
(8
)
Production-related revenue, excluding repurchase losses
1,778

 
1,303

 
36

 
4,958

 
3,166

 
57

Production expense
678

 
496

 
37

 
1,871

 
1,377

 
36

Income, excluding repurchase losses
1,100

 
807

 
36

 
3,087

 
1,789

 
73

Repurchase losses
(13
)
 
(314
)
 
96

 
(325
)
 
(957
)
 
66

Income before income tax expense
1,087

 
493

 
120

 
2,762

 
832

 
232

Servicing
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan servicing revenue
946

 
1,039

 
(9
)
 
2,989

 
3,102

 
(4
)
Servicing-related net interest & other income
98

 
115

 
(15
)
 
318

 
300

 
6

Servicing-related revenue
1,044

 
1,154

 
(10
)
 
3,307

 
3,402

 
(3
)
MSR asset modeled amortization
(290
)
 
(457
)
 
37

 
(968
)
 
(1,498
)
 
35

Default servicing expense(a)
819

 
585

 
40

 
2,414

 
3,112

 
(22
)
Core servicing expense(a)
244

 
281

 
(13
)
 
753

 
808

 
(7
)
Income/(loss), excluding MSR risk management
(309
)
 
(169
)
 
(83
)
 
(828
)
 
(2,016
)
 
59

MSR risk management, including related net interest income/(expense)
150

 
16

 
NM

 
574

 
(1,195
)
 
NM

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)
(159
)
 
(153
)
 
(4
)
 
(254
)
 
(3,211
)
 
92

Net income/(loss)
$
563

 
$
205

 
175
 %
 
$
1,628

 
$
(1,574
)
 
NM
(a)
Default and core servicing expense include an aggregate of approximately $300 million and $1.7 billion for foreclosure-related matters for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

28


Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change
 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Supplemental mortgage fees and related income details
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net production revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Production revenue
$
1,582

 
$
1,090

 
45
 %
 
$
4,376

 
$
2,536

 
73
 %
Repurchase losses
(13
)
 
(314
)
 
96

 
(325
)
 
(957
)
 
66

Net production revenue
1,569

 
776

 
102

 
4,051

 
1,579

 
157

Net mortgage servicing revenue:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenue:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan servicing revenue
946

 
1,039

 
(9
)
 
2,989

 
3,102

 
(4
)
Changes in MSR asset fair value due to modeled amortization
(290
)
 
(457
)
 
37

 
(968
)
 
(1,498
)
 
35

Total operating revenue
656

 
582

 
13

 
2,021

 
1,604

 
26

Risk management:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in MSR asset fair value due to market interest rates
(323
)
 
(4,574
)
 
93

 
(872
)
 
(5,127
)
 
83

Other changes in MSR asset fair value due to inputs or assumptions in model(a)
(5
)
 

 
NM

 
23

 
(1,158
)
 
NM

Derivative valuation adjustments and other
479

 
4,596

 
(90
)
 
1,426

 
5,093

 
(72
)
Total risk management
151

 
22

 
NM

 
577

 
(1,192
)
 
NM

Total net mortgage servicing revenue
807

 
604

 
34

 
2,598

 
412

 
NM

Mortgage fees and related income
$
2,376

 
$
1,380

 
72
 %
 
$
6,649

 
$
1,991

 
234
 %
(a)
Represents the aggregate impact of changes in model inputs and assumptions such as costs to service, home prices, mortgage spreads, ancillary income, and assumptions used to derive prepayment speeds, as well as changes to the valuation models themselves.
Quarterly results
Mortgage Production and Servicing reported net income of $563 million, an increase of $358 million compared with the prior year.
Mortgage production reported record pretax income of $1.1 billion, an increase of $594 million from the prior year. Mortgage production-related revenue, excluding repurchase losses, was a record $1.8 billion, an increase of $475 million, or 36%, from the prior year. These results reflected wider margins, driven by favorable market conditions, and higher volumes due to historically low interest rates and the Home Affordable Refinance Programs (“HARP”). Production expense was $678 million, an increase of $182 million, or 37%, reflecting higher volumes. Repurchase losses were $13 million, compared with $314 million in the prior year. The current-quarter reflected a $218 million reduction in the repurchase liability. For further information, see Mortgage repurchase liability on pages 55–58 of this Form 10-Q.
Mortgage servicing reported pretax loss of $159 million, compared with a pretax loss of $153 million in the prior year. Mortgage servicing revenue, including mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) asset amortization, was $754 million, an increase of $57 million, or 8%, from the prior year due to lower MSR asset amortization, largely offset by lower servicing-related revenue. MSR risk management income was $150 million, compared with $16 million in the prior year. Servicing expense was $1.1 billion, an increase of $197 million, or 23%, from the prior year. The current quarter includes approximately $100 million of incremental expense for foreclosure-related matters. See Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q for further information regarding changes in value of the MSR asset and related hedges.
 
Year-to-date results
Mortgage Production and Servicing reported net income of $1.6 billion, compared with a net loss of $1.6 billion in the prior year.
Mortgage production reported pretax income of $2.8 billion, an increase of $1.9 billion from the prior year. Mortgage production-related revenue, excluding repurchase losses, was $5.0 billion, an increase of $1.8 billion, or 57%, from the prior year, reflecting wider margins and higher volumes, due to historically low interest rates and the expansion of HARP. Production expense was $1.9 billion, an increase of $494 million, or 36%, reflecting higher volumes. Repurchase losses were $325 million, compared with $957 million in the prior year. For further information, see Mortgage repurchase liability on pages 55–58 of this Form 10-Q.
Mortgage servicing reported a pretax loss of $254 million, compared with a pretax loss of $3.2 billion in the prior year. Mortgage servicing revenue, including MSR amortization, was $2.3 billion, an increase of $435 million, or 23%, from the prior year. This increase reflected reduced amortization as a result of a lower MSR asset value. Servicing expense was $3.2 billion, a decrease of $753 million, or 19%, from the prior year. The current-year servicing expense included approximately $300 million for foreclosure-related matters compared with approximately $1.7 billion in the prior year. MSR risk management income was $574 million, compared with a loss of $1.2 billion in the prior year. The prior year MSR risk management loss included a $1.1 billion decrease in the fair value of the MSR asset for the estimated impact of increased servicing costs. See Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q for further information regarding changes in value of the MSR asset and related hedges.


29


Selected metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Selected balance sheet data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
End-of-period loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs(a)
$
17,153

 
$
14,800

 
16
 %
 
$
17,153

 
$
14,800

 
16
 %
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)
15,250

 
13,153

 
16

 
15,250

 
13,153

 
16

Average loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs(a)
17,381

 
14,451

 
20

 
17,366

 
14,192

 
22

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)
17,879

 
16,608

 
8

 
17,068

 
16,243

 
5

Average assets
59,769

 
59,677

 

 
59,722

 
59,695

 

Repurchase liability (ending)
2,779

 
3,213

 
(14
)%
 
2,779

 
3,213

 
(14
)%
(a)
Predominantly represents prime loans repurchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) pools, which are insured by U.S. government agencies. See further discussion of loans repurchased from Ginnie Mae pools in Mortgage repurchase liability on pages 55–58 of this Form 10-Q.
(b)
Predominantly consists of prime mortgages originated with the intent to sell that are accounted for at fair value and classified as trading assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Selected metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
$
4

 
$
2

 
100
 %
 
$
5

 
$
4

 
25
 %
Net charge-off rate:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
0.09
%
 
0.06
%
 


 
0.04
%
 
0.04
%
 
 
30+ day delinquency rate(a)
3.10

 
3.35

 


 
3.10

 
3.35

 
 
Nonperforming assets(b)
$
700

 
$
691

 
1

 
$
700

 
$
691

 
1

Business metrics (in billions)
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Origination volume by channel
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
$
25.5

 
$
22.4

 
14

 
$
75.0

 
$
64.1

 
17

Wholesale(c)

 
0.1

 
NM

 
0.2

 
0.4

 
(50
)
Correspondent(c)
20.1

 
13.4

 
50

 
50.8

 
37.2

 
37

CNT (negotiated transactions)
1.7

 
0.9

 
89

 
3.6

 
5.3

 
(32
)
Total origination volume
$
47.3

 
$
36.8

 
29

 
$
129.6

 
$
107.0

 
21

Application volume by channel
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
$
44.7

 
$
37.7

 
19

 
$
127.8

 
$
102.6

 
25

Wholesale(c)
0.2

 
0.2

 

 
0.5

 
0.8

 
(38
)
Correspondent(c)
28.3

 
20.2

 
40

 
71.7

 
48.7

 
47

Total application volume
$
73.2

 
$
58.1

 
26

 
$
200.0

 
$
152.1

 
31

Third-party mortgage loans serviced (ending)
$
811.4

 
$
924.5

 
(12
)
 
$
811.4

 
$
924.5

 
(12
)
Third-party mortgage loans serviced (average)
825.7

 
931.4

 
(11
)
 
861.7

 
945.7

 
(9
)
MSR net carrying value (ending)
7.1

 
7.8

 
(9
)%
 
7.1

 
7.8

 
(9
)%
Ratio of MSR net carrying value (ending) to third-party mortgage loans serviced (ending)
0.88
%
 
0.84
%
 


 
0.88
%
 
0.84
%
 
 
Ratio of annualized loan servicing-related revenue to third-party mortgage loans serviced (average)
0.46

 
0.44

 


 
0.46

 
0.44

 
 
MSR revenue multiple(d)
1.91x

 
            1.91x

 


 
1.91x

 
            1.91x

 
 
(a)
At September 30, 2012 and 2011, excluded mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $12.1 billion and $10.5 billion, respectively, that are 30 or more days past due. These amounts were excluded as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally. For further discussion, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q which summarizes loan delinquency information.
(b)
At September 30, 2012 and 2011, nonperforming assets excluded: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $11.0 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due; and (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $1.5 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively. These amounts were excluded from nonaccrual loans as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally. For further discussion, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q which summarizes loan delinquency information.
(c)
Includes rural housing loans sourced through brokers and correspondents, which are underwritten and closed with pre-funding loan approval from the U.S. Department of Agriculture Rural Development, which acts as the guarantor in the transaction.
(d)
Represents the ratio of MSR net carrying value (ending) to third-party mortgage loans serviced (ending) divided by the ratio of annualized loan servicing-related revenue to third-party mortgage loans serviced (average).

30


Real Estate Portfolios
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
2011
 
Change
Noninterest revenue
$
9

 
$
23

 
(61
)%
 
$
30

$
51

 
(41
)%
Net interest income
997

 
1,128

 
(12
)
 
3,097

3,481

 
(11
)
Total net revenue
1,006

 
1,151

 
(13
)
 
3,127

3,532

 
(11
)
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
520

 
899

 
(42
)
 
(226
)
2,929

 
NM

 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
386

 
363

 
6

 
1,217

1,089

 
12

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)
100

 
(111
)
 
NM

 
2,136

(486
)
 
NM

Net income/(loss)
$
60

 
$
(67
)
 
NM

 
$
1,295

$
(295
)
 
NM

Overhead ratio
38
%
 
32
%
 


 
39
%
31
%
 
 
Quarterly results
Real Estate Portfolios reported net income of $60 million, compared with a net loss of $67 million in the prior year. The increase was driven by a lower provision for credit losses.
Net revenue was $1.0 billion, a decrease of $145 million, or 13%, from the prior year. The decrease was driven by a decline in net interest income, resulting from lower loan balances due to portfolio runoff.
The provision for credit losses was $520 million, compared with $899 million in the prior year. The current-quarter provision reflected a $900 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses due to improved delinquency trends and lower estimated losses, primarily in the home equity portfolio. Net charge-offs totaled $1.4 billion, including $825 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Excluding these incremental charge-offs, net charge-offs during the quarter would have been $595 million, compared with $899 million in the prior year. For more information, including net charge-off amounts and rates, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q.
Nonaccrual loans were $8.1 billion, compared with $6.3 billion in the prior year. Excluding the impact of certain regulatory guidance, nonaccrual loans would have been $5.1 billion in the third quarter, down from $6.3 billion in the prior year. For more information on the reporting of Chapter 7 loans and performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due as nonaccrual, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q.
Noninterest expense was $386 million, up by $23 million, or 6%, from the prior year due to an increase in servicing costs.
 
Year-to-date results
Real Estate Portfolios reported net income of $1.3 billion, compared with a net loss of $295 million in the prior year. The increase was largely driven by a benefit from the provision for credit losses, reflecting an improvement in credit trends.
Net revenue was $3.1 billion, down $405 million, or 11%, from the prior year. The decrease was driven by a decline in net interest income, resulting from lower loan balances due to portfolio runoff.
The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $226 million, compared with a provision expense of $2.9 billion in the prior year. The current-year provision benefit reflected a $3.15 billion reduction in the allowance for loan losses due to improved delinquency trends. Current-year net charge-offs totaled $2.9 billion, including $825 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Excluding these incremental charge-offs, net charge-offs during the period would have been $2.1 billion compared with $2.9 billion in the prior year. For more information, including net charge-off amounts and rates, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q.
Noninterest expense was $1.2 billion, up by $128 million, or 12%, from the prior year due to an increase in servicing costs.
PCI Loans
Included within Real Estate Portfolios are PCI loans that the Firm acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction. For PCI loans, the excess of the undiscounted gross cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of the loans (the “accretable yield”) is accreted into interest income at a level rate of return over the expected life of the loans.
The net spread between the PCI loans and the related liabilities are expected to be relatively constant over time, except for any basis risk or other residual interest rate risk that remains and for certain changes in the accretable yield percentage (e.g., from extended loan liquidation periods and from prepayments). As of September 30, 2012, the remaining weighted-average life of the PCI loan portfolio is expected to be 8.1 years. The loan balances are expected to


31


decline more rapidly over the next three to four years as the most troubled loans are liquidated, and more slowly thereafter as the remaining troubled borrowers have limited refinancing opportunities. Similarly, default and servicing expense are expected to be higher in the earlier years and decline over time as liquidations slow down.
To date the impact of the PCI loans on Real Estate Portfolios’ net income has been negative. This is largely due
 
to the provision for loan losses recognized subsequent to its acquisition, and the higher level of default and servicing expense associated with the portfolio. Over time, the Firm expects that this portfolio will contribute positively to net income.
For further information, see Note 13, PCI loans, on pages 172–173 of this Form 10-Q.

Selected metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change
 
2012

2011

 
Change

Loans excluding PCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
End-of-period loans owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$
69,686

 
$
80,278

 
(13
)%
 
$
69,686

$
80,278

 
(13
)%
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
41,404

 
45,439

 
(9
)
 
41,404

45,439

 
(9
)
Subprime mortgage
8,552

 
10,045

 
(15
)
 
8,552

10,045

 
(15
)
Other
653

 
741

 
(12
)
 
653

741

 
(12
)
Total end-of-period loans owned
$
120,295

 
$
136,503

 
(12
)
 
$
120,295

$
136,503

 
(12
)
Average loans owned:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 


Home equity
$
71,620

 
$
81,568

 
(12
)
 
$
74,087

$
84,160

 
(12
)
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
41,628

 
46,165

 
(10
)
 
42,620

47,672

 
(11
)
Subprime mortgage
8,774

 
10,268

 
(15
)
 
9,126

10,671

 
(14
)
Other
665

 
753

 
(12
)
 
686

789

 
(13
)
Total average loans owned
$
122,687

 
$
138,754

 
(12
)
 
$
126,519

$
143,292

 
(12
)
PCI loans 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 


End-of-period loans owned:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 


Home equity
$
21,432

 
$
23,105

 
(7
)
 
$
21,432

$
23,105

 
(7
)
Prime mortgage
14,038

 
15,626

 
(10
)
 
14,038

15,626

 
(10
)
Subprime mortgage
4,702

 
5,072

 
(7
)
 
4,702

5,072

 
(7
)
Option ARMs
21,024

 
23,325

 
(10
)
 
21,024

23,325

 
(10
)
Total end-of-period loans owned
$
61,196

 
$
67,128

 
(9
)
 
$
61,196

$
67,128

 
(9
)
Average loans owned:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 


Home equity
$
21,620

 
$
23,301

 
(7
)
 
$
22,060

$
23,730

 
(7
)
Prime mortgage
14,185

 
15,909

 
(11
)
 
14,582

16,443

 
(11
)
Subprime mortgage
4,717

 
5,128

 
(8
)
 
4,818

5,219

 
(8
)
Option ARMs
21,237

 
23,666

 
(10
)
 
21,816

24,394

 
(11
)
Total average loans owned
$
61,759

 
$
68,004

 
(9
)
 
$
63,276

$
69,786

 
(9
)
Total Real Estate Portfolios
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 


End-of-period loans owned:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 


Home equity
$
91,118

 
$
103,383

 
(12
)
 
$
91,118

$
103,383

 
(12
)
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
76,466

 
84,390

 
(9
)
 
76,466

84,390

 
(9
)
Subprime mortgage
13,254

 
15,117

 
(12
)
 
13,254

15,117

 
(12
)
Other
653

 
741

 
(12
)
 
653

741

 
(12
)
Total end-of-period loans owned
$
181,491

 
$
203,631

 
(11
)
 
$
181,491

$
203,631

 
(11
)
Average loans owned:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 


Home equity
$
93,240

 
$
104,869

 
(11
)
 
$
96,147

$
107,890

 
(11
)
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
77,050

 
85,740

 
(10
)
 
79,018

88,509

 
(11
)
Subprime mortgage
13,491

 
15,396

 
(12
)
 
13,944

15,890

 
(12
)
Other
665

 
753

 
(12
)
 
686

789

 
(13
)
Total average loans owned
$
184,446

 
$
206,758

 
(11
)
 
$
189,795

$
213,078

 
(11
)
Average assets
$
173,613

 
$
193,692

 
(10
)
 
$
177,840

$
200,278

 
(11
)
Home equity origination volume
375

 
294

 
28
 %
 
1,047

850

 
23
 %

32


Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
2011
 
Change
Net charge-offs excluding PCI loans:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$
1,120

 
$
581

 
93
 %
 
$
2,128

$
1,893

 
12
 %
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
143

 
172

 
(17
)
 
388

531

 
(27
)
Subprime mortgage
152

 
141

 
8

 
394

483

 
(18
)
Other
5

 
5

 

 
14

22

 
(36
)
Total net charge-offs
$
1,420

 
$
899

 
58

 
$
2,924

$
2,929

 

Net charge-off rate excluding PCI loans:(a)
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
6.22
%
 
2.82
%
 


 
3.84
%
3.01
%
 
 
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
1.37

 
1.48

 


 
1.22

1.49

 
 
Subprime mortgage
6.89

 
5.43

 


 
5.77

6.04

 
 
Other
2.99

 
2.83

 


 
2.73

3.68

 
 
Total net charge-off rate excluding PCI loans
4.60

 
2.57

 


 
3.09

2.73

 
 
Net charge-off rate – reported:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
4.78
%
 
2.20
%
 


 
2.96
%
2.35
%
 
 
Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
0.74

 
0.80

 


 
0.66

0.80

 
 
Subprime mortgage
4.48

 
3.63

 


 
3.77

4.06

 
 
Other
2.99

 
2.83

 


 
2.73

3.68

 
 
Total net charge-off rate – reported
3.06

 
1.72

 


 
2.06

1.84

 
 
30+ day delinquency rate excluding PCI loans(b)
5.12
%
 
5.80
%
 


 
5.12
%
5.80
%
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses, excluding PCI
$
5,568

 
$
9,718

 
(43
)
 
$
5,568

$
9,718

 
(43
)
Allowance for PCI loan losses
5,711

 
4,941

 
16

 
5,711

4,941

 
16

Total allowance for loan losses
11,279

 
14,659

 
(23
)
 
11,279

14,659

 
(23
)
Nonperforming assets(c)(d)
8,669

 
7,112

 
22
 %
 
8,669

7,112

 
22
 %
Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained
6.21
%
 
7.20
%
 


 
6.21
%
7.20
%
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained excluding PCI loans
4.63

 
7.12

 


 
4.63

7.12

 
 
(a)
Net charge-offs and net charge-off rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $825 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.
(b)
The delinquency rate for PCI loans was 20.65% and 24.44% at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(c)
Excludes PCI loans. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of PCI loans, they are all considered to be performing.
(d)
At September 30, 2012, included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans as well as $1.3 billion of performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.



33


CARD SERVICES & AUTO
For a discussion of the business profile of Card, see pages 94–97 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and the Introduction on page 5 of this Form 10–Q.
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit card income
$
1,032

 
$
1,053

 
(2
)%
 
$
2,995

 
$
3,074

 
(3
)%
All other income
248

 
201

 
23

 
782

 
533

 
47

Noninterest revenue
1,280

 
1,254

 
2

 
3,777

 
3,607

 
5

Net interest income
3,443

 
3,521

 
(2
)
 
10,185

 
10,720

 
(5
)
Total net revenue
4,723

 
4,775

 
(1
)
 
13,962

 
14,327

 
(3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
1,231

 
1,264

 
(3
)
 
2,703

 
2,561

 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense
489

 
459

 
7

 
1,465

 
1,366

 
7

Noncompensation expense
1,345

 
1,560

 
(14
)
 
4,304

 
4,348

 
(1
)
Amortization of intangibles
86

 
96

 
(10
)
 
276

 
306

 
(10
)
Total noninterest expense
1,920

 
2,115

 
(9
)
 
6,045

 
6,020

 

Income before income tax expense
1,572

 
1,396

 
13

 
5,214

 
5,746

 
(9
)
Income tax expense
618

 
547

 
13

 
2,047

 
2,253

 
(9
)
Net income
$
954

 
$
849

 
12
 %
 
$
3,167

 
$
3,493

 
(9
)%
Financial ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on common equity
23
%
 
21
%
 
 
 
26
%
 
29
%
 
 
Overhead ratio
41

 
44

 
 
 
43

 
42

 
 
Quarterly results
Net income was $954 million, an increase of $105 million, or 12%, compared with the prior year. The increase was driven by lower noninterest expense and lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower net revenue.
Net revenue was $4.7 billion, a decrease of $52 million, or 1%, from the prior year. Net interest income was $3.4 billion, down $78 million, or 2%, from the prior year. The decrease was driven by narrower loan spreads, lower average loan balances, and lower late fee income. These decreases were largely offset by lower revenue reversals associated with lower net charge-offs. Noninterest revenue was $1.3 billion, an increase of $26 million, or 2%, from the prior year. The increase was driven by higher net interchange and merchant servicing revenue, largely offset by higher amortization of direct loan origination costs.
The provision for credit losses was $1.2 billion, compared with $1.3 billion in the prior year. The current-quarter provision reflected lower net charge-offs and a small reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The prior-year provision included a $370 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The Credit Card net charge-off rate1 was 3.57%, down from 4.70% in the prior year; and the 30+ day delinquency rate1 was 2.15%, down from 2.89% in the prior year. The Auto net charge-off rate was 0.74%, up from 0.36% in the prior year, including $55 million of incremental net charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Excluding these incremental charge-offs, Auto net charge-
 
offs would have been $35 million for the current quarter, and the net charge-off rate would have been 0.29%.
Noninterest expense was $1.9 billion, a decrease of $195 million, or 9%, from the prior year, driven by lower marketing expense.
Year-to-date results
Net income was $3.2 billion, a decrease of $326 million, or 9%, compared with the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower net revenue and higher provision for credit losses.
Net revenue was $14.0 billion, a decrease of $365 million, or 3%, from the prior year. Net interest income was $10.2 billion, down $535 million, or 5%, from the prior year. The decrease was driven by narrower loan spreads and lower average loan balances, partially offset by lower revenue reversals associated with lower net charge-offs. Noninterest revenue was $3.8 billion, an increase of $170 million, or 5%, from the prior year. The increase was driven by higher net interchange income and lower partner revenue-sharing, reflecting the impact of the Kohl’s portfolio sale on April 1, 2011, as well as higher merchant servicing revenue, partially offset by higher amortization of direct loan origination costs.
The provision for credit losses was $2.7 billion, compared with $2.6 billion in the prior year. The current-year provision reflected lower net charge-offs and a $1.6 billion reduction in the allowance for loan losses due to lower estimated losses. The prior-year provision included a $3.4


34


billion reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The Credit Card net charge-off rate1 was 4.09%, down from 5.78% in the prior year. The net charge-off rate1 would have been 3.99% absent a policy change on restructured loans that do not comply with their modified payment terms. The Auto net charge-off rate was 0.40%, up from 0.31% in the prior year. Excluding the $55 million of incremental net charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans, the Auto net charge-off rate would have been 0.25%.
 
Noninterest expense was $6.0 billion, flat compared with the prior year, driven by expense related to a non-core product that is being exited, predominantly offset by lower marketing expense.

1 The net charge-off and 30+ day delinquency rates presented for credit card loans, which include loans held-for-sale, are non-GAAP financial measures. Management uses this as an additional measure to assess the performance of the portfolio.


Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except headcount and ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
200,812

 
$
199,473

 
1
 %
 
$
200,812

 
$
199,473

 
1
 %
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card
124,537

 
127,135

 
(2
)
 
124,537

 
127,135

 
(2
)
Auto
48,920

 
46,659

 
5

 
48,920

 
46,659

 
5

Student
11,868

 
13,751

 
(14
)
 
11,868

 
13,751

 
(14
)
Total loans
$
185,325

 
$
187,545

 
(1
)
 
$
185,325

 
$
187,545

 
(1
)
Equity
$
16,500

 
$
16,000

 
3

 
$
16,500

 
$
16,000

 
3

Selected balance sheet data (average)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
196,302

 
$
199,974

 
(2
)
 
$
197,679

 
$
200,803

 
(2
)
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card
124,339

 
126,536

 
(2
)
 
125,712

 
128,015

 
(2
)
Auto
48,399

 
46,549

 
4

 
48,126

 
47,064

 
2

Student
12,037

 
13,865

 
(13
)
 
12,774

 
14,135

 
(10
)
Total loans
$
184,775

 
$
186,950

 
(1
)
 
$
186,612

 
$
189,214

 
(1
)
Equity
$
16,500

 
$
16,000

 
3

 
$
16,500

 
$
16,000

 
3

Headcount
27,365

 
27,554

 
(1
)
 
27,365

 
27,554

 
(1
)
Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card
$
1,116

 
$
1,499

 
(26
)
 
$
3,847

 
$
5,535

 
(30
)
Auto(a)
90

 
42

 
114

 
144

 
108

 
33

Student
80

 
93

 
(14
)
 
268

 
308

 
(13
)
Total net charge-offs
$
1,286

 
$
1,634

 
(21
)%
 
$
4,259

 
$
5,951

 
(28
)%
Net charge-off rate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card(b)
3.57
%
 
4.70
%
 
 
 
4.11
%
 
5.83
%
 
 
Auto(a)
0.74

 
0.36

 
 
 
0.40

 
0.31

 
 
Student
2.64

 
2.66

 
 
 
2.80

 
2.91

 
 
Total net charge-off rate
2.77

 
3.47

 
 
 
3.06

 
4.23

 
 

35


Selected metrics
 
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Delinquency rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30+ day delinquency rate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card(c)
 
2.15
%
 
2.90
%
 

 
2.15
%
 
2.90
%
 
 
Auto
 
1.11

 
1.01

 

 
1.11

 
1.01

 
 
Student(d)
 
2.38

 
1.93

 

 
2.38

 
1.93

 
 
Total 30+ day delinquency rate
 
1.89

 
2.36

 

 
1.89

 
2.36

 
 
90+ day delinquency rate – Credit Card(c)
 
0.99

 
1.43

 

 
0.99

 
1.43

 
 
Nonperforming assets(a)(e)
 
$
284

 
$
232

 
22
 %
 
$
284

 
$
232

 
22
 %
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card
 
$
5,503

 
$
7,528

 
(27
)
 
$
5,503

 
$
7,528

 
(27
)
Auto and Student
 
954

 
1,009

 
(5
)
 
954

 
1,009

 
(5
)
Total allowance for loan losses
 
$
6,457

 
$
8,537

 
(24
)
 
$
6,457

 
$
8,537

 
(24
)
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans:
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card(c)
 
4.42
%
 
5.93
%
 

 
4.42
%
 
5.93
%
 
 
Auto and Student
 
1.57

 
1.67

 

 
1.57

 
1.67

 
 
Total allowance for loan losses to period-end loans
 
3.49

 
4.55

 

 
3.49

 
4.55

 
 
Business metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card, excluding Commercial Card
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales volume (in billions)
 
$
96.6

 
$
87.3

 
11

 
$
279.5

 
$
250.3

 
12

New accounts opened
 
1.6

 
2.0

 
(20
)
 
4.9

 
6.6

 
(26
)
Open accounts
 
63.9

 
64.3

 
(1
)
 
63.9

 
64.3

 
(1
)
Merchant Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank card volume (in billions)
 
$
163.6

 
$
138.1

 
18

 
$
476.6

 
$
401.1

 
19

Total transactions (in billions)
 
7.4

 
6.1

 
21

 
21.3

 
17.6

 
21

Auto and Student
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Origination volume (in billions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auto
 
$
6.3

 
$
5.9

 
7

 
$
17.9

 
$
16.1

 
11

Student
 
0.1

 
0.1

 
 %
 
0.2

 
0.2

 
 %
(a)
Net charge-offs and net charge-off rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, included $55 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Excluding these incremental charge-offs, net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2012 would have been $35 million, and the net charge-off rate for the same period would have been 0.29%. Nonperforming assets at September 30, 2012, included $65 million of Chapter 7 loans.
(b)
Average credit card loans included loans held-for-sale of $109 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $569 million and $1.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These amounts were excluded when calculating the net charge-off rate.
(c)
Period-end credit card loans included loans held-for-sale of $106 million and $94 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. No allowance for loan losses was recorded for these loans. These amounts were excluded when calculating delinquency rates and the allowance for loan losses to period-end loans.
(d)
Excluded student loans insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) of $910 million and $995 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that are 30 or more days past due. These amounts were excluded as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally.
(e)
Nonperforming assets excluded student loans insured by U.S. government agencies under the FFELP of $536 million and $567 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due. These amounts were excluded as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally.


36


Card Services supplemental information
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Noninterest revenue
$
971

 
$
957

 
1
 %
 
$
2,873

 
$
2,755

 
4
 %
Net interest income
2,923

 
2,984

 
(2
)
 
8,606

 
9,095

 
(5
)
Total net revenue
3,894

 
3,941

 
(1
)
 
11,479

 
11,850

 
(3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
1,116

 
999

 
12

 
2,347

 
2,035

 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
1,517

 
1,734

 
(13
)
 
4,856

 
4,911

 
(1
)
Income before income tax expense
1,261

 
1,208

 
4

 
4,276

 
4,904

 
(13
)
Net income
$
769

 
$
737

 
4
 %
 
$
2,608

 
$
2,991

 
(13
)%
Financial ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of average loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest revenue
3.11
%
 
3.00
%
 
 
 
3.05
%
 
2.88
%
 
 
Net interest income
9.35

 
9.36

 
 
 
9.14

 
9.50

 
 
Total net revenue
12.46

 
12.36

 
 
 
12.20

 
12.38

 
 

37


COMMERCIAL BANKING
For a discussion of the business profile of CB, see pages 98–100 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and the Introduction on page 5 of this Form 10-Q.
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lending- and deposit-related fees
$
263

 
$
269

 
(2
)%
 
$
803

 
$
814

 
(1
)%
Asset management, administration and commissions
30

 
35

 
(14
)
 
100

 
104

 
(4
)
All other income(a)
293

 
220

 
33

 
802

 
706

 
14

Noninterest revenue
586

 
524

 
12

 
1,705

 
1,624

 
5

Net interest income
1,146

 
1,064

 
8

 
3,375

 
3,107

 
9

Total net revenue(b)
1,732

 
1,588

 
9

 
5,080

 
4,731

 
7

Provision for credit losses
(16
)
 
67

 
NM

 
44

 
168

 
(74
)
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense(c)
263

 
242

 
9

 
764

 
709

 
8

Noncompensation expense(c)
332

 
324

 
2

 
1,006

 
967

 
4

Amortization of intangibles
6

 
7

 
(14
)
 
20

 
23

 
(13
)
Total noninterest expense
601

 
573

 
5

 
1,790

 
1,699

 
5

Income before income tax expense
1,147

 
948

 
21

 
3,246

 
2,864

 
13

Income tax expense
457

 
377

 
21

 
1,292

 
1,140

 
13

Net income
$
690

 
$
571

 
21

 
$
1,954

 
$
1,724

 
13

Revenue by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lending
$
916

 
$
857

 
7

 
$
2,728

 
$
2,574

 
6

Treasury services
609

 
572

 
6

 
1,814

 
1,670

 
9

Investment banking
139

 
116

 
20

 
388

 
378

 
3

Other
68

 
43

 
58

 
150

 
109

 
38

Total Commercial Banking net revenue
$
1,732

 
$
1,588

 
9

 
$
5,080

 
$
4,731

 
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IB revenue, gross(d)
$
431

 
$
320

 
35

 
$
1,154

 
$
1,071

 
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue by client segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Middle Market Banking
$
838

 
$
791

 
6

 
$
2,496

 
$
2,335

 
7

Commercial Term Lending
298

 
297

 

 
882

 
869

 
1

Corporate Client Banking
370

 
306

 
21

 
1,050

 
935

 
12

Real Estate Banking
106

 
104

 
2

 
325

 
301

 
8

Other
120

 
90

 
33

 
327

 
291

 
12

Total Commercial Banking net revenue
$
1,732

 
$
1,588

 
9
 %
 
$
5,080

 
$
4,731

 
7
 %
Financial ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on common equity
29
%
 
28
%
 


 
27
%
 
29
%
 
 
Overhead ratio
35

 
36

 


 
35

 
36

 
 
(a)
CB client revenue from investment banking products and commercial card transactions is included in all other income.
(b)
Total net revenue included tax-equivalent adjustments from income tax credits related to equity investments in designated community development entities that provide loans to qualified businesses in low-income communities, as well as tax-exempt income from municipal bond activity, totaling $115 million and $90 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $308 million and $222 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(c)
Effective July 1, 2012, certain Treasury Services product sales staff supporting CB were transferred from TSS to CB. As a result, compensation expense for these sales staff is now reflected in CB’s compensation expense rather than as an allocation from TSS in noncompensation expense. CB’s and TSS’s previously reported headcount, compensation expense and noncompensation expense have been revised to reflect this transfer.
(d)
Represents the total revenue related to investment banking products sold to CB clients.

38


Quarterly results
Net income was $690 million, an increase of $119 million, or 21%, from the prior year. The improvement was driven by an increase in net revenue and lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher expense.
Record net revenue was $1.7 billion, an increase of $144 million, or 9%, from the prior year. Net interest income was $1.1 billion, up by $82 million, or 8%, driven by growth in loan and liability balances, partially offset by spread compression on loan products. Noninterest revenue was $586 million, up $62 million, or 12%, compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher investment banking revenue.
Revenue from Middle Market Banking was $838 million, an increase of $47 million, or 6%, from the prior year. Revenue from Commercial Term Lending was $298 million, flat compared with the prior year. Revenue from Corporate Client Banking was $370 million, an increase of $64 million, or 21%. Revenue from Real Estate Banking was $106 million, an increase of $2 million, or 2%.
The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $16 million, compared with provision for credit losses of $67 million in the prior year. There were net recoveries of $18 million in the current quarter (0.06% net recovery rate), compared with net charge-offs of $17 million (0.06% net charge-off rate) in the prior year. The allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained was 2.15%, down from 2.50% in the prior year. Nonaccrual loans were $876 million, down by $567 million, or 39%, from the prior year, due to commercial real estate repayments and loan sales.
Noninterest expense was $601 million, an increase of $28 million, or 5%, from the prior year, reflecting higher headcount-related expense.
 
Year-to-date results
Net income was $2.0 billion, an increase of $230 million, or 13%, from the prior year. The improvement was driven by an increase in net revenue and a decrease in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher expense.
Net revenue was a record of $5.1 billion, an increase of $349 million, or 7%, from the prior year. Net interest income was $3.4 billion, up by $268 million, or 9%, driven by growth in loan and liability balances, partially offset by spread compression on loan and liability products. Noninterest revenue was $1.7 billion, up by $81 million, or 5%, compared with the prior year, predominantly driven by increased community development investment-related revenue and other fee income.
Revenue from Middle Market Banking was $2.5 billion, an increase of $161 million, or 7%, from the prior year. Revenue from Commercial Term Lending was $882 million, an increase of $13 million, or 1%. Revenue from Corporate Client Banking was $1.1 billion, an increase of $115 million, or 12%. Revenue from Real Estate Banking was $325 million, an increase of $24 million, or 8%.
The provision for credit losses was $44 million, compared with $168 million in the prior year. Net recoveries were $15 million (0.02% net recovery rate) compared with net charge-offs of $88 million (0.12% net charge-off rate) in the prior year.
Noninterest expense was $1.8 billion, an increase of $91 million, or 5% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher headcount-related expense.



39


Selected metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months ended
September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except headcount and ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
168,124

 
$
151,095

 
11
 %
 
$
168,124

 
$
151,095

 
11
 %
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans retained
123,173

 
106,834

 
15

 
123,173

 
106,834

 
15

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
549

 
584

 
(6
)
 
549

 
584

 
(6
)
Total loans
$
123,722

 
$
107,418

 
15

 
$
123,722

 
$
107,418

 
15

Equity
9,500

 
8,000

 
19

 
9,500

 
8,000

 
19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period-end loans by client segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Middle Market Banking
$
48,852

 
$
42,365

 
15

 
$
48,852

 
$
42,365

 
15

Commercial Term Lending
42,304

 
38,539

 
10

 
42,304

 
38,539

 
10

Corporate Client Banking
19,727

 
15,100

 
31

 
19,727

 
15,100

 
31

Real Estate Banking
8,563

 
7,470

 
15

 
8,563

 
7,470

 
15

Other
4,276

 
3,944

 
8

 
4,276

 
3,944

 
8

Total Commercial Banking loans
$
123,722

 
$
107,418

 
15

 
$
123,722

 
$
107,418

 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected balance sheet data (average)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
164,702

 
$
145,195

 
13

 
$
163,072

 
$
143,069

 
14

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans retained
121,566

 
104,705

 
16

 
117,442

 
101,485

 
16

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
552

 
632

 
(13
)
 
677

 
801

 
(15
)
Total loans
$
122,118

 
$
105,337

 
16

 
$
118,119

 
$
102,286

 
15

Liability balances
190,910

 
180,275

 
6

 
194,775

 
166,503

 
17

Equity
9,500

 
8,000

 
19

 
9,500

 
8,000

 
19

Average loans by client segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Middle Market Banking
$
47,741

 
$
41,540

 
15

 
$
46,560

 
$
39,932

 
17

Commercial Term Lending
41,658

 
38,198

 
9

 
40,194

 
37,914

 
6

Corporate Client Banking
19,791

 
14,373

 
38

 
18,635

 
13,277

 
40

Real Estate Banking
8,651

 
7,465

 
16

 
8,600

 
7,512

 
14

Other
4,277

 
3,761

 
14

 
4,130

 
3,651

 
13

Total Commercial Banking loans
$
122,118

 
$
105,337

 
16

 
$
118,119

 
$
102,286

 
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Headcount(a)
6,100

 
5,687

 
7

 
6,100

 
5,687

 
7

Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (recoveries)/charge-offs
$
(18
)
 
$
17

 
NM

 
$
(15
)
 
$
88

 
NM

Nonperforming assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans retained(b)
843

 
1,417

 
(41
)
 
843

 
1,417

 
(41
)
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans held at fair value
33

 
26

 
27

 
33

 
26

 
27

Total nonaccrual loans
876

 
1,443

 
(39
)
 
876

 
1,443

 
(39
)
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
32

 
168

 
(81
)
 
32

 
168

 
(81
)
Total nonperforming assets
908

 
1,611

 
(44
)
 
908

 
1,611

 
(44
)
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
2,653

 
2,671

 
(1
)
 
2,653

 
2,671

 
(1
)
Allowance for lending-related commitments
196

 
181

 
8

 
196

 
181

 
8

Total allowance for credit losses
2,849

 
2,852

 
 %
 
2,849

 
2,852

 
 %
Net (recovery)/charge-off rate(c)
(0.06
)%
 
0.06
%
 
 
 
(0.02
)%
 
0.12
%
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained
2.15

 
2.50

 
 
 
2.15

 
2.50

 
 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(b)
315

 
188

 
 
 
315

 
188

 
 
Nonaccrual loans to total period-end loans
0.71

 
1.34

 
 
 
0.71

 
1.34

 
 
(a)
Effective July 1, 2012, certain Treasury Services product sales staff supporting CB were transferred from TSS to CB. For further discussion of this transfer, see footnote (c) on page 38 of this Form 10-Q.
(b)
Allowance for loan losses of $148 million and $257 million was held against nonaccrual loans retained at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(c)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net (recovery)/charge-off rate.

40


TREASURY & SECURITIES SERVICES
For a discussion of the business profile of TSS, see pages 101–103 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and the Introduction on page 5 of this Form 10-Q.
Selected income statement data
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratio data)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lending- and deposit-related fees
$
282

 
$
310

 
(9
)%
 
$
855

 
$
927

 
(8
)%
Asset management, administration and commissions
630

 
656

 
(4
)
 
1,992

 
2,077

 
(4
)
All other income
136

 
141

 
(4
)
 
419

 
423

 
(1
)
Noninterest revenue
1,048

 
1,107

 
(5
)
 
3,266

 
3,427

 
(5
)
Net interest income
981

 
801

 
22

 
2,929

 
2,253

 
30

Total net revenue
2,029

 
1,908

 
6

 
6,195

 
5,680

 
9

Provision for credit losses
(12
)
 
(20
)
 
40

 
(2
)
 
(18
)
 
89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Credit allocation income/(expense)(a)
54

 
9

 
500

 
125

 
68

 
84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense(b)
686

 
705

 
(3
)
 
2,115

 
2,114

 

Noncompensation expense(b)
743

 
741

 

 
2,251

 
2,132

 
6

Amortization of intangibles
14

 
24

 
(42
)
 
41

 
54

 
(24
)
Total noninterest expense
1,443

 
1,470

 
(2
)
 
4,407

 
4,300

 
2

Income before income tax expense
652

 
467

 
40

 
1,915

 
1,466

 
31

Income tax expense
232

 
162

 
43

 
681

 
512

 
33

Net income
$
420

 
$
305

 
38

 
$
1,234

 
$
954

 
29

Financial ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on common equity
22
%
 
17
%
 
 
 
22
%
 
18
%
 


Pretax margin ratio
32

 
24

 
 
 
31

 
26

 


Overhead ratio
71

 
77

 
 
 
71

 
76

 


Pre-provision profit ratio
29

 
23

 
 
 
29

 
24

 


Revenue by business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Worldwide Securities Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investor Services
$
777

 
$
740

 
5

 
$
2,395

 
$
2,267

 
6

Clearance, Collateral Management and Depositary Receipts
188

 
199

 
(6
)
 
610

 
623

 
(2
)
Total WSS revenue
$
965

 
$
939

 
3

 
$
3,005

 
$
2,890

 
4

Treasury Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction Services
$
913

 
$
816

 
12

 
$
2,723

 
$
2,366

 
15

Trade Finance
151

 
153

 
(1
)
 
467

 
424

 
10

Total TS revenue
$
1,064

 
$
969

 
10
 %
 
$
3,190

 
$
2,790

 
14
 %
(a)
IB manages traditional credit exposures related to GCB on behalf of IB and TSS, and IB and TSS share the economics related to the Firm’s GCB clients. Included within this allocation are net revenue, provision for credit losses and expenses. IB recognizes this credit allocation as a component of all other income.
(b)
Effective July 1, 2012, certain Treasury Services product sales staff supporting CB were transferred from TSS to CB. For further discussion of this transfer, see footnote (c) on page 38 of this Form 10-Q.

41


Quarterly results
Net income was $420 million, an increase of $115 million, or 38%, from the prior year.
Net revenue was $2.0 billion, an increase of $121 million, or 6%, from the prior year. Treasury Services (“TS”) net revenue was $1.1 billion, an increase of $95 million, or 10%. The increase was driven by higher deposit balances and higher trade finance loan volumes. Worldwide Securities Services (“WSS”) net revenue was $1.0 billion, an increase of $26 million, or 3%, compared with the prior year driven by higher deposit balances.
TSS generated firmwide net revenue of $2.7 billion, including $1.7 billion by TS; of that amount, $1.1 billion was recorded in TS, $609 million in Commercial Banking and $67 million in other lines of business. The remaining $1.0 billion of firmwide net revenue was recorded in WSS.
Noninterest expense was $1.4 billion, a decrease of $27 million, or 2%, compared with the prior year.
 
Year-to-date results
Net income was $1.2 billion, an increase of $280 million, or 29%, from the prior year.
Net revenue was $6.2 billion, an increase of $515 million, or 9%, from the prior year. TS revenue was $3.2 billion, an increase of $400 million, or 14%. The increase was primarily driven by higher deposit balances and higher trade finance loan volumes. WSS net revenue was $3.0 billion, an increase of $115 million, or 4% compared with the prior year, driven by higher deposit balances.
TSS generated firmwide net revenue of $8.2 billion, including $5.2 billion by TS; of that amount, $3.2 billion was recorded in TS, $1.8 billion in Commercial Banking, and $204 million in other lines of business. The remaining $3.0 billion of firmwide net revenue was recorded in WSS.
Noninterest expense was $4.4 billion, an increase of $107 million, or 2%, from the prior year.

Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except headcount data and where otherwise noted)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
65,337

 
$
62,364

 
5
 %
 
$
65,337

 
$
62,364

 
5
 %
Loans(a)
40,616

 
36,389

 
12

 
40,616

 
36,389

 
12

Equity
7,500

 
7,000

 
7

 
7,500

 
7,000

 
7

Selected balance sheet data (average)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Total assets
$
63,203

 
$
60,141

 
5

 
$
64,714

 
$
53,612

 
21

Loans(a)
40,791

 
35,303

 
16

 
41,179

 
32,576

 
26

Liability balances
351,383

 
341,107

 
3

 
352,147

 
303,504

 
16

Equity
7,500

 
7,000

 
7

 
7,500

 
7,000

 
7

 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 


Headcount(b)
26,595

 
27,887

 
(5
)
 
26,595

 
27,887

 
(5
)
WSS business metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets under custody (“AUC”) by assets class (period-end) (in billions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income
$
11,545

 
$
10,871

 
6

 
$
11,545

 
$
10,871

 
6

Equity
5,328

 
4,401

 
21

 
5,328

 
4,401

 
21

Other(c)
1,346

 
978

 
38

 
1,346

 
978

 
38

Total AUC
$
18,219

 
$
16,250

 
12

 
$
18,219

 
$
16,250

 
12

Liability balances (average)
124,669

 
107,105

 
16

 
123,840

 
93,433

 
33

TS business metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TS liability balances (average)
226,714

 
234,002

 
(3
)
 
228,307

 
210,071

 
9

Trade finance loans (period-end)
35,142

 
30,104

 
17
 %
 
35,142

 
30,104

 
17
 %
(a)
Loan balances include trade finance loans and wholesale overdrafts.
(b)
Effective July 1, 2012, certain Treasury Services product sales staff supporting CB were transferred from TSS to CB. For further discussion of this transfer, see footnote (c) on page 38 of this Form 10-Q.
(c)
Consists of mutual funds, unit investment trusts, currencies, annuities, insurance contracts, options and nonsecurities contracts.

42


Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except ratio data, and where otherwise noted)
2012
 
2011
 
Change

 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs
$
(6
)
 
$

 
NM%

 
$
(6
)
 
$

 
NM%

Nonaccrual loans
7

 
3

 
133

 
7

 
3

 
133

Allowance for credit losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
74

 
49

 
51

 
74

 
49

 
51

Allowance for lending-related commitments
9

 
46

 
(80
)
 
9

 
46

 
(80
)
Total allowance for credit losses
83

 
95

 
(13
)
 
83

 
95

 
(13
)
Net charge-off rate
(0.06
)%
 
%
 
 
 
(0.02
)%
 
%
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans
0.18

 
0.14

 
 
 
0.18

 
0.14

 
 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans
 NM
 
 NM
 
 
 
 NM
 
 NM
 
 
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans
0.02

 
0.01

 
 
 
0.02

 
0.01

 
 
International metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenue(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
677

 
$
648

 
4

 
$
2,122

 
$
1,969

 
8

Asia/Pacific
342

 
321

 
7

 
1,040

 
896

 
16

Latin America/Caribbean
70

 
61

 
15

 
224

 
217

 
3

North America
940

 
878

 
7

 
2,809

 
2,598

 
8

Total net revenue
$
2,029

 
$
1,908

 
6

 
$
6,195

 
$
5,680

 
9

Average liability balances(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
125,720

 
$
129,608

 
(3
)
 
$
126,891

 
$
121,581

 
4

Asia/Pacific
50,862

 
42,987

 
18

 
50,465

 
41,541

 
21

Latin America/Caribbean
10,141

 
12,722

 
(20
)
 
10,813

 
12,983

 
(17
)
North America
164,660

 
155,790

 
6

 
163,978

 
127,399

 
29

Total average liability balances
$
351,383

 
$
341,107

 
3

 
$
352,147

 
$
303,504

 
16

Trade finance loans (period-end)(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
9,274

 
$
6,853

 
35

 
$
9,274

 
$
6,853

 
35

Asia/Pacific
18,317

 
16,918

 
8

 
18,317

 
16,918

 
8

Latin America/Caribbean
5,710

 
5,228

 
9

 
5,710

 
5,228

 
9

North America
1,841

 
1,105

 
67

 
1,841

 
1,105

 
67

Total trade finance loans
$
35,142

 
$
30,104

 
17

 
$
35,142

 
$
30,104

 
17

AUC (period-end)(in billions)(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North America
$
10,206

 
$
9,611

 
6

 
$
10,206

 
$
9,611

 
6

All other regions
8,013

 
6,639

 
21

 
8,013

 
6,639

 
21

Total AUC
$
18,219

 
$
16,250

 
12
 %
 
$
18,219

 
$
16,250

 
12
 %
(a)
Total net revenue, average liability balances, trade finance loans and AUC are based on the domicile of the client. In the second quarter of 2012, the methodology for allocating the data by region was refined. Prior period was not revised due to immateriality.

43


Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended
September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except where otherwise noted)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
TSS firmwide disclosures(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TS revenue – reported
$
1,064

 
$
969

 
10
 %
 
$
3,190

 
$
2,790

 
14
 %
TS revenue reported in CB
609

 
572

 
6

 
1,814

 
1,670

 
9

TS revenue reported in other lines of business
67

 
68

 
(1
)
 
204

 
196

 
4

TS firmwide revenue(b)
1,740

 
1,609

 
8

 
5,208

 
4,656

 
12

WSS revenue
965

 
939

 
3

 
3,005

 
2,890

 
4

TSS firmwide revenue(b)
$
2,705

 
$
2,548

 
6

 
$
8,213

 
$
7,546

 
9

TSS total foreign exchange (“FX”) revenue(b)
135

 
179

 
(25
)
 
419

 
504

 
(17
)
TS firmwide liability balances (average)(c)
417,821

 
414,485

 
1

 
423,289

 
376,661

 
12

TSS firmwide liability balances (average)(c)
542,293

 
521,383

 
4

 
546,922

 
470,008

 
16

Number of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


U.S.$ ACH transactions originated
1,028

 
972

 
6

 
3,067

 
2,923

 
5

Total U.S.$ clearing volume (in thousands)
34,697

 
33,117

 
5

 
101,373

 
96,362

 
5

International electronic funds transfer volume (in thousands)(d)
73,281

 
62,718

 
17

 
224,711

 
186,868

 
20

Wholesale check volume
580

 
601

 
(3
)
 
1,771

 
1,741

 
2

Wholesale cards issued (in thousands)(e)
24,955

 
24,288

 
3
 %
 
24,955

 
24,288

 
3
 %
(a)
TSS firmwide metrics include revenue recorded in CB, Consumer & Business Banking and AM lines of business and net TSS FX revenue (it excludes TSS FX revenue recorded in IB). In order to capture the firmwide impact of TS and TSS products and revenue, management reviews firmwide metrics in assessing financial performance of TSS. Firmwide metrics are necessary in order to understand the aggregate TSS business.
(b)
IB executes FX transactions on behalf of TSS customers under revenue sharing agreements. FX revenue generated by TSS customers is recorded in TSS and IB. TSS total FX revenue reported above is the gross (pre-split) FX revenue generated by TSS customers. However, TSS firmwide revenue includes only the FX revenue booked in TSS, i.e., it does not include the portion of TSS FX revenue recorded in IB.
(c)
Firmwide liability balances include liability balances recorded in CB.
(d)
International electronic funds transfer includes non-U.S. dollar Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) and clearing volume.
(e)
Wholesale cards issued and outstanding include stored value, prepaid and government electronic benefit card products.



44


ASSET MANAGEMENT
For a discussion of the business profile of AM, see pages 104–106 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and the Introduction on page 5 of this Form 10-Q.
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset management, administration and commissions
$
1,708

 
$
1,617

 
6
 %
 
$
5,030

 
$
5,142

 
(2
)%
All other income
199

 
281

 
(29
)
 
616

 
915

 
(33
)
Noninterest revenue
1,907

 
1,898

 

 
5,646

 
6,057

 
(7
)
Net interest income
552

 
418

 
32

 
1,547

 
1,202

 
29

Total net revenue
2,459

 
2,316

 
6

 
7,193

 
7,259

 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
14

 
26

 
(46
)
 
67

 
43

 
56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense
1,083

 
999

 
8

 
3,227

 
3,106

 
4

Noncompensation expense
625

 
775

 
(19
)
 
1,866

 
2,078

 
(10
)
Amortization of intangibles
23

 
22

 
5

 
68

 
66

 
3

Total noninterest expense
1,731

 
1,796

 
(4
)
 
5,161

 
5,250

 
(2
)
Income before income tax expense
714

 
494

 
45

 
1,965

 
1,966

 

Income tax expense
271

 
109

 
149

 
745

 
676

 
10

Net income
$
443

 
$
385

 
15

 
$
1,220

 
$
1,290

 
(5
)
Revenue by client segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private Banking
$
1,365

 
$
1,298

 
5

 
$
3,985

 
$
3,904

 
2

Institutional
563

 
478

 
18

 
1,657

 
1,715

 
(3
)
Retail
531

 
540

 
(2
)
 
1,551

 
1,640

 
(5
)
Total net revenue
$
2,459

 
$
2,316

 
6
 %
 
$
7,193

 
$
7,259

 
(1
)%
Financial ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on common equity
25
%
 
24
%
 
 
 
23
%
 
27
%
 
 
Overhead ratio
70

 
78

 
 
 
72

 
72

 
 
Pretax margin ratio
29

 
21

 
 
 
27

 
27

 
 
Quarterly results
Net income was $443 million, an increase of $58 million, or 15%, from the prior year. These results reflected higher net revenue, lower noninterest expense and lower provision for credit losses.
Net revenue was $2.5 billion, an increase of $143 million, or 6%, from the prior year. Noninterest revenue was $1.9 billion, up $9 million, flat compared with the prior year, as higher valuations of seed capital investments and net product inflows were offset by the absence of a prior-year gain on the sale of an investment and lower loan-related revenue. Net interest income was $552 million, up by $134 million, or 32%, primarily due to higher deposit and loan balances.
Revenue from Private Banking was $1.4 billion, up 5% from the prior year. Revenue from Institutional was $563 million, up 18%. Revenue from Retail was $531 million, down 2%.
The provision for credit losses was $14 million, compared with $26 million in the prior year.
 
Noninterest expense was $1.7 billion, a decrease of $65 million, or 4%, from the prior year, due to the absence of non-client-related litigation expense, partially offset by higher performance-based compensation.
Year-to-date results
Net income was $1.2 billion, a decrease of $70 million, or 5%, from the prior year. These results reflected lower net revenue and a higher provision for credit losses, offset by lower noninterest expense.
Net revenue was $7.2 billion, a decrease of $66 million, or 1%, from the prior year. Noninterest revenue was $5.6 billion, down by $411 million, or 7%, due to lower loan-related revenue, lower performance fees, the absence of a prior-year gain on the sale of an investment and the effect of lower market levels, partially offset by net product inflows. Net interest income was $1.5 billion, up by $345 million, or 29%, due to higher deposit and loan balances.
Revenue from Private Banking was $4.0 billion, up 2% from the prior year. Revenue from Institutional was $1.7 billion, down 3%. Revenue from Retail was $1.6 billion, down 5%.


45


The provision for credit losses was $67 million, compared with $43 million in the prior year.
Noninterest expense was $5.2 billion, a decrease of $89 million, or 2%, from the prior year, due to the absence of
 
non-client-related litigation expense, partially offset by higher headcount-related expense and higher performance-based compensation.

Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended
September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except headcount, ranking data and where otherwise noted)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Number of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client advisors(a)
2,826

 
2,864

 
(1
)%
 
2,826

 
2,864

 
(1
)%
Retirement planning services participants (in thousands)
1,951

 
1,755

 
11

 
1,951

 
1,755

 
11

% of customer assets in 4 & 5 Star Funds(b)
45
%
 
47
%
 
 
 
45
%
 
47
%
 
 
% of AUM in 1st and 2nd quartiles:(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 year
69

 
49

 
 
 
69

 
49

 
 
3 years
78

 
73

 
 
 
78

 
73

 
 
5 years
77

 
77

 
 
 
77

 
77

 
 
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
103,608

 
$
81,179

 
28

 
$
103,608

 
$
81,179

 
28

Loans(d)
74,924

 
54,178

 
38

 
74,924

 
54,178

 
38

Equity
7,000

 
6,500

 
8

 
7,000

 
6,500

 
8

Selected balance sheet data (average)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
99,209

 
$
78,669

 
26

 
$
95,168

 
$
73,967

 
29

Loans
71,824

 
52,652

 
36

 
66,097

 
48,841

 
35

Deposits
127,487

 
111,090

 
15

 
127,702

 
101,341

 
26

Equity
7,000

 
6,500

 
8

 
7,000

 
6,500

 
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Headcount
18,109

 
18,084

 
 %
 
18,109

 
18,084

 
 %
(a)
Effective January 1, 2012, the previously disclosed separate metric for client advisors and JPMorgan Securities brokers were combined into one metric that reflects the number of Private Banking client-facing representatives.
(b)
Derived from Morningstar for the U.S., the U.K., Luxembourg, France, Hong Kong and Taiwan; and Nomura for Japan.
(c)
Quartile ranking sourced from: Lipper for the U.S. and Taiwan; Morningstar for the U.K., Luxembourg, France and Hong Kong; and Nomura for Japan.
(d)
Includes $8.9 billion of prime mortgage loans reported in the Consumer loan portfolio at September 30, 2012.

Selected metrics
As of or for the three months ended
September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Credit data and quality statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs
$
6

 
$

 
NM

 
$
61

 
$
44

 
39
 %
Nonaccrual loans
227

 
311

 
(27
)
 
227

 
311

 
(27
)
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
229

 
240

 
(5
)
 
229

 
240

 
(5
)
Allowance for lending-related commitments
5

 
9

 
(44
)
 
5

 
9

 
(44
)
Total allowance for credit losses
234

 
249

 
(6
)%
 
234

 
249

 
(6
)%
Net charge-off rate
0.03
%
 
%
 
 
 
0.12
%
 
0.12
%
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans
0.31

 
0.44

 
 
 
0.31

 
0.44

 
 
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans
101

 
77

 
 
 
101

 
77

 
 
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans
0.30

 
0.57

 
 
 
0.30

 
0.57

 
 

46


Assets under supervision
Assets under supervision were $2.0 trillion, an increase of $225 billion, or 12%, from the prior year. Assets under management were $1.4 trillion, an increase of $127 billion, or 10%, due to the effect of higher market levels and net
 
inflows to long-term products. Custody, brokerage, administration and deposit balances were $650 billion, up by $98 billion, or 18%, primarily due to the effect of higher market levels and custody and brokerage inflows.

Assets under supervision 
 
 
 
 
September 30, (in billions)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Assets by asset class
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity
$
451

 
$
464

 
(3
)%
Fixed income
380

 
321

 
18

Equity and multi-asset
432

 
356

 
21

Alternatives
118

 
113

 
4

Total assets under management
1,381

 
1,254

 
10

Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits
650

 
552

 
18

Total assets under supervision
$
2,031

 
$
1,806

 
12

Assets by client segment
 
 
 
 
 
Private Banking
$
311

 
$
276

 
13

Institutional
710

 
673

 
5

Retail
360

 
305

 
18

Total assets under management
$
1,381

 
$
1,254

 
10

Private Banking
$
852

 
$
738

 
15

Institutional
710

 
674

 
5

Retail
469

 
394

 
19

Total assets under supervision
$
2,031

 
$
1,806

 
12

Mutual fund assets by asset class
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity
$
390

 
$
409

 
(5
)
Fixed income
128

 
101

 
27

Equity and multi-asset
174

 
139

 
25

Alternatives
6

 
8

 
(25
)
Total mutual fund assets
$
698

 
$
657

 
6
 %
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in billions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Assets under management rollforward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
1,347

 
$
1,342

 
$
1,336

 
$
1,298

Net asset flows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity
(17
)
 
(10
)
 
(67
)
 
(35
)
Fixed income
13

 
3

 
29

 
31

Equity, multi-asset and alternatives
8

 
(1
)
 
23

 
17

Market/performance/other impacts
30

 
(80
)
 
60

 
(57
)
Ending balance, September 30
$
1,381

 
$
1,254

 
$
1,381

 
$
1,254

Assets under supervision rollforward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
1,968

 
$
1,924

 
$
1,921

 
$
1,840

Net asset flows
10

 
11

 
12

 
54

Market/performance/other impacts
53

 
(129
)
 
98

 
(88
)
Ending balance, September 30
$
2,031

 
$
1,806

 
$
2,031

 
$
1,806


47


International metrics
As of or for the three months ended
September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in billions, except where otherwise noted)
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
Total net revenue (in millions)(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
386

 
$
395

 
(2
)%
 
$
1,170

 
$
1,312

 
(11
)%
Asia/Pacific
245

 
248

 
(1
)
 
711

 
751

 
(5
)
Latin America/Caribbean
191

 
168

 
14

 
532

 
584

 
(9
)
North America
1,637

 
1,505

 
9

 
4,780

 
4,612

 
4

Total net revenue
$
2,459

 
$
2,316

 
6

 
$
7,193

 
$
7,259

 
(1
)
Assets under management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
267

 
$
255

 
5

 
$
267

 
$
255

 
5

Asia/Pacific
112

 
104

 
8

 
112

 
104

 
8

Latin America/Caribbean
42

 
32

 
31

 
42

 
32

 
31

North America
960

 
863

 
11

 
960

 
863

 
11

Total assets under management
$
1,381

 
$
1,254

 
10

 
$
1,381

 
$
1,254

 
10

Assets under supervision
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
325

 
$
306

 
6

 
$
325

 
$
306

 
6

Asia/Pacific
155

 
140

 
11

 
155

 
140

 
11

Latin America/Caribbean
106

 
87

 
22

 
106

 
87

 
22

North America
1,445

 
1,273

 
14

 
1,445

 
1,273

 
14

Total assets under supervision
$
2,031

 
$
1,806

 
12
 %
 
$
2,031

 
$
1,806

 
12
 %
(a)
Regional revenue is based on the domicile of the client.


48


CORPORATE/PRIVATE EQUITY
For a discussion of Corporate/Private Equity, see pages 107–108 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and the Introduction on page 5 of this Form 10-Q.
Selected income statement data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except headcount)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal transactions
$
(304
)
 
$
(933
)
 
67
 %
 
$
(4,427
)
 
$
1,110

 
NM%

Securities gains
459

 
607

 
(24
)
 
1,921

 
1,546

 
24

All other income
1,046

 
186

 
462

 
2,316

 
529

 
338

Noninterest revenue
1,201

 
(140
)
 
NM

 
(190
)
 
3,185

 
NM

Net interest income
(625
)
 
8

 
NM

 
(814
)
 
260

 
NM

Total net revenue(a)
576

 
(132
)
 
NM

 
(1,004
)
 
3,445

 
NM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
(11
)
 
(7
)
 
(57
)
 
(31
)
 
(26
)
 
(19
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense
589

 
552

 
7

 
2,064

 
1,823

 
13

Noncompensation expense(b)
1,603

 
1,995

 
(20
)
 
6,248

 
5,235

 
19

Subtotal
2,192

 
2,547

 
(14
)
 
8,312

 
7,058

 
18

Net expense allocated to other businesses
(1,462
)
 
(1,331
)
 
(10
)
 
(4,254
)
 
(3,839
)
 
(11
)
Total noninterest expense
730

 
1,216

 
(40
)
 
4,058

 
3,219

 
26

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)
(143
)
 
(1,341
)
 
89

 
(5,031
)
 
252

 
NM

Income tax expense/(benefit)
(364
)
 
(696
)
 
48

 
(2,453
)
 
(327
)
 
NM

Net income/(loss)
$
221

 
$
(645
)
 
NM

 
$
(2,578
)
 
$
579

 
NM

Total net revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity
$
(135
)
 
$
(546
)
 
75

 
$
529

 
$
949

 
(44
)
Treasury and CIO
713

 
102

 
NM

 
(2,954
)
 
2,351

 
NM

Corporate
(2
)
 
312

 
NM

 
1,421

 
145

 
NM

Total net revenue
$
576

 
$
(132
)
 
NM

 
$
(1,004
)
 
$
3,445

 
NM

Net income/(loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity
$
(89
)
 
$
(347
)
 
74

 
$
242

 
$
480

 
(50
)
Treasury and CIO
369

 
(94
)
 
NM

 
(1,936
)
 
932

 
NM

Corporate
(59
)
 
(204
)
 
71

 
(884
)
 
(833
)
 
(6
)
Total net income/(loss)
$
221

 
$
(645
)
 
NM

 
$
(2,578
)
 
$
579

 
NM

Total assets (period-end)
$
685,412

 
$
693,597

 
(1
)
 
$
685,412

 
$
693,597

 
(1
)
Headcount
23,427

 
21,844

 
7
 %
 
23,427

 
21,844

 
7
 %
(a)
Total net revenue included tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly due to tax-exempt income from municipal bond investments of $109 million and $73 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $326 million and $206 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b)
Included litigation expense of $685 million and $1.0 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $3.5 billion and $2.6 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Quarterly results
Net income was $221 million, compared with a net loss of $645 million in the prior year.
Private Equity reported a net loss of $89 million, compared with a net loss of $347 million in the prior year. Net revenue was a loss of $135 million, compared with a loss of $546 million in the prior year, due to lower net valuation losses on both private and public investments.
Treasury and CIO reported net income of $369 million, compared with a net loss of $94 million in the prior year. Net revenue was $713 million, compared with net revenue of $102 million in the prior year. The current-quarter revenue reflected $888 million of pretax extinguishment
 
gains related to the redemption of trust preferred capital debt securities. The extinguishment gains were related to adjustments applied to the cost basis of the trust preferred capital debt securities during the period they were in a qualified hedge accounting relationship.
During the third quarter, CIO effectively closed out the index credit derivative positions that were retained following the transfer of the synthetic credit portfolio to IB on July 2, 2012. Principal transactions in CIO included $449 million of losses on this portfolio reflecting credit spread tightening during the quarter. Net revenue also included securities gains of $459 million from sales of AFS investment securities during the current quarter. Net interest income


49


was negative, reflecting the impact of lower portfolio yields and higher deposit balances across the Firm.
Other Corporate reported a net loss of $59 million, compared with a net loss of $204 million in the prior year. The current quarter included pretax expense of $684 million for additional litigation reserves, largely offset by other items, including tax adjustments. The prior year included pretax expense of $1.0 billion for additional litigation reserves.
Year-to-date results
Net loss was $2.6 billion, compared with net income of $579 million in the prior year.
Private Equity reported net income of $242 million, compared with net income of $480 million in the prior year. Net revenue of $529 million, compared with $949 million in the prior year, due to lower net valuation gains on private investments and lower gains on sales, partially offset by higher net valuation gains on public securities. Noninterest expense was $150 million, down from $210 million in the prior year.
Treasury and CIO reported a net loss of $1.9 billion, compared with net income of $932 million in the prior year. Net revenue was a loss of $3.0 billion, compared with net revenue of $2.4 billion in the prior year. The current year loss reflected $5.8 billion of principal transactions losses for the sixth months ended June 30, 2012 and $449 million
 
of principal transactions losses for the three months ended September 30, 2012, from the synthetic credit portfolio recorded in CIO. These losses were partially offset by securities gains of $1.9 billion. The current-year revenue reflected $888 million of pretax extinguishment gains related to the redemption of trust preferred capital debt securities. The extinguishment gains were related to adjustments applied to the cost basis of the trust preferred capital debt securities during the period they were in a qualified hedge accounting relationship. Net interest income was negative $295 million, compared with $926 million in the prior year, primarily reflecting the impact of lower portfolio yields and higher deposit balances across the Firm.
Other Corporate reported a net loss of $884 million, compared with a net loss of $833 million in the prior year. Noninterest revenue of $1.8 billion was driven by a $1.1 billion benefit from the Washington Mutual bankruptcy settlement and a $663 million gain for the expected recovery on a Bear Stearns-related subordinated loan. Noninterest expense of $3.5 billion was up $1.2 billion compared with the prior year. The current year included pretax expense of $3.5 billion for additional litigation reserves, largely for mortgage-related matters. The prior year included pretax expense of $2.6 billion for additional litigation reserves.


Treasury and CIO overview
Treasury and CIO are responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, interest rate and foreign exchange risks, and other risks. The risks managed by Treasury and CIO arise from the activities undertaken by the Firm’s six major reportable business segments to serve their respective client bases, which generate both on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities.
Treasury is responsible for, among other functions, funds transfer pricing. Funds transfer pricing is used to transfer interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk of the Firm to Treasury and CIO and allocate interest income and expense to each business based on market rates. CIO, through its management of the investment portfolio, generates net interest income to pay the lines of business market rates. Any variance (whether positive or negative) between amounts generated by CIO through its investment portfolio activities and amounts paid to or received by the lines of business are retained by CIO, and are not reflected in line of business segment results. Treasury and CIO activities operate in support of the overall Firm.
CIO achieves the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives generally by investing in high-quality securities that are managed for the longer-term as part of the Firm’s AFS investment portfolio. Unrealized gains and losses on securities held in the AFS portfolio are recorded in other comprehensive income. For further information about
 
securities in the AFS portfolio, see Note 3 and Note 11 on pages 119–133 and 148–153, respectively, of this Form 10-Q. CIO also uses securities that are not classified within the AFS portfolio, as well as derivatives, to meet the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives. Securities not classified within the AFS portfolio are recorded in trading assets and liabilities; realized and unrealized gains and losses on such securities are recorded in the principal transactions revenue line in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For further information about securities included in trading assets and liabilities, see Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q. Derivatives used by CIO are also classified as trading assets and liabilities. For further information on derivatives, including the classification of realized and unrealized gains and losses, see Note 5 on pages 136–144 of the Form 10-Q.
CIO’s AFS portfolio consists of U.S. and non-U.S. government securities, agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities, other asset-backed securities and corporate and municipal debt securities. At September 30, 2012, the total CIO AFS portfolio was approximately $338 billion; the average credit rating of the securities comprising the AFS portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available and where not available, based primarily upon internal ratings which correspond to ratings as defined by S&P and Moody’s). See Note 11 on pages 148–153 of this Form 10-Q for further information on the details of the AFS portfolio.


50


For further information on liquidity and funding risk, see Liquidity Risk Management on pages 66–72 of this Form 10-Q. For information on interest rate, foreign exchange and other risks, and CIO VaR and the Firm’s nontrading
 
interest rate-sensitive revenue at risk, see Market Risk Management on pages 96–102 of this
Form 10-Q.

Selected income statement and balance sheet data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
 
As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Securities gains(a)
$
459

 
$
459

 
 %
 
$
1,925

 
$
1,398

 
38
 %
Investment securities portfolio (average)(b)
348,571

 
324,596

 
7

 
356,405

 
324,527

 
10

Investment securities portfolio (ending)(b)
360,268

 
330,800

 
9

 
360,268

 
330,800

 
9

Mortgage loans (average)
9,469

 
13,748

 
(31
)
 
11,033

 
12,641

 
(13
)
Mortgage loans (ending)
8,574

 
14,226

 
(40
)%
 
8,574

 
14,226

 
(40
)%
(a)
Reflects repositioning of the Corporate investment securities portfolio.
(b)
The investment securities portfolio includes the AFS portfolio in Treasury and CIO.


Private Equity Portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected income statement and balance sheet data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
Change

 
2012

 
2011

 
Change

Private equity gains/(losses)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized gains
$
75

 
$
394

 
(81
)%
 
$
25

 
$
1,784

 
(99
)%
Unrealized gains/(losses)(a)
(140
)
 
(827
)
 
83

 
628

 
(1,183
)
 
NM

Total direct investments
(65
)
 
(433
)
 
85

 
653

 
601

 
9

Third-party fund investments
(27
)
 
(7
)
 
(286
)
 
47

 
502

 
(91
)
Total private equity gains/(losses)(b)
$
(92
)
 
$
(440
)
 
79
 %
 
$
700

 
$
1,103

 
(37
)%
Private equity portfolio information(c)
 
 
Direct investments
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Change

Publicly held securities
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value
$
637

 
$
805

 
(21
)%
Cost
384

 
573

 
(33
)
Quoted public value
673

 
896

 
(25
)
Privately held direct securities
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value
5,313

 
4,597

 
16

Cost
6,662

 
6,793

 
(2
)
Third-party fund investments(d)
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value
2,119

 
2,283

 
(7
)
Cost
2,018

 
2,452

 
(18
)
Total private equity portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value
$
8,069

 
$
7,685

 
5

Cost
$
9,064

 
$
9,818

 
(8
)%
(a)
Unrealized gains/(losses) contain reversals of unrealized gains and losses that were recognized in prior periods and have now been realized.
(b)
Included in principal transactions revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
(c)
For more information on the Firm’s policies regarding the valuation of the private equity portfolio, see Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q.
(d)
Unfunded commitments to third-party private equity funds were $398 million and $789 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
The carrying value of the private equity portfolio at September 30, 2012, was $8.1 billion, up from $7.7 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase in the portfolio was predominantly driven by new investments and net valuation gains, partially offset by sales of investments. The portfolio represented 5.3% of the Firm’s stockholders’ equity less goodwill at September 30, 2012, down from 5.7% at December 31, 2011.

51


INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm recorded approximately $5.3 billion and $12.9 billion, respectively, of managed revenue derived from clients, customers and counterparties domiciled outside of North America. Of those amounts, approximately 63% and 53%, respectively, were derived from Europe/Middle East/Africa (“EMEA”); approximately 26% and 33%, respectively, from Asia/Pacific; and approximately 11% and 14%, respectively, from Latin America/Caribbean.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Firm recorded approximately $5.6 billion and $19.1 billion, respectively, of managed revenue derived from clients, customers and counterparties domiciled outside of North America. Of those amounts, approximately 64% and 66%, respectively, were derived from EMEA; approximately 28% and 25%, respectively, from Asia/Pacific; and approximately 8% and 9%, respectively, from Latin America/Caribbean. For additional information regarding international operations, see Note 32 on pages 299–300 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
 
International wholesale activities
The Firm is committed to further expanding its wholesale business activities outside of the United States, and it continues to add additional client-serving bankers, as well as product and sales support personnel, to address the needs of the Firm’s clients located in these regions. With a comprehensive and coordinated international business strategy and growth plan, efforts and investments for growth outside of the United States continue to be prioritized.
Set forth below are certain key metrics related to the Firm’s wholesale international operations, including, for each of EMEA, Asia/Pacific and Latin America/Caribbean, the number of countries in each such region in which they operate, front-office headcount, number of clients, revenue and selected balance-sheet data.

(in millions, except headcount and where otherwise noted)
EMEA
 
Asia/Pacific
 
Latin America/Caribbean
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Revenue(a)
$
3,341

$
3,600

 
$
6,802

$
12,636

 
$
1,371

$
1,586

 
$
4,247

$
4,737

 
$
582

$
409

 
$
1,737

$
1,646

Countries of operation
33

34

 
33

34

 
16

16

 
16

16

 
9

9

 
9

9

Total headcount(b)
15,668

16,520

 
15,668

16,520

 
20,499

20,457

 
20,499

20,457

 
1,428

1,354

 
1,428

1,354

Front-office headcount
5,925

6,120

 
5,925

6,120

 
4,206

4,280

 
4,206

4,280

 
631

562

 
631

562

Significant clients(c)
966

935

 
966

935

 
476

473

 
476

473

 
167

160

 
167

160

Deposits (average)(d)
$
167,930

$
173,204

 
$
168,728

$
166,934

 
$
55,577

$
58,078

 
$
57,330

$
55,804

 
$
4,899

$
4,926

 
$
4,762

$
5,365

Loans (period-end)(e)
37,480

34,239

 
37,480

34,239

 
30,596

27,723

 
30,956

27,723

 
28,641

23,289

 
28,641

23,289

Assets under management (in billions)
267

255

 
267

255

 
112

104

 
112

104

 
42

32

 
42

32

Assets under supervision (in billions)
325

306

 
325

306

 
155

140

 
155

140

 
106

87

 
106

87

Assets under custody (in billions)
6,257

5,140

 
6,257

5,140

 
1,508

1,331

 
1,508

1,331

 
248

168

 
248

168

Note: International wholesale operations is comprised of IB, AM, TSS, CB and Treasury and CIO, and prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with current allocation methodologies.
(a)
Revenue is based predominantly on the domicile of the client, the location from which the client relationship is managed, or the location of the trading desk.
(b)
Total headcount includes all employees, including those in service centers, located in the region.
(c)
Significant clients are defined as companies with over $1 million in revenue over a trailing 12-month period in the region (excludes private banking clients).
(d)
Deposits are based on the location from which the client relationship is managed.
(e)
Loans outstanding are based predominantly on the domicile of the borrower and exclude loans held-for-sale and loans carried at fair value.



52


BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheets data
(in millions)
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
53,343

 
$
59,602

Deposits with banks
104,344

 
85,279

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
281,991

 
235,314

Securities borrowed
133,526

 
142,462

Trading assets:
 
 
 
Debt and equity instruments
367,090

 
351,486

Derivative receivables
79,963

 
92,477

Securities
365,901

 
364,793

Loans
721,947

 
723,720

Allowance for loan losses
(22,824
)
 
(27,609
)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
699,123

 
696,111

Accrued interest and accounts receivable
62,989

 
61,478

Premises and equipment
14,271

 
14,041

Goodwill
48,178

 
48,188

Mortgage servicing rights
7,080

 
7,223

Other intangible assets
2,641

 
3,207

Other assets
100,844

 
104,131

Total assets
$
2,321,284

 
$
2,265,792

Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,139,611

 
$
1,127,806

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
257,218

 
213,532

Commercial paper
55,474

 
51,631

Other borrowed funds
22,255

 
21,908

Trading liabilities:
 
 
 
Debt and equity instruments
71,471

 
66,718

Derivative payables
73,462

 
74,977

Accounts payable and other liabilities
203,042

 
202,895

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
57,918

 
65,977

Long-term debt
241,140

 
256,775

Total liabilities
2,121,591

 
2,082,219

Stockholders’ equity
199,693

 
183,573

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,321,284

 
$
2,265,792

Consolidated Balance Sheets overview
For a description of each of the significant line item captions on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, see pages 110–112 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
JPMorgan Chase’s total assets and total liabilities increased by 2% from December 31, 2011. The increase in total assets was predominantly due to higher securities purchased under resale agreements and deposits with banks, partially offset by lower securities borrowed. The net increase in these categories reflected the Firm’s deployment of its excess funds. The increase in total liabilities was
 
predominantly due to higher securities sold under repurchase agreements associated with financing the Firm’s assets. Also contributing to the increase in total liabilities was higher deposits predominantly from growth in retail deposits, which was more than offset by lower long-term debt, largely related to the redemption of TruPS. The increase in stockholders’ equity was predominantly due to the Firm’s net income.
The following is a discussion of the significant changes in the specific line item captions on the Consolidated Balance Sheets from December 31, 2011.
Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks
The net increase in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks reflected the placement of the Firm’s excess funds with various central banks, including Federal Reserve Banks. For additional information, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management discussion on pages 66–72 of this Form 10-Q.
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements; and securities borrowed
The net increase in securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed was predominantly due to deployment of excess cash by Treasury.
Trading assets and liabilitiesdebt and equity instruments
Trading assets-debt and equity instruments increased, driven by client market-making activity in IB; this resulted in higher levels of non-U.S. government debt securities, U.S government debt securities and equity securities. Increases were partially offset by a decrease in physical commodities. For additional information, refer to Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q.
Trading assets and liabilitiesderivative receivables and payables
Derivative receivables and payables decreased, primarily due to the impact of changes in the underlying parameters, including FX rates, interest rates, and credit spreads. The changes resulted in reductions in derivative receivables related to foreign exchange, interest rate and credit derivative contracts, partially offset by increases in equity derivative receivables. Derivative payables decreased, reflecting lower credit derivative payables, partially offset by higher equity derivative payables. For additional information, refer to Derivative contracts on page 80, and Notes 3 and 5 on pages 119–133 and 136–144, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
Securities
Securities increased largely due to reinvestment and repositioning of the CIO AFS portfolio, which increased the levels of non-U.S. government debt and residential mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) as well as obligations of U.S. states and municipalities; the increase was partially offset by decreases in corporate debt securities and U.S. government agency issued MBS. For additional information related to securities, refer to the discussion in the Corporate/Private Equity segment on pages 49–51, and


53


Notes 3 and 11 on pages 119–133 and 148–153, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
Loans and allowance for loan losses
Loans decreased slightly, due to lower consumer loans, offset by higher wholesale loans. The decline in consumer, excluding credit card loans was due to paydowns, portfolio run-off and charge-offs; the decline in credit card loans was due to seasonality and higher repayment rates. The increase in wholesale loans was driven by increased client activity across most regions and most businesses.
The allowance for loan losses decreased as a result of a reduction in the consumer allowances, predominantly related to the continuing trend of improved delinquencies across most consumer portfolios, notably non-PCI residential real estate and credit card. The wholesale allowance for loan losses was relatively unchanged. For a more detailed discussion of the loan portfolio and the allowance for loan losses, refer to Credit Portfolio and Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 72–95, and Notes 3, 4, 13 and 14 on pages 119–133, 133–135, 154–175 and 176, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
Mortgage servicing rights
MSRs decreased slightly, as the combined effects of changes in market interest rates and modeled amortization were predominantly offset by new MSR originations. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets decreased, due to amortization. For additional information on other intangible assets, see Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.
Deposits
Deposits increased, predominantly due to growth in retail deposits. For more information on deposits, refer to the RFS and AM segment discussions on pages 24–33 and 45–48, respectively; the Liquidity Risk Management discussion on pages 66–72; and Notes 3 and 17 on pages 119–133 and 188, respectively, of this Form 10-Q. For more information on liability balances in the wholesale businesses, which includes deposits, refer to the TSS and CB segment discussions on pages 41–44 and 38–40, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
 
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
Securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements increased predominantly because of higher secured financing of the Firm’s assets and a change in the mix of the Firm’s liabilities. For additional information on the Firm’s Liquidity Risk Management, see pages 66–72 of this Form 10-Q.
Commercial paper and other borrowed funds
Commercial paper increased due to higher commercial paper liabilities sourced from wholesale funding markets to meet short-term funding needs, partially offset by a decline in the volume of liability balances in sweep accounts related to TSS’s cash management product. Other borrowed funds remained relatively unchanged. For additional information on the Firm’s Liquidity Risk Management and other borrowed funds, see pages 66–72 of this Form 10-Q.
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs decreased primarily due to a reduction in outstanding conduit commercial paper held by third parties and credit card maturities, partially offset by new credit card issuances and new consolidated municipal bond vehicles. For additional information on Firm-sponsored VIEs and loan securitization trusts, see Off–Balance Sheet Arrangements on pages 55–58, and Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q.
Long-term debt
Long-term debt decreased due to net redemptions and maturities of long-term borrowings, largely related to the redemption of TruPS. For additional information on the Firm’s long-term debt activities, see the Liquidity Risk Management discussion on pages 66–72 of this Form 10-Q.
Stockholders’ equity
Total stockholders’ equity increased, predominantly due to net income; a net increase in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) reflecting net unrealized market value increases on AFS securities predominantly driven by declining interest rates and the tightening of spreads across the portfolio, partially offset by sales; net issuances and commitments to issue under the Firm’s employee stock-based compensation plans; and the issuance of preferred stock. The increase was partially offset by the declaration of cash dividends on common and preferred stock and repurchases of common equity.


54


OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
JPMorgan Chase is involved with several types of off–balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated special-purpose entities (“SPEs”), which are a type of VIE, and through lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees). For further discussion, see Off–Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Cash Obligations on pages 113–118 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Special-purpose entities
The most common type of VIE is an SPE. SPEs are commonly used in securitization transactions in order to isolate certain assets and distribute the cash flows from those assets to investors. SPEs are an important part of the financial markets, including the mortgage- and asset-backed securities and commercial paper markets, as they provide market liquidity by facilitating investors’ access to specific portfolios of assets and risks. The Firm holds capital, as deemed appropriate, against all SPE-related transactions and related exposures, such as derivative transactions and lending-related commitments and guarantees. For further information on the types of SPEs, see Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 1 on pages 182–183 and Note 16 on pages 256–267 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Implications of a credit rating downgrade to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
For certain liquidity commitments to SPEs, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., could be required to provide funding if its short-term credit rating were downgraded below specific levels, primarily “P-1,” “A-1” and “F1” for Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, respectively. These liquidity commitments support the issuance of asset-backed commercial paper by both Firm-administered consolidated and third-party-sponsored nonconsolidated SPEs. In the event of a short-term credit rating downgrade, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., absent other solutions, would be required to provide funding to the SPE, if the commercial paper could not be reissued as it matured. The aggregate amounts of commercial paper outstanding, issued by both Firm-administered and third-party-sponsored SPEs, that are held by third parties as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, was $12.6 billion and $19.7 billion, respectively. In addition, the aggregate amounts of commercial paper outstanding could increase in future periods should clients of the Firm-administered consolidated or third-party-sponsored nonconsolidated SPEs draw down on certain unfunded lending-related commitments. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. had unfunded lending-related commitments to clients to fund an incremental $12.2 billion and $11.0 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Firm could facilitate the refinancing of some of the clients’ assets in order to reduce the funding obligation.

 
Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees, and other commitments
JPMorgan Chase provides lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees) to meet the financing needs of its customers. The contractual amount of these financial instruments represents the maximum possible credit risk to the Firm should the counterparty draw upon the commitment or the Firm be required to fulfill its obligation under the guarantee, and should the counterparty subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. Most of these commitments and guarantees expire without being drawn or a default occurring. As a result, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not, in the Firm’s view, representative of its actual future credit exposure or funding requirements. For further discussion of lending-related commitments and guarantees, see Lending-related commitments on page 79, and Note 21 on pages 192–196 of this Form 10-Q, and Lending-related commitments on page 144, and Note 29 on pages 283–289 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Mortgage repurchase liability
In connection with the Firm’s mortgage loan sale and securitization activities with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (the “GSEs”) and other mortgage loan sale and private-label securitization transactions, the Firm has made representations and warranties that the loans sold meet certain requirements. The Firm may be, and has been, required to repurchase loans and/or indemnify the GSEs and other investors for losses due to material breaches of these representations and warranties. For additional information regarding loans sold to the GSEs, see Mortgage repurchase liability on pages 115–118 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The Firm also sells loans in securitization transactions with Ginnie Mae; these loans are typically insured or guaranteed by another government agency. The Firm, in its role as servicer, may elect, but is typically not required, to repurchase delinquent loans securitized by Ginnie Mae, including those that have been sold back to Ginnie Mae subsequent to modification. Principal amounts due under the terms of these repurchased loans continue to be insured and the reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally. Accordingly, the Firm has not recorded any mortgage repurchase liability related to these loans.
From 2005 to 2008, the Firm and certain acquired entities made certain loan level representations and warranties in connection with approximately $450 billion of residential mortgage loans that were sold or deposited into private-label securitizations. Of the $450 billion originally sold or deposited (including $165 billion by Washington Mutual, as to which the Firm maintains that certain of the repurchase obligations remain with the Federal Deposit Insurance


55


Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership), approximately $195 billion of principal has been repaid (including $71 billion related to Washington Mutual). In addition, approximately $113 billion of the principal amount of loans has been liquidated (including $41 billion related to Washington Mutual), with an average loss severity of 59%. Accordingly, the remaining outstanding principal balance of these loans (including Washington Mutual) was, as of September 30, 2012, approximately $142 billion, of which $42 billion was 60 days or more past due. The remaining outstanding principal balance of loans related to Washington Mutual was approximately $53 billion, of which $15 billion were 60 days or more past due. For additional information regarding loans sold to private investors, see Mortgage repurchase liability on pages 115–118 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
There have been generalized allegations, as well as specific demands, that the Firm repurchase loans sold or deposited into private-label securitizations (including claims from insurers that have guaranteed certain obligations of the securitization trusts). Although the Firm encourages parties to use the contractual repurchase process established in the governing agreements, these private-label repurchase claims have generally manifested themselves through threatened or pending litigation. Accordingly, the liability related to repurchase demands associated with all of the private-label securitizations described above is separately evaluated by the Firm in establishing its litigation reserves. For additional information regarding litigation, see Note 23
 
on pages 196–206 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 31 on pages 290–299 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Estimated mortgage repurchase liability
The Firm has recognized a mortgage repurchase liability of $3.1 billion and $3.6 billion, as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Firm’s mortgage repurchase liability is intended to cover losses associated with all loans previously sold in connection with loan sale and securitization transactions with the GSEs, regardless of when those losses occur or how they are ultimately resolved (e.g., repurchase, make-whole payment). While uncertainties continue to exist with respect to both GSE behavior and the economic environment, the Firm believes that the model inputs and assumptions that it uses to estimate its mortgage repurchase liability are becoming increasingly seasoned and stable. Based on these model inputs and taking into consideration its projections regarding future uncertainty, including the GSEs’ behavior, the Firm has become increasingly confident in its ability to estimate reliably its mortgage repurchase liability. For these reasons, the Firm believes that its existing mortgage repurchase liability at September 30, 2012, is sufficient to cover probable future repurchase losses arising from loan sale and securitization transactions with the GSEs. For additional information about the process that the Firm uses to estimate its mortgage repurchase liability and the factors it considers in connection with that process, see Mortgage repurchase liability on pages 115–118 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


The following table provides information about outstanding repurchase demands and unresolved mortgage insurance rescission notices, excluding those related to Washington Mutual, at each of the past five quarter-end dates.
Outstanding repurchase demands and unresolved mortgage insurance rescission notices by counterparty type
(in millions)
September 30,
2012
 
June 30,
2012
 
March 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
September 30,
2011
GSEs
$
1,533

 
$
1,646

 
$
1,868

 
$
1,682

 
$
1,666

Mortgage insurers
1,036

 
1,004

 
1,000

 
1,034

 
1,112

Other(a)
1,697

 
981

 
756

 
663

 
467

Overlapping population(b)
(150
)
 
(125
)
 
(116
)
 
(113
)
 
(155
)
Total
$
4,116

 
$
3,506

 
$
3,508

 
$
3,266

 
$
3,090

(a)
Represents repurchase demands received from parties other than the GSEs that have been presented to the Firm by trustees who assert authority to present such claims under the terms of the underlying sale or securitization agreement, and excludes repurchase demands asserted in or in connection with pending repurchase litigation. All mortgage repurchase demands associated with private-label securitizations are separately evaluated by the Firm in establishing its litigation reserves.
(b)
Because the GSEs and others may make repurchase demands based on mortgage insurance rescission notices that remain unresolved, certain loans may be subject to both an unresolved mortgage insurance rescission notice and an outstanding repurchase demand.


56


The following tables show repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescission notices received by loan origination vintage, excluding those related to Washington Mutual, for the past five quarters. The Firm expects repurchase demands to remain at elevated levels or to increase if there is a significant increase in private-label repurchase demands outside of pending repurchase litigation.
Quarterly mortgage repurchase demands received by loan origination vintage(a)
(in millions)
September 30,
2012
 
June 30,
2012
 
March 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
September 30,
2011
Pre-2005
$
33

 
$
28

 
$
41

 
$
39

 
$
34

2005
103

 
65

 
95

 
55

 
200

2006
963

 
506

 
375

 
315

 
232

2007
371

 
420

 
645

 
804

 
602

2008
196

 
311

 
361

 
291

 
323

Post-2008
124

 
191

 
124

 
81

 
153

Total repurchase demands received
$
1,790

 
$
1,521

 
$
1,641

 
$
1,585

 
$
1,544

(a) All mortgage repurchase demands associated with private-label securitizations are separately evaluated by the Firm in establishing its litigation reserves. This table excludes repurchase demands asserted in or in connection with pending repurchase litigation.
Quarterly mortgage insurance rescission notices received by loan origination vintage(a)
(in millions)
September 30,
2012
 
June 30,
2012
 
March 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
September 30,
2011
Pre-2005
$
6

 
$
9

 
$
13

 
$
4

 
$
3

2005
14

 
13

 
19

 
12

 
15

2006
46

 
26

 
36

 
19

 
31

2007
139

 
121

 
78

 
48

 
63

2008
37

 
51

 
32

 
26

 
30

Post-2008
8

 
6

 
4

 
2

 
1

Total mortgage insurance rescissions received
$
250

 
$
226

 
$
182

 
$
111

 
$
143

(a)
Mortgage insurance rescissions typically result in a repurchase demand from the GSEs. This table includes mortgage insurance rescission notices for which the GSEs or others also have issued a repurchase demand.
Since the beginning of 2011, the Firm’s overall cure rate (excluding loans originated by Washington Mutual) has been approximately 55%. A significant portion of repurchase demands now relate to loans with a longer pay history, which have historically had higher cure rates. Repurchases that have resulted from mortgage insurance rescissions are reflected in the Firm’s overall cure rate. While the actual cure rate may vary from quarter to quarter, the Firm expects that the overall cure rate will remain at approximately 50-60% for the foreseeable future.
The Firm has not observed a direct relationship between the type of defect that allegedly causes the breach of representations and warranties and the severity of the realized loss. Therefore, the loss severity assumption is estimated using the Firm’s historical experience and projections regarding changes in home prices. Actual principal loss severities on finalized repurchases and “make-whole” settlements to date (excluding loans originated by Washington Mutual) currently average approximately 50%, but may vary from quarter to quarter based on the characteristics of the underlying loans and changes in home prices.
When a loan was originated by a third-party originator, the Firm typically has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from the third-party originator. Estimated and actual third-party recovery rates may vary from
 
quarter to quarter based upon the underlying mix of third-party originators (e.g., active, inactive, out-of-business originators) from which recoveries are being sought.
Substantially all of the estimates and assumptions underlying the Firm’s established methodology for computing its recorded mortgage repurchase liability — including the amount of probable future demands from the GSEs (which is largely based on historical experience), the ability of the Firm to cure identified defects, the severity of loss upon repurchase or foreclosure and recoveries from third parties — require application of a significant level of management judgment. While the Firm uses the best information available to it in estimating its mortgage repurchase liability, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise.


57


The following table summarizes the change in the mortgage repurchase liability for each of the periods presented.
Summary of changes in mortgage repurchase liability(a)
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
2012

2011

Repurchase liability at beginning of period
$
3,293

 
$
3,631

 
$
3,557

$
3,285

Realized losses(b)
(268
)
 
(329
)
 
(891
)
(801
)
Provision(c)
74

 
314

 
433

1,132

Repurchase liability at end of period
$
3,099

(d) 
$
3,616

 
$
3,099

$
3,616

(a)
All mortgage repurchase demands associated with private-label securitizations are separately evaluated by the Firm in establishing its litigation reserves.
(b)
Includes principal losses and accrued interest on repurchased loans, “make-whole” settlements, settlements with claimants, and certain related expense. Make-whole settlements were $94 million and $162 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively and $387 million and $403 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(c)
Includes $30 million and $12 million of provision related to new loan sales for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $85 million and $35 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d)
Includes $3 million at September 30, 2012, related to future repurchase demands on loans sold by Washington Mutual to the GSEs.
The following table summarizes the total unpaid principal balance of repurchases during the periods indicated.
Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loan repurchases(a)
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
2012

 
2011

Ginnie Mae(b)
$
1,216

 
$
1,558

 
$
4,342

 
$
4,271

GSEs(c)
312

 
367

 
933

 
756

Other(c)(d)
39

 
18

 
147

 
92

Total
$
1,567

 
$
1,943

 
$
5,422

 
$
5,119

(a)
This table includes: (i) repurchases of mortgage loans due to breaches of representations and warranties, and (ii) loans repurchased from Ginnie Mae loan pools as described in (b) below. This table does not include mortgage insurance rescissions; while the rescission of mortgage insurance typically results in a repurchase demand from the GSEs, the mortgage insurers themselves do not present repurchase demands to the Firm. This table excludes mortgage loan repurchases associated with repurchase demands asserted in or in connection with pending repurchase litigation.
(b)
In substantially all cases, these repurchases represent the Firm’s voluntary repurchase of certain delinquent loans from loan pools as permitted by Ginnie Mae guidelines (i.e., they do not result from repurchase demands due to breaches of representations and warranties). The Firm typically elects to repurchase these delinquent loans as it continues to service them and/or manage the foreclosure process in accordance with applicable requirements of Ginnie Mae, the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), Rural Housing Services (“RHS”) and/or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”).
(c)
Nonaccrual loans held-for-investment included $484 million and $477 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, of loans repurchased as a result of breaches of representations and warranties.
(d)
Represents loans repurchased from parties other than the GSEs, excluding those repurchased in connection with pending repurchase litigation.

 
For additional information regarding the mortgage repurchase liability, see Note 21 on pages 192–196 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 29 on pages 283–289 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
In addition, the Firm faces a variety of exposures resulting from repurchase demands and litigation arising out of its various roles as issuer and/or underwriter of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) offerings in private-label securitizations. It is possible that these matters will take a number of years to resolve and their ultimate resolution is currently uncertain. Reserves for such matters may need to be increased in the future; however, with the additional litigation reserves taken to date, absent any materially adverse developments that could change management’s current views, JPMorgan Chase does not currently anticipate further material additions to its litigation reserves for mortgage-backed securities-related matters over the remainder of the year. For further information, see Note 23, Litigation on pages 196–206 of the Form 10-Q.




58




CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The following discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s capital management highlights developments since December 31, 2011, and should be read in conjunction with Capital Management on pages 119–124 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The Firm’s capital management objectives are to hold capital sufficient to:
Cover all material risks underlying the Firm’s business activities;
Maintain “well-capitalized” status under regulatory requirements;
Maintain debt ratings that enable the Firm to optimize its funding mix and liquidity sources while minimizing costs;
Retain flexibility to take advantage of future investment opportunities; and
Build and invest in businesses, even in a highly stressed environment.
Regulatory capital
The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s national banks, including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Chase Bank USA, N.A. As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, JPMorgan Chase and all of its banking subsidiaries were well-capitalized and each met all capital requirements to which it was subject. For more information, see Note 20 on pages 191–192 of this Form 10-Q.
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, JPMorgan Chase maintained Tier 1 and Total capital ratios in excess of the well-capitalized standards established by the Federal Reserve, as indicated in the tables below. In addition, the Firm’s Tier 1 common ratio was significantly above the 5% well-capitalized standard established at the time of the 2012 CCAR process. Tier 1 common, introduced by U.S. banking regulators in 2009, is defined as Tier 1 capital less elements of Tier 1 capital not in the form of common equity, such as perpetual preferred stock, noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries, and trust preferred capital debt securities. Tier 1 common, a non-GAAP financial measure, is used by banking regulators, investors and analysts to assess and compare the quality and composition of the Firm’s capital with the capital of other financial services companies. The Firm uses Tier 1 common along with other capital measures to assess and monitor its capital position.
The following table presents the regulatory capital, assets and risk-based capital ratios for JPMorgan Chase at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. These amounts are determined in accordance with regulations issued by the Federal Reserve.
 
Risk-based capital ratios
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Capital ratios
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
11.9
%
 
12.3
%
Total capital
14.7

 
15.4

Tier 1 leverage
7.1

 
6.8

Tier 1 common(a)
10.4

 
10.1

(a)
The Tier 1 common ratio is Tier 1 common capital divided by risk-weighted assets (“RWA”).
A reconciliation of total stockholders’ equity to Tier 1 common, Tier 1 capital and Total qualifying capital is presented in the table below.
Risk-based capital components and assets
 
 
(in millions)
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Total stockholders’ equity
$
199,693

 
$
183,573

Less: Preferred stock
9,058

 
7,800

Common stockholders’ equity
190,635

 
175,773

Effect of certain items in AOCI excluded from Tier 1 common
(4,501
)
 
(970
)
Less: Goodwill(a)
45,718

 
45,873

Fair value DVA on derivative and structured note liabilities related to the Firm’s credit quality
1,928

 
2,150

Investments in certain subsidiaries and other
857

 
993

Other intangible assets(a)
2,566

 
2,871

Tier 1 common
135,065

 
122,916

Preferred stock
9,058

 
7,800

Qualifying hybrid securities and noncontrolling interests
10,568

 
19,668

Adjustment for investments in certain subsidiaries and other
(5
)
 

Total Tier 1 capital
154,686

 
150,384

Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2
19,459

 
22,275

Qualifying allowance for credit losses
16,367

 
15,504

Adjustment for investments in certain subsidiaries and other
(21
)
 
(75
)
Total Tier 2 capital
35,805

 
37,704

Total qualifying capital
$
190,491

 
$
188,088

Risk-weighted assets
$
1,297,016

 
$
1,221,198

Total adjusted average assets
$
2,186,292

 
$
2,202,087

(a)
Goodwill and other intangible assets are net of any associated deferred tax liabilities.
The Firm’s Tier 1 common was $135.1 billion at September 30, 2012, an increase of $12.1 billion from December 31, 2011. The increase was predominantly due to net income (adjusted for DVA) of $15.8 billion and net issuances and commitments to issue common stock under the Firm’s employee stock-based compensation plans of $1.5 billion. The increase was partially offset by $4.0 billion of dividends on common and preferred stock and $1.6 billion (on a


59


trade-date basis) of repurchases of common stock and warrants. The Firm’s Tier 1 capital was $154.7 billion at September 30, 2012, an increase of $4.3 billion from December 31, 2011. The increase in Tier 1 capital was due to the increase in Tier 1 common and the issuance of $1.3 billion of fixed–rate noncumulative perpetual preferred stock on August 27, 2012, partially offset by the redemption of $9.0 billion of trust preferred capital debt securities on July 12, 2012.
Risk-weighted assets were $1,297 billion at September 30, 2012, an increase of $76 billion from December 31, 2011. In addition to the growth in the Firm’s assets, the increase in risk-weighted assets also reflected an adjustment to RWA to reflect regulatory guidance regarding a limited number of market risk models used for certain positions held by the Firm, including the synthetic credit portfolio. The Firm believes that, as a result of portfolio management actions and enhancements it will be making to certain of its market risk models, these adjustments will be reduced over time.
Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios and the federal regulatory capital standards to which it is subject is presented in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors on pages 220–222, and Note 20 on pages 191–192 of this Form 10-Q.
Basel II
The minimum risk-based capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel I”). In 2004, the Basel Committee published a revision to the Accord (“Basel II”). The goal of the Basel II Framework is to provide more risk-sensitive regulatory capital calculations and promote enhanced risk management practices among large, internationally active banking organizations. U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II rule in December 2007, which requires JPMorgan Chase to implement Basel II at the holding company level, as well as at certain of its key U.S. banking subsidiaries.
Prior to full implementation of the new Basel II Framework, JPMorgan Chase is required to complete a qualification period of four consecutive quarters during which it needs to demonstrate that it can meet the requirements of the rule to the satisfaction of its U.S. banking regulators. JPMorgan Chase is currently in the qualification period and expects to be in compliance with all relevant Basel II rules within the established timelines. In addition, the Firm has adopted, and will continue to adopt, based on various established timelines, Basel II rules in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, as required.
Basel 2.5
In June 2012 the U.S. federal banking agencies published final rules that will go into effect on January 1, 2013, that would result in additional capital requirements for trading positions and securitizations. It is currently estimated that implementation of these rules could result in approximately a 100 basis point decrease in the Firm’s current Basel I Tier
 
1 common ratio, but the actual impact on the Firm’s capital ratios upon implementation could differ depending on final implementation guidance from the regulators, as well as regulatory approval of certain of the Firm’s internal risk models.
Basel III
In June 2012 the U.S. federal banking agencies published for comment a NPR for implementing the Capital Accord, commonly referred to as “Basel III”, in the United States. Basel III revised Basel II by, among other things, narrowing the definition of capital, and increasing capital requirements for specific exposures. Basel III also includes higher capital ratio requirements and provides that the Tier 1 common capital requirement will be increased to 7%, comprised of a minimum ratio of 4.5% plus a 2.5% capital conservation buffer. Implementation of the 7% Tier 1 common capital requirement is required by January 1, 2019.
In addition, U.S. federal banking agencies have published proposed risk-based capital floors pursuant to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) to establish a permanent Basel I floor under Basel II and Basel III capital calculations.
The U.S. federal banking agencies also included, as part of the NPR, revised prompt corrective action treatment of the existing U.S. leverage ratio and a new supplemental leverage ratio which takes into account off-balance sheet assets, such as lending-related commitments and derivative exposures.
In addition, the Basel Committee announced in June 2011 an agreement to require GSIBs to maintain Tier 1 common requirements above the 7% minimum in amounts ranging from an additional 1% to an additional 2.5%. In November 2012, the FSB indicated that it would require the Firm, as well as three other banks, to hold the additional 2.5% of Tier 1 common, which requirement will be phased in beginning in 2016 as discussed below. The Basel Committee also stated it intended to require certain GSIBs to maintain a further Tier 1 common requirement of an additional 1% under certain circumstances, to act as a disincentive for the GSIB from taking actions that would further increase its systemic importance. The Firm has not been notified that it must meet this additional requirement. The GSIB assessment methodology reflects an approach based on five broad categories: size, interconnectedness, lack of substitutability, cross-jurisdictional activity, and complexity.
The following table presents a comparison of the Firm’s Tier 1 common under Basel I rules to its estimated Tier 1 common under Basel III rules, along with the Firm’s estimated risk-weighted assets and the Tier 1 common ratio under Basel III rules, all of which are non-GAAP financial measures. Tier 1 common under Basel III includes additional adjustments and deductions not included in Basel I Tier 1 common, such as the inclusion of AOCI related to AFS securities and defined benefit pension and other


60


postretirement employee benefit (“OPEB”) plans.
Including the impact of the final Basel 2.5 rules and the Basel III NPR, the Firm estimates that its Tier 1 common ratio under Basel III rules would be 8.4% as of September 30, 2012. Management considers the Basel III Tier 1 common estimate a key measure to assess the Firm’s capital position in conjunction with its capital ratios under Basel I requirements; this measure enables management, investors and analysts to compare the Firm’s capital under the Basel III capital standards with similar estimates provided by other financial services companies.
September 30, 2012
(in millions, except ratios)
 
Tier 1 common under Basel I rules
$
135,065

Adjustments related to AOCI for AFS securities and defined benefit pension and OPEB plans
4,389

All other adjustments
(149
)
Estimated Tier 1 common under Basel III rules
$
139,305

Estimated risk-weighted assets under Basel III rules(a)
$
1,663,029

Estimated Tier 1 common ratio under Basel III rules(b)
8.4
%
(a)
Key differences in the calculation of risk-weighted assets between Basel I and Basel III include: (1) Basel III credit risk RWA is based on risk-sensitive approaches which largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas Basel I RWA is based on fixed supervisory risk weightings which vary only by counterparty type and asset class; (2) Basel III market risk RWA reflects the new capital requirements related to trading assets and securitizations, which include incremental capital requirements for stress VaR, correlation trading, and re-securitization positions; and (3) Basel III includes RWA for operational risk, whereas Basel I does not. The actual impact on the Firm’s capital ratios upon implementation could differ depending on final implementation guidance from the regulators, as well as regulatory approval of certain of the Firm’s internal risk models.
(b)
The Tier 1 common ratio is Tier 1 common divided by RWA.
The Firm’s estimate of its Tier 1 common ratio under Basel III reflects its current understanding of the Basel III rules based on information currently published by the Basel Committee and U.S. federal banking agencies and on the application of such rules to its businesses as currently conducted; it excludes the impact of any changes the Firm may make in the future to its businesses as a result of implementing the Basel III rules, possible enhancements to certain market risk models, and any further implementation guidance from the regulators.
The Basel III revisions governing capital requirements are subject to prolonged transition periods. The transition period for banks to meet the Tier 1 common requirement under Basel III will begin in 2013, with full implementation on January 1, 2019. The Firm fully expects to be in compliance with the higher Basel III capital standards, as well as any additional Dodd-Frank Act capital requirements, as they become effective. The additional capital requirements for GSIBs will be phased in starting January 1, 2016, with full implementation on January 1, 2019.
In December 2010, the Basel Committee introduced minimum standards for short-term liquidity coverage (the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)) and term funding (the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)). See Liquidity Risk
 
Management on pages 66–72 of this Form 10-Q for further information.
The Firm will continue to monitor the ongoing rule-making process to assess both the timing and the impact of Basel III on its businesses and financial condition.

Broker-dealer regulatory capital
JPMorgan Chase’s principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries are J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“JPMorgan Securities”) and J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. (“JPMorgan Clearing”). JPMorgan Clearing is a subsidiary of JPMorgan Securities and provides clearing and settlement services. JPMorgan Securities and JPMorgan Clearing are each subject to Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Net Capital Rule”). JPMorgan Securities and JPMorgan Clearing are also each registered as futures commission merchants and subject to Rule 1.17 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).
JPMorgan Securities and JPMorgan Clearing have elected to compute their minimum net capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirements” of the Net Capital Rule. At September 30, 2012, JPMorgan Securities’ net capital, as defined by the Net Capital Rule, was $11.6 billion, exceeding the minimum requirement by $10.0 billion, and JPMorgan Clearing’s net capital was $6.9 billion, exceeding the minimum requirement by $5.1 billion.
In addition to its minimum net capital requirement, JPMorgan Securities is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1.0 billion and to notify the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in the event that tentative net capital is less than $5.0 billion, in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of the Net Capital Rule. As of September 30, 2012, JPMorgan Securities had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.
Economic risk capital
The Firm measures economic capital using internal risk-assessment methodologies and models primarily based on four risk factors: credit, market, operational and private equity risk. The growth in economic risk capital during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, was predominantly driven by higher operational risk capital due to increased mortgage-related litigation, and continued model enhancements to better capture large historical loss events and better align the model with the advanced measurement rules under the Basel II Framework; and to higher market risk capital driven by increased risk in the synthetic credit portfolio. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in credit risk capital driven by consumer portfolio runoff and continued model enhancements to better estimate future stress credit losses.



61


 
 
Quarterly Averages
(in billions)
 
3Q12

 
4Q11

 
3Q11

Credit risk
 
$
44.3

 
$
48.2

 
$
48.2

Market risk
 
18.5

 
13.7

 
14.0

Operational risk
 
15.2

 
8.5

 
8.6

Private equity risk
 
5.9

 
6.4

 
6.8

Economic risk capital
 
83.9

 
76.8

 
77.6

Goodwill
 
48.2

 
48.2

 
48.6

Other(a)
 
54.5

 
50.0

 
48.3

Total common stockholders equity
 
$
186.6

 
$
175.0

 
$
174.5

(a)
Reflects additional capital required, in the Firm’s view, to meet its regulatory and debt rating objectives.
Line of business equity
Equity for a line of business represents the amount the Firm believes the business would require if it were operating independently, considering capital levels for similarly rated peers, regulatory capital requirements (under Basel III) and economic risk measures. Capital is also allocated to each line of business for, among other things, goodwill and other intangibles associated with acquisitions effected by the line of business. ROE is measured and internal targets for expected returns are established as key measures of a business segment’s performance.
Line of business equity
 
 
(in billions)
 
September 30,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
Investment Bank
 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

Retail Financial Services
 
26.5

 
25.0

Card Services & Auto
 
16.5

 
16.0

Commercial Banking
 
9.5

 
8.0

Treasury & Securities Services
 
7.5

 
7.0

Asset Management
 
7.0

 
6.5

Corporate/Private Equity
 
83.6

 
73.3

Total common stockholders’ equity
 
$
190.6

 
$
175.8

Line of business equity
 
Quarterly Averages
(in billions)
 
3Q12

 
4Q11

 
3Q11
Investment Bank
 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

 
$
40.0

Retail Financial Services
 
26.5

 
25.0

 
25.0

Card Services & Auto
 
16.5

 
16.0

 
16.0

Commercial Banking
 
9.5

 
8.0

 
8.0

Treasury & Securities Services
 
7.5

 
7.0

 
7.0

Asset Management
 
7.0

 
6.5

 
6.5

Corporate/Private Equity
 
79.6

 
72.5

 
72.0

Total common stockholders’ equity
 
$
186.6

 
$
175.0

 
$
174.5

Effective January 1, 2012, the Firm further revised the capital allocated to certain businesses, reflecting additional refinement of each segment’s estimated Basel III Tier 1 common capital requirements and balance sheet trends. The Firm continues to assess the level of capital required for each line of business, as well as the assumptions and methodologies used to allocate capital to the business segments, and further refinements may be implemented in the near term.
 
Capital actions
Issuance of preferred stock
On August 27, 2012, the Firm issued $1.3 billion of fixed–rate noncumulative perpetual preferred stock.
Dividends
On March 13, 2012, the Board of Directors increased the Firm’s quarterly common stock dividend from $0.25 to $0.30 per share, effective with the dividend paid on April 30, 2012, to shareholders of record on April 5, 2012. The Firm’s common stock dividend policy reflects JPMorgan Chase’s earnings outlook, desired dividend payout ratio, capital objectives, and alternative investment opportunities. The Firm’s current expectation is to return to a payout ratio of approximately 30% of normalized earnings over time.
For information regarding dividend restrictions, see Note 22 and Note 27 on page 276 and 281, respectively, of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Common equity repurchases
On March 13, 2012, the Board of Directors authorized a $15.0 billion common equity (i.e., common stock and warrants) repurchase program, of which up to $12.0 billion is approved for repurchase in 2012 and up to an additional $3.0 billion is approved through the end of the first quarter of 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm repurchased (on a trade-date basis) an aggregate of 49 million shares of common stock and warrants for $1.6 billion; the Firm did not make any repurchases after May 17, 2012. As of September 30, 2012, $13.4 billion of authorized repurchase capacity remained under the program. For additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities, see 2012 Business outlook, on page 9 of this Form 10-Q.
The Firm may, from time to time, enter into written trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to facilitate repurchases in accordance with the repurchase program. A Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan allows the Firm to repurchase its equity during periods when it would not otherwise be repurchasing common equity — for example, during internal trading “black-out periods.” All purchases under a Rule 10b5-1 plan must be made according to a predefined plan established when the Firm is not aware of material nonpublic information. For additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities, see Part II, Item 2, Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds, on pages 222–223 of this Form 10-Q.



62


RISK MANAGEMENT
Risk is an inherent part of JPMorgan Chase’s business activities. The Firm’s risk management framework and governance structure are intended to provide comprehensive controls and ongoing management of the major risks inherent in its business activities. The Firm employs a holistic approach to risk management to ensure the broad spectrum of risk types are considered in managing its business activities. The Firm’s risk management framework is intended to create a culture of risk awareness and personal responsibility throughout the Firm where collaboration, discussion, escalation and sharing of information are encouraged.
The Firm’s overall risk appetite is established in the context of the Firm’s capital, earnings power, and diversified business model. The Firm employs a formalized risk appetite framework to clearly link risk appetite and return targets, controls and capital management. The Firm’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) are responsible for setting the overall firmwide risk appetite. The lines of business CEOs and CROs and Corporate/Private Equity senior management are responsible for setting the risk appetite for their respective lines of business, within the Firm’s limits. The Risk Policy Committee of the Firm’s Board of Directors approves the risk appetite policy on behalf of the entire Board of Directors.
Risk governance
The Firm’s risk governance structure is based on the principle that each line of business is responsible for managing the risk inherent in its business, albeit with appropriate corporate oversight. Each line of business risk committee is responsible for decisions regarding the business’ risk strategy, policies and controls. There are nine major risk types identified in the business activities of the Firm: liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, country risk, private equity risk, operational risk, legal and fiduciary risk, and reputation risk.
Overlaying line of business risk management are the following corporate functions with risk management-related responsibilities: Risk Management, Treasury and CIO and Legal and Compliance.
 
Risk Management operates independently of the lines of business to provide oversight of firmwide risk management and controls, and is viewed as a partner in achieving appropriate business risk and reward objectives. Risk Management coordinates and communicates with each line of business through the line of business risk committees and CROs to manage risk. The Risk Management function is headed by the Firm’s Chief Risk Officer, who is a member of the Firm’s Operating Committee and who reports to the Chief Executive Officer and is accountable to the Board of Directors, primarily through the Board’s Risk Policy Committee. The Chief Risk Officer is also a member of the line of business risk committees. Within the Firm’s Risk Management function are units responsible for credit risk, market risk, country risk, private equity risk and the governance of operational risk, as well as risk reporting and risk policy. Risk management is supported by risk technology and operations functions that are responsible for building the information technology infrastructure used to monitor and manage risk.
Treasury and CIO are responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, interest rate and foreign exchange risks, and other risks.
Legal and Compliance has oversight for legal risk.
In addition to the risk committees of the lines of business and the above-referenced risk management functions, the Firm also has a Finance Committee, an Asset-Liability Committee (“ALCO”), an Investment Committee and three other risk-related committees — the Firmwide Risk Committee, the Risk Governance Committee and the Global Counterparty Committee. All of these committees are accountable to the Chief Executive Officer and Operating Committee. The membership of these committees is composed of senior management of the Firm, including representatives of the lines of business, CIO, Treasury, Risk Management, Finance, Legal and Compliance and other senior executives. The committees meet regularly to discuss a broad range of topics including, for example, current market conditions and other external events, risk exposures, and risk concentrations to ensure that the effects of risk issues are considered broadly across the Firm’s businesses.


63


The Finance Committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer, oversees the firmwide funding, liquidity, capital and balance sheet management strategy, including targeted levels, composition and line of business allocations.
The Asset-Liability Committee, chaired by the Corporate Treasurer, monitors the Firm’s overall interest rate risk and liquidity risk. ALCO is responsible for reviewing and approving the Firm’s liquidity policy and contingency funding plan. ALCO also reviews the Firm’s funds transfer pricing policy (through which lines of business “transfer” interest rate and foreign exchange risk to Treasury), nontrading interest rate-sensitive revenue-at-risk, overall interest rate position, funding requirements and strategy, and the Firm’s securitization programs (and any required liquidity support by the Firm of such programs).
The Investment Committee, chaired by the Firm’s Chief Financial Officer, oversees global merger and acquisition activities undertaken by JPMorgan Chase for its own account that fall outside the scope of the Firm’s private equity and other principal finance activities.
The Firmwide Risk Committee is co-chaired by the Firm's CEO and CRO. The Risk Governance Committee is chaired by the Firm’s CRO. These committees meet monthly to review cross-line of business issues such as risk appetite, certain business activity and aggregate risk measures, risk policy, risk methodology, risk concentrations, regulatory capital and other regulatory issues, and other topics referred by line of business risk committees. The Risk Governance
 
Committee is also responsible for ensuring that line of business and firmwide risk reporting and compliance with risk appetite levels are monitored periodically, in conjunction with the Firm’s capital assessment process. Line of business risk committees each meet at least on a monthly basis. Each line of business risk committee is co-chaired by the line of business CRO and CEO, except for the Consumer Risk Committee which is chaired solely by the CRO. Each line of business risk committee is also attended by individuals from outside the line of business. It is the responsibility of attendees of the line of business risk committees who are members of the Firmwide Risk Committee (including individuals from outside the line of business) to escalate line of business risk topics to the Firmwide Risk Committee.
The Global Counterparty Committee, chaired by the Firm’s Wholesale Chief Credit Risk Officer, reviews exposures to our largest interbank trading counterparties. The Committee meets periodically to review total exposures with these counterparties to ensure that such exposures are deemed appropriate and to direct changes in exposure levels as needed.
The Board of Directors exercises its oversight of risk management principally through the Board’s Risk Policy Committee and Audit Committee. The Board’s Risk Policy Committee oversees senior management risk-related responsibilities, including reviewing management policies and performance against these policies and related benchmarks. The Board’s Risk Policy Committee also reviews firm level market risk limits at least annually.


64


The CROs for each line of business meet with the Risk Policy Committee on a regular basis. In addition, in conjunction with the Firm’s capital assessment process, the CEO or Chief Risk Officer is responsible for notifying the Risk Policy Committee of any results which are projected to exceed line of business or firmwide risk appetite tolerances. The CEO or CRO will notify the Chairman of the Board’s Risk Policy Committee if certain firmwide limits are modified or exceeded. The Audit Committee is responsible for oversight of guidelines and policies that govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews with management the system of internal controls that is relied upon to provide reasonable assurance of compliance with the Firm’s operational risk management processes.
Risk monitoring and control
The Firm’s ability to properly identify, measure, monitor and report risk is critical to both its soundness and profitability.
Risk identification: The Firm’s exposure to risk through its daily business dealings, including lending and capital markets activities, is identified and aggregated through the Firm’s risk management infrastructure. There are nine major risk types identified in the business activities of the Firm: liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, country risk, private equity risk, operational risk, legal and fiduciary risk, and reputation risk.
Risk measurement: The Firm measures risk using a variety of methodologies, including calculating probable loss, unexpected loss and value-at-risk, and by conducting stress tests and making comparisons to external benchmarks. Measurement models and related assumptions are routinely subject to internal model review, empirical validation and benchmarking with the goal of ensuring that the Firm’s risk estimates are reasonable and reflective of the risk of the underlying positions.
Risk monitoring/control: The Firm’s risk management policies and procedures incorporate risk mitigation strategies and include approval limits by customer, product, industry, country and business. These limits are monitored on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, as appropriate.
Risk reporting: The Firm reports risk exposures on both a line of business and a consolidated basis. This information is reported to management on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, as appropriate.
 
CIO risk management matters
As part of its internal review of CIO’s activities, management concluded that CIO’s risk management had been ineffective in dealing with the growth in size and change in characteristics of the synthetic credit portfolio during the first quarter of 2012. The Firm has taken several steps to address these risk management issues, including introducing more granular risk limits for CIO; enhancing risk management talent and resourcing of key support functions in CIO; and enhancing the Firm’s risk governance, including establishing the joint CIO, Treasury and Corporate Risk (“CTC”) Committee co-chaired by CTC’s CRO and the Firm’s co- Chief Operating Officer. The committee meets weekly to monitor risk and has enhanced membership from Treasury and Corporate, as well as other Firm senior management.


65


LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT
Liquidity risk management is intended to ensure that the Firm has the appropriate amount, composition and tenor of funding and liquidity in support of its assets. The primary objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that the Firm’s core businesses are able to operate in support of client needs and meet contractual and contingent obligations through normal economic cycles as well as during market stress.
The Firm manages liquidity and funding using a centralized, global approach in order to actively manage liquidity for the Firm as a whole, to monitor exposures and identify constraints on the transfer of liquidity within the Firm, and to maintain the appropriate amount of surplus liquidity as part of the Firm’s overall balance sheet management strategy.
In the context of the Firm’s liquidity management, Treasury is responsible for:
Measuring, managing, monitoring and reporting the Firm’s current and projected liquidity sources and uses;
Understanding the liquidity characteristics of the Firm’s assets and liabilities;
Defining and monitoring Firmwide and legal entity liquidity strategies, policies, guidelines, and contingency funding plans;
Managing funding mix and deployment of excess short-term cash;
Defining and implementing Funds Transfer Pricing (“FTP”) across all lines of business and regions; and
Defining and addressing the impact of regulatory changes on funding and liquidity.
The Firm has a liquidity risk governance framework to review, approve and monitor the implementation of liquidity risk policies and funding and capital strategies, at the Firmwide, regional and line of business levels.
Specific risk committees responsible for liquidity risk governance include ALCO and the Finance Committee, as well as lines of business and regional asset and liability management committees. For further discussion of the risk committees, see Risk Management on pages 63–65 of this Form 10-Q.
Management considers the Firm’s liquidity position to be strong, based on its liquidity metrics as of September 30, 2012, and believes that the Firm’s unsecured and secured funding capacity is sufficient to meet its on- and off-balance sheet obligations.

LCR and NSFR
In December 2010, the Basel Committee introduced the minimum standards for short-term liquidity coverage (the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)) and term funding (the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)). The Firm intends to maintain its strong liquidity position in the future as the LCR and NSFR standards of the Basel III rules are implemented. In
 
order to do so the Firm believes it may need to modify the liquidity profile of certain of its assets and liabilities. Implementation of the Basel III rules may also cause the Firm to increase prices on, or alter the types of, products it offers to its customers and clients.

The Basel III revisions governing liquidity requirements are subject to prolonged observation and transition periods. The observation periods for both the LCR and NSFR began in 2011, with implementation in 2015 and 2018, respectively.

Funding
The Firm funds its global balance sheet through diverse sources of funding, including a stable deposit franchise as well as secured and unsecured funding in the capital markets. Funding objectives include maintaining diversification, maximizing market access and optimizing funding cost. Access to funding markets is executed regionally through hubs in New York, London, Hong Kong and other locations which enables the Firm to observe and respond effectively to local market dynamics and client needs. The Firm manages and monitors its use of wholesale funding markets to ensure diversification of its funding profile across geographic regions, tenors, currencies, product types and counterparties, using key metrics including: short-term unsecured funding as a percentage of total liabilities, and as a percentage of highly liquid assets; and counterparty concentration.
Sources of funds
A key strength of the Firm is its diversified deposit franchise, through the RFS, CB, TSS and AM lines of business, which provides a stable source of funding and limits reliance on the wholesale funding markets. As of September 30, 2012, the Firm’s deposits-to-loans ratio was 158%, compared with 156% at December 31, 2011.
As of September 30, 2012, total deposits for the Firm were $1,139.6 billion, compared with $1,127.8 billion at December 31, 2011 (54% of total liabilities for both periods). The increase in deposits was predominantly due to growth in retail deposits.
The Firm typically experiences higher customer deposit inflows at period-ends. Therefore, average deposit balances are more representative of deposit trends. The table below summarizes by line of business average deposits for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.


66


Average deposits
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Retail Financial Services
$
414,608

$
382,202

 
$
407,833

$
377,678

Commercial Banking
177,516

163,459

 
180,417

149,715

Treasury & Securities Services
326,094

310,787

 
325,324

279,148

Asset Management
127,487

111,090

 
127,702

101,341

Other(a)
52,343

70,973

 
55,321

75,446

Total Firm
$
1,098,048

$
1,038,511

 
$
1,096,597

$
983,328

(a)
Includes remaining lines of business (i.e., Investment Bank, Card and Corporate/Private Equity).
A significant portion of the Firm’s deposits are retail deposits (37% and 35% at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively), which are considered particularly stable as they are less sensitive to interest rate changes or market volatility. Additionally, the majority of the Firm’s institutional deposits are also considered to be stable sources of funding since they are generated from customers that maintain operating service relationships with the Firm. For further discussions of deposit and liability balance trends, see the discussion of the results for the Firm’s business segments and the Balance Sheet Analysis on pages 17–51 and 53–54, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
Short-term funding
Short-term unsecured funding sources include federal funds and Eurodollars purchased, which represent overnight funds; certificates of deposit; time deposits; commercial paper, and other borrowed funds that generally have maturities of one year or less.
The Firm’s reliance on short-term unsecured funding sources is limited. A significant portion of the total commercial paper liabilities, approximately 64% as of September 30, 2012, as shown in the table below, were originated from deposits that customers choose to sweep into commercial paper liabilities as a cash management
 
product offered by TSS and are not sourced from wholesale funding markets.
The Firm’s sources of short-term secured funding primarily consist of securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase. Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature between one day and three months, are secured predominantly by high-quality securities collateral, including government-issued debt, agency debt and agency MBS, and constitute a significant portion of the federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under purchase agreements. The increase in the balance at September 30, 2012, compared with the balance at December 31, 2011, and the average balance for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, was predominantly because of higher secured financing of the Firm’s assets and a change in the mix of the Firm’s liabilities. The balances associated with securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase fluctuate over time due to customers’ investment and financing activities; the Firm’s demand for financing; the ongoing management of the mix of the Firm’s liabilities, including its secured and unsecured financing (for both the investment and market-making portfolios); and other market and portfolio factors.
At September 30, 2012, the balance of total unsecured and secured other borrowed funds remained flat, compared with the balance at December 31, 2011. The average balance for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, decreased compared with the same period in the prior year, predominantly driven by maturities of short-term unsecured bank notes and other unsecured borrowings, short-term Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, and other secured short-term borrowings.
For additional information, see the Balance Sheet Analysis on pages 53–54 and Note 12 on page 154 of this Form 10-Q. The following table summarizes by source short-term unsecured funding as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, and average balances for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 
September 30, 2012
December 31, 2011
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
Short-term funding
 
Average
 
Average
(in millions)
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Commercial paper:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wholesale funding
$
20,124

$
4,245

 
$
18,187

$
5,450

 
$
13,209

$
7,057

Client cash management
35,350

47,386

 
34,336

41,577

 
36,692

34,829

Total commercial paper
$
55,474

$
51,631

 
$
52,523

$
47,027

 
$
49,901

$
41,886

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
$
233,363

$
197,789

 
$
228,550

$
213,415

 
$
224,662

$
240,155

Securities loaned
23,044

14,214

 
21,638

20,116

 
18,793

20,402

Total securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase(a)(b)
$
256,407

$
212,003

 
$
250,188

$
233,531

 
$
243,455

$
260,557

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other borrowed funds
$
22,255

$
21,908

 
$
21,436

$
30,108

 
$
24,361

$
33,511

(a)
Excludes federal funds purchased.
(b)
Includes long-term structured repurchase agreements of $7.4 billion and $6.6 billion as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

67


Long-term funding and issuance
Long-term funding provides additional sources of stable funding and liquidity for the Firm. The majority of the Firm’s long-term unsecured funding is issued by the parent holding company to provide maximum flexibility in support of both bank and nonbank subsidiary funding.
The following table summarizes long-term unsecured issuance and maturities or redemption for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For additional information, see Note 21 on pages 273-275 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Long-term unsecured funding
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Issuance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes issued in the U.S. market
$
6,006

 
$
4,379

 
$
12,242

 
$
24,259

Senior notes issued in non-U.S. markets
3,278

 
385

 
5,328

 
4,515

Total senior notes
9,284

 
4,764

 
17,570

 
28,774

Trust preferred capital debt securities

 

 

 

Subordinated debt

 

 

 

Structured notes
2,593

 
3,628

 
11,385

 
11,403

Total long-term unsecured funding – issuance
$
11,877

 
$
8,392

 
$
28,955

 
$
40,177

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturities/redemptions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total senior notes
$
6,094

 
$
6,697

 
$
27,931

 
$
23,965

Trust preferred capital debt securities
9,030

 

 
9,482

 

Subordinated debt

 

 
1,000

 
2,100

Structured notes
4,458

 
4,271

 
15,697

 
14,374

Total long-term unsecured funding – maturities/redemptions
$
19,582

 
$
10,968

 
$
54,110

 
$
40,439

Following the Federal Reserve’s announcement on June 7, 2012, of proposed rules which will implement the phase-out of Tier 1 capital treatment for trust preferred capital debt securities, the Firm announced on June 11, 2012, that it would redeem $9.0 billion of trust preferred capital debt securities pursuant to redemption provisions relating to the occurrence of a “Capital Treatment Event” (as defined in the documents governing those securities). The redemption was completed on July 12, 2012.
 
The Firm raises secured long-term funding through securitization of consumer credit card loans, residential mortgages, auto loans and student loans as well as through advances from the FHLBs, all of which increase funding and investor diversity.



The following table summarizes the securitization issuance and FHLB advances and their respective maturities or redemption for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
Long-term secured funding
Issuance
 
Maturities/Redemption
 
Issuance
 
Maturities/Redemption
(in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Credit card securitization
$
3,350

$

 
$
1,729

$
3,475

 
$
7,200

$
1,000

 
$
10,332

$
13,077

Other securitizations(a)


 
139

129

 


 
370

365

FHLB advances
9,100


 
1,005

7

 
15,200

4,000

 
5,517

2,553

Total long-term secured funding
$
12,450

$

 
$
2,873

$
3,611

 
$
22,400

$
5,000

 
$
16,219

$
15,995

(a)
Other securitizations includes securitizations of residential mortgages, auto loans and student loans.
The Firm’s wholesale businesses also securitize loans for client-driven transactions; those client-driven loan securitizations are not considered to be a source of funding for the Firm and are not included in the table above. For further description of the client-driven loan securitizations, see Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q.




68


Parent holding company and subsidiary funding
The parent holding company acts as an important source of funding to its subsidiaries. The Firm’s liquidity management is therefore intended to ensure that liquidity at the parent holding company is maintained at levels sufficient to fund the operations of the parent holding company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for an extended period of time in a stress environment where access to normal funding sources is disrupted.
To effectively monitor the adequacy of liquidity and funding at the parent holding company, the Firm uses three primary measures:
Number of months of pre-funding: The Firm targets pre-funding of the parent holding company to ensure that both contractual and non-contractual obligations can be met for at least 12 months assuming no access to wholesale funding markets. However, due to conservative liquidity management actions taken by the Firm, the current pre-funding of such obligations is significantly greater than target.
Excess cash: Excess cash is managed to ensure that daily cash requirements can be met in both normal and stressed environments. Excess cash generated by parent holding company issuance activity is placed on deposit with or as advances to both bank and nonbank subsidiaries or held as liquid collateral purchased through reverse repurchase agreements.
Stress testing: The Firm conducts regular stress testing for the parent holding company and major bank subsidiaries as well as the Firm’s principal U.S. and U.K. broker-dealer subsidiaries to ensure sufficient liquidity for the Firm in a stress environment. The Firm’s liquidity management takes into consideration its subsidiaries’ ability to generate replacement funding in the event the parent holding company requires repayment of the aforementioned deposits and advances. For further information, see the “Stress testing” discussion below.
Global Liquidity Reserve
The Global Liquidity Reserve includes cash on deposit at central banks, and cash proceeds reasonably expected to be received in secured financings of highly liquid, unencumbered securities, such as sovereign debt, government-guaranteed corporate debt, U.S. government agency debt, and agency MBS. The liquidity amount estimated to be realized from secured financings is based on management’s current judgment and assessment of the Firm’s ability to quickly raise funds from secured financings.
The Global Liquidity Reserve also includes the Firm’s borrowing capacity at various FHLBs, the Federal Reserve Bank discount window and various other central banks as a result of collateral pledged by the Firm to such banks. Although considered as a source of available liquidity, the Firm does not view borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank discount window and various other central banks as a primary source of funding.
As of September 30, 2012, the Global Liquidity Reserve was
 
estimated to be approximately $449 billion, compared with approximately $379 billion at December 31, 2011. The Global Liquidity Reserve fluctuates due to changes in deposits, the Firm’s purchase and investment activities and general market conditions.
In addition to the Global Liquidity Reserve, the Firm has significant amounts of other high-quality, marketable securities such as corporate debt and equity securities available to raise liquidity, if required.
Stress testing
Liquidity stress tests are intended to ensure sufficient liquidity for the Firm under a variety of adverse conditions. Results of stress tests are therefore considered in the formulation of the Firm’s funding plan and assessment of its liquidity position. Liquidity outflow assumptions are modeled across a range of time horizons and varying degrees of market and idiosyncratic stress. Standard stress tests are performed on a regular basis and ad hoc stress tests are performed as required. Stress scenarios are produced for the parent holding company and the Firm’s major bank subsidiaries as well as the Firm’s principal U.S. and U.K. broker-dealer subsidiaries. In addition, separate regional liquidity stress testing is performed.
Liquidity stress tests assume all of the Firm’s contractual obligations are met and also take into consideration varying levels of access to unsecured and secured funding markets. Additionally, assumptions with respect to potential non-contractual and contingent outflows include, but are not limited to, the following:
Deposits
For bank deposits that have no contractual maturity, the range of potential outflows reflect the type and size of deposit account, and the nature and extent of the Firm’s relationship with the depositor.
Secured funding
Range of haircuts on collateral based on security type and counterparty.
Derivatives
Margin calls by exchanges or clearing houses;
Collateral calls associated with ratings downgrade triggers and variation margin;
Outflows of excess client collateral;
Novation of derivative trades.
Unfunded commitments
Potential facility drawdowns reflecting type of commitment and counterparty.
Contingency funding plan
The Firm’s contingency funding plan (“CFP”), which is reviewed and approved by ALCO, provides a documented framework for managing both temporary and longer-term unexpected adverse liquidity situations. It sets out a list of indicators and metrics that are reviewed on a daily basis to identify the emergence of increased risks or vulnerabilities in the Firm’s liquidity position. The CFP identifies alternative contingent liquidity resources that can be accessed under adverse liquidity circumstances.


69


Credit ratings
The cost and availability of financing are influenced by credit ratings. Reductions in these ratings could have an adverse effect on the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to the Firm. Additionally, the Firm’s funding requirements for VIEs and other third-party commitments may be adversely affected by a decline in credit ratings. For additional information on the impact of a credit ratings downgrade on the funding requirements for
 
VIEs, and on derivatives and collateral agreements, see Special-purpose entities on page 55, and Note 5 on page 142, of this Form 10-Q.
Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong capital ratios, strong credit quality and risk management controls, diverse funding sources, and disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.


The credit ratings of the parent holding company and certain of the Firm’s significant operating subsidiaries as of September 30, 2012, were as follows.
 
JPMorgan Chase & Co.
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Chase Bank USA, N.A.
 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
Senior unsecured
Commercial paper
Outlook
 
Long-term deposits
Short-term deposits
Outlook
 
Long-term issuer rating
Short-term issuer rating
Outlook
Moody’s Investor Services
A2
P-1
Negative
 
Aa3
P-1
Stable
 
NR
NR
NR
Standard & Poor’s
A
A-1
Negative
 
A+
A-1
Negative
 
A+
A-1
Negative
Fitch Ratings
A+
F1
RWN(a)
 
AA-
F1+
RWN(a)
 
A+
F1
RWN(a)
(a)
Refers to “Ratings Watch Negative” on long-term ratings.

On June 21, 2012, Moody’s downgraded the long-term ratings of the Firm and affirmed all its short-term ratings. The outlook for the parent holding company was left on negative reflecting Moody’s view that government support for U.S. bank holding company creditors is becoming less certain and less predictable. Such ratings actions concluded Moody’s review of 17 banks and securities firms with global capital markets operations, including the Firm, as a result of which all of these institutions were downgraded by various degrees.
Following the disclosure by the Firm, on May 10, 2012, of losses from the synthetic credit portfolio held by CIO. Fitch placed all parent and subsidiary long-term ratings on Ratings Watch Negative. Subsequently, on October 10, 2012, Fitch revised the outlook to Stable and affirmed the Firm’s ratings.
The above-mentioned rating actions did not have a material adverse impact on the Firm’s cost of funds and its ability to fund itself. Further downgrades of the Firm’s long-term ratings by one notch or two notches could result in a downgrade of the Firm’s short-term ratings. If this were to occur, the Firm believes its cost of funds could increase and access to certain funding markets could be reduced. The nature and magnitude of the impact of further ratings downgrades depends on numerous contractual and behavioral factors (which the Firm believes are incorporated in the Firm’s liquidity risk and stress testing metrics). The Firm believes it maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand any potential decrease in funding capacity due to further ratings downgrades.
 
JPMorgan Chase’s unsecured debt does not contain requirements that would call for an acceleration of payments, maturities or changes in the structure of the existing debt, provide any limitations on future borrowings or require additional collateral, based on unfavorable changes in the Firm’s credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, or stock price.
Rating agencies continue to evaluate various ratings factors, such as regulatory reforms, rating uplift assumptions surrounding government support, and economic uncertainty and sovereign creditworthiness, and their potential impact on ratings of financial institutions. Although the Firm closely monitors and endeavors to manage factors influencing its credit ratings, there is no assurance that its credit ratings will not be changed in the future.



70


Cash flows
As of September 30, 2012 and 2011, cash and due from banks was $53.3 billion and $56.8 billion, respectively. These balances decreased by $6.3 billion and increased by $29.2 billion from December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The following discussion highlights the major activities and transactions that affected JPMorgan Chase’s cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
Cash flows from operating activities
JPMorgan Chase’s operating assets and liabilities support the Firm’s capital markets and lending activities, including the origination or purchase of loans initially designated as held-for-sale. Operating assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by client-driven and risk management activities, and market conditions. Management believes cash flows from operations, available cash balances and the Firm’s ability to generate cash through short- and long-term borrowings are sufficient to fund the Firm’s operating liquidity needs.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, net cash provided by operating activities was $29.6 billion. Net cash generated from operating activities was higher than net income, partially as a result of adjustments for noncash items such as depreciation and amortization, provision for credit losses, and stock-based compensation. In addition, net cash provided by operating activities was driven by a decrease in securities borrowed due to a shift in the deployment of excess cash by Treasury. Cash proceeds received from sales and paydowns of loans was higher than the cash used to acquire such loans originated and purchased with an initial intent to sell, and also reflected a lower level of activity over the prior-year period.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $66.5 billion. This resulted from a decrease in trading assets-debt and equity instruments, driven by lower client market-making activity in IB, resulting in declines in equity securities and U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by an increase in U.S. treasury securities; an increase in accounts payable and other liabilities largely due to higher IB customer balances; an increase in trading liabilities–derivative payables predominantly due to increases in interest rate derivative balances driven by declining interest rates and increases in commodity derivative balances driven by price movements in base metals and energy. Partially offsetting these cash proceeds was an increase in trading assets–derivative receivables predominantly due to the aforementioned declining interest rates and increases in commodity derivative balances. Net cash generated from operating activities was higher than net income largely as a result of adjustments for noncash items such as the provision for credit losses, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based compensation. Additionally, cash provided by proceeds from sales and paydowns of loans originated or purchased with an initial
 
intent to sell was higher than cash used to acquire such loans, and also reflected a higher level of activity over the prior-year period.
Cash flows from investing activities
The Firm’s investing activities predominantly include loans originated to be held for investment, the AFS securities portfolio and other short-term interest-earning assets. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, net cash of $69.7 billion was used in investing activities. This resulted from an increase in securities purchased under resale agreements predominantly due to deployment of excess cash by Treasury; an increase in deposits with banks reflecting the placement of the Firm’s excess funds with various central banks, including Federal Reserve Banks; and an increase in wholesale loans driven by increased client activity across most regions and businesses. Partially offsetting these cash outflows were proceeds from maturities and sales of AFS securities being higher than cash used to acquire such securities; and a decline in the level of consumer, excluding credit card loans due to paydowns, portfolio run-off, and a decrease in credit card loans due to seasonality and higher repayment rates.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net cash of $169.7 billion was used in investing activities. This resulted from a significant increase in deposits with banks reflecting the placement of funds with various central banks, including Federal Reserve Banks during the third quarter of 2011, predominantly resulting from the overall growth in wholesale client deposits; an increase in securities purchased under resale agreements, predominantly in IB, reflecting higher client financing activity; an increase in loans reflecting continued growth in client activity across all of the Firm’s wholesale businesses; and net purchases of AFS securities, largely due to repositioning of the portfolio in Corporate in response to changes in the market environment. Partially offsetting these cash outflows were a decline in loans from the continued portfolio runoff in RFS, as well as lower seasonal balances, higher repayment rates, continued runoff of the Washington Mutual portfolio and the sale of the Kohl’s portfolio.
Cash flows from financing activities
The Firm’s financing activities primarily reflect cash flows related to taking customer deposits, and issuing long-term debt as well as preferred and common stock. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $33.6 billion. This was driven by an increase in securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, predominantly because of higher secured financing of the Firm’s assets and a change in the mix of the Firm’s liabilities; an increase in deposits predominantly due to growth in retail deposits; an increase in commercial paper due to higher commercial paper liabilities sourced from wholesale funding markets to meet short-term funding needs, partially offset by a decline in the volume of liability balances in sweep accounts related to TSS’s cash management product; and proceeds from the issuance of


71


preferred stock. Partially offsetting these cash inflows were net redemptions and maturities of long-term borrowings, largely related to the redemption of TruPS; and payments of cash dividends on common and preferred stock and repurchases of common stock and warrants.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $132.4 billion. This was largely driven by a significant increase in deposits, predominantly due to an overall growth in wholesale client balances and, to a lesser extent, consumer deposit balances; and an increase in commercial paper due to growth in the volume of liability balances in sweep accounts related to TSS’s cash management product. Cash was used to reduce securities sold under repurchase agreements, predominantly in IB, due to lower financing of the Firm’s trading assets; for net repayments of long-term borrowings, including a decline in long-term beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs due to maturities of Firm-sponsored credit card securitization transactions; to reduce other borrowed funds, predominantly driven by maturities of short-term unsecured bank notes and short-term FHLB advances; for repurchases of common stock and warrants, and payments of cash dividends on common and preferred stock.
 



CREDIT PORTFOLIO
For a further discussion of the Firm’s Credit Risk Management framework, see pages 132–134 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. For further information regarding the credit risk inherent in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio, see Note 11 on pages 148–153 of this Form 10-Q and Note 12 on pages 225–230 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The following table presents JPMorgan Chase’s credit portfolio as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. Total credit exposure was $1.8 trillion at September 30, 2012, an increase of $30.5 billion from December 31, 2011, primarily reflecting an increase in the wholesale portfolio of $48.0 billion, partially offset by a decrease in the consumer portfolio of $17.5 billion.
For further information on the changes in the credit portfolio, see Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 74–81, and Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92, of this Form 10-Q.
 
The Firm provided credit to and raised capital of over $1.3 trillion for its commercial and consumer clients during the nine months ended September 30, 2012; this included more than $15 billion of credit provided to U.S. small businesses, up 21% compared with the prior year and $52 billion to more than 1,300 not-for-profit and government entities, including states, municipalities, hospitals and universities. The Firm also originated more than 664,000 mortgages and provided credit cards to approximately 4.9 million consumers during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The Firm remains committed to helping homeowners and preventing foreclosures. Since the beginning of 2009, the Firm has offered nearly 1.4 million mortgage modifications and of these more than 578,000 have achieved permanent modification as of September 30, 2012.


72


In the following table, reported loans include loans retained (i.e., held-for-investment); loans held-for-sale (which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, with changes in value recorded in noninterest revenue); and certain loans accounted for at fair value. The Firm also records certain loans accounted for at fair value in trading assets. For further information regarding these loans see Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q. For additional information on the Firm’s loans and derivative receivables, including the Firm’s accounting policies, see Note 13 and Note 5 on pages 154–175 and 136–144, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
Total credit portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
Credit exposure
 
Nonperforming(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)
(in millions)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Loans retained
$
717,086

$
718,997

 
$
11,124

$
9,810

Loans held-for-sale
2,111

2,626

 
71

110

Loans at fair value
2,750

2,097

 
175

73

Total loans – reported
721,947

723,720

 
11,370

9,993

Derivative receivables
79,963

92,477

 
282

297

Receivables from customers and other
18,946

17,561

 


Total credit-related assets
820,856

833,758

 
11,652

10,290

Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate owned
NA

NA

 
788

975

Other
NA

NA

 
41

50

Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions
NA

NA

 
829

1,025

Total assets
820,856

833,758

 
12,481

11,315

Lending-related commitments
1,019,073

975,662

 
586

865

Total credit portfolio
$
1,839,929

$
1,809,420

 
$
13,067

$
12,180

Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net(a)
$
(30,204
)
$
(26,240
)
 
$
(20
)
$
(38
)
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives
(13,999
)
(21,807
)
 
NA

NA

(in millions,
except ratios)
Three months
ended September 30,
 
Nine months
ended September 30,
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Net charge-offs(g)
$
2,770

$
2,507

 
$
7,435

$
9,330

Average retained loans
 
 
 
 
 
Loans – reported
719,071

689,021

 
716,398

683,098

Loans – reported, excluding residential real estate PCI loans
657,293

620,974

 
653,103

613,263

Net charge-off rates(g)
 
 
 
 
 
Loans – reported
1.53
%
1.44
%
 
1.39
%
1.83
%
Loans – reported, excluding PCI
1.68

1.60

 
1.52

2.03

(a)
Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives used to manage both performing and nonperforming wholesale credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Excludes the synthetic credit portfolio. For additional information, see Credit derivatives on pages 80–81 and Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q.
(b)
Nonperforming includes nonaccrual loans, nonperforming derivatives, commitments that are risk rated as nonaccrual and real estate owned.
 
(c)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, nonperforming assets excluded: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $11.0 billion and $11.5 billion, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due; (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $1.5 billion and $954 million, respectively; and (3) student loans insured by U.S. government agencies under the FFELP of $536 million and $551 million, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due. These amounts were excluded from nonaccrual loans as reimbursement of insured amounts are proceeding normally. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”).
(d)
Excludes PCI loans. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of PCI loans, they are all considered to be performing.
(e)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, total nonaccrual loans represented 1.57% and 1.38%, respectively, of total loans. At September 30, 2012, included $1.7 billion of residential real estate Chapter 7 loans and $1.3 billion of performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due. For more information, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q.
(f)
Prior to the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts had only included defaulted derivatives; effective in the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts in all periods include both defaulted derivatives as well as derivatives that have been risk rated as nonperforming.
(g)
Net charge-offs and net charge-off rates for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2012, included $880 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.




















73


WHOLESALE CREDIT PORTFOLIO
As of September 30, 2012, wholesale exposure (IB, CB, TSS and AM) increased by $48.0 billion from December 31, 2011, primarily driven by increases of $39.8 billion in lending-related commitments and $19.3 billion in loans due to increased client activity across most regions and most businesses. These increases were partially offset by a $12.5 billion decrease in derivative receivables, primarily due to the impact of changes in the underlying parameters, including FX rates, interest rates and credit spreads, which resulted in reductions in derivative receivables related to foreign exchange, interest rate and credit derivative contracts, partially offset by increases in equity derivative receivables.
 
Wholesale credit portfolio
 
Credit exposure
 
Nonperforming(c)(d)
(in millions)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Loans retained
$
297,576

$
278,395

 
$
1,663

$
2,398

Loans held-for-sale
2,005

2,524

 
71

110

Loans at fair value
2,750

2,097

 
175

73

Loans – reported
302,331

283,016

 
1,909

2,581

Derivative receivables
79,963

92,477

 
282

297

Receivables from customers and other(a)
18,837

17,461

 


Total wholesale credit-related assets
401,131

392,954

 
2,191

2,878

Lending-related commitments
422,557

382,739

 
586

865

Total wholesale credit exposure
$
823,688

$
775,693

 
$
2,777

$
3,743

Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net(b)
$
(30,204
)
$
(26,240
)
 
$
(20
)
$
(38
)
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives
(13,999
)
(21,807
)
 
NA

NA

(a)
Predominantly includes receivables from customers, which represent margin loans to prime and retail brokerage customers; these are classified in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(b)
Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives used to manage both performing and nonperforming wholesale credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Excludes the synthetic credit portfolio. For additional information, see Credit derivatives on pages 80–81, and Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q.
(c)
Excludes assets acquired in loan satisfactions.
(d)
Prior to the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts had only included defaulted derivatives; effective in the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts in all periods include both defaulted derivatives as well as derivatives that have been risk rated as nonperforming.


74


The following table summarizes the maturity and ratings profile of the wholesale portfolio at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal risk ratings, which generally correspond to the ratings as defined by S&P and Moody’s.
Wholesale credit exposure – maturity and ratings profile
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity profile(c)
 
Ratings profile
September 30, 2012
Due in 1 year or less
Due after 1 year through 5 years
Due after 5 years
Total
 
Investment-grade
 
Noninvestment-grade
Total
Total % of IG
(in millions, except ratios)
 
AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3
 
BB+/Ba1 & below
Loans retained
$
113,069

$
113,582

$
70,925

$
297,576

 
$
210,551

 
$
87,025

$
297,576

71
%
Derivative receivables
 
 
 
79,963

 
 
 
 
79,963

 
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives
 
 
 
(13,999
)
 
 
 
 
(13,999
)
 
Total derivative receivables, net of all collateral
14,692

26,976

24,296

65,964

 
53,279

 
12,685

65,964

81

Lending-related commitments
155,812

255,522

11,223

422,557

 
337,549

 
85,008

422,557

80

Subtotal
283,573

396,080

106,444

786,097

 
601,379

 
184,718

786,097

77

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)
 
 
 
4,755

 
 
 
 
4,755

 
Receivables from customers and other
 
 
 
18,837

 
 
 
 
18,837

 
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives
 
 
 
$
809,689

 
 
 
 
$
809,689

 
Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net(b)
$
(1,607
)
$
(13,837
)
$
(14,760
)
$
(30,204
)
 
$
(30,264
)
 
$
60

$
(30,204
)
100
%
 
Maturity profile(c)
 
Ratings profile
December 31, 2011
Due in 1 year or less
Due after 1 year through 5 years
Due after 5 years
Total
 
Investment-grade
 
Noninvestment-grade
Total
Total % of IG
(in millions, except ratios)
 
AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3
 
BB+/Ba1 & below
Loans retained
$
113,222

$
101,959

$
63,214

$
278,395

 
$
196,998

 
$
81,397

$
278,395

71
%
Derivative receivables
 
 
 
92,477

 
 
 
 
92,477

 
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives
 
 
 
(21,807
)
 
 
 
 
(21,807
)
 
Total derivative receivables, net of all collateral
8,243

29,910

32,517

70,670

 
57,637

 
13,033

70,670

82

Lending-related commitments
139,978

233,396

9,365

382,739

 
310,107

 
72,632

382,739

81

Subtotal
261,443

365,265

105,096

731,804

 
564,742

 
167,062

731,804

77

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)
 
 
 
4,621

 
 
 
 
4,621

 
Receivables from customers and other
 
 
 
17,461

 
 
 
 
17,461

 
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives
 
 
 
$
753,886

 
 
 
 
$
753,886

 
Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net(b)
$
(2,034
)
$
(16,450
)
$
(7,756
)
$
(26,240
)
 
$
(26,300
)
 
$
60

$
(26,240
)
100
%
(a)
Represents loans held-for-sale primarily related to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio, and loans at fair value.
(b)
Excludes the synthetic credit portfolio. Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold, through credit derivatives used to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The ratings profile shown is based on the rating of the derivative counterparty; the counterparties to these positions are predominantly investment-grade banks and finance companies.
(c)
The maturity profiles of retained loans and lending-related commitments are based on the remaining contractual maturity. The maturity profiles of derivative receivables are based on the maturity profile of average exposure. For further discussion of average exposure, see Derivative receivables on pages 141–143 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Wholesale credit exposure – selected industry exposures
The Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry exposures, with particular attention paid to industries with actual or potential credit concerns. As of September 30, 2012, the Firm revised its definition of the criticized component of the wholesale portfolio to align with the banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention, substandard and doubtful categories. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation. While this reclassification resulted in an increase in the level of reported criticized exposure by $4.9 billion and $4.5 billion as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, it did not result in material changes to the
 
Firm’s underlying risk ratings or nonaccrual loans. Accordingly, this reclassification did not result in material changes to the allowance for credit losses or additional provision for credit losses. Furthermore, this change had no effect on reported net interest income with respect to the affected loans. The total criticized component of the portfolio, excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, decreased by 17% to $16.9 billion at September 30, 2012, from $20.3 billion at December 31, 2011, primarily due to repayments.


75


Below are summaries of the top 25 industry exposures as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
 
 
 
30 days or more past due and accruing
loans
Year-to-date net charge-offs/
(recoveries)
Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net (e)
Liquid securities
and other cash collateral held against derivative
receivables
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninvestment-grade(d)
 
Credit
exposure(c)
Investment-
grade
Noncriticized
Criticized performing
Criticized nonperforming
As of or for the nine months ended September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Top 25 industries(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks and finance companies
$
73,900

$
62,647

$
10,505

$
739

$
9

$
84

$
(34
)
$
(3,904
)
$
(6,312
)
Real estate
73,647

46,447

21,967

4,399

834

134

27

(112
)
(578
)
Healthcare
48,274

39,559

8,059

626

30

9

1

(227
)
(369
)
Oil and gas
43,881

29,435

14,113

333


5


(154
)
(69
)
State and municipal governments(b)
40,425

38,987

1,270

54

114


2

(185
)
(219
)
Consumer products
32,879

21,715

10,156

1,000

8

15

(14
)
(292
)
(1
)
Asset managers
31,026

25,600

5,220

206


28



(2,785
)
Utilities
30,056

24,816

4,684

341

215


(7
)
(277
)
(350
)
Retail and consumer services
24,774

16,007

8,164

567

36

12

1

(72
)

Central governments
20,872

20,310

507

55




(12,558
)
(1,210
)
Transportation
19,789

14,435

4,952

314

88

44

(13
)
(143
)

Technology
19,054

12,436

6,076

522

20



(139
)

Machinery and equipment manufacturing
18,548

10,174

8,057

308

9

8


(13
)

Metals/mining
17,400

9,252

7,667

448

33

2

(1
)
(480
)

Business services
13,796

7,051

6,473

228

44

4

22

(42
)

Media
13,599

7,886

4,803

531

379


(1
)
(133
)

Insurance
12,442

9,825

2,347

270



(2
)
(134
)
(757
)
Building materials/construction
12,310

5,309

6,032

965

4

17


(114
)

Telecom services
12,056

7,372

4,055

623

6

3

1

(244
)
(1
)
Chemicals/plastics
11,111

6,808

4,137

150

16

1

2

(55
)
(65
)
Automotive
10,819

5,957

4,730

131

1

2


(638
)

Agriculture/paper manufacturing
7,870

5,064

2,700

106


35




Aerospace
6,355

5,137

1,184

33

1



(155
)

Securities firms and exchanges
6,205

4,441

1,646

116

2

1


(222
)
(280
)
Leisure
5,767

3,207

1,654

575

331

4

(13
)
(58
)
(26
)
All other
193,241

173,539

18,642

709

351

1,152

9

(9,853
)
(977
)
Subtotal
$
800,096

$
613,416

$
169,800

$
14,349

$
2,531

$
1,560

$
(20
)
$
(30,204
)
$
(13,999
)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
4,755

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables from customers and other
18,837

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
823,688

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

76


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30 days or more past due and accruing loans
Full year net charge-offs/
(recoveries)
Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net(e)
Liquid securities
and other cash collateral held against derivative
receivables
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninvestment-grade(d)(f)
 
Credit
exposure(c)
Investment-
grade
Noncriticized
Criticized performing
Criticized nonperforming
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2011
(in millions)
Top 25 industries(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks and finance companies
$
71,440

$
59,115

$
11,744

$
555

$
26

$
20

$
(211
)
$
(3,053
)
$
(9,585
)
Real estate
67,594

40,921

19,947

5,732

994

411

256

(97
)
(359
)
Healthcare
42,247

35,146

6,816

228

57

166


(304
)
(320
)
Oil and gas
35,437

24,957

10,178

274

28

3


(119
)
(88
)
State and municipal governments(b)
41,930

40,565

1,122

113

130

23


(185
)
(147
)
Consumer products
29,637

19,728

9,040

832

37

3

13

(272
)
(50
)
Asset managers
33,465

28,834

4,201

429

1

24



(4,807
)
Utilities
28,650

23,557

4,412

174

507


76

(105
)
(359
)
Retail and consumer services
22,891

14,567

7,446

778

100

15

1

(96
)
(1
)
Central governments
17,138

16,524

488

126




(9,796
)
(813
)
Transportation
16,305

12,061

3,930

256

58

6

17

(178
)

Technology
17,898

12,494

4,985

417

2


4

(191
)

Machinery and equipment manufacturing
16,498

9,014

7,236

238

10

1

(1
)
(19
)

Metals/mining
15,254

8,716

6,339

198

1

6

(19
)
(423
)

Business services
12,408

7,093

5,012

264

39

17

22

(20
)
(2
)
Media
11,909

6,853

3,729

866

461

1

18

(188
)

Insurance
13,092

9,425

2,852

802

13



(552
)
(454
)
Building materials/construction
11,770

5,175

5,335

1,256

4

6

(4
)
(213
)

Telecom services
11,552

8,502

2,493

546

11

2

5

(390
)

Chemicals/plastics
11,728

7,867

3,700

146

15



(95
)
(20
)
Automotive
9,910

5,699

4,123

88


9

(11
)
(819
)

Agriculture/paper manufacturing
7,594

4,888

2,540

166


9




Aerospace
8,560

7,646

845

69


7


(208
)

Securities firms and exchanges
12,394

10,799

1,571

23

1

10

73

(395
)
(3,738
)
Leisure
5,650

3,051

1,680

530

389

1

1

(81
)
(26
)
All other
180,660

161,546

16,785

1,653

676

1,099

200

(8,441
)
(1,038
)
Subtotal
$
753,611

$
584,743

$
148,549

$
16,759

$
3,560

$
1,839

$
440

$
(26,240
)
$
(21,807
)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
4,621

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables from customers and other
17,461

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
775,693

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
The industry rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2011, are based on the industry rankings of the corresponding exposures at September 30, 2012, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2011.
(b)
In addition to the credit risk exposure to states and municipal governments (both U.S. and non-U.S.) at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, noted above, the Firm held $17.7 billion and $16.7 billion, respectively, of trading securities and $22.4 billion and $16.5 billion, respectively, of AFS securities issued by U.S. state and municipal governments. For further information, see Note 3 and Note 11 on pages 119–133 and 148–153, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
(c)
Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of “Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net” held against derivative receivables or loans and “Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables”.
(d)
As of September 30, 2012, exposures deemed criticized correspond to special mention, substandard and doubtful categories as defined by bank regulatory agencies. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.
(e)
Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The All other category includes purchased credit protection on certain credit indices. Credit Portfolio Management derivatives excludes the synthetic credit portfolio.
(f)
Prior to the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts had only included defaulted derivatives; effective in the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts in all periods include both defaulted derivatives as well as derivatives that have been risk rated as nonperforming.

77


The following table presents the geographic distribution of wholesale credit exposure including nonperforming assets and past due loans as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The geographic distribution of the wholesale portfolio is determined based predominantly on the domicile (legal residence) of the borrower. For further information on Country Risk Management, see pages 103–105 of this Form 10-Q.
 
Credit exposure
 
Nonperforming
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
30 days or more past due and accruing loans
September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Loans
Lending-related commitments
Derivative receivables
Total credit exposure
 
Nonaccrual loans(a)
Derivatives
Lending-related commitments
Total non- performing credit exposure
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
37,480

$
69,612

$
37,247

$
144,339

 
$
21

$
5

$
11

$
37

$
10

$
119

Asia/Pacific
30,596

21,874

8,728

61,198

 
14

8


22


1

Latin America/Caribbean
28,641

25,399

4,493

58,533

 
59

10

4

73


355

Other North America
2,598

9,085

1,953

13,636

 
1



1


7

Total non-U.S.
99,315

125,970

52,421

277,706

 
95

23

15

133

10

482

Total U.S.
198,261

296,587

27,542

522,390

 
1,568

259

571

2,398

114

1,078

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
4,755



4,755

 
246

NA


246

NA


Receivables from customers and other



18,837

 

NA

NA


NA


Total
$
302,331

$
422,557

$
79,963

$
823,688

 
$
1,909

$
282

$
586

$
2,777

$
124

$
1,560

 
Credit exposure
 
Nonperforming
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
30 days or more past due and accruing loans
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
Loans
Lending-related commitments
Derivative receivables
Total credit exposure
 
Nonaccrual loans(a)
Derivatives(b)
Lending-related commitments
Total non- performing credit exposure
Europe/Middle East/Africa
$
36,637

$
60,681

$
43,204

$
140,522

 
$
44

$
14

$
25

$
83

$

$
68

Asia/Pacific
31,119

17,194

10,943

59,256

 
1

42


43


6

Latin America/Caribbean
25,141

20,859

5,316

51,316

 
386


15

401

3

222

Other North America
2,267

6,680

1,488

10,435

 
3


1

4



Total non-U.S.
95,164

105,414

60,951

261,529

 
434

56

41

531

3

296

Total U.S.
183,231

277,325

31,526

492,082

 
1,964

241

824

3,029

176

1,543

Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
4,621



4,621

 
183

NA


183

NA


Receivables from customers and other



17,461

 

NA

NA


NA


Total
$
283,016

$
382,739

$
92,477

$
775,693

 
$
2,581

$
297

$
865

$
3,743

$
179

$
1,839

(a)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm held an allowance for loan losses of $370 million and $496 million, respectively, related to nonaccrual retained loans resulting in allowance coverage ratios of 22% and 21%, respectively. Wholesale nonaccrual loans represented 0.63% and 0.91% of total wholesale loans at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(b)
Prior to the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts had only included defaulted derivatives; effective in the first quarter of 2012, reported amounts in all periods include both defaulted derivatives as well as derivatives that have been risk rated as nonperforming.

78


Loans
In the normal course of business, the Firm provides loans to a variety of wholesale customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high-net-worth individuals. For further discussion on loans, including information on credit quality indicators, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
The Firm actively manages wholesale credit exposure. One way of managing credit risk is through sales of loans and lending-related commitments. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Firm sold $2.8 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively, of loans and commitments. These sale activities are not related to the Firm’s securitization activities. For further discussion of securitization activity, see Liquidity Risk Management and Note 15 on pages 66–72 and 177–184, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
The following table presents the change in the nonaccrual loan portfolio for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Nonaccrual wholesale loans decreased by $672 million from December 31, 2011, primarily reflecting repayments.
Wholesale nonaccrual loan activity
 
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
2011
Beginning balance
 
$
2,581

$
6,006

Additions
 
1,359

1,706

Reductions:
 
 


Paydowns and other
 
1,303

2,412

Gross charge-offs
 
209

477

Returned to accrual status
 
171

641

Sales
 
348

995

Total reductions
 
2,031

4,525

Net additions/(reductions)
 
(672
)
(2,819
)
Ending balance
 
$
1,909

$
3,187

The following table presents net charge-offs, which are defined as gross charge-offs less recoveries, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The amounts in the table below do not include gains or losses from sales of nonaccrual loans.
 
Wholesale net charge-offs
 
 
 
(in millions, except ratios)
Three months
ended September 30,
 
Nine months
ended September 30,
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Loans - reported
 
 
 
 
 
Average loans
  retained
$
297,369

$
250,145

 
$
289,055

$
238,153

Net charge-offs
  /(recoveries)
(34
)
(151
)
 
(20
)
94

Net charge-off
  /(recovery)
  rate
(0.05
)%
(0.24
)%
 
(0.01
)%
0.05
%
Receivables from customers
Receivables from customers primarily represent margin loans to prime and retail brokerage clients and are collateralized through a pledge of assets maintained in clients’ brokerage accounts that are subject to daily minimum collateral requirements. In the event that the collateral value decreases, a maintenance margin call is made to the client to provide additional collateral into the account. If additional collateral is not provided by the client, the client’s position may be liquidated by the Firm to meet the minimum collateral requirements.
Lending-related commitments
JPMorgan Chase uses lending-related financial instruments, such as commitments and guarantees, to meet the financing needs of its customers. The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum possible credit risk should the counterparties draw down on these commitments or the Firm fulfills its obligations under these guarantees, and the counterparties subsequently fails to perform according to the terms of these contracts.
In the Firm’s view, the total contractual amount of these wholesale lending-related commitments is not representative of the Firm’s actual credit risk exposure or funding requirements. In determining the amount of credit risk exposure the Firm has to wholesale lending-related commitments, which is used as the basis for allocating credit risk capital to these commitments, the Firm has established a “loan-equivalent” amount for each commitment; this amount represents the portion of the unused commitment or other contingent exposure that is expected, based on average portfolio historical experience, to become drawn upon in an event of a default by an obligor. The loan-equivalent amount of the Firm’s lending-related commitments was $221.8 billion and $206.5 billion as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.


79


Derivative contracts
In the normal course of business, the Firm uses derivative instruments predominantly for market-making activities. Derivatives enable customers and the Firm to manage exposures to fluctuations in interest rates, currencies and other markets. The Firm also uses derivative instruments to manage its credit exposure. For further discussion of derivative contracts, see Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q.
The following tables summarize the net derivative receivables for the periods presented.
Derivative receivables
 
 
(in millions)
Derivative receivables
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Interest rate
$
42,727

$
46,369

Credit derivatives
3,384

6,684

Foreign exchange
11,751

17,890

Equity
9,618

6,793

Commodity
12,483

14,741

Total, net of cash collateral
79,963

92,477

Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
(13,999
)
(21,807
)
Total, net of all collateral
$
65,964

$
70,670

Derivative receivables reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets were $80.0 billion and $92.5 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. These amounts represent the fair value of the
 
derivative contracts after giving effect to legally enforceable master netting agreements, cash collateral held by the Firm and the CVA. However, in management’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk should also take into consideration additional liquid securities (primarily U.S. government and agency securities and other G7 government bonds) and other cash collateral held by the Firm of $14.0 billion and $21.8 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, that may be used as security when the fair value of the client’s exposure is in the Firm’s favor, as shown in the table above.
In addition to the collateral described in the preceding paragraph the Firm also holds additional collateral (including cash, U.S. government and agency securities, and other G7 government bonds) delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions, as well as collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency and collateral that the Firm has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. Though this collateral does not reduce the balances and is not included in the table above, it is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the client’s derivative transactions move in the Firm’s favor. As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm held $20.4 billion and $17.6 billion, respectively, of this additional collateral. The derivative receivables fair value, net of all collateral, also do not include other credit enhancements, such as letters of credit. For additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements, see Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q.


The following table summarizes the ratings profile, of the derivative counterparty, of the Firm’s derivative receivables, including credit derivatives, net of other liquid securities collateral, for the dates indicated.
Ratings profile of derivative receivables 
 
 
 
 
 
Rating equivalent
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011

(in millions, except ratios)
Exposure net of all collateral
% of exposure net of all collateral
 
Exposure net of all collateral
% of exposure net of all collateral
AAA/Aaa to AA-/Aa3
$
24,252

37
%
 
$
25,100

35
%
A+/A1 to A-/A3
12,369

19

 
22,942

32

BBB+/Baa1 to BBB-/Baa3
16,658

25

 
9,595

14

BB+/Ba1 to B-/B3
11,178

17

 
10,545

15

CCC+/Caa1 and below
1,507

2

 
2,488

4

Total
$
65,964

100
%
 
$
70,670

100
%
As noted above, the Firm uses collateral agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk. The percentage of the Firm’s derivatives transactions subject to collateral agreements – excluding foreign exchange spot trades, which are not typically covered by collateral agreements due to their short maturity – was 88% as of September 30, 2012, unchanged compared with December 31, 2011.
 
Credit derivatives
Credit derivatives are financial instruments whose value is derived from the credit risk associated with the debt of a third-party issuer (the reference entity) and which allow one party (the protection purchaser) to transfer that risk to another party (the protection seller) when the reference entity suffers a credit event. If no credit event has occurred, the protection seller makes no payments to the protection purchaser.


80


For a more detailed description of credit derivatives, see Credit derivatives in Note 5 on pages 143–144 of this Form 10-Q; and on pages 143–144 and Note 6 on pages 209–210 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The Firm uses credit derivatives for two primary purposes: first, in its capacity as a market-maker; and second, as an end-user, to manage the Firm’s own credit risk associated with various exposures.
Included in end-user activities are credit derivatives used to mitigate the credit risk associated with traditional lending activities (loans and unfunded commitments) and derivatives counterparty exposure in the Firm’s wholesale businesses (“Credit Portfolio Management” activities). Information on Credit Portfolio Management activities is provided in the table below.
In addition, the Firm uses credit derivatives as an end-user to manage other exposures, including credit risk arising from certain AFS securities and from certain securities held in the Firm’s market making businesses. These credit derivatives, as well as the synthetic credit portfolio, are not included in Credit Portfolio Management activities; for further information on these credit derivatives as well as credit derivatives used in the Firm’s capacity as a market maker in credit derivatives, see Credit derivatives in Note 5 on pages 143–144 of this Form 10-Q.
Credit Portfolio Management activities
Credit Portfolio Management derivatives
 
Notional amount of protection
purchased and sold (a)
(in millions)
Sep 30, 2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
Credit derivatives used to manage:
 
 
 
Loans and lending-related commitments
$
2,637

 
$
3,488

Derivative receivables
27,662

 
22,883

Total net protection purchased
30,299

 
26,371

Total net protection sold
95

 
131

Credit Portfolio Management derivatives notional, net
$
30,204

 
$
26,240

(a)
Amounts are presented net, considering the Firm's net protection purchased or sold with respect to each underlying reference entity or index.



 
The credit derivatives used in Credit Portfolio Management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP; these derivatives are reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in principal transactions revenue. In contrast, the loans and lending-related commitments being risk-managed are accounted for on an accrual basis. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative, in the Firm’s view, of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure. In addition, the effectiveness of the Firm’s CDS protection as a hedge of the Firm’s exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS. The fair value related to the Firm’s credit derivatives used for managing credit exposure, as well as the fair value related to the CVA (which reflects the credit quality of derivatives counterparty exposure), are included in the gains and losses realized on credit derivatives disclosed in the table below. These results can vary from period to period due to market conditions that affect specific positions in the portfolio. For further information on credit derivative protection purchased in the context of country risk, see Country Risk Management on pages 103–105 of this Form 10-Q, and pages 163–165 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Net gains and losses on Credit Portfolio Management derivatives
 
 
Three months
ended
September 30,
 
Nine months
ended
September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Hedges of loans and lending-related commitments
 
$
(39
)
$
104

 
$
(123
)
$
29

CVA and hedges of CVA
 
43

(691
)
 
138

(828
)
Net gains/(losses)
 
$
4

$
(587
)
 
$
15

$
(799
)




81


CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO
JPMorgan Chase’s consumer portfolio consists primarily of residential real estate loans, credit card loans, auto loans, business banking loans, and student loans. The Firm’s primary focus is on serving the prime segment of the consumer credit market. For further information on consumer loans, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
A substantial portion of the consumer loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction were identified as PCI based on an analysis of high-risk characteristics, including product type, loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios, FICO scores and delinquency status. These PCI loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing. For further information on PCI loans see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
Credit performance of the consumer portfolio improved as the economy continued to slowly expand during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, resulting in a reduction in estimated future losses, particularly in the residential real estate and credit card portfolios. However, high unemployment relative to the historical norm and weak housing prices continue to negatively impact the number of residential real estate loans being charged off and the severity of loss recognized on defaulted residential
 
real estate loans. Early-stage residential real estate delinquencies (30–89 days delinquent), excluding government guaranteed loans, declined during the first half of the year, but increased during the third quarter primarily due to seasonal impacts. Late-stage delinquencies (150+ days delinquent) continued to decline but remain elevated. The elevated level of the late-stage delinquent loans is due, in part, to loss mitigation activities currently being undertaken and to elongated foreclosure processing timelines. Losses related to these loans continue to be recognized in accordance with the Firm’s standard charge-off practices, but some delinquent loans that would otherwise have been foreclosed upon remain in the mortgage and home equity loan portfolios. In addition to these elevated levels of delinquencies, high unemployment and weak housing prices, uncertainties regarding the ultimate success of loan modifications, and the risk attributes of certain loans within the portfolio (e.g., loans with high LTV ratios, junior lien loans that are subordinate to a delinquent or modified senior lien) continue to contribute to uncertainty regarding overall residential real estate portfolio performance and have been considered in estimating the allowance for loan losses.




82


The following table presents managed consumer credit-related information (including RFS, Card, and residential real estate loans reported in the AM business segment and in Corporate/Private Equity) for the dates indicated. For further information about the Firm’s nonaccrual and charge-off accounting policies, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
Consumer credit portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,

(in millions, except ratios)
Credit exposure
 
Nonaccrual
loans(f)(g)(h)
 
Net charge-offs(i)
 
Average annual net charge-off rate(i)(j)
 
Net charge-offs(i)
 
Average annual net charge-off rate(i)(j)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Consumer, excluding credit card
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, excluding PCI loans and loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity – senior lien
$
19,990

$
21,765

 
$
973

$
495

 
$
135

$
67

 
2.61
%
1.17
%
 
$
246

$
206

 
1.55
%
1.17
%
Home equity – junior lien
49,696

56,035

 
2,281

792

 
985

514

 
7.67

3.46

 
1,882

1,687

 
4.76

3.72

Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
75,636

76,196

 
3,570

3,462

 
148

182

 
0.78

0.97

 
400

552

 
0.70

0.99

Subprime mortgage
8,552

9,664

 
1,868

1,781

 
152

141

 
6.89

5.43

 
394

483

 
5.77

6.04

Auto(a)
48,920

47,426

 
172

118

 
90

42

 
0.74

0.36

 
144

108

 
0.40

0.31

Business banking
18,568

17,652

 
521

694

 
107

126

 
2.33

2.91

 
301

362

 
2.24

2.85

Student and other
12,521

14,143

 
75

69

 
71

87

 
2.22

2.36

 
241

303

 
2.39

2.72

Total loans, excluding PCI loans and loans held-for-sale
233,883

242,881

 
9,460

7,411

 
1,688

1,159

 
2.85

1.88

 
3,608

3,701

 
2.02

1.99

Loans – PCI(b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
21,432

22,697

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

Prime mortgage
14,038

15,180

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

Subprime mortgage
4,702

4,976

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

Option ARMs
21,024

22,693

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

Total loans – PCI
61,196

65,546

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

 
NA

NA

Total loans – retained
295,079

308,427

 
9,460

7,411

 
1,688

1,159

 
2.26

1.47

 
3,608

3,701

 
1.59

1.56

Loans held-for-sale


 


 


 


 


 


Total consumer, excluding credit card loans
295,079

308,427

 
9,460

7,411

 
1,688

1,159

 
2.26

1.47

 
3,608

3,701

 
1.59

1.56

Lending-related commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity – senior lien(c)
15,565

16,542

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity – junior lien(c)
22,946

26,408

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime mortgage
4,040

1,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subprime mortgage


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auto
7,438

6,694

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business banking
11,383

10,299

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student and other
811

864

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total lending-related commitments
62,183

62,307

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables from customers(d)
109

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total consumer exposure, excluding credit card
357,371

370,834

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit card
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans retained(e)
124,431

132,175

 
1

1

 
1,116

1,499

 
3.57

4.70

 
3,847

5,535

 
4.11

5.83

Loans held-for-sale
106

102

 


 


 


 


 


Total credit card loans
124,537

132,277

 
1

1

 
1,116

1,499

 
3.57

4.70

 
3,847

5,535

 
4.11

5.83

Lending-related commitments(c)
534,333

530,616

 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total credit card exposure
658,870

662,893

 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total consumer credit portfolio
$
1,016,241

$
1,033,727

 
$
9,461

$
7,412

 
$
2,804

$
2,658

 
2.65
%
2.40
%
 
$
7,455

$
9,236

 
2.33
%
2.78
%
Memo: Total consumer credit portfolio, excluding PCI
$
955,045

$
968,181

 
$
9,461

$
7,412

 
$
2,804

$
2,658

 
3.10
%
2.84
%
 
$
7,455

$
9,236

 
2.74
%
3.29
%
(a)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, excluded operating lease-related assets of $4.6 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively.
(b)
Charge-offs are not recorded on PCI loans until actual losses exceed estimated losses that were recorded as purchase accounting adjustments at the time of acquisition. To date, no charge-offs have been recorded for these loans.
(c)
Credit card and home equity lending-related commitments represent the total available lines of credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit would be used at the same time. For credit card and home equity commitments (if certain conditions are met), the Firm can reduce or cancel these lines of credit by providing the borrower notice or, in some cases, without notice as permitted by law.

83


(d)
Receivables from customers primarily represent margin loans to retail brokerage customers, which are included in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(e)
Includes accrued interest and fees net of an allowance for the uncollectible portion of accrued interest and fee income.
(f)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, nonaccrual loans excluded: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $11.0 billion and $11.5 billion, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due; and (2) student loans insured by U.S. government agencies under the FFELP of $536 million and $551 million, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due. These amounts were excluded from nonaccrual loans as reimbursement of insured amounts are proceeding normally. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.
(g)
Excludes PCI loans. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of PCI loans, they are all considered to be performing.
(h)
At September 30, 2012, included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans as well as $1.3 billion of performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.
(i)
Charge-offs and net charge-off rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, included incremental net charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans of $93 million for senior lien home equity, $625 million for junior lien home equity, $46 million for prime mortgage, including option ARMs, $61 million for subprime mortgage and $55 million for auto loans. Net charge-off rates for the for the three months ended September 30, 2012, excluding these incremental net charge-offs would have been 0.81%, 2.80%, 0.53%, 4.13% and 0.29% for the senior lien home equity, junior lien home equity, prime mortgage, including option ARMs, subprime mortgages and auto loans, respectively. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.
(j)
Average consumer loans held-for-sale were $109 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $570 million and $1.2 billion, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. These amounts were excluded when calculating net charge-off rates.
Consumer, excluding credit card
Portfolio analysis
Consumer loan balances declined during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, due to paydowns, portfolio run-off and charge-offs. Credit performance has improved across most portfolios but charge-offs and delinquent loans remain above normal levels.
At September 30, 2012, the Firm reported, in accordance with regulatory guidance, $1.7 billion of residential real estate and auto loans that have been discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower (“Chapter 7 loans”) as collateral-dependent nonaccrual TDRs, regardless of their delinquency status. Pursuant to that guidance, these Chapter 7 loans were charged off to the net realizable value of the collateral, resulting in an incremental $880 million of charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The Firm expects to recover a significant amount of these losses over time as principal payments are received. Prior to September 30, 2012, the Firm’s policy was to charge down to net realizable value loans to borrowers who had filed for bankruptcy when such loans became 60 days past due, and reported such loans as nonaccrual at that time. However, the Firm did not previously report loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy as TDRs unless otherwise modified under one of the Firm’s loss mitigation programs. Prior periods have not been restated for this policy change. For more information regarding the impact of these changes to nonaccrual loans and net charge-offs, see the Nonaccrual loans section on page 89 of this Form 10-Q and the Consumer Credit Portfolio table on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q.
The following discussion relates to the specific loan
and lending-related categories. PCI loans are generally excluded from individual loan product discussions and are addressed separately below. For further information about the Firm’s consumer portfolio, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form
10-Q.
 
Home equity: Home equity loans at September 30, 2012, were $69.7 billion, compared with $77.8 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease in this portfolio primarily reflected loan paydowns and charge-offs. Early-stage delinquencies showed improvement from December 31, 2011, for both senior and junior lien home equity loans; however, net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, increased from the same periods in the prior year due to the incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. Senior lien and junior lien nonaccrual loans increased $820 million in the third quarter of 2012 due to the inclusion of Chapter 7 loans. Junior lien nonaccrual loans also increased from December 31, 2011, due to the addition of $1.3 billion of performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due based upon regulatory guidance issued during the first quarter of 2012.
Approximately 20% of the Firm’s home equity portfolio consists of home equity loans (“HELOANs”) and the remainder consists of home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”). HELOANs are generally fixed-rate, closed-end, amortizing loans, with terms ranging from 3–30 years. Approximately half of the HELOANs are senior liens and the remainder are junior liens. In general, HELOCs are revolving loans for a 10-year period, after which time the HELOC converts to a loan with a 20-year amortization period. At the time of origination, the borrower typically selects one of two minimum payment options that will generally remain in effect during the revolving period: a monthly payment of 1% of the outstanding balance, or interest-only payments based on a variable index (typically Prime).
The Firm manages the risk of HELOCs during their revolving period by closing or reducing the undrawn line to the extent permitted by law when borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty or when the collateral does not support the loan amount. Because the majority of the HELOCs were funded in 2005 or later, a fully-amortizing payment is not required until 2015 or later for the most significant portion of the HELOC portfolio. The Firm regularly evaluates both the near-term and longer-term repricing and recast risks inherent in its HELOC portfolio to ensure that the allowance


84


for credit losses and the Firm’s account management practices are appropriate given the portfolio risk profile.
At September 30, 2012, the Firm estimated that its home equity portfolio contained approximately $3.2 billion of current junior lien loans where the borrower has a first mortgage loan that is either delinquent or has been modified (“high-risk seconds”), compared with $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011. Such loans are considered to pose a higher risk of default than that of junior lien loans for which the senior lien is neither delinquent nor modified. The Firm estimates the balance of its total exposure to high-risk seconds on a quarterly basis using internal data, loan level credit bureau data, which typically provides the delinquency status of the senior lien, as well as information from a database maintained by one of the bank regulatory agencies. The estimated balance of these high-risk seconds may vary from quarter to quarter for reasons such as the movement of related senior liens into and out of the 30+ day delinquency bucket.
Current high risk junior liens
 
 
 
(in billions)
 
September 30, 2012
Modified current senior lien
 
 
$
1.1

 
Senior lien 30 – 89 days delinquent
 
 
0.9

 
Senior lien 90 days or more delinquent
 
 
1.2

 (a) 
Total current high risk junior liens
 
 
$
3.2


(a)
Junior liens subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due are classified as nonaccrual loans. Excludes approximately $100 million of junior liens that are performing but not current, which were also placed on nonaccrual in accordance with the regulatory guidance.
Of this estimated $3.2 billion balance at September 30, 2012, the Firm owns approximately 5% and services approximately 25% of the related senior lien loans to these borrowers. The performance of the Firm’s junior lien loans is generally consistent regardless of whether the Firm owns, services or does not own or service the senior lien. The increased probability of default associated with these higher-risk junior lien loans was considered in estimating the allowance for loan losses.
Based upon regulatory guidance, the Firm began reporting performing junior liens that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due as nonaccrual loans in the first quarter of 2012. The prior year was not restated for this policy change. The classification of certain of these higher-risk junior lien loans as nonaccrual did not have an impact on the allowance for loan losses, because as noted above, the Firm has previously considered the risk characteristics of this portfolio in estimating its allowance for loan losses. This policy change had a minimal impact on the Firm’s net interest income during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, because predominantly all of the reclassified loans are currently making payments.
 
Mortgage: Mortgage loans at September 30, 2012, including prime, subprime and loans held-for-sale, were $84.2 billion, compared with $85.9 billion at December 31, 2011. Balances declined slightly as paydowns, portfolio run-off and the charge-off or liquidation of delinquent loans were largely offset by new prime mortgage originations. Net charge-offs decreased from the same period of the prior year, as a result of improvement in delinquencies, but remained elevated.
Prime mortgages, including option adjustable-rate mortgages (“ARMs”), were $75.6 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $76.2 billion at December 31, 2011. These loans decreased slightly as charge-off or liquidation of delinquent loans, paydowns, and portfolio run-off of option ARM loans were largely offset by prime mortgage originations and government insured loans that the Firm repurchased. Excluding loans insured by U.S. government agencies, both early-stage and late-stage delinquencies showed improvement during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, but early-stage delinquent loans increased during the quarter due in part to seasonal factors. Nonaccrual loans increased due to the inclusion of Chapter 7 loans. Nonaccrual loans remained elevated as a result of ongoing foreclosure processing delays. Net charge-offs declined year-over-year but remained high.
Option ARM loans, which are included in the prime mortgage portfolio, were $6.7 billion and $7.4 billion and represented 9% and 10% of the prime mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The decrease in option ARM loans resulted from portfolio run-off. As of September 30, 2012, approximately 6% of option ARM borrowers were delinquent, 3% were making interest-only or negatively amortizing payments, and 91% were making amortizing payments (such payments are not necessarily fully amortizing). Approximately 84% of borrowers within the portfolio are subject to risk of payment shock due to future payment recast, as only a limited number of these loans have been modified. The cumulative amount of unpaid interest added to the unpaid principal balance due to negative amortization of option ARMs was not material at either September 30, 2012, or December 31, 2011. The Firm estimates the following balances of option ARM loans will undergo a payment recast that results in a payment increase: $59 million in 2012, $547 million in 2013 and $868 million in 2014. The Firm’s option ARM loans, other than those held in the PCI portfolio, are primarily loans with lower LTV ratios and higher borrower FICO scores. Accordingly, the Firm expects substantially lower losses on this portfolio when compared with the PCI option ARM pool. The option ARM portfolio was acquired by the Firm as part of the Washington Mutual transaction.
Subprime mortgages at September 30, 2012, were $8.6 billion, compared with $9.7 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to portfolio run-off and the charge-off or liquidation of delinquent loans. Both early-stage and


85


late-stage delinquencies have improved from December 31, 2011, but remain at elevated levels. Early-stage delinquencies increased during the quarter due in part to seasonal factors, and nonaccrual loans and net charge-offs increased due to the inclusion of Chapter 7 loans.
Auto: Auto loans at September 30, 2012, were $48.9 billion, compared with $47.4 billion at December 31, 2011. Loan balances increased due to new originations partially offset by paydowns and payoffs. Delinquent loans were relatively flat compared to December 31, 2011, while nonaccrual loans increased due to the inclusion of Chapter 7 loans. Net charge-offs also increased for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared with the same periods in the prior year as a result of incremental charge-offs of the Chapter 7 loans. Excluding the incremental net charge-offs of the Chapter 7 loans, net charge-offs remain low as a result of favorable trends in both loss frequency and loss severity, mainly due to enhanced underwriting standards and a strong used car market. The auto loan portfolio reflected a high concentration of prime-quality credits.
Business banking: Business banking loans at September 30, 2012, were $18.6 billion, compared with $17.7 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in new loan origination volumes. These loans primarily include loans that are collateralized, often with personal loan guarantees, and may also include Small Business Administration guarantees. Delinquent loans and nonaccrual loans showed improvement from December 31, 2011. Net charge-offs declined for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared with the same periods in the prior year.
Student and other: Student and other loans at September 30, 2012, were $12.5 billion, compared with $14.1 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to paydowns and charge-offs of student loans. Other loans primarily include other secured and unsecured consumer loans. Nonaccrual loans increased slightly from December 31, 2011 while charge-offs decreased for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared with the same periods in the prior year.
Purchased credit-impaired loans: PCI loans at September 30, 2012, were $61.2 billion, compared with $65.5 billion at December 31, 2011. This portfolio represents loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction, which were recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, no additional impairment was recognized in connection with the Firm’s review of the PCI portfolios’ expected cash flows. At both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses for the home equity, prime mortgage, option ARM and subprime mortgage PCI portfolios was $1.9 billion, $1.9 billion, $1.5 billion and $380 million, respectively.
 
As of September 30, 2012, approximately 28% of the option ARM PCI loans were delinquent and 47% have been modified into fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans. Substantially all of the remaining loans are making amortizing payments, although such payments are not necessarily fully amortizing; in addition, substantially all of these loans are subject to the risk of payment shock due to future payment recast. The cumulative amount of unpaid interest added to the unpaid principal balance of the option ARM PCI pool was $915 million and $1.1 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Firm estimates the following balances of option ARM PCI loans will undergo a payment recast that results in a payment increase: $874 million in 2012 and $309 million in 2013 and $459 million in 2014.
The following table provides a summary of lifetime principal loss estimates included in both the nonaccretable difference and the allowance for loan losses. Lifetime principal loss estimates were relatively unchanged from December 31, 2011, to September 30, 2012. Principal charge-offs will not be recorded on these pools until the nonaccretable difference has been fully depleted.
Summary of lifetime principal loss estimates
 
Lifetime loss estimates(a)
 
LTD liquidation losses(b)
(in billions)
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
Home equity
$
14.9

 
$
14.9

 
$
11.3

 
$
10.4

Prime mortgage
4.3

 
4.6

 
2.8

 
2.3

Subprime mortgage
3.6

 
3.8

 
2.1

 
1.7

Option ARMs
11.4

 
11.5

 
7.8

 
6.6

Total
$
34.2

 
$
34.8

 
$
24.0

 
$
21.0

(a)
Includes the original nonaccretable difference established in purchase accounting of $30.5 billion for principal losses only plus additional principal losses recognized subsequent to acquisition through the provision and allowance for loan losses. The remaining nonaccretable difference for principal losses only was $6.4 billion and $9.4 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(b)
Life-to-date (“LTD”) liquidation losses represent realization of loss upon loan resolution.
Geographic composition and current estimated LTVs of residential real estate loans: At both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, California had the greatest concentration of residential real estate loans with 24% of the total retained residential real estate loan portfolio, excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies and PCI loans. Of the total retained residential real estate loan portfolio, excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies and PCI loans, $75.0 billion, or 54%, were concentrated in California, New York, Arizona, Florida and Michigan at September 30, 2012, compared with $79.5 billion, or 54%, at December 31, 2011. The unpaid principal balance of PCI loans concentrated in these five states represented 72% of total PCI loans at both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.


86


The current estimated average LTV ratio for residential real estate loans retained, excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies and PCI loans, was 82% at September 30, 2012, compared with 83% at December 31, 2011. Excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies and PCI loans, 21% of the retained portfolio had a current estimated LTV ratio greater than 100%, and 9% of the retained portfolio had a current estimated LTV ratio greater than 125% at September 30, 2012, compared with 24% and 10%, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The decline in home prices since 2007
 
has had a significant impact on the collateral values underlying the Firm’s residential real estate loan portfolio. In general, the delinquency rate for loans with high LTV ratios is greater than the delinquency rate for loans in which the borrower has equity in the collateral. While a large portion of the loans with current estimated LTV ratios greater than 100% continue to pay and are current, the continued willingness and ability of these borrowers to pay remains uncertain.


The following table for PCI loans presents the current estimated LTV ratio, as well as the ratio of the carrying value of the underlying loans to the current estimated collateral value. Because such loans were initially measured at fair value, the ratio of the carrying value to the current estimated collateral value will be lower than the current estimated LTV ratio, which is based on the unpaid principal balance. The estimated collateral values used to calculate these ratios do not represent actual appraised loan-level collateral values; as such, the resulting ratios are necessarily imprecise and should therefore be viewed as estimates.
LTV ratios and ratios of carrying values to current estimated collateral values – PCI loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions,
except ratios)
 
Unpaid principal balance
Current estimated
LTV ratio(a)
Net carrying value(c)
Ratio of net
carrying value
to current estimated
collateral value(c)
 
Unpaid principal
balance
Current estimated
LTV ratio(a)
Net carrying value(c)
Ratio of net
carrying value
to current estimated
collateral value(c)
Home equity
 
$
23,005

113
%
(b) 
$
19,524

96
%
 
$
25,064

117
%
(b) 
$
20,789

97
%
Prime mortgage
 
14,351

105

 
12,109

89

 
16,060

110

 
13,251

91

Subprime mortgage
 
6,496

109

 
4,322

73

 
7,229

115

 
4,596

73

Option ARMs
 
23,372

103

 
19,530

86

 
26,139

109

 
21,199

89

(a)
Represents the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated at least quarterly based on home valuation models that utilize nationally recognized home price index valuation estimates; such models incorporate actual data to the extent available and forecasted data where actual data is not available.
(b)
Represents current estimated combined LTV for junior home equity liens, which considers all available lien positions related to the property. All other products are presented without consideration of subordinate liens on the property.
(c)
Net carrying value includes the effect of fair value adjustments that were applied to the consumer PCI portfolio at the date of acquisition and is also net of the allowance for loan losses of $1.9 billion for home equity, $1.9 billion for prime mortgage, $1.5 billion for option ARMs, and $380 million for subprime mortgage at both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
The current estimated average LTV ratios were 112% and 125% for California and Florida PCI loans, respectively, at September 30, 2012, compared with 117% and 140%, respectively, at December 31, 2011. Pressure on housing prices in California and Florida have contributed negatively to both the current estimated average LTV ratio and the ratio of net carrying value to current estimated collateral value for loans in the PCI portfolio. Of the PCI portfolio, 57% had a current estimated LTV ratio greater than 100%, and 26% had a current LTV ratio of greater than 125% at September 30, 2012, compared with 62% and 31%, respectively, at December 31, 2011.
While the current estimated collateral value is greater than the net carrying value of PCI loans, the ultimate performance of this portfolio is highly dependent on borrowers’ behavior and ongoing ability and willingness to continue to make payments on homes with negative equity, as well as on the cost of alternative housing. For further information on the geographic composition and current
 
estimated LTVs of residential real estate – non-PCI and PCI loans, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
Loan modification activities – residential real estate loans
For both the Firm’s on–balance sheet loans and loans serviced for others, nearly 1.4 million mortgage modifications have been offered to borrowers and approximately 592,000 have been approved since the beginning of 2009. Of these, more than 578,000 have achieved permanent modification as of September 30, 2012. Of the remaining modifications offered, 17% are in a trial period or still being reviewed for a modification, while 83% have dropped out of the modification program or otherwise were not eligible for final modification.
The Firm is participating in the U.S. Treasury’s Making Home Affordable (“MHA”) programs and is continuing to expand its other loss-mitigation efforts for financially distressed borrowers who do not qualify for the U.S. Treasury’s programs. The MHA programs include the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”) and the Second Lien Modification Program (“2MP”). The Firm’s other loss-


87


mitigation programs for troubled borrowers who do not qualify for HAMP include the traditional modification programs offered by the GSEs and other governmental agencies, as well as the Firm’s proprietary modification programs, which include concessions similar to those offered under HAMP and 2MP but with expanded eligibility criteria. In addition, the Firm has offered specific targeted modification programs to higher risk borrowers, many of whom were current on their mortgages prior to modification. For further information about how loans are modified, see Note 13, Loan modifications, on pages 165–169 of this Form 10-Q.
Loan modifications under HAMP and under one of the Firm’s proprietary modification programs, which are largely modeled after HAMP, require at least three payments to be made under the new terms during a trial modification period, and must be successfully re-underwritten with income verification before the loan can be permanently modified. In the case of specific targeted modification programs, re-underwriting the loan or a trial modification period is generally not required, unless the targeted loan is delinquent at the time of modification. When the Firm modifies home equity lines of credit, future lending commitments related to the modified loans are canceled as part of the terms of the modification.
The primary indicator used by management to monitor the success of the modification programs is the rate at which the modified loans redefault. Modification redefault rates are affected by a number of factors, including the type of loan modified, the borrower’s overall ability and willingness to repay the modified loan and macroeconomic factors. Reduction in payment size for a borrower has shown to be the most significant driver in improving redefault rates.
The performance of modified loans generally differs by product type and also on whether the underlying loan is in the PCI portfolio, due both to differences in credit quality and in the types of modifications provided. Performance metrics for modifications to the residential real estate portfolio, excluding PCI loans, that have been seasoned more than six months show weighted average redefault rates of 22% for senior lien home equity, 17% for junior lien home equity, 15% for prime mortgages including option ARMs, and 27% for subprime mortgages. The cumulative performance metrics for modifications to the PCI residential real estate portfolio seasoned more than six months show weighted average redefault rates of 17% for home equity, 17% for prime mortgages, 12% for option ARMs and 29% for subprime mortgages. The favorable performance of the option ARM modifications is the result of a targeted proactive program which fixes the borrower’s payment at the current level. The cumulative redefault rates reflect the performance of modifications completed under both HAMP and the Firm’s proprietary modification programs from October 1, 2009, through September 30, 2012.
 
The following table presents information as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, relating
to modified on–balance sheet residential real estate loans for which concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Modifications of PCI loans continue to be accounted for and reported as PCI loans, and the impact of the modification is incorporated into the Firm’s quarterly assessment of estimated future cash flows. Modifications of consumer loans other than PCI loans are generally accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). For further information on
TDRs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
Modified residential real estate loans
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
On–balance
sheet loans
Nonaccrual on–balance sheet
 loans(e)
 
On–balance
sheet loans
Nonaccrual on–balance sheet
 loans(e)
Modified residential real estate loans – excluding PCI loans(a)(b)(c)
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity – senior lien
$
1,123

$
656

 
$
335

$
77

Home equity –
  junior lien
1,160

563

 
657

159

Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
7,050

1,838

 
4,877

922

Subprime mortgage
3,824

1,300

 
3,219

832

Total modified residential real estate loans – excluding PCI loans
$
13,157

$
4,357

 
$
9,088

$
1,990

Modified PCI loans(d)
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity
$
2,310

NA

 
$
1,044

NA

Prime mortgage
7,226

NA

 
5,418

NA

Subprime mortgage
4,444

NA

 
3,982

NA

Option ARMs
14,157

NA

 
13,568

NA

Total modified PCI loans
$
28,137

NA

 
$
24,012

NA

(a)
Amounts represent the carrying value of modified residential real estate loans.
(b)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, $7.1 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, of loans modified subsequent to repurchase from Ginnie Mae in accordance with the standards of the appropriate government agency (i.e., FHA, VA, RHS) are not included in the table above. When such loans perform subsequent to modification in accordance with Ginnie Mae guidelines, they are generally sold back into Ginnie Mae loan pools. Modified loans that do not re-perform become subject to foreclosure. For additional information about sales of loans in securitization transactions with Ginnie Mae, see Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q.
(c)
At September 30, 2012, included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans, consisting of $507 million of senior lien home equity loans, $398 million of junior lien home equity loans, $493 million of prime, including option ARMs, and $254 million of subprime mortgages. Certain of these individual loans were previously reported as nonaccrual loans (e.g. based upon the delinquency status of the loan). See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.
(d)
Amounts represent the unpaid principal balance of modified PCI loans.
(e)
Loans modified in a TDR that are on nonaccrual status may be returned to accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and


88


the borrower has made a minimum of six payments under the new terms. As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, nonaccrual loans included $2.7 billion and $886 million, respectively, of TDRs for which the borrowers had not yet made six payments under the modified terms and other TDRs placed on nonaccrual status under regulatory guidance.

Nonperforming assets
The following table presents information as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, about consumer, excluding credit card, nonperforming assets.
Nonperforming assets(a)
 
 
 
(in millions)
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
Nonaccrual loans(b)
 
 
 
Home equity – senior lien
$
973

 
$
495

Home equity – junior lien
2,281

 
792

Prime mortgage, including option ARMs
3,570

 
3,462

Subprime mortgage
1,868

 
1,781

Auto
172

 
118

Business banking
521

 
694

Student and other
75

 
69

Total nonaccrual loans
9,460

 
7,411

Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
 
 
 
Real estate owned
664

 
802

Other
41

 
44

Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions
705

 
846

Total nonperforming assets
$
10,165

 
$
8,257

(a)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, nonperforming assets excluded: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $11.0 billion and $11.5 billion, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due; (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $1.5 billion and $954 million, respectively; and (3) student loans insured by U.S. government agencies under the FFELP of $536 million and $551 million, respectively, that are 90 or more days past due. These amounts were excluded as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally.
(b)
Excludes PCI loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction, which are accounted for on a pool basis. Since each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows, the past-due status of the pools, or that of individual loans within the pools, is not meaningful. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of loans, they are all considered to be performing.

Nonaccrual loans: Total consumer, excluding credit card, nonaccrual loans were $9.5 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $7.4 billion at December 31, 2011.
Nonaccrual loans in the residential real estate portfolio totaled $8.7 billion at September 30, 2012, of which 44% were greater than 150 days past due; this compared with nonaccrual residential real estate loans of $6.5 billion at December 31, 2011, of which 69% were greater than 150 days past due. In the aggregate, the unpaid principal balance of residential real estate loans greater than 150 days past due was charged down by approximately 50% to estimated net realizable value of the collateral at both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
At September 30, 2012, consumer, excluding credit card,
 
nonaccrual loans included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans, consisting of $480 million of senior lien home equity, $340 million of junior lien home equity, $481 million of prime mortgage, including option ARMs, $356 million of subprime mortgages and $65 million of auto loans. Approximately 97% of these Chapter 7 loans were current at September 30, 2012. Because the Chapter 7 loans are accounted for as collateral-dependent loans and reported at the net realizable value of the collateral, these loans did not require an additional allowance for loan losses. Certain of these individual loans have previously been reported as performing TDRs (e.g., those loans that have been previously modified under one of the Firm’s loss mitigation programs and that subsequently made at least six payments under the modified payment terms).
At September 30, 2012, nonaccrual loans in the residential real estate portfolio also included $1.3 billion of performing junior lien home equity loans that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due. For more information on the change in reporting of these junior liens, as well as information about how the Firm considers these loans in its allowance for loan losses, see the home equity portfolio analysis discussion on pages 84–85 of this Form 10-Q.
In addition to the combined impacts of the Chapter 7 loans and the performing junior lien home equity loans discussed above, elongated foreclosure processing timelines are expected to continue to result in elevated levels of nonaccrual loans in the residential real estate portfolios.
Modified loans have also contributed to the elevated level of nonaccrual loans, since the Firm’s policy requires modified loans that are on nonaccrual status to remain on nonaccrual status until payment is reasonably assured and the borrower has made a minimum of six payments under the modified terms. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, modified residential real estate loans of $4.4 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, were classified as nonaccrual loans, of which $2.7 billion and $886 million, respectively, had yet to make six payments under their modified terms or were placed on nonaccrual status based on regulatory guidance; the remaining nonaccrual modified loans have redefaulted.
Real estate owned (“REO”): REO assets are managed for prompt sale and disposition at the best possible economic value. REO assets are those individual properties where the Firm gains ownership and possession at the completion of the foreclosure process. REO assets, excluding those insured by U.S. government agencies, decreased by $138 million from $802 million at December 31, 2011, to $664 million at September 30, 2012.
Mortgage servicing-related matters
The recent financial crisis resulted in unprecedented levels of delinquencies and defaults of 1-4 family residential real estate loans. Such loans require varying degrees of loss mitigation activities. It is the Firm’s goal that foreclosure in these situations be a last resort, and accordingly, the Firm


89


has made, and continues to make, significant efforts to help borrowers stay in their homes. Since the third quarter of 2010, the Firm has prevented two foreclosures for every foreclosure completed; foreclosure-prevention methods include loan modification, short sales and other means.
The Firm has a well-defined foreclosure prevention process when a borrower fails to pay on his or her loan. The Firm attempts to contact the borrower multiple times and in various ways in an effort to pursue home retention or other options other than foreclosure. In addition, if the Firm is unable to contact a borrower, the Firm completes various reviews of the borrower’s facts and circumstances before a foreclosure sale is completed. The delinquency period for the average borrower at the time of foreclosure over the last year has been approximately 24 months.
The high volume of delinquent and defaulted mortgages experienced by the Firm has placed a significant amount of stress on the Firm’s servicing operations. The Firm has made, and is continuing to make, significant changes to its mortgage operations in order to enhance its mortgage servicing, loss mitigation and foreclosure processes. It has also entered into a global settlement with certain federal and state agencies, and Consent Orders with its banking regulators with respect to these matters.
Global settlement with federal and state agencies: On February 9, 2012, the Firm announced that it had agreed to a settlement in principle (the “global settlement”) with a number of federal and state government agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the State Attorneys General, relating to the servicing and origination of mortgages. The global settlement, which became effective on April 5, 2012, calls for the Firm to, among other things: (i) make cash payments of approximately $1.1 billion, a portion of which will be set aside for payments to borrowers (“Cash Settlement Payment”); (ii) provide approximately $500 million of refinancing relief to certain “underwater” borrowers whose loans are owned and serviced by the Firm (“Refi Program”); and (iii) provide approximately $3.7 billion of additional relief for certain borrowers, including reductions of principal on first and second liens, payments to assist with short sales, deficiency balance waivers on past foreclosures and short sales, and forbearance assistance for unemployed homeowners (“Consumer Relief Program”). The Cash Settlement Payment was made on April 13, 2012.
The purpose of the Refi Program is to allow eligible borrowers who are current on their Firm-owned mortgage loans to refinance those loans and take advantage of the current low interest rate environment. Borrowers who may be eligible for the Refi Program are those who are unable to refinance their mortgage loans under standard refinancing programs because they have no equity or, in many cases, negative equity in their homes. The initial interest rate on loans refinanced under the Refi Program will be lower than the borrower’s interest rate prior to the refinancing and will
 
be capped at the greater of 100 basis points over Freddie Mac’s then-current Primary Mortgage Market Survey Rate or 5.25%. Under the Refi Program, the interest rate on each loan that is refinanced may be reduced either for the remaining life of the loan or for five years. The Firm has determined that it will reduce the interest rates on loans that it refinances under the Refi Program for the remaining lives of those loans. In substance, these refinancings are more similar to loan modifications than traditional refinancings. Substantially all of the refinancings originally expected to be performed under the Refi Program have been finalized as of September 30, 2012.
The first and second lien loan modifications provided for in the Consumer Relief Program will typically involve principal reductions for borrowers who have negative equity in their homes and who are experiencing financial difficulty. These loan modifications are primarily expected to be executed under the terms of either MHA (e.g., HAMP, 2MP) or one of the Firm’s proprietary modification programs. The Firm began to provide relief to borrowers under the Consumer Relief Program in the first quarter of 2012.
If the Firm does not meet certain targets set forth in the global settlement agreement for providing either refinancings under the Refi Program or other borrower relief under the Consumer Relief Program within certain prescribed time periods, the Firm must instead make additional cash payments. In general, 75% of the targets must be met within two years of the date of the global settlement and 100% must be achieved within three years of that date. The Firm expects to file its first quarterly report concerning its compliance with the global settlement with the Office of Mortgage Settlement Oversight in November 2012. The report will include information regarding refinancings completed under the Refi Program and relief provided to borrowers under the Consumer Relief Program, as well as credits earned by the Firm under the global settlement as a result of such actions. The Firm continues to expect that it will meet the targets for providing refinancings and other borrower relief well within the prescribed time periods.
The global settlement also requires the Firm to adhere to certain enhanced mortgage servicing standards. The servicing standards include, among other items, the following enhancements to the Firm’s servicing of loans: a pre-foreclosure notice to all borrowers, which will include account information, holder status, and loss mitigation steps taken; enhancements to payment application and collections processes; strengthening procedures for filings in bankruptcy proceedings; deploying specific restrictions on the “dual track” of foreclosure and loss mitigation; standardizing the process for appeal of loss mitigation denials; and implementing certain restrictions on fees, including the waiver of certain fees while a borrower’s loss mitigation application is being evaluated. The Firm has made significant progress in implementing the prescribed servicing standards.


90


The global settlement releases the Firm from certain further claims by the participating government entities related to servicing activities, including foreclosures and loss mitigation activities; certain origination activities; and certain bankruptcy-related activities. Not included in the global settlement are any claims arising out of securitization activities, including representations made to investors with respect to mortgage-backed securities; criminal claims; and repurchase demands from the GSEs, among other items.
The Firm expects to account for all refinancings performed under the Refi Program and all first and second lien loans modified under the Consumer Relief Program as TDRs. The estimated impacts of both the Refi Program and the Consumer Relief Program have been considered in the Firm’s allowance for loan losses. For additional information, see Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 93–95 of this Form 10-Q.
Also, on February 9, 2012, the Firm entered into agreements with the Federal Reserve and the OCC for the payment of civil money penalties related to conduct that was the subject of consent orders entered into with the banking regulators in April 2011, as discussed further below. The Firm’s payment obligations under those agreements will be deemed satisfied by the Firm’s payments and provisions of relief under the global settlement.
For further information on the global settlement, see Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on
pages 107–109, Note 2 on pages 117–118, Note 13 on
pages 154–175, and Note 23 on pages 196–206 of this Form 10-Q.
Consent Orders: During the second quarter of 2011, the Firm entered into Consent Orders (“Orders”) with banking regulators relating to its residential mortgage servicing, foreclosure and loss-mitigation activities. In the Orders, the regulators have mandated significant changes to the Firm’s servicing and default business and outlined requirements to implement these changes. During 2011, in accordance with the requirements of the Orders, the Firm submitted comprehensive action plans, the plans have been approved, and the Firm has commenced their implementation. The plans set forth the steps necessary to ensure the Firm’s residential mortgage servicing, foreclosure and loss-mitigation activities are conducted in accordance with the requirements of the Orders.
To date, the Firm has implemented a number of corrective actions, including the following:
Established an independent Compliance Committee which meets regularly and monitors progress against the Orders.
Launched a new Customer Assistance Specialist organization for borrowers to facilitate the single point of contact initiative and ensure effective coordination and communication related to foreclosure, loss-mitigation and loan modification.
 
Enhanced its approach to oversight over third-party vendors for foreclosure or other related functions.
Standardized the processes for maintaining appropriate controls and oversight of the Firm’s activities with respect to the Mortgage Electronic Registration system (“MERS”) and compliance with MERSCORP’s membership rules, terms and conditions.
Strengthened its compliance program so as to ensure mortgage-servicing and foreclosure operations, including loss-mitigation and loan modification, comply with all applicable legal requirements.
Enhanced management information systems for loan modification, loss-mitigation and foreclosure activities.
Developed a comprehensive assessment of risks in servicing operations including, but not limited to, operational, transaction, legal and reputational risks.
Made technological enhancements to automate and streamline processes for the Firm’s document management, training, skills assessment and payment processing initiatives.
Deployed an internal validation process to monitor progress under the comprehensive action plans.
In addition, pursuant to the Orders, the Firm is required to enhance oversight of its mortgage servicing activities, including oversight by compliance, management and audit personnel and, accordingly, has made and continues to make changes in its organization structure, control oversight and customer service practices.
Pursuant to the Orders, the Firm has retained an independent consultant to conduct a review of its residential foreclosure actions during the period from January 1, 2009, through December 31, 2010 (including foreclosure actions brought in respect of loans being serviced), and to remediate any errors or deficiencies identified by the independent consultant, including, if required, by reimbursing borrowers for any identified financial injury they may have incurred. The borrower outreach process was launched in the fourth quarter of 2011, and the independent consultant is conducting its review. For additional information, see Mortgage Foreclosure Investigations and Litigation in Note 23 on pages 203–204 of this Form 10-Q.
Credit Card
Total credit card loans were $124.5 billion at September 30, 2012, a decrease of $7.7 billion from December 31, 2011, due to seasonality and higher repayment rates.
For the retained credit card portfolio, the 30+ day delinquency rate decreased to 2.15% at September 30, 2012, from 2.81% at December 31, 2011. For the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the net charge-off rates were 3.57% and 4.70%, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the net charge-off rates were 4.11% and 5.83% respectively.


91


The delinquency trend showed improvement from the prior year, but was relatively flat compared with the prior quarter. Charge-offs have improved as a result of lower delinquent loans. The credit card portfolio continues to reflect a well-seasoned, largely rewards-based portfolio that has good U.S. geographic diversification. The greatest geographic concentration of credit card retained loans is in California, which represented 13% of total retained loans at both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. Loan concentration for the top five states of California, New York, Texas, Florida and Illinois consisted of $50.8 billion in receivables, or 41% of the retained loan portfolio, at September 30, 2012, compared with $53.6 billion, or 40%, at December 31, 2011.
Modifications of credit card loans
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm had $5.3 billion and $7.2 billion, respectively, of credit card loans outstanding that have been modified in TDRs. These balances included both credit card loans with modified payment terms and credit card loans that reverted back to
 
their pre-modification payment terms because the cardholder did not comply with the modified payment terms. The decrease in modified credit card loans outstanding from December 31, 2011, was attributable to a reduction in new modifications as well as ongoing payments and charge-offs on previously modified credit card loans. In the second quarter of 2012, the Firm revised its policy for recognizing charge-offs on restructured loans that do not comply with their modified payment terms. These loans will now charge-off when they are 120 days past due rather than 180 days past due.
Consistent with the Firm’s policy, all credit card loans typically remain on accrual status. However, the Firm establishes an allowance, which is offset against loans and interest income, for the estimated uncollectible portion of accrued interest and fee income.
For additional information about loan modification programs to borrowers, see Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT PORTFOLIO
The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) encourages banks to meet the credit needs of borrowers in all segments of their communities, including neighborhoods with low or moderate incomes. JPMorgan Chase is a national leader in community development by providing loans, investments and community development services in communities across the United States.
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm’s CRA loan portfolio was approximately $16 billion and $15 billion, respectively. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, 61% and 63%, respectively, of the
 
CRA portfolio were residential mortgage loans; 18% and 17%, respectively, were business banking loans; 13% and 14%, respectively, were commercial real estate loans; and 8%, and 6%, respectively, were other loans. CRA nonaccrual loans were 4% and 6%, respectively, of the Firm’s total nonaccrual loans. As a percentage of the Firm’s net charge-offs, net charge-offs in the CRA portfolio were 3% for both the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and 3% for both the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.





92


ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
JPMorgan Chase’s allowance for loan losses covers the wholesale (risk-rated); consumer, excluding credit card; and credit card portfolios (primarily scored). The allowance represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the Firm’s loan portfolio. Management also determines an allowance for wholesale and certain consumer, excluding credit card, lending-related commitments.
For a further discussion of the components of the allowance for credit losses, see Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 107–109 and Note 14 on page 176 of this Form 10-Q.
At least quarterly, the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of the Firm, and discussed with the Risk Policy and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors of the Firm. As of September 30, 2012, JPMorgan Chase deemed the allowance for credit losses to be appropriate (i.e., sufficient to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio).
The allowance for credit losses was $23.6 billion at September 30, 2012, a decrease of $4.7 billion from $28.3 billion at December 31, 2011.
The consumer, excluding credit card, allowance for loan losses decreased $3.3 billion from December 31, 2011, predominantly due to a reduction in the allowance for the non-PCI residential real estate portfolio, primarily related to the continuing trend of improving delinquencies, which resulted in a lower level of estimated losses based on the Firm’s statistical loss calculation. For the three-month period ended September 30, 2012, this decrease in the consumer, excluding credit card, allowance for loan losses included a $900 million reduction in the formula-based allowance for the non-PCI residential real estate portfolio, largely due to an ongoing trend of generally improving delinquencies that resulted in a lower level of estimated losses based on the Firm’s statistical loss calculation. Nonaccrual loans increased due to the inclusion of Chapter 7 loans at September 30, 2012, as well as due to the impact of performing junior lien home equity loans that are subordinate to senior loans that are 90 days or more past due that have been included as nonaccrual loans beginning in the first quarter of 2012. The nine-month period also
 
included a $488 million reduction attributable to a refinement of the loss estimates associated with the Firm’s compliance with its obligations under the global settlement, which reflected changes in implementation strategies adopted in the second quarter of 2012. For additional information about delinquencies and nonaccrual loans in the consumer, excluding credit card, loan portfolio, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 and Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
The credit card allowance for loan losses decreased by $1.5 billion since December 31, 2011, and was materially unchanged from June 30, 2012. The decrease since December 31, 2011, included reductions in both the asset-specific allowance and the formula-based allowance. The reduction in the asset-specific allowance, which relates to loans restructured in TDRs, largely reflects the changing profile of the TDR portfolio. The volume of new TDRs, which have higher loss rates due to expected redefaults, continues to decrease, and the loss rate on existing TDRs also tends to decrease over time as previously restructured loans season and continue to perform. In addition, effective June 30, 2012, the Firm changed its policy for recognizing charge-offs on restructured loans that do not comply with their modified payment terms based upon guidance received from the banking regulators; this policy change resulted in an acceleration of charge-offs against the asset-specific allowance. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012, the reduction in the formula-based allowance was primarily driven by the continuing trend of improving delinquencies and bankruptcies, which resulted in a lower level of estimated losses based on the Firm’s statistical loss calculation, and by lower levels of credit card outstandings. For additional information about delinquencies in the credit card loan portfolio, see Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 and Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q.
The allowance for lending-related commitments for both the wholesale and consumer, excluding credit card portfolios, which is reported in other liabilities, was $752 million and $673 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
The credit ratios in the following table are based on retained loan balances, which exclude loans held-for-sale and loans accounted for at fair value.


93


Summary of changes in the allowance for credit losses
 
2012
 
2011
Nine months ended September 30,
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding
credit card
 
Credit card
Total
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding
credit card
Credit card
 Total
(in millions, except ratios)
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1,
$
4,316

$
16,294

 
$
6,999

$
27,609

 
$
4,761

$
16,471

$
11,034

$
32,266

Gross charge-offs
213

4,001

(e) 
4,494

8,708

 
485

4,109

6,527

11,121

Gross recoveries
(233
)
(393
)
 
(647
)
(1,273
)
 
(391
)
(408
)
(992
)
(1,791
)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
(20
)
3,608

(e) 
3,847

7,435

 
94

3,701

5,535

9,330

Provision for loan losses
(14
)
314

 
2,347

2,647

 
(347
)
3,731

2,035

5,419

Other
11

(12
)
 
4

3

 
(18
)
19

(6
)
(5
)
Ending balance at September 30,
$
4,333

$
12,988

 
$
5,503

$
22,824

 
$
4,302

$
16,520

$
7,528

$
28,350

Impairment methodology
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-specific(a)
$
388

$
918

 
$
1,909

$
3,215

 
$
670

$
1,016

$
3,052

$
4,738

Formula-based
3,945

6,359

 
3,594

13,898

 
3,632

10,563

4,476

18,671

PCI

5,711

 

5,711

 

4,941


4,941

Total allowance for loan losses
$
4,333

$
12,988

 
$
5,503

$
22,824

 
$
4,302

$
16,520

$
7,528

$
28,350

Allowance for lending-related commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1,
$
666

$
7

 
$

$
673

 
$
711

$
6

$

$
717

Provision for lending-related commitments
83

(1
)
 

82

 
(29
)


(29
)
Other
(4
)
1

 

(3
)
 
(2
)


(2
)
Ending balance at September 30,
$
745

$
7

 
$

$
752

 
$
680

$
6

$

$
686

Impairment methodology
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-specific
$
191

$

 
$

$
191

 
$
156

$

$

$
156

Formula-based
554

7

 

561

 
524

6


530

Total allowance for lending-related commitments
$
745

$
7

 
$

$
752

 
$
680

$
6

$

$
686

Total allowance for credit losses
$
5,078

$
12,995

 
$
5,503

$
23,576

 
$
4,982

$
16,526

$
7,528

$
29,036

Memo:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retained loans, end of period
$
297,576

$
295,079

 
$
124,431

$
717,086

 
$
255,799

$
310,104

$
127,041

$
692,944

Retained loans, average
289,055

302,200

 
125,143

716,398

 
238,153

318,012

126,933

683,098

PCI loans, end of period
23

61,196

 

61,219

 
33

67,128


67,161

Credit ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to retained loans
1.46
 %
4.40
%
 
4.42
%
3.18
%
 
1.68
%
5.33
%
5.93
%
4.09
%
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans(b)
261

137

 
NM

205

 
143

211

NM

262

Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans excluding
  credit card
261

137

 
NM

156

 
143

211

NM

192

Net charge-off/(recovery) rates(c)
(0.01
)
1.59

(e) 
4.11

1.39

 
0.05

1.56

5.83

1.83

Credit ratios, excluding residential real estate PCI loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses to
retained loans
(d)
1.46

3.11

 
4.42

2.61

 
1.68

4.77

5.93

3.74

Allowance for loan losses to
retained nonaccrual loans
(b)(d)
261

77

 
NM

154

 
143

148

NM

216

Allowance for loan losses to
retained nonaccrual loans excluding credit card
(b)(d)
261

77

 
NM

104

 
143

148

NM

147

Net charge-off/(recovery) rates(d)
(0.01
)%
2.02
%
(e) 
4.11
%
1.52
%
 
0.05
%
1.99
%
5.83
%
2.03
%
(a)
Includes risk-rated loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and loans that have been modified in a TDR.
(b)
The Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.
(c)
Charge-offs are not recorded on PCI loans until actual losses exceed estimated losses recorded as purchase accounting adjustments at the time of acquisition.
(d)
Excludes the impact of PCI loans acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction.
(e)
Net charge-offs and net charge-off rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, included $880 million of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 82–92 of this Form 10-Q for further details.

94


Provision for credit losses
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the provision for credit losses was $1.8 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively, down 26% and 49%, respectively, from the prior year periods. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the credit card provision for credit losses was $1.1 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, compared with $999 million and $2.0 billion, respectively, in the prior-year periods. The credit card provision for the three months ended September 30, 2012, increased from the prior year period as the prior year provision included a reduction in the allowance for loan losses. This reduction was partially offset by lower net charge-offs in the current period. The credit card provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, increased from the prior year due to a smaller current year reduction in the allowance for loan losses compared with the prior year, partially offset by lower net charge-offs in the current period.
 
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the consumer, excluding credit card, provision for credit losses was $736 million and $313 million, respectively, compared with $1.3 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, for the prior year periods, reflecting reductions in the allowance for loan losses due primarily to lower estimated losses in the non-PCI residential real estate portfolio as delinquency trends improved. These reductions were partially offset by the impact of incremental charge-offs of Chapter 7 loans.
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the wholesale provision for credit losses was a benefit of $63 million and a expense of $69 million, respectively, compared with a expense of $127 million and a benefit of $376 million, respectively, in the prior-year periods. The current period wholesale provision reflected stable credit trends.

 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
Provision for loan losses
 
Provision for lending-related commitments
 
Total provision for credit losses
 
Provision for loan losses
 
Provision for lending-related commitments
 
Total provision for credit losses
(in millions)
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

Wholesale
$
(52
)
$
67

 
$
(11
)
$
60

 
$
(63
)
$
127

 
$
(14
)
$
(347
)
 
$
83

$
(29
)
 
$
69

$
(376
)
Consumer, excluding credit card
737

1,285

 
(1
)

 
736

1,285

 
314

3,731

 
(1
)

 
313

3,731

Credit card
1,116

999

 


 
1,116

999

 
2,347

2,035

 


 
2,347

2,035

Total provision for credit losses
$
1,801

$
2,351

 
$
(12
)
$
60

 
$
1,789

$
2,411

 
$
2,647

$
5,419

 
$
82

$
(29
)
 
$
2,729

$
5,390



95


MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
Market risk is the exposure to an adverse change in the market value of portfolios and financial instruments caused by a change in their market prices.
Market risk management
Market Risk is an independent risk management function that works in close partnership with the lines of business, including Corporate/Private Equity, to identify and monitor market risks throughout the Firm and to define market risk policies and procedures. The market risk function reports to the Firm’s Chief Risk Officer.
Market Risk seeks to control risk, facilitate efficient risk/return decisions, reduce volatility in operating performance and provide transparency into the Firm’s market risk profile for senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators. Market Risk is responsible for the following functions:
Establishing a market risk policy framework
Independent measurement, monitoring and control of line of business market risk
Definition, approval and monitoring of limits
Performance of stress testing and qualitative risk assessments
Risk identification and classification
Each line of business is responsible for the management of the market risks within its units. The independent risk management group responsible for overseeing each line of business ensures that all material market risks are appropriately identified, measured, monitored and managed in accordance with the risk policy framework set out by Market Risk. The Firm’s market risks arise primarily from the activities in IB, Mortgage Production and Servicing, and CIO in Corporate/Private Equity.
IB makes markets in products across fixed income, foreign exchange, equities and commodities markets. This activity gives rise to market risk and may lead to a potential decline in net income as a result of changes in market prices and rates. In addition, IB’s credit portfolio exposes the Firm to market risk related to derivative CVA, hedges of the CVA and the fair value of hedges of the retained loan portfolio. Additional market risk positions result from the DVA taken on certain structured liabilities and derivatives to reflect the credit quality of the Firm; DVA is not included in VaR.
The Firm’s Mortgage Production and Servicing business includes the Firm’s mortgage pipeline and warehouse loans, MSRs and all related hedges. These activities give rise to complex, non-linear interest rate risks, as well as basis risk. Non-linear risk arises primarily from prepayment options embedded in mortgages and changes in the probability of newly originated mortgage commitments actually closing. Basis risk results from differences in the relative movements of the rate indices underlying mortgage exposure and other interest rates.
 
Risk measurement
Tools used to measure risk
Because no single measure can reflect all aspects of market risk, the Firm uses various metrics, both statistical and nonstatistical, including:
Value-at-risk
Economic-value stress testing
Nonstatistical risk measures
Loss advisories
Profit and loss drawdowns
Risk identification for large exposures (“RIFLEs”)
Nontrading interest rate-sensitive revenue-at-risk stress testing
Value-at-risk
JPMorgan Chase utilizes VaR, a statistical risk measure, to estimate the potential loss from adverse market moves in a normal market environment.
The Firm has one overarching VaR model framework used for risk management purposes across the Firm, which utilizes historical simulation. Historical simulation is based on data for the previous 12 months. The framework’s approach assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of the distribution of potential outcomes in the immediate future. VaR is calculated assuming a one-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology, which approximates a 95% confidence level. This means that, assuming current changes in market values are consistent with the historical changes used in the simulation, the Firm would expect to incur losses greater than that predicted by VaR estimates five times in every 100 trading days.
Underlying the overall VaR model framework are individual VaR models that simulate historical market returns for individual products and/or risk factors. To capture material market risks as part of the Firm’s risk management framework, comprehensive VaR model calculations are performed daily for businesses whose activities give rise to market risk. These VaR models are granular and incorporate numerous risk factors and inputs to simulate daily changes in market values over the historical period; inputs are selected based on the risk profile of each portfolio as sensitivities and historical time series used to generate daily market values may be different for different products or risk management systems. The VaR model results across all portfolios are aggregated at the Firm level.
VaR provides a consistent framework to measure risk profiles and levels of diversification across product types and is used for aggregating risks across businesses and monitoring limits. These VaR results are reported to senior management and regulators.


96


The Firm uses VaR as a statistical risk management tool for assessing risk under normal market conditions consistent with the day-to-day risk decisions made by the lines of business. VaR is not used to estimate the impact of stressed market conditions or to manage any impact from potential stress events. The Firm uses economic stress testing and other techniques to capture and manage market risk arising under stressed scenarios, as described further below.
Because VaR is based on historical data, it is an imperfect measure of market risk exposure and potential losses. For example, differences between current and historical market price volatility may result in fewer or greater VaR exceptions than the number indicated by the historical simulation. The VaR measurement also does not provide an estimate of the extent to which losses may exceed VaR results. In addition, based on their reliance on available historical data, limited time horizons, and other factors, VaR measures are inherently limited in their ability to measure certain risks and to predict losses, particularly those associated with market illiquidity and sudden or severe shifts in market conditions. As VaR cannot be used to
 
determine future losses in the Firm’s market risk positions, the Firm considers other metrics in addition to VaR to monitor and manage its market risk positions.
Separately, the Firm calculates a daily aggregate VaR in accordance with regulatory rules, which is used to derive the Firm’s regulatory VaR based capital requirements. This regulatory VaR model framework currently assumes a ten business day holding period and an expected tail loss methodology, which approximates a 99% confidence level. Regulatory VaR is applied to “covered positions” as defined by the banking regulators, “Market Risk Rule”, consisting of all positions classified as trading, as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, whether or not in the trading account. Certain of these positions (for example, net investment foreign exchange hedging) are not included in the Firm’s internal risk management VaR, while the Firm’s internal risk management VaR includes some positions such as CVA and its related credit hedges that are not included in regulatory VaR. For further information, see “Capital Management” on pages 59–62 of this Form 10-Q.


The table below shows the results of the Firm’s VaR measure using a 95% confidence level.
Total IB trading VaR by risk type, Credit portfolio VaR and other VaR
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
At September 30,
 
Average
(in millions)
 Avg.
Min
Max
 
 Avg.
Min
Max
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
2012
 
2011
IB VaR by risk type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income
$
118

(d) 
$
94

 
$
131

 
 
$
48

 
$
31

 
$
68

 
 
$
101

 
$
62

 
 
$
81

 
$
47

Foreign exchange
10

 
6

 
14

 
 
10

 
7

 
15

 
 
7

 
11

 
 
10

 
10

Equities
19

 
16

 
27

 
 
19

 
15

 
37

 
 
24

 
18

 
 
19

 
24

Commodities and other
13

 
11

 
18

 
 
15

 
12

 
21

 
 
16

 
17

 
 
16

 
15

Diversification benefit to IB trading VaR
(48
)
(a) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(39
)
(a) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(34
)
(a) 
(45
)
(a) 
 
(46
)
 
(38
)
IB trading VaR
112

 
98

 
128

 
 
53

 
34

 
72

 
 
114

 
63

 
 
80

 
58

Credit portfolio VaR
22

 
18

 
29

 
 
38

 
19

 
55

 
 
20

 
41

 
 
26

 
30

Diversification benefit to IB trading and credit portfolio VaR
(12
)
(a) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(21
)
(a) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(11
)
(a) 
(25
)
(a) 
 
(13
)
 
(11
)
Total IB trading and credit portfolio VaR
122

(d)(e) 
108

 
142

 
 
70

 
42

 
101

 
 
123

(d)(e) 
79

 
 
93

 
77

Other VaR
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Production and Servicing VaR
17

 
13

 
26

 
 
40

 
15

 
72

 
 
16

 
46

 
 
14

 
25

Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) VaR
54

(d) 
7

 
105

 
 
48

 
30

 
59

 
 
7

 
58

 
 
120

(c) 
53

Diversification benefit to total other VaR
(10
)
(a) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(15
)
(a) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(5
)
(a) 
(26
)
(a) 
 
(8
)
 
(13
)
Total other VaR
61

 
18

 
106

 
 
73

 
46

 
102

 
 
18

 
78

 
 
126

 
65

Diversification benefit to total IB and other VaR
(68
)
(a)(d) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(35
)
(a) 
NM

(b) 
NM

(b) 
 
(6
)
(a) 
(31
)
(a) 
 
(57
)
 
(45
)
Total VaR
$
115

 
$
94

 
$
135

 
 
$
108

 
$
72

 
$
147

 
 
$
135

 
$
126

 
 
$
162

 
$
97

(a)
Average portfolio VaR and period-end portfolio VaR were less than the sum of the VaR of the components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect reflects the fact that the risks were not perfectly correlated.
(b)
Designated as not meaningful (“NM”), because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, and hence it is not meaningful to compute a portfolio-diversification effect.
(c)
Reference is made to CIO synthetic credit portfolio update on page 10 of this Form 10-Q regarding the Firm’s restatement of its 2012 first quarter financial statements. The CIO VaR amount has not been recalculated for the first quarter to reflect the restatement. The nine months VaR does not include recalculated amounts for the first quarter of 2012.
(d)
On July 2, 2012, CIO transferred its synthetic credit portfolio, other than a portion aggregating approximately $12 billion notional, to IB; CIO’s retained portfolio was effectively closed out during the three months ended September 30, 2012. During the third quarter of 2012, the Firm applied a new VaR model to calculate VaR for both the portion of the synthetic credit portfolio held by IB, as well as the portion that was retained by CIO which was effectively closed out at September 30, 2012.
(e)
Total IB trading and credit portfolio VaR increased from $74 million on June 30, 2012 to $113 million on July 2, 2012, due to the transfer of a portion of the synthetic credit portfolio from CIO.

97


VaR measurement
IB trading VaR includes substantially all market-making and client-driven activities as well as certain risk management activities in IB. This includes the credit spread sensitivities of certain mortgage products and syndicated lending facilities that the Firm intends to distribute. The Firm uses proxies to estimate the VaR for these and other products when daily time series are not available. It is likely that using an actual price-based time series for these products, if available, would affect the VaR results presented. For certain products included in IB trading and credit portfolio VaR, certain risk parameters that do not have daily observable values are not captured, such as correlation risk. The Firm uses alternative methods to capture and measure the impact of parameters not otherwise captured in VaR, including economic-value stress testing, nonstatistical measures and risk identification for large exposures as described further below.
Credit portfolio VaR includes the derivative CVA, hedges of the CVA and hedges of the retained portfolio, which are reported in principal transactions revenue. Credit portfolio VaR does not include the retained portfolio, which is not reported at fair value.
Other VaR includes certain positions employed as part of the Firm’s risk management function within the CIO and in the Mortgage Production and Servicing business. CIO VaR includes positions, primarily in debt securities and derivatives, which are measured at fair value through earnings. Mortgage Production and Servicing VaR includes the Firm’s mortgage pipeline and warehouse loans, MSRs and all related hedges.
As noted above, IB, Credit portfolio and other VaR does not include the retained Credit portfolio, which is not reported at fair value; however, it does include hedges of those positions, which are reported at fair value. It also does not include DVA on derivative and structured liabilities to reflect the credit quality of the Firm; principal investments, certain foreign exchange positions used for net investment hedging of foreign currency operations, and longer-term securities investments managed by CIO that are primarily classified as available for sale. These positions are managed through the Firm’s nontrading interest rate-sensitive revenue-at-risk and other cash flow-monitoring processes, rather than by using a VaR measure. Principal investing activities (including mezzanine financing, tax-oriented investments, etc.) and private equity positions are managed using stress and scenario analyses and are not included in VaR. See the DVA sensitivity table on page 100 of this Form 10-Q for further details. For a discussion of Corporate/Private Equity, see pages 49–51 of this Form 10-Q.
The Firm’s VaR model calculations are continuously evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s portfolios, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s modeling techniques, system capabilities, and other factors. Model changes go through a review and approval process by the
 
Model Review Group prior to implementation into the operating environment. For further information, see the Model review in this section on page 102 of this Form 10-Q.
During the third quarter of 2012, the Firm applied a new VaR model to calculate VaR for the synthetic credit portfolio. The Firm believes this new model, which was applied to both the portion of the synthetic credit portfolio held by IB, as well as the portion that was retained by CIO more appropriately captures the risks of the portfolio. This new VaR model resulted in a reduction to average fixed income VaR of $26 million, average Total IB trading and credit portfolio VaR of $28 million, average CIO VaR of $17 million, and average Total VaR of $36 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. Prior period VaR results have not been recalculated using the new model.
Third-quarter and year-to-date 2012 VaR results
As presented in the table above, average Total VaR increased for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, when compared with the respective 2011 periods. These increases were primarily driven by increased risk in the synthetic credit portfolio partially offset by changes in the risk profile of the MSR portfolio and the new VaR model used for the synthetic credit portfolio.
Average total IB trading and credit portfolio VaR for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, increased compared with the respective 2011 periods. These increases were driven primarily by the addition of synthetic credit portfolio in IB, partially offset by the model change for that portfolio as described above.
Average CIO VaR for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, increased from the comparable 2011 periods predominantly reflecting the synthetic credit portfolio. On July 2, 2012, CIO transferred its synthetic credit portfolio, other than a portion aggregating approximately $12 billion notional, to IB; CIO’s retained portfolio was effectively closed out during the three months ended September 30, 2012, which resulted in the spot VaR decreasing to $7 million at September 30, 2012.
Average Mortgage Production and Servicing VaR for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, decreased compared with the respective 2011 periods. These decreases were primarily driven by changes in the risk profile of the MSR Portfolio.
The Firm’s average IB and other VaR diversification benefit was $68 million or 37% of the sum for the three months ended September 30, 2012, compared with $35 million or 24% of the sum for the three months ended September 30, 2011. The Firm’s average IB and other VaR diversification benefit was $57 million or 26% of the sum for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared with $45 million or 32% of the sum for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. In general, over the course of the year, VaR exposure can vary significantly as positions change, market volatility fluctuates and diversification


98


benefits change.
VaR back-testing
The Firm conducts daily back-testing of VaR against its market risk-related revenue.
The following histogram illustrates the daily market risk related gains and losses for IB, CIO and Mortgage Production and Servicing positions for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This market risk-related revenue is defined as the change in value of: principal transactions revenue for IB and CIO (excludes Private Equity gains/losses and unrealized and realized gains/losses from AFS securities and other investments held for the longer term); market-based related net interest income for IB, CIO and Mortgage Production and Servicing; IB brokerage commissions, underwriting fees or other revenue; revenue from syndicated lending facilities that the Firm intends to distribute; and mortgage fees and related income for the Firm’s mortgage pipeline and warehouse loans, MSRs, and all related hedges. Daily Firmwide market risk-related revenue excludes gains and losses from DVA.
 
The chart shows that for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm posted market risk related gains on 156 of the 195 days in this period, with gains on seven days exceeding $200 million. The chart includes year to date losses incurred in the synthetic credit portfolio. IB and Credit Portfolio posted market risk-related gains on 190 days in the period.
The inset graph looks at those days on which the Firm experienced losses and depicts the amount by which VaR exceeded the actual loss on each of those days. Of the losses that were sustained on the 39 days of the 195 days in the trading period, the Firm sustained losses that exceeded the VaR measure on three of those days. These losses in excess of the VaR all occurred in the second quarter of 2012 and were due to the adverse effect of market movements on risk positions in the synthetic credit portfolio held by CIO. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, IB and Credit Portfolio experienced five loss days; none of the losses on those days exceeded their respective VaR measures.



99


Other risk measures
Debit valuation adjustment sensitivity
The following table provides information about the gross sensitivity of DVA to a one-basis-point increase in JPMorgan Chase’s credit spreads. This sensitivity represents the impact from a one-basis-point parallel shift in JPMorgan Chase’s entire credit curve. As credit curves do not typically move in a parallel fashion, the sensitivity multiplied by the change in spreads at a single maturity point may not be representative of the actual revenue recognized.
Debit valuation adjustment sensitivity
 
 
 
(in millions)
One basis-point increase in
JPMorgan Chase’s credit spread
September 30, 2012
 
 
 
$
36

 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
35

 
 
 
Economic-value stress testing
Along with VaR, stress testing is important in measuring and controlling risk. While VaR reflects the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market behavior as an indicator of losses, stress testing captures the Firm’s exposure to unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets using multiple scenarios that assume significant changes in credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, currency rates or commodity prices. Stress scenarios estimate extreme losses based on assumptions by risk management of potential macroeconomic market stress events, such as an equity market collapse or credit crisis. Scenarios are updated dynamically and may be redefined on an ongoing basis to reflect current market conditions. Stress testing is also employed in cross-business risk management. Stress-test results, trends and explanations based on current market risk positions are reported to the Firm’s senior management and to the lines of business to allow them to better understand event risk-sensitive positions and manage their risks with more transparency.
Nonstatistical risk measures
Nonstatistical risk measures include sensitivities to variables used to value positions, such as credit spread sensitivities, interest rate basis point values and market values. These measures provide granular information on the Firm’s market risk exposure. They are aggregated by line-of-business and by risk type, and are used for tactical control and monitoring limits.
Loss advisories and profit and loss drawdowns
Loss advisories and profit and loss drawdowns are tools used to highlight trading losses above certain levels of risk tolerance. Profit and loss drawdowns are defined as the decline in net profit and loss since the year-to-date peak revenue level.
Risk identification for large exposures
Individuals who manage risk positions are responsible for identifying potential losses that could arise from specific, unusual events, such as a potential change in tax legislation, or a particular combination of unusual market moves. This
 
information allows the Firm to monitor further earnings vulnerability not adequately covered by standard risk measures.

Nontrading interest rate-sensitive revenue-at-risk
(i.e., “earnings-at-risk”)
Interest rate risk represents one of the Firm’s significant market risk exposures. This risk arises not only from trading activities but also from the Firm’s traditional banking activities which include extension of loans and credit facilities, taking deposits and issuing debt (i.e., asset/liability management positions, accrual loans within IB and CIO, and off-balance sheet positions). ALCO establishes the Firm’s interest rate risk policies and sets risk guidelines. Treasury, working in partnership with the lines of business, calculates the Firm’s interest rate risk profile weekly and reviews it with senior management.
Interest rate risk for nontrading activities can occur due to a variety of factors, including:
Differences in the timing among the maturity or repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. For example, if liabilities reprice more quickly than assets and funding interest rates are declining, net interest income will increase initially.
Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments that are repricing at the same time. For example, if more deposit liabilities are repricing than assets when general interest rates are declining, net interest income will increase initially.
Differences in the amounts by which short-term and long-term market interest rates change (for example, changes in the slope of the yield curve) because the Firm has the ability to lend at long-term fixed rates and borrow at variable or short-term fixed rates. Based on these scenarios, the Firm’s net interest income would be affected negatively by a sudden and unanticipated increase in short-term rates paid on its liabilities (e.g., deposits) without a corresponding increase in long-term rates received on its assets (e.g., loans). Conversely, higher long-term rates received on assets generally are beneficial to net interest income, particularly when the increase is not accompanied by rising short-term rates paid on liabilities.
The impact of changes in the maturity of various assets, liabilities or off-balance sheet instruments as interest rates change. For example, if more borrowers than forecasted pay down higher-rate loan balances when general interest rates are declining, net interest income may decrease initially.
The Firm manages interest rate exposure related to its assets and liabilities on a consolidated, corporate-wide basis. Business units transfer their interest rate risk to Treasury through a transfer-pricing system, which takes into account the elements of interest rate exposure that can


100


be risk-managed in financial markets. These elements include asset and liability balances and contractual rates of interest, contractual principal payment schedules, expected prepayment experience, interest rate reset dates and maturities, rate indices used for repricing, and any interest rate ceilings or floors for adjustable rate products. All transfer-pricing assumptions are dynamically reviewed.
The Firm manages this interest rate risk generally through its investment securities portfolio and related derivatives. The Firm evaluates its nontrading interest rate risk exposure through the stress testing of earnings-at-risk, which measures the extent to which changes in interest rates will affect the Firm’s core net interest income (see page 16 of this Form 10-Q for further discussion of core net interest income) and interest rate-sensitive fees (“nontrading interest rate-sensitive revenue”). Earnings-at-risk excludes the impact of trading activities and MSRs as these sensitivities are captured under VaR.
The Firm conducts simulations of changes in nontrading interest rate-sensitive revenue under a variety of interest rate scenarios. Earnings-at-risk tests measure the potential change in this revenue, and the corresponding impact to the Firm’s pretax net interest income, over the following 12 months. These tests highlight exposures to various interest rate-sensitive factors, such as the rates themselves (e.g., the prime lending rate), pricing strategies on deposits, optionality and changes in product mix. The tests include forecasted balance sheet changes, such as asset sales and securitizations, as well as prepayment and reinvestment behavior. Mortgage prepayment assumptions are based on current interest rates compared with underlying contractual rates, the time since origination, and other factors which are updated periodically based on historical experience and forward market expectations. The amount and pricing assumptions of deposits that have no stated maturity are based on historical performance, the competitive environment, customer behavior, and product mix.
Immediate changes in interest rates present a limited view of risk, and so a number of alternative scenarios are also reviewed. These scenarios include the implied forward curve, nonparallel rate shifts and severe interest rate shocks on selected key rates. These scenarios are intended to provide a comprehensive view of JPMorgan Chase’s earnings-at-risk over a wide range of outcomes.
JPMorgan Chase’s 12-month pretax net interest income sensitivity profiles. (Excludes the impact of trading activities and MSRs)
 
Immediate change in rates
 
(in millions)
+200bp
+100bp
-100bp
-200bp
September 30, 2012
$
3,905

 
$
2,183

 
NM
(a) 
NM
(a) 
December 31, 2011
4,046

 
2,326

 
NM
(a) 
NM
(a) 
(a)
Downward 100- and 200-basis-point parallel shocks result in a federal funds target rate of zero and negative three- and six-month treasury rates. The earnings-at-risk results of such a low-probability scenario are not meaningful.
 
The change in earnings-at-risk from December 31, 2011, resulted from investment portfolio repositioning, partially offset by higher expected deposit balances. The Firm’s risk to rising rates was largely the result of widening deposit margins, which are currently compressed due to very low short-term interest rates, and ALM investment portfolio positioning.
Additionally, another interest rate scenario used by the Firm — involving a steeper yield curve with long-term rates rising by 100 basis points and short-term rates staying at current levels — results in a 12-month pretax net interest income benefit of $779 million. The increase in net interest income under this scenario is due to reinvestment of maturing assets at the higher long-term rates, with funding costs remaining unchanged.
Risk monitoring and control
Limits
Market risk is controlled primarily through a series of limits, which reflect the Firm’s risk appetite in the context of the market environment and business strategy. In setting limits, the Firm takes into consideration factors such as the Firm’s overall risk appetite, market volatility, product liquidity, accommodation of client business and management experience. The Firm maintains different levels of limits. Corporate level limits include VaR and stress limits. Similarly, line of business limits include VaR and stress limits and may be supplemented by loss advisories, nonstatistical measurements and profit and loss drawdowns. Limits may also be allocated within the lines of business, as well at the portfolio level.
Limits are established by Market Risk in agreement with the lines of business, and in accordance with the overall risk appetite of the Firm. Limits are reviewed regularly by Market Risk and updated as appropriate, with any changes approved by lines of business management and Market Risk. Senior management, including the Firm’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Risk Officer, are responsible for reviewing and approving certain of these risk limits on an ongoing basis. All limits that have not been reviewed within specified time periods by Market Risk are escalated to senior management. The lines of business are responsible for adhering to established limits against which exposures are monitored and reported by a group within Market Risk.
Limit breaches are required to be reported by a group within risk management in a timely manner to the appropriate persons in senior management. Market risk management consults with Firm senior management and lines of business senior management to determine the appropriate course of action required to return to compliance, which may include the reduction in risk in order to remedy the excess. Any limit excesses for three days or longer, or that are over limit by more than 30%, are escalated to senior management and the Firmwide Risk Committee.


101


Model review
The Firm uses risk management models, including VaR and stress models, for the measurement, monitoring and management of risk positions. Valuation models are employed by the Firm to value certain financial instruments which cannot otherwise be valued using quoted prices. These valuation models may also be employed as inputs to risk management models, for example in VaR and economic stress models. The Firm also makes use of models for a number of other purposes, including the calculation of regulatory capital requirements.
Models are owned by various functions within the Firm based on the specific purposes of such models. For example, VaR models and certain regulatory capital models are owned by the line-of-business aligned risk management functions. Owners of the models are responsible for the development, implementation and testing of models, as well as referral of models to the Model Review Group (within the Model Risk and Development Group) for review and approval. Once models have been approved, the model owners are required to maintain a robust operating environment and to monitor and evaluate the performance of models on an ongoing basis. It is also their responsibility to enhance models in response to changes in the portfolios and for changes in product and market developments, as well as improvements in available modeling techniques and systems capabilities, and to submit such enhancements to the Model Review Group for review.
The Model Review Group reports within the Model Risk and Development Group, which in turn reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Model Review Group is independent of the model owners and is responsible for reviewing and approving a wide range of models including risk management, valuation and certain regulatory capital models used by the Firm.
Models are tiered by the model owner based on an internal standard according to their complexity, the exposure associated with the model and the Firm’s reliance on the model. This tiering is subject to the approval of the Model Review Group. The model reviews conducted by the Model Review Group consider a number of factors about the model’s suitability for valuation or risk management of a particular product, or other purposes. The factors considered include the assigned model tier, whether the model accurately reflects the characteristics of the instruments and its significant risks, the selection and reliability of model inputs, consistency with models for similar products, the appropriateness of any model-related adjustments, and sensitivity to input parameters and assumptions that cannot be observed from the market. When reviewing a model, the Model Review Group analyzes and challenges the model methodology and the reasonableness of model assumptions and may perform or require additional testing, including back-testing of model outcomes. Model reviews are approved by the appropriate level of management within the Model Review Group based on the relevant tier of the model.
 
Under the Firm’s model risk policy, new significant valuation, risk management and regulatory capital models, as well as major changes to such models, are required to be reviewed and approved by the Model Review Group prior to implementation into the operating environment. In addition, previously approved models are reviewed and re-approved periodically. The Model Review Group performs an annual Firmwide model risk assessment where developments in the product or market are considered in determining whether models which have already been reviewed need to be examined again.
In the event that the Model Review Group does not approve a model, escalation to senior management is required and the model owner is required to remediate the model within a time period as agreed upon with the Model Review Group. The model owner is also required to resubmit the model for review to the Model Review Group and to take appropriate actions to mitigate the model risk in the interim. The actions taken will depend on the model that is disapproved and may include, for example, limitation of trading activity. The Firm also ensures that there are other appropriate risk measurement tools in place to augment the model that is subject to remediation.
In limited circumstances, exceptions to the Firm’s model risk policy may be granted by the Model Review Group to allow a model to be used prior to review or approval. Such exceptions have been applied to a small number of models and where this is the case, compensating controls similar to those described above have been put in place.
For a summary of valuations based on models, see Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on page 108 of this Form 10-Q and Note 3 on pages 184–198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Risk reporting
Nonstatistical risk measures, VaR, loss advisories and limit excesses are reported daily to the lines of business and to senior management. Market risk exposure trends, VaR trends, profit-and-loss changes and portfolio concentrations are reported weekly. Stress-test results are also reported weekly to the lines of business and to senior management.



102


COUNTRY RISK MANAGEMENT
For a discussion of the Firm’s Country Risk Management organization, and country risk identification, measurement, monitoring and control, see pages 163–165 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The Firm is exposed to country risk through its wholesale lending, investing, and market-making activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. Country exposure includes activity with both government and private-sector entities in a country. Under the Firm’s internal risk management approach, country exposure is reported based on the country where the majority of the assets of the obligor, counterparty, issuer or guarantor are located or where the majority of its revenue is derived, which may be different than the domicile (legal residence) of the obligor, counterparty, issuer or guarantor (and therefore may be different that the basis on which the Firm’s wholesale credit exposure is reported.) Exposures are generally measured by considering the Firm’s risk to an immediate default of the counterparty or obligor, with zero recovery. Assumptions are sometimes required in determining the measurement and allocation of country exposure, particularly in the case of certain tranched credit derivatives. Different measurement approaches or assumptions would affect the amount of reported country exposure.
The Firm’s internal risk reporting differs from the reporting provided under FFIEC bank regulatory requirements. There are significant reporting differences in reporting methodology, including with respect to the treatment of collateral received and the benefit of credit derivative protection. For further information on the FFIEC’s reporting methodology, see Cross-border outstandings on page 322 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Form 10-K.
The following table presents the Firm’s top 20 country exposures (excluding U.S.). The selection of countries is based solely on the Firm’s largest total exposures by country, based on the Firm’s internal risk management approach, and does not represent its view of any actual or potentially adverse credit conditions.
 
Top 20 country exposures
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012

(in billions)
 
Lending(a)
Trading and investing(b)(c)
Other(d)
Total exposure
United Kingdom
 
$
30.4

$
53.4

$
6.0

$
89.8

Germany
 
25.4

32.9


58.3

France
 
13.8

26.5


40.3

Netherlands
 
4.3

29.9

4.1

38.3

Switzerland
 
31.2

0.2

1.0

32.4

Australia
 
6.9

17.0


23.9

Canada
 
12.9

5.5

0.6

19.0

Brazil
 
6.1

11.2


17.3

China
 
9.1

4.3

0.7

14.1

India
 
6.8

7.2


14.0

Korea
 
6.1

6.2

0.4

12.7

Japan
 
4.1

5.9


10.0

Mexico
 
2.0

5.9


7.9

Hong Kong
 
3.4

3.6

0.3

7.3

Singapore
 
3.9

1.7

0.8

6.4

Italy
 
3.3

2.6


5.9

Taiwan
 
2.5

2.8


5.3

Malaysia
 
1.7

2.7

0.8

5.2

Russia
 
2.6

2.5


5.1

Chile
 
1.6

3.0

0.3

4.9

(a)
Lending includes loans and accrued interest receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses, deposits with banks, acceptances, other monetary assets, issued letters of credit net of participations, and undrawn commitments to extend credit.
(b)
Includes market-making inventory, securities held in AFS accounts and hedging.
(c)
Includes single-name and index and tranched credit derivatives for which one or more of the underlying reference entities is in a country listed in the above table. Beginning on March 31, 2012, the Firm’s country risk reporting reflects enhanced measurement of tranched credit derivatives.
(d)
Includes capital invested in local entities and physical commodity storage.
Selected European exposure
Several European countries, including Spain, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Greece, have been subject to continued credit deterioration due to weaknesses in their economic and fiscal situations. The Firm is closely monitoring its exposures in these countries and believes its nominal exposure to these five countries is modest relative to the Firm’s aggregate nominal exposures. The Firm continues to conduct business and support client activity in these countries and, therefore, the Firm’s aggregate net exposures and sector distribution may vary over time. In addition, the net exposures may be affected by changes in market conditions, including the effects of interest rates and credit spreads on market valuations and may return to more recent historical levels.


103


The following table presents the Firm’s direct exposure to these five countries at September 30, 2012, as measured under the Firm’s internal risk management approach. For individual exposures, corporate clients represent approximately 81% of the Firm’s non-sovereign exposure in these five countries, and substantially all of the remaining 19% of the non-sovereign exposure is to the banking sector.
September 30, 2012
Lending net of Allowance(a)
AFS securities(b)
Trading(c)(d)
Derivative collateral(e)
Portfolio hedging(f)
Total exposure
(in billions)
Spain
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

$
0.4

$
0.6

$

$

$
1.0

Non-sovereign
3.4


3.9

(3.3
)
(0.3
)
3.7

Total Spain exposure
$
3.4

$
0.4

$
4.5

$
(3.3
)
$
(0.3
)
$
4.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Italy
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

$

$
9.5

$
(1.3
)
$
(4.7
)
$
3.5

Non-sovereign
3.3

0.1

0.4

(1.1
)
(0.3
)
2.4

Total Italy exposure
$
3.3

$
0.1

$
9.9

$
(2.4
)
$
(5.0
)
$
5.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ireland
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

$
0.3

$
0.1

$

$
(0.3
)
$
0.1

Non-sovereign
0.5


1.5

(0.3
)

1.7

Total Ireland exposure
$
0.5

$
0.3

$
1.6

$
(0.3
)
$
(0.3
)
$
1.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portugal
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

$

$
0.4

$

$
(0.4
)
$

Non-sovereign
0.5


(0.7
)
(0.4
)

(0.6
)
Total Portugal exposure
$
0.5

$

$
(0.3
)
$
(0.4
)
$
(0.4
)
$
(0.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greece
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
$

$

$

$

$

$

Non-sovereign


0.5

(0.6
)

(0.1
)
Total Greece exposure
$

$

$
0.5

$
(0.6
)
$

$
(0.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total exposure
$
7.7

$
0.8

$
16.2

$
(7.0
)
$
(6.0
)
$
11.7

(a)
Lending includes loans and accrued interest receivable, deposits with banks, acceptances, other monetary assets, issued letters of credit net of participations, and undrawn commitments to extend credit. Amounts are presented net of the allowance for credit losses of $112 million (Spain), $57 million (Italy), $3 million (Ireland), $18 million (Portugal), and $12 million (Greece) specifically attributable to these countries. Includes $2.4 billion of unfunded lending exposure at September 30, 2012. These exposures consist typically of committed, but unused corporate credit agreements, with market-based lending terms and covenants.
(b)
Both the notional and the fair value of AFS securities were approximately $0.8 billion at September 30, 2012.
(c)
Primarily includes: $18.5 billion of counterparty exposure on derivative and securities financings, $3.3 billion of issuer exposure on debt and equity securities held in trading, $(5.8) billion of net protection from credit derivatives, including $(4.3) billion related to the synthetic credit portfolio managed by IB. Securities financings of approximately $15.6 billion were collateralized with approximately $17.3 billion of cash and marketable securities as of September 30, 2012.
(d)
Beginning on March 31, 2012, the Firm’s country risk reporting reflects enhanced measurement of tranched credit derivatives.
(e)
Includes cash and marketable securities pledged to the Firm, of which approximately 98% of the collateral was cash at September 30, 2012.
(f)
Reflects net protection purchased through the Firm’s credit portfolio management activities, which are managed separately from its market-making activities. Predominantly includes single-name CDS and also includes index credit derivatives and short bond positions. It does not include the synthetic credit portfolio.

Effect of credit derivatives on selected European exposures
Country exposures in the Selected European exposure table have been reduced by purchasing protection through single-name, index, and tranched credit derivatives.
 







The following table presents the effect of purchased and sold credit derivatives on the Trading and Portfolio Hedging activities in the Selected European exposure table.
September 30, 2012
 
Trading
 
Portfolio hedging
(in billions)
 
Purchased
 
Sold
 
Net
 
Purchased
 
Sold
 
Net
Spain
 
$
(114.0
)
 
$
112.2

 
$
(1.8
)
 
$
(2.6
)
 
$
2.3

 
$
(0.3
)
Italy
 
(148.7
)
 
146.3

 
(2.4
)
 
(12.0
)
 
7.3

 
(4.7
)
Ireland
 
(6.5
)
 
6.5

 

 
(1.4
)
 
1.1

 
(0.3
)
Portugal
 
(39.6
)
 
38.3

 
(1.3
)
 
(1.4
)
 
1.0

 
(0.4
)
Greece
 
(9.4
)
 
9.1

 
(0.3
)
 
(0.3
)
 
0.3

 

Total
 
$
(318.2
)
 
$
312.4

 
$
(5.8
)
 
$
(17.7
)
 
$
12.0

 
$
(5.7
)

104


Under the Firm’s internal risk management approach, all credit derivatives are reported based on the country where the majority of the assets of the reference entity are located. Exposures are measured assuming that all of the reference entities in a particular country default simultaneously with zero recovery. For example, single-name and index credit derivatives are measured at the notional amount, net of the fair value of the derivative receivable or payable. Exposures for index credit derivatives, which may include several underlying reference entities, are determined by evaluating the relevant country for each of the reference entities underlying the named index, and allocating the applicable amount of the notional and fair value of the index credit derivative to each of the relevant countries. Tranched credit derivatives are measured by assuming simultaneous default of all reference entities in that country. The total line represents the simple sum of the individual countries. Changes in the Firm’s methodology or assumptions would produce different results.
The credit derivatives reflected in the “Trading” column include those from the Firm’s market-making activities as well as $(4.3) billion of net purchased protection in the synthetic credit portfolio managed by IB beginning in July 2012. Based on scheduled maturities and risk reduction actions being taken in the synthetic credit portfolio, the amount of protection provided by the synthetic credit portfolio relative to the five named countries is likely to be substantially reduced over time.
The credit derivatives reflected in the “Portfolio hedging” column are used in the Firm’s Credit Portfolio Management activities, which are intended to mitigate the credit risk associated with traditional lending activities and derivative counterparty exposure. These credit derivatives include both purchased and sold protection, where the sold protection is generally used to close out purchased protection when appropriate under the Firm’s risk mitigation strategies. In its Credit Portfolio Management activities, the Firm generally seeks to purchase credit protection with a maturity date that is the same or similar to the maturity date of the exposures for which the protection was purchased. However, there are instances where the purchased protection has a shorter maturity date than the maturity date of the exposure for which the protection was purchased. These exposures are actively monitored and managed by the Firm. The effectiveness of the Firm’s CDS protection as a hedge of the Firm’s exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS. For further information about credit derivatives see Credit derivatives on pages 80–81, and Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q.
The Firm’s net presentation in the table above reflects the manner in which this exposure is managed, and reflects, in the Firm’s view, the substantial mitigation of market and counterparty credit risk in its credit derivative activities. Market risk is substantially mitigated because market-making activities, and to a lesser extent, hedging activities,
 
often result in selling and purchasing protection related to the same underlying reference entity. For example, in each of the five countries as of September 30, 2012, the protection sold by the Firm was more than 88% offset by protection purchased on the identical reference entity.
In addition, counterparty credit risk has been substantially mitigated by the master netting and collateral agreements in place for these credit derivatives. As of September 30, 2012, 99% of the purchased protection presented in the table above is purchased under contracts that require posting of cash collateral; 91% is purchased from investment-grade counterparties domiciled outside of the select European countries; and 69% of the protection purchased offsets protection sold on the identical reference entity, with the identical counterparty subject to a master netting agreement.
* * *
Eurozone developments
During the third quarter of 2012, there was a continuation of structural challenges related to ongoing fiscal austerity, anemic growth, weak banking sectors and political turbulence in the Eurozone. These were reflected in elevated credit spreads throughout the peripheral Eurozone for much of the quarter. However, the ECB’s announcement of its OMT program in early September helped reduce the possibility of tail risk scenarios, leading to an easing of government bond yields towards the end of the quarter. The Firm performs multiple stress tests in order to estimate the potential economic loss to its assets and liabilities under a variety of macroeconomic market stress events (See Economic-value stress testing on page 100 of this Form 10-Q). However, stress testing cannot predict the full consequences of a systemic market event, such as what might occur if the situation worsens or a country or countries exit the Eurozone. For further information see Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors on pages 220–222 of this Form 10-Q.



105


PRIVATE EQUITY RISK MANAGEMENT
For a discussion of Private Equity Risk Management, see page 166 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the carrying value of the Private Equity portfolio was
 
$8.1 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively, of which $637 million and $805 million, respectively, represented securities with publicly available market quotations.


OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT
For a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s Operational Risk Management, see pages 166–167 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Cybersecurity
The Firm devotes significant resources to maintain and regularly update its systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of the Firm’s computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets against attempts by third parties to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage.
The Firm and several other U.S. financial institutions have recently experienced significant distributed denial-of-
 
service attacks from technically sophisticated and well-resourced third parties which were intended to disrupt consumer online banking services. The Firm has also experienced other attempts to breach the security of the Firm’s systems and data. These cyberattacks have not, to date, resulted in any material disruption of the Firm’s operations, material harm to the Firm’s customers, or have had a material adverse effect on the Firm’s results of operations.


LEGAL, FIDUCIARY AND REPUTATION RISK MANAGEMENT
For a discussion of the Firm’s Legal, Fiduciary and Reputation Risk Management, see page 167 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.



SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Regulatory developments on pages 10–11 of this Form 10-Q, and the Supervision and Regulation section on pages 1–7 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Form 10-K.
 
Dividends
At September 30, 2012, JPMorgan Chase’s banking subsidiaries could pay, in the aggregate, $15.5 billion in dividends to their respective bank holding companies without the prior approval of their relevant banking regulators.


106


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM
JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding its reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the appropriate carrying value of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established detailed policies and control procedures intended to ensure that valuation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well-controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. The methods used and judgments made reflect, among other factors, the nature of the assets or liabilities and the related business and risk management strategies, which may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the carrying value of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant valuation judgments.

Allowance for credit losses
JPMorgan Chase’s allowance for credit losses covers the retained wholesale and consumer loan portfolios, as well as the Firm’s wholesale and consumer lending-related commitments. The allowance for loan losses is intended to adjust the value of the Firm’s loan assets to reflect probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Similarly, the allowance for lending-related commitments is established to cover probable credit losses inherent in the lending-related commitments portfolio as of the balance sheet date. For further discussion of the methodologies used in establishing the Firm’s allowance for credit losses, see Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 155–157 and Note 15 on pages 252–255 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report; for amounts recorded as of September 30, 2012 and 2011, see Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 93–95 and Note 14 on page 176 of this Form 10-Q.
As noted in the discussion on page 168 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report, the Firm’s allowance for credit losses is sensitive to numerous factors, depending on the portfolio. Changes in economic conditions or in the Firm’s assumptions could affect the Firm’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. For example, deterioration in the following inputs would have the following effects on the Firm’s modeled loss estimates as of September 30, 2012, without consideration of any offsetting or correlated effects of other inputs in the Firm’s allowance for loan losses:
A one-notch downgrade in the Firm’s internal risk ratings for its entire wholesale loan portfolio could imply an increase in the Firm’s modeled loss estimates of approximately $2.0 billion.
 
A 5% decline in housing prices from current levels could result in an increase in credit loss estimates for PCI loans of approximately $700 million.
A 5% decline in housing prices from current levels for the residential real estate portfolio, excluding PCI loans, could result in an increase to modeled annual loss estimates of approximately $300 million.
A 50 basis point deterioration in forecasted credit card loss rates could imply an increase to modeled annualized credit card loan loss estimates of approximately $800 million.
The purpose of these sensitivity analyses is to provide an indication of the isolated impacts of hypothetical alternative assumptions on credit loss estimates. The changes in the inputs presented above are not intended to imply management’s expectation of future deterioration of those risk factors.
It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in specific factors might affect the allowance for credit losses because management considers a variety of factors and inputs in estimating the allowance for credit losses. Changes in these factors and inputs may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or product types, and changes in factors may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in other factors. In addition, it is difficult to predict how changes in specific economic conditions or assumptions could affect borrower behavior or other factors considered by management in estimating the allowance for credit losses. Given the process the Firm follows in evaluating the risk factors related to its loans, including risk ratings, home price assumptions, and credit card loss estimates, management believes that its current estimate of the allowance for credit loss is appropriate.




107


Fair value of financial instruments, MSRs and commodities inventory
JPMorgan Chase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. The majority of such assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including mortgage, home equity and other loans, where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.
Assets measured at fair value
The following table includes the Firm’s assets measured at fair value and the portion of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. For further information, see Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this
Form 10-Q.
 
September 30, 2012
(in billions, except ratio data)
Total assets at fair value
Total level 3 assets
Trading debt and equity instruments
$
367.1

 
$
26.9

 
Derivative receivables – gross
1,724.6

 
27.2

 
Netting adjustment
(1,644.6
)
 

 
Derivative receivables – net
80.0

 
27.2

 
AFS securities
365.9

 
27.4

 
Loans
2.8

 
2.3

 
MSRs
7.1

 
7.1

 
Private equity investments
7.7

 
7.1

 
Other
46.8

 
4.3

 
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
877.4

 
102.3

 
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
4.1

 
3.7

 
Total assets measured at fair value
$
881.5

 
$
106.0

(a) 
Total Firm assets
$
2,321.3

 
 
 
Level 3 assets reported at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets
 
 
4.6
%
 
Level 3 assets reported at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value
 
 
12.0
%
 
(a) Included $52.1 billion of level 3 assets, consisting of recurring and nonrecurring assets carried by IB.
Valuation
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Firm has an established and well-documented process for determining fair value. Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available for an instrument or a similar instrument, fair value is generally based on models that consider relevant transaction data such as maturity and use as inputs market-based or independently sourced parameters.
Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed models that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair
 
value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.
In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate model to use. Second, due to the lack of observability of significant inputs, management must assess all relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs — including, for example, transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment rates, default rates, volatilities, correlations, equity or debt prices, valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Finally, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s credit-worthiness, liquidity considerations, unobservable parameters, and for certain portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole. For further discussion of the valuation of level 3 instruments, including unobservable inputs used, see Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q.
Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect management judgment and may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios.
The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of different methodologies or assumptions to those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. For a detailed discussion of the Firm’s valuation process and hierarchy, and determination of fair value for individual financial instruments, see Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q and Note 3 on pages 184–198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.




108


Goodwill impairment
Management applies significant judgment when testing goodwill for impairment. For a description of the significant valuation judgments associated with goodwill impairment, see Goodwill impairment on page 171 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm updated the discounted cash flow valuations of certain consumer lending businesses in RFS and Card, which continue to have elevated risk for goodwill impairment due to their exposure to U.S. consumer credit risk and the effects of economic, regulatory and legislative changes. The assumptions used in the valuation of these businesses include: (a) estimates of future cash flows for the business (which are dependent on outstanding loan balances, net interest margin, operating expense, credit losses and the amount of capital necessary given the risk of business activities to meet regulatory capital requirements), and (b) the cost of equity used to discount those cash flows to a present value. Each of these factors requires significant judgment and the assumptions used are based on management’s best estimate and most current projections, including the anticipated effects of regulatory and legislative changes, derived from the Firm’s business forecasting process reviewed with senior management. These projections are consistent with the short-term assumptions discussed in the Business outlook on page 9 of this Form 10-Q, and, in the longer term, incorporate a set of macroeconomic assumptions and the Firm’s best estimates of long-term growth and returns of its businesses. Where possible, the Firm uses third-party and peer data to benchmark its assumptions and estimates.
The estimated fair value of the Firm’s consumer lending businesses in RFS and Card each exceeded their carrying values at September 30, 2012 by approximately 15%. Deterioration in economic market conditions, increased estimates of the effects of recent regulatory or legislative changes, or additional regulatory or legislative changes may result in declines in projected business performance beyond management’s current expectations. For example, in RFS, such declines could result from increases in costs to resolve foreclosure-related matters or from deterioration in economic conditions that result in increased credit losses, including decreases in home prices beyond management’s current expectations. In Card, declines in business performance could result from deterioration in economic conditions such as increased unemployment claims or bankruptcy filings that result in increased credit losses or changes in customer behavior that cause decreased account activity or receivable balances.
For its other businesses, the Firm reviewed current conditions (including the estimated effects of regulatory and legislative changes and current estimated market cost of equity) and prior projections of business performance. Based upon the updated valuations and reviews, the Firm concluded that goodwill allocated to all of its reporting
 
units was not impaired at September 30, 2012.
In addition, the earnings or estimated cost of equity of the Firm’s capital markets businesses could also be affected by regulatory or legislative changes.
Declines in business performance, increases in allocated equity capital, or increases in the estimated cost of equity, could cause the estimated fair values of the Firm’s reporting units or their associated goodwill to decline, which could result in a material impairment charge to earnings in a future period related to some portion of the associated goodwill.
For additional information on goodwill, see Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.

Income taxes
For a description of the significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes, see Income taxes on pages 171–172 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Litigation reserves
For a description of the significant estimates and judgments associated with establishing litigation reserves, see Note 23 on pages 196–206 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 31 on pages 290–299 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.



109


ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS
Fair value measurement and disclosures
In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance that amends the requirements for fair value measurement and disclosure. The guidance changes and clarifies certain existing requirements related to portfolios of financial instruments and valuation adjustments, requires additional disclosures for fair value measurements categorized in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (including disclosure of the range of inputs used in certain valuations), and requires additional disclosures for certain financial instruments that are not carried at fair value. The guidance was effective in the first quarter of 2012, and the Firm adopted the new guidance, effective January 1, 2012. The application of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.
Accounting for repurchase and similar agreements
In April 2011, the FASB issued guidance that amends the criteria used to assess whether repurchase and similar agreements should be accounted for as financings or sales (purchases) with forward agreements to repurchase (resell). Specifically, the guidance eliminates circumstances in which the lack of adequate collateral maintenance requirements could result in a repurchase agreement being accounted for as a sale. The guidance was effective for new transactions or existing transactions that were modified beginning January 1, 2012. The Firm has accounted for its repurchase and similar agreements as secured financings, and therefore, the application of this guidance did not have an impact on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.
 
Presentation of other comprehensive income
In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance that modifies the presentation of other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The guidance requires that items of net income, items of other comprehensive income, and total comprehensive income be presented in one continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements. The guidance was effective in the first quarter of 2012, and the Firm adopted the new guidance by electing the two statement approach, effective January 1, 2012. The application of this guidance only affected the presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements and had no impact on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.
Balance sheet netting
In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance that requires enhanced disclosures about derivatives and securities financing agreements that are subject to legally enforceable master netting or similar agreements, or that have otherwise been offset on the balance sheet under certain specific conditions that permit net presentation. The guidance will become effective in the first quarter of 2013. The application of this guidance will only affect the disclosure of these instruments and will have no impact on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.


110


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
From time to time, the Firm has made and will make forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide JPMorgan Chase’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. JPMorgan Chase’s disclosures in this Form 10-Q contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Firm also may make forward-looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the Firm’s senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others.
All forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Firm’s control. JPMorgan Chase’s actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements:
Local, regional and international business, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events;
Changes in laws and regulatory requirements, including as a result of recent financial services legislation;
Changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;
Securities and capital markets behavior, including changes in market liquidity and volatility;
Changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending or savings behavior;
Ability of the Firm to manage effectively its capital and liquidity, including approval of its capital plans by banking regulators;
Changes in credit ratings assigned to the Firm or its subsidiaries;
Damage to the Firm’s reputation;
Ability of the Firm to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market disruption;
Technology changes instituted by the Firm, its counterparties or competitors;
Mergers and acquisitions, including the Firm’s ability to integrate acquisitions;
Ability of the Firm to develop new products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Firm (including but not limited to mortgages and asset-backed securities) require the Firm to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their initiation or origination;
 
Ability of the Firm to address enhanced regulatory requirements affecting its mortgage business;
Acceptance of the Firm’s new and existing products and services by the marketplace and the ability of the Firm to increase market share;
Ability of the Firm to attract and retain employees;
Ability of the Firm to control expense;
Competitive pressures;
Changes in the credit quality of the Firm’s customers and counterparties;
Adequacy of the Firm’s risk management framework, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;
Adverse judicial or regulatory proceedings;
Changes in applicable accounting policies;
Ability of the Firm to determine accurate values of certain assets and liabilities;
Occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or calamities or conflicts, including any effect of any such disasters, calamities or conflicts on the Firm’s power generation facilities and the Firm’s other commodity-related activities;
Ability of the Firm to maintain the security of its financial, accounting, technology, data processing and other operating systems and facilities;
The other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 220–222 of this Form 10-Q; Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors, on pages 175–175A of the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2012; Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors, on pages 219–222 of the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012; and Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors, on pages 7–17 of JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Firm speak only as of the date they are made, and JPMorgan Chase does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statements were made. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature the Firm may make in any subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, or Current Reports on Form 8-K.



111



 


JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated statements of income (unaudited)
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in millions, except per share data)
 
2012

 
2011

 
2012

 
2011

 
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment banking fees
 
$
1,443

 
$
1,052

 
$
4,081

 
$
4,778

 
Principal transactions
 
2,047

 
1,370

 
4,342

 
9,255

 
Lending- and deposit-related fees
 
1,562

 
1,643

 
4,625

 
4,838

 
Asset management, administration and commissions
 
3,336

 
3,448

 
10,189

 
10,757

 
Securities gains(a)
 
458

 
607

 
2,008

 
1,546

 
Mortgage fees and related income
 
2,377

 
1,380

 
6,652

 
1,996

 
Credit card income
 
1,428

 
1,666

 
4,156

 
4,799

 
Other income
 
1,519

 
780

 
3,537

 
2,236

 
Noninterest revenue
 
14,170

 
11,946

 
39,590

 
40,205

 
Interest income
 
13,629

 
15,160

 
42,429

 
46,239

 
Interest expense
 
2,653

 
3,343

 
8,641

 
10,681

 
Net interest income
 
10,976

 
11,817

 
33,788

 
35,558

 
Total net revenue
 
25,146

 
23,763

 
73,378

 
75,763

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
 
1,789

 
2,411

 
2,729

 
5,390

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense
 
7,503

 
6,908

 
23,543

 
22,740

 
Occupancy expense
 
973

 
935

 
3,014

 
2,848

 
Technology, communications and equipment expense
 
1,312

 
1,248

 
3,865

 
3,665

 
Professional and outside services
 
1,759

 
1,860

 
5,411

 
5,461

 
Marketing
 
607

 
926

 
1,929

 
2,329

 
Other expense
 
3,035

 
3,445

 
10,354

 
10,687

 
Amortization of intangibles
 
182

 
212

 
566

 
641

 
Total noninterest expense
 
15,371

 
15,534

 
48,682

 
48,371

 
Income before income tax expense
 
7,986

 
5,818

 
21,967

 
22,002

 
Income tax expense
 
2,278

 
1,556

 
6,375

 
6,754

 
Net income
 
$
5,708

 
$
4,262

 
$
15,592

 
$
15,248

 
Net income applicable to common stockholders
 
$
5,346

 
$
3,936

 
$
14,556

 
$
14,141

 
Net income per common share data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
 
$
1.41

 
$
1.02

 
$
3.82

 
$
3.60

 
Diluted earnings per share
 
1.40

 
1.02

 
3.81

 
3.57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average basic shares
 
3,803.3

 
3,859.6

 
3,810.4

 
3,933.2

 
Weighted-average diluted shares
 
3,813.9

 
3,872.2

 
3,822.6

 
3,956.5

 
Cash dividends declared per common share
 
$
0.30

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.90

 
$
0.75

 
(a)
The following other-than-temporary impairment losses are included in securities gains for the periods presented.
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in millions)
 
2012

 
2011

 
2012

 
2011

 
Debt securities the Firm does not intend to sell that have credit losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses
 
$

 
$

 
$
(113
)
 
$
(27
)
 
Losses recorded in/(reclassified from) other comprehensive income
 
(2
)
 
(15
)
 
85

 
(31
)
 
Total credit losses recognized in income
 
(2
)
 
(15
)
 
(28
)
 
(58
)
 
Securities the Firm intends to sell
 
(1
)
 

 
(14
)
 

 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(15
)
 
$
(42
)
 
$
(58
)
 
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

112


JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (unaudited)
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Net income
 
$
5,708

 
$
4,262

 
$
15,592

 
$
15,248

Other comprehensive income, after-tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gains on AFS securities
 
2,083

 
469

 
3,332

 
1,239

Translation adjustments, net of hedges
 
13

 
(237
)
 
(49
)
 
(210
)
Cash flow hedges
 
23

 
59

 
61

 
(152
)
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans
 
35

 
35

 
138

 
86

Total other comprehensive income, after-tax
 
2,154

 
326

 
3,482

 
963

Comprehensive income
 
$
7,862

 
$
4,588

 
$
19,074

 
$
16,211

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.



113


JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated balance sheets (unaudited)
(in millions, except share data)
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
53,343

 
$
59,602

Deposits with banks
104,344

 
85,279

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (included $26,327 and $22,191 at fair value)
281,991

 
235,314

Securities borrowed (included $11,412 and $15,308 at fair value)
133,526

 
142,462

Trading assets (included assets pledged of $109,561 and $89,856)
447,053

 
443,963

Securities (included $365,892 and $364,781 at fair value and assets pledged of $98,885 and $94,691)
365,901

 
364,793

Loans (included $2,750 and $2,097 at fair value)
721,947

 
723,720

Allowance for loan losses
(22,824
)
 
(27,609
)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
699,123

 
696,111

Accrued interest and accounts receivable
62,989

 
61,478

Premises and equipment
14,271

 
14,041

Goodwill
48,178

 
48,188

Mortgage servicing rights
7,080

 
7,223

Other intangible assets
2,641

 
3,207

Other assets (included $16,871 and $16,499 at fair value and assets pledged of $1,137 and $1,316)
100,844

 
104,131

Total assets(a)
$
2,321,284

 
$
2,265,792

Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits (included $5,450 and $4,933 at fair value)
$
1,139,611

 
$
1,127,806

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements (included $8,121 and $6,817 at fair value)
257,218

 
213,532

Commercial paper
55,474

 
51,631

Other borrowed funds (included $11,252 and $9,576 at fair value)
22,255

 
21,908

Trading liabilities
144,933

 
141,695

Accounts payable and other liabilities (included $38 and $51 at fair value)
203,042

 
202,895

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (included $1,176 and $1,250 at fair value)
57,918

 
65,977

Long-term debt (included $30,856 and $34,720 at fair value)
241,140

 
256,775

Total liabilities(a)
2,121,591

 
2,082,219

Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 21 and 23 of this Form 10-Q)
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock ($1 par value; authorized 200,000,000 shares; issued 905,750 and 780,000 shares at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively)
9,058

 
7,800

Common stock ($1 par value; authorized 9,000,000,000 shares; issued 4,104,933,895 shares)
4,105

 
4,105

Capital surplus
94,431

 
95,602

Retained earnings
99,888

 
88,315

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
4,426

 
944

Shares held in RSU Trust, at cost (849,528 and 852,906 shares)
(38
)
 
(38
)
Treasury stock, at cost (305,376,176 and 332,243,180 shares)
(12,177
)
 
(13,155
)
Total stockholders’ equity
199,693

 
183,573

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,321,284

 
$
2,265,792

(a)
The following table presents information on assets and liabilities related to VIEs that are consolidated by the Firm at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The difference between total VIE assets and liabilities represents the Firm’s interests in those entities, which were eliminated in consolidation.
(in millions)
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Assets
 
 
 
Trading assets
$
13,025

 
$
12,079

Loans
77,086

 
86,754

All other assets
2,028

 
2,638

Total assets
$
92,139

 
$
101,471

Liabilities
 
 
 
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities
$
57,918

 
$
65,977

All other liabilities
1,323

 
1,487

Total liabilities
$
59,241

 
$
67,464

The assets of the consolidated VIEs are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. The holders of the beneficial interests do not have recourse to the general credit of JPMorgan Chase. At both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm provided limited program-wide credit enhancement of $3.1 billion related to its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, which are eliminated in consolidation. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q.
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

114


JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity (unaudited)
 
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except per share data)
 
2012
 
2011
Preferred stock
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1
 
$
7,800

 
$
7,800

Issuance of preferred stock
 
1,258

 

Balance at September 30
 
9,058

 
7,800

Common stock
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1 and September 30
 
4,105

 
4,105

Capital surplus
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1
 
95,602

 
97,415

Shares issued and commitments to issue common stock for employee stock-based compensation awards, and related tax effects
 
(909
)
 
(2,212
)
Other
 
(262
)
 
(125
)
Balance at September 30
 
94,431

 
95,078

Retained earnings
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1
 
88,315

 
73,998

Net income
 
15,592

 
15,248

Dividends declared:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
 
(472
)
 
(472
)
Common stock ($0.90 and $0.75 per share)
 
(3,547
)
 
(3,048
)
Balance at September 30
 
99,888

 
85,726

Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1
 
944

 
1,001

Other comprehensive income
 
3,482

 
963

Balance at September 30
 
4,426

 
1,964

Shares held in RSU Trust, at cost
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1 and September 30
 
(38
)
 
(53
)
Treasury stock, at cost
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1
 
(13,155
)
 
(8,160
)
Purchase of treasury stock
 
(1,415
)
 
(7,877
)
Reissuance from treasury stock
 
2,393

 
3,704

Balance at September 30
 
(12,177
)
 
(12,333
)
Total stockholders equity
 
$
199,693

 
$
182,287

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.



115


JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited)
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
Operating activities
 
 
 
Net income
$
15,592

 
$
15,248

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
2,729

 
5,390

Depreciation and amortization
3,177

 
3,176

Amortization of intangibles
566

 
641

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
755

 
(483
)
Investment securities gains
(2,008
)
 
(1,546
)
Stock-based compensation
2,023

 
2,095

Originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale
(20,032
)
 
(48,785
)
Proceeds from sales, securitizations and paydowns of loans held-for-sale
21,476

 
50,719

Net change in:
 
 
 
Trading assets
(2,763
)
 
8,197

Securities borrowed
8,960

 
(7,987
)
Accrued interest and accounts receivable
(683
)
 
(1,949
)
Other assets
(1,805
)
 
(18,798
)
Trading liabilities
8,112

 
23,013

Accounts payable and other liabilities
(2,584
)
 
32,386

Other operating adjustments
(3,925
)
 
5,201

Net cash provided by operating activities
29,590

 
66,518

Investing activities
 
 
 
Net change in:
 
 
 
Deposits with banks
(19,110
)
 
(107,190
)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
(46,432
)
 
(25,174
)
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
Proceeds
3

 
5

Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities
84,716

 
58,740

Proceeds from sales
73,111

 
60,916

Purchases
(149,150
)
 
(138,473
)
Proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans held-for-investment
4,860

 
9,078

Other changes in loans, net
(16,110
)
 
(27,805
)
Net cash received in business acquisitions or dispositions
90

 
37

All other investing activities, net
(1,699
)
 
199

Net cash used in investing activities
(69,721
)
 
(169,667
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
Net change in:
 
 
 
Deposits
11,683

 
178,063

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
43,643

 
(38,094
)
Commercial paper and other borrowed funds
5,687

 
13,845

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities
(4,312
)
 
1,702

Proceeds from long-term borrowings and trust preferred capital debt securities
51,845

 
45,253

Payments of long-term borrowings and trust preferred capital debt securities
(70,685
)
 
(56,819
)
Excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation
243

 
778

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
1,234

 

Treasury stock and warrants repurchased
(1,653
)
 
(8,000
)
Dividends paid
(3,716
)
 
(2,626
)
All other financing activities, net
(348
)
 
(1,737
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
33,621

 
132,365

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks
251

 
(17
)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and due from banks
(6,259
)
 
29,199

Cash and due from banks at the beginning of the period
59,602

 
27,567

Cash and due from banks at the end of the period
$
53,343

 
$
56,766

Cash interest paid
$
8,780

 
$
10,745

Cash income taxes paid, net
1,549

 
5,770

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

 



116


See Glossary of Terms on pages 213–216 of this Form 10-Q for definitions of terms used throughout the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

Note 1 – Basis of presentation
JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase” or the “Firm”),
a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading global financial services firm and one of the largest banking institutions in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small business, commercial banking, financial transaction processing, asset management and private equity. For a discussion of the Firm’s business segments, see Note 24 on pages 207–209 of this Form
10-Q.
The accounting and financial reporting policies of JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities.
The unaudited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expense, and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could be different from these estimates. In the opinion of management, all normal, recurring adjustments have been included for a fair statement of this interim financial information.
These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, included in JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “2011 Annual Report”).
Certain amounts reported in prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.

Note 2 – Business changes and developments
Increase in common stock dividend
On March 13, 2012, the Board of Directors increased the Firm’s quarterly common stock dividend from $0.25 to $0.30 per share, effective with the dividend paid on April 30, 2012, to shareholders of record on April 5, 2012.
Issuance of preferred stock
On August 27, 2012, the Firm issued $1.3 billion of fixed–rate noncumulative perpetual preferred stock.
Redemption of outstanding trust preferred capital debt securities
On July 12, 2012, JPMorgan Chase redeemed $9.0 billion, or 100% of the liquidation amount, of the following trust
 
preferred capital debt securities: JPMorgan Chase Capital XV, JPMorgan Chase Capital XVII, JPMorgan Chase Capital XVIII, JPMorgan Chase Capital XX, JPMorgan Chase Capital XXII, JPMorgan Chase Capital XXV, JPMorgan Chase Capital XXVI, JPMorgan Chase Capital XXVII, and JPMorgan Chase Capital XXVIII. Other income for the three months ended September 30, 2012, reflected $888 million of pretax extinguishment gains related to adjustments applied to the cost basis of the redeemed trust preferred capital debt securities during the period they were in a qualified hedge accounting relationship. For a further discussion of trust preferred capital debt securities, see Note 21 Long-term debt on pages 273-275 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Common equity repurchases
On March 13, 2012, the Board of Directors authorized a $15.0 billion common equity (i.e., common stock and warrants) repurchase program, of which $12.0 billion is approved for repurchase in 2012. The $15.0 billion authorization includes shares to be repurchased to offset issuances under the Firm’s employee stock-based incentive plans. For additional information on repurchases see Part II, Item 2, Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds, on pages 222–223 of this Form 10-Q.
Global settlement on servicing and origination of mortgages
On February 9, 2012, the Firm announced that it had agreed to a settlement in principle (the “global settlement”) with a number of federal and state government agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the State Attorneys General, relating to the servicing and origination of mortgages. The global settlement, which became effective on April 5, 2012, calls for the Firm to, among other things: (i) make cash payments of approximately $1.1 billion, a portion of which will be set aside for payments to borrowers (“Cash Settlement Payment”); (ii) provide approximately $500 million of refinancing relief to certain “underwater” borrowers whose loans are owned and serviced by the Firm (“Refi Program”); and (iii) provide approximately $3.7 billion of additional relief for certain borrowers, including reductions of principal on first and second liens, payments to assist with short sales, deficiency balance waivers on past foreclosures and short sales, and forbearance assistance for unemployed homeowners (“Consumer Relief Program”). In addition, the global settlement requires the Firm to adhere to certain enhanced mortgage servicing standards. The Cash Settlement Payment was made on April 13, 2012.
As the Firm provides relief to borrowers under the Refi and


117


Consumer Relief Programs, the Firm receives credits that reduce its remaining obligation under these programs. If the Firm does not meet certain targets set forth in the global settlement agreement for providing relief under these programs within certain prescribed time periods, the Firm must instead make additional cash payments. In general, 75% of the targets must be met within two years of the date of the global settlement and 100% must be achieved within three years of that date. The Firm expects to file its first quarterly report concerning its compliance with the global settlement with the Office of Mortgage Settlement Oversight in November 2012. The report will include information regarding refinancings completed under the Refi Program and relief provided to borrowers under the Consumer Relief Program, as well as credits earned by the Firm under the global settlement as a result of performing such actions.
The global settlement releases the Firm from certain further claims by participating government entities related to servicing activities, including foreclosures and loss mitigation activities; certain origination activities; and certain bankruptcy-related activities. Not included in the global settlement are any claims arising out of securitization activities, including representations made to investors respecting mortgage-backed securities; criminal claims; and repurchase demands from the GSEs, among other items.
Also on February 9, 2012, the Firm entered into agreements with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) for the payment of civil money penalties related to conduct that was the subject of consent orders entered into with the banking regulators in April 2011. The Firm’s payment obligations under those agreements will be deemed satisfied by the Firm’s payments and provisions of relief under the global settlement.
For further information on this global settlement, see Loans in Note 13 on pages 154–175 and Mortgage Foreclosure Investigations and Litigation in Note 23 on pages 203–204 of this Form 10-Q.
Washington Mutual, Inc. bankruptcy plan confirmation
On February 17, 2012, a bankruptcy court confirmed the joint plan containing the global settlement agreement resolving numerous disputes among Washington Mutual, Inc. (“WMI”), JPMorgan Chase and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as well as significant creditor groups (the “WaMu Global Settlement”). The WaMu Global Settlement was finalized on March 19, 2012, pursuant to the execution of a definitive agreement and court approval, and the Firm recognized additional assets, including certain pension-related assets, as well as tax refunds, resulting in a pretax gain of $1.1 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2012. For additional information related to the WaMu Global Settlement, see Washington Mutual Litigations in Note 23 on pages 205–206 of this Form 10-Q.
 
Subsequent events
Hurricane Sandy
On October 29, 2012, the mid-Atlantic and Northeast regions of the U.S. were affected by Hurricane Sandy, which caused major flooding and wind damage and resulted in major disruptions to individuals and businesses and significant damage to homes and communities in the affected regions. Despite the damage and disruption to many of its branches and facilities, the Firm has been assisting its customers, clients and borrowers in the affected areas. The Firm has continued to dispense cash via ATMs and branches, loan money, provide liquidity to customers, and settle trades, and has waived a number of checking account and loan fees, including late payment fees. The potential financial impact from Hurricane Sandy on the Firm will be dependent upon a number of factors, such as the amount of credit extended to affected persons and businesses, the extent of damage, and the borrower's financial condition, including the amount of insurance proceeds and governmental assistance available to them.  The Firm is in the early stages of quantifying the potential impact from Hurricane Sandy on its financial results of operations.  









118


Note 3 – Fair value measurement
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
Valuation process
The Firm has an established and well-documented process for determining fair values.
Risk-taking functions are responsible for providing fair value estimates for assets and liabilities carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. A valuation control function, which is independent of the risk-taking function, verifies the fair value estimates leveraging independently derived prices, valuation inputs and other market data, where available.
Where independent prices or inputs are not available, additional review is performed by the valuation control function to ensure the reasonableness of information that cannot be verified to external independent data, and may include: evaluating the limited market activity including client unwinds; benchmarking of valuations inputs to those for similar instruments; decomposition of the valuation of structured instruments into individual components; comparing expected to actual cash flows; review of detailed profit and loss components, which are analyzed over time; review of trends in collateral valuation; and additional levels of management review for larger, more complex holdings.
The valuation control function is also responsible for determining any valuation adjustments that may be required, based on market conditions and other specific facts and circumstances, to ensure that the Firm’s positions are recorded at fair value. Judgment is required to assess the need for valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect counterparty credit quality; the Firm’s creditworthiness; liquidity considerations; unobservable parameters; and, for certain portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The determination of such adjustments follows a consistent framework across the Firm.
Valuation model review and approval
If prices or quotes are not available for an instrument or a similar instrument, fair value is generally determined using valuation models that consider relevant transaction data such as maturity and use as inputs market-based or independently sourced parameters. Where this is the case the price verification process described above is applied to the inputs to those models.
 
The Firm’s Model Review Group within the Firm’s Model Risk and Development Group, which in turn reports to the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for reviewing and approving valuation models used by the Firm. Model reviews consider a number of factors about the model’s suitability for valuation of a particular product including whether it accurately reflects the significant risk characteristics of a particular product; the selection and reliability of model inputs; consistency with models for similar products; the appropriateness of any model-related adjustments; and sensitivity to input parameters and assumptions that cannot be observed from the market. In addition, the model reviews consider the reasonableness of model methodology and assumptions, and additional testing is conducted, including back-testing of model outcomes.
All new significant valuation models, as well as major changes to existing models, are reviewed and approved prior to implementation except where specified conditions are met. Previously approved models are reviewed and re-approved periodically.
For a further discussion of the Firm’s valuation methodologies for assets, liabilities and lending-related commitments measured at fair value and the fair value hierarchy, see Note 3 on pages 184–198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


119


The following table presents the asset and liabilities reported at fair value as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, by major product category and fair value hierarchy.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
 
Fair value hierarchy
 
Netting adjustments
 
September 30, 2012 (in millions)
Level 1(h)
Level 2(h)
 
Level 3(h)
 
Total fair value
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
$

$
26,327

 
$

 
$

$
26,327

Securities borrowed

11,412

 

 

11,412

Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies(a)
27,419

5,007

 
60

 

32,486

Residential – nonagency

5,907

 
666

 

6,573

Commercial – nonagency

961

 
1,367

 

2,328

Total mortgage-backed securities
27,419

11,875

 
2,093

 

41,387

U.S. Treasury and government agencies(a)
18,235

9,076

 

 

27,311

Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities

16,336

 
1,408

 

17,744

Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper

5,062

 

 

5,062

Non-U.S. government debt securities
27,049

36,713

 
57

 

63,819

Corporate debt securities

29,939

 
5,138

 

35,077

Loans(b)

26,302

 
10,646

 

36,948

Asset-backed securities

3,761

 
5,400

 

9,161

Total debt instruments
72,703

139,064

 
24,742

 

236,509

Equity securities
100,806

2,528

 
1,176

 

104,510

Physical commodities(c)
15,802

6,154

 

 

21,956

Other

3,173

 
942

 

4,115

Total debt and equity instruments(d)
189,311

150,919

 
26,860

 

367,090

Derivative receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
2,215

1,378,796

 
7,181

 
(1,345,465
)
42,727

Credit

102,298

 
8,196

 
(107,110
)
3,384

Foreign exchange
622

124,070

 
3,850

 
(116,791
)
11,751

Equity
2

43,033

 
5,362

 
(38,779
)
9,618

Commodity
369

45,978

 
2,565

 
(36,429
)
12,483

Total derivative receivables(e)
3,208

1,694,175

 
27,154

 
(1,644,574
)
79,963

Total trading assets
192,519

1,845,094

 
54,014

 
(1,644,574
)
447,053

Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies(a)
86,453

8,582

 

 

95,035

Residential – nonagency

74,172

 
668

 

74,840

Commercial – nonagency

11,921

 
164

 

12,085

Total mortgage-backed securities
86,453

94,675

 
832

 

181,960

U.S. Treasury and government agencies(a)
7,891

3,264

 

 

11,155

Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
36

22,156

 
187

 

22,379

Certificates of deposit

3,534

 

 

3,534

Non-U.S. government debt securities
38,888

23,542

 

 

62,430

Corporate debt securities

43,603

 

 

43,603

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized loan obligations


 
26,222

 

26,222

Other

11,835

 
137

 

11,972

Equity securities
2,599

38

 

 

2,637

Total available-for-sale securities
135,867

202,647

 
27,378

 

365,892

Loans

417

 
2,333

 

2,750

Mortgage servicing rights


 
7,080

 

7,080

Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity investments(f)
282

355

 
7,104

 

7,741

All other
4,523

244

 
4,363

 

9,130

Total other assets
4,805

599

 
11,467

 

16,871

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
333,191

$
2,086,496

(g) 
$
102,272

(g) 
$
(1,644,574
)
$
877,385

Deposits
$

$
3,477

 
$
1,973

 
$

$
5,450

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements

8,121

 

 

8,121

Other borrowed funds

9,925

 
1,327

 

11,252

Trading liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 


Debt and equity instruments(d)
55,948

15,360

 
163

 

71,471

Derivative payables:
 
 
 
 
 
 


Interest rate
2,869

1,337,188

 
3,490

 
(1,314,759
)
28,788

Credit

104,884

 
5,586

 
(107,142
)
3,328

Foreign exchange
659

136,852

 
5,641

 
(126,390
)
16,762

Equity

40,291

 
7,559

 
(36,747
)
11,103

Commodity
342

47,880

 
2,568

 
(37,309
)
13,481

Total derivative payables(e)
3,870

1,667,095

 
24,844

 
(1,622,347
)
73,462

Total trading liabilities
59,818

1,682,455

 
25,007

 
(1,622,347
)
144,933

Accounts payable and other liabilities


 
38

 

38

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs

274

 
902

 

1,176

Long-term debt

22,384

 
8,472

 

30,856

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
59,818

$
1,726,636

 
$
37,719

 
$
(1,622,347
)
$
201,826


120





 
Fair value hierarchy
 
Netting adjustments
 
December 31, 2011 (in millions)
Level 1(h)
Level 2(h)
 
Level 3(h)
 
Total fair value
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
$

$
22,191

 
$

 
$

$
22,191

Securities borrowed

15,308

 

 

15,308

Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies(a)
27,082

7,801

 
86

 

34,969

Residential – nonagency

2,956

 
796

 

3,752

Commercial – nonagency

870

 
1,758

 

2,628

Total mortgage-backed securities
27,082

11,627

 
2,640

 

41,349

U.S. Treasury and government agencies(a)
11,508

8,391

 

 

19,899

Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities

15,117

 
1,619

 

16,736

Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper

2,615

 

 

2,615

Non-U.S. government debt securities
18,618

40,080

 
104

 

58,802

Corporate debt securities

33,938

 
6,373

 

40,311

Loans(b)

21,589

 
12,209

 

33,798

Asset-backed securities

2,406

 
7,965

 

10,371

Total debt instruments
57,208

135,763

 
30,910

 

223,881

Equity securities
93,799

3,502

 
1,177

 

98,478

Physical commodities(c)
21,066

4,898

 

 

25,964

Other

2,283

 
880

 

3,163

Total debt and equity instruments(d)
172,073

146,446

 
32,967

 

351,486

Derivative receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
1,324

1,433,469

 
6,728

 
(1,395,152
)
46,369

Credit

152,569

 
17,081

 
(162,966
)
6,684

Foreign exchange
833

162,689

 
4,641

 
(150,273
)
17,890

Equity

43,604

 
4,132

 
(40,943
)
6,793

Commodity
4,561

50,409

 
2,459

 
(42,688
)
14,741

Total derivative receivables(e)
6,718

1,842,740

 
35,041

 
(1,792,022
)
92,477

Total trading assets
178,791

1,989,186

 
68,008

 
(1,792,022
)
443,963

Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies(a)
92,426

14,681

 

 

107,107

Residential – nonagency

67,554

 
3

 

67,557

Commercial – nonagency

10,962

 
267

 

11,229

Total mortgage-backed securities
92,426

93,197

 
270

 

185,893

U.S. Treasury and government agencies(a)
3,837

4,514

 

 

8,351

Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
36

16,246

 
258

 

16,540

Certificates of deposit

3,017

 

 

3,017

Non-U.S. government debt securities
25,381

19,884

 

 

45,265

Corporate debt securities

62,176

 

 

62,176

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized loan obligations

116

 
24,745

 

24,861

Other

15,760

 
213

 

15,973

Equity securities
2,667

38

 

 

2,705

Total available-for-sale securities
124,347

214,948

 
25,486

 

364,781

Loans

450

 
1,647

 

2,097

Mortgage servicing rights


 
7,223

 

7,223

Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity investments(f)
99

706

 
6,751

 

7,556

All other
4,336

233

 
4,374

 

8,943

Total other assets
4,435

939

 
11,125

 

16,499

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
307,573

$
2,243,022

(g) 
$
113,489

(g) 
$
(1,792,022
)
$
872,062

Deposits
$

$
3,515

 
$
1,418

 
$

$
4,933

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements

6,817

 

 

6,817

Other borrowed funds

8,069

 
1,507

 

9,576

Trading liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt and equity instruments(d)
50,830

15,677

 
211

 

66,718

Derivative payables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
1,537

1,395,113

 
3,167

 
(1,371,807
)
28,010

Credit

155,772

 
9,349

 
(159,511
)
5,610

Foreign exchange
846

159,258

 
5,904

 
(148,573
)
17,435

Equity

39,129

 
7,237

 
(36,711
)
9,655

Commodity
3,114

53,684

 
3,146

 
(45,677
)
14,267

Total derivative payables(e)
5,497

1,802,956

 
28,803

 
(1,762,279
)
74,977

Total trading liabilities
56,327

1,818,633

 
29,014

 
(1,762,279
)
141,695

Accounts payable and other liabilities


 
51

 

51

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs

459

 
791

 

1,250

Long-term debt

24,410

 
10,310

 

34,720

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
$
56,327

$
1,861,903

 
$
43,091

 
$
(1,762,279
)
$
199,042

(a)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included total U.S. government-sponsored enterprise obligations of $110.4 billion and $122.4 billion, respectively, which were predominantly mortgage-related.

121


(b)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included within trading loans were $22.9 billion and $20.1 billion, respectively, of residential first-lien mortgages, and $2.3 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, of commercial first-lien mortgages. Residential mortgage loans include conforming mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell to U.S. government agencies of $13.8 billion and $11.0 billion, respectively, and reverse mortgages of $4.0 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively.
(c)
Physical commodities inventories are generally accounted for at the lower of cost or market. “Market” is a term defined in U.S. GAAP as not exceeding fair value less costs to sell (“transaction costs”). Transaction costs for the Firm’s physical commodities inventories are either not applicable or immaterial to the value of the inventory. Therefore, market approximates fair value for the Firm’s physical commodities inventories. When fair value hedging has been applied (or when market is below cost), the carrying value of physical commodities approximates fair value, because under fair value hedge accounting, the cost basis is adjusted for changes in fair value. For a further discussion of the Firm’s hedge accounting relationships, see Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q. To provide consistent fair value disclosure information, all physical commodities inventories have been included in each period presented.
(d)
Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of securities sold but not yet purchased (short positions) when the long and short positions have identical Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures numbers (“CUSIPs”).
(e)
As permitted under U.S. GAAP, the Firm has elected to net derivative receivables and derivative payables and the related cash collateral received and paid when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists. For purposes of the tables above, the Firm does not reduce derivative receivables and derivative payables balances for this netting adjustment, either within or across the levels of the fair value hierarchy, as such netting is not relevant to a presentation based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability. Therefore, the balances reported in the fair value hierarchy table are gross of any counterparty netting adjustments. However, if the Firm were to net such balances within level 3, the reduction in the level 3 derivative receivables and payables balances would be $9.6 billion and $11.7 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively; this is exclusive of the netting benefit associated with cash collateral, which would further reduce the level 3 balances.
(f)
Private equity instruments represent investments within the Corporate/Private Equity line of business. The cost basis of the private equity investment portfolio totaled $8.5 billion and $9.5 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(g)
Includes investments in hedge funds, private equity funds, real estate and other funds that do not have readily determinable fair values. The Firm uses net asset value per share when measuring the fair value of these investments. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the fair values of these investments were $5.0 billion and $5.5 billion, respectively, of which $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively were classified in level 2, and $3.9 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, in level 3.
(h)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no significant transfers between levels 1 and 2 and from level 2 into level 3. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, transfers from level 3 into level 2 included $1.2 billion of derivative payables based on increased observability of certain structured equity derivatives and $1.6 billion of long-term debt due to a decrease in valuation uncertainty of certain equity structured notes. There were no significant transfers from level 3 into level 2 during the three months ended September 30, 2012. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, transfers from level 3 into level 2 were not significant. All transfers are assumed to occur at the beginning of the reporting period.
Level 3 valuations
The Firm has established well-documented processes for determining fair value, including for instruments where fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs (level 3). For further information on the Firm’s valuation process and a detailed discussion of the determination of fair value for individual financial instruments, see Note 3 on pages 184–198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed models that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.
In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate model to use. Second, due to the lack of observability of significant inputs, management must assess all relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs — including, but not limited to, transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment rates, default rates, volatilities, correlations, equity or debt prices, valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Finally, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s credit worthiness, constraints on liquidity and unobservable
 
parameters, where relevant. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole.
The following table presents the Firm’s primary level 3 financial instruments, the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of those financial instruments, the significant unobservable inputs and the range of values for those inputs. While the determination to classify an instrument within level 3 is based on the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement, level 3 financial instruments typically include observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources) in addition to the unobservable components. The level 1 and/or level 2 inputs are not included in the table. In addition, the Firm manages the risk of the observable components of level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The range of values presented in the table is representative of the highest and lowest level input used to value the significant instruments within a classification. The input range does not reflect the level of input uncertainty, instead it is driven by the different underlying characteristics of the various instruments within the classification.
For more information on valuation inputs and control, see Note 3 on pages 184–198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.




122


Level 3 inputs(a)
September 30, 2012 (in millions, except for ratios and basis points)
 
 
 
 
Product/Instrument
Fair value
Principal valuation technique
Unobservable inputs
Range of input values
Residential mortgage-backed securities and loans
$
10,051

Discounted cash flows
Yield
4
 %
-
19%
 
 
Prepayment speed
0
 %
-
36%
 
 
 
Conditional default rate
0
 %
-
100%
 
 
 
Loss severity
0
 %
-
95%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities and loans(b)
1,832

Discounted cash flows
Yield
0
 %
-
32%
 
 
Conditional default rate
0
 %
-
26%
 
 
 
Loss severity
0
 %
-
40%
Corporate debt securities, obligations of U.S. states and municipalities, and other(c)
18,971

Discounted cash flows
Credit spread
130 bps

-
250 bps
 
 
Yield
0
 %
-
38%
 
Market comparables
Price
24

-
125
Net interest rate derivatives
3,691

Option pricing
Interest rate correlation
(75
)%
-
100%
 
 
 
Interest rate spread volatility
0
 %
-
60%
Net credit derivatives(b)
2,610

Discounted cash flows
Credit correlation
20
 %
-
90%
Net foreign exchange derivatives
(1,791
)
Option pricing
Foreign exchange correlation
(75
)%
-
40%
Net equity derivatives
(2,197
)
Option pricing
Equity volatility
5
 %
-
55%
Net commodity derivatives
(3
)
Option pricing
Commodity volatility
30
 %
-
52%
Collateralized loan obligations(d)
30,080

Discounted cash flows
Default correlation
99%
 
 
 
Credit spread
135 bps

-
225 bps
 
 
 
Prepayment speed
20%
 
 
 
Conditional default rate
3
 %
-
75%
 
 
 
Loss severity
48
 %
-
100%
Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”)
7,080

Discounted cash flows
Refer to Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.
Private equity direct investments
5,186

Market comparables
EBITDA multiple
2.6x

-
12.5x
 
 
Liquidity adjustment
0
 %
-
30%
Private equity fund investments
1,918

Net asset value
Net asset value(f)
 
Long-term debt, other borrowed funds, and deposits(e)
11,772

Option pricing
Interest rate correlation
(75
)%
-
100%
 
 
Foreign exchange correlation
(75
)%
-
40%
 
 
Equity correlation
(40
)%
-
85%
 
 
Discounted cash flows
Credit correlation
20
 %
-
80%
(a)
The categories presented in the table have been aggregated based upon product type which may differ from their classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b)
The unobservable inputs and associated input ranges for approximately $1.4 billion in credit derivative receivables and $1.3 billion in credit derivative payables with underlying mortgage risk have been included in the inputs and ranges provided for commercial mortgage-backed securities and loans.
(c)
Approximately 19% of instruments in this category include price as an unobservable input. This balance includes certain securities and illiquid trading loans, which are generally valued using comparable prices and/or yields for similar instruments.
(d)
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) are securities backed by corporate loans. At September 30, 2012, $26.2 billion of CLOs were held in the available–for–sale (“AFS”) securities portfolio and $3.9 billion were included in asset-backed securities held in the trading portfolio. Substantially all of the securities are rated “AAA”, “AA” and “A”. For a further discussion of CLOs held in the AFS securities portfolio, see Note 11 on pages 148–153 of this Form 10-Q.
(e)
Long-term debt, other borrowed funds, and deposits include structured notes issued by the Firm that are financial instruments containing embedded derivatives. The estimation of the fair value of structured notes is predominantly based on the derivative features embedded within the instruments. The significant unobservable inputs are broadly consistent with those presented for derivative receivables.
(f)
The range has not been disclosed due to the wide range of possible values given the diverse nature of the underlying investments.

Changes in and ranges of unobservable inputs
The following provides a description of the impact on a fair value measurement of a change in an unobservable input, and the interrelationship between unobservable inputs, where relevant and significant. The impact of changes in inputs may not be independent as a change in one unobservable input may give rise to a change in another unobservable input. The descriptions provided below indicate the impact of a change in an input in isolation. Where relationships exist between two unobservable inputs,
 
those relationships are discussed below. Relationships may also exist between observable and unobservable inputs (for example, as observable interest rates rise, unobservable prepayment rates decline). Such relationships have not been included in the discussion below. In addition, for each of the individual relationships described below, the inverse relationship would also generally apply.
For each of the level 3 inputs the range of values used in the valuation of the Firm’s position will vary, potentially


123


significantly, based on the attributes of the underlying instruments that are being valued. Therefore, the ranges of inputs provided are not indicative of the level of valuation uncertainty for the underlying instruments. For example, two option contracts may have similar levels of market risk exposure and valuation uncertainty, but have significantly different implied volatility levels because the option contracts have different underlyings, tenors, or strike prices. The following provides a description of attributes of the underlying instruments and external market factors that affect the range of the inputs used in the valuation of the Firm’s positions.
Discount rates and spreads
Yield – The yield of an asset is the interest rate used to discount future cash flows in a discounted cash flow calculation. An increase in the yield, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.
Credit spread – The credit spread is the amount of additional annualized return over the market interest rate that a market participant would demand for taking exposure to the credit risk of an instrument. The credit spread for an instrument forms part of the discount rate used in a discounted cash flow calculation. Generally an increase in the credit spread would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.
The yield and the credit spread of a particular mortgage backed security or CLO primarily reflect the risk inherent in the instrument. The yield is also impacted by the absolute level of the coupon paid by the instrument (which may not correspond directly to the level of inherent risk). Therefore, the range of yield and credit spreads reflects the range of risk inherent in various instruments owned by the Firm. The risk inherent in mortgage backed securities is driven by the subordination of the security being valued and the characteristics of the underlying mortgages within the collateralized pool, including borrower FICO scores, loan to value ratios for residential mortgages and the nature of the property and/or any tenants for commercial mortgages. For CLOs, credit spread reflects the subordination of the investment, the credit quality of underlying borrowers and the specific terms of the loans within the CLO structure. For corporate debt securities, obligations of US States and municipals and other similar instruments, credit spreads reflect the credit quality of the obligor and the tenor of the obligation.
Performance rates of underlying collateral in collateralized obligations (e.g., MBS, CLOs, etc.)
Prepayment speed – The prepayment speed is a measure of the voluntary unscheduled principal repayments of a prepayable obligation in a collateralized pool. Prepayment speeds generally decline as borrower delinquencies rise. An increase in prepayment speeds, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement of assets valued at a premium to par and an increase in a fair value measurement of assets valued at a discount to par.
 
Prepayment speeds may vary from collateral pool to collateral pool, and are driven by the type and location of the underlying borrower, the remaining tenor of the obligation as well as the level and type (e.g. fixed or floating) of interest rate being paid by the borrower.
Conditional default rate – The conditional default rate is a measure of the reduction in the outstanding collateral balance underlying a collateralized obligation as a result of defaults. While there is typically no direct relationship between conditional default rates and prepayment speeds, collateralized obligations for which the underlying collateral have high prepayment speeds will tend to have lower conditional default rates. An increase in conditional default rates would generally be accompanied by an increase in loss severity and an increase in credit spreads. An increase in the conditional default rate, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement. Conditional default rates reflect the quality of the collateral underlying a securitization and the structure of the securitization itself. Based on the types of securities owned in the Firm’s market making portfolios, conditional default rates are most typically at the lower end of the range presented.
Loss severity – The loss severity (the inverse concept is termed the recovery rate) is the expected amount of future realized losses resulting from the ultimate liquidation of a particular loan, expressed as the net amount of loss relative to the outstanding loan balance. An increase in loss severity is generally accompanied by an increase in conditional default rates. An increase in the loss severity, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.
The loss severity applied in valuing a mortgage backed security or a CLO investment depends on a host of factors relating to the underlying obligations (i.e. mortgages or loans). For mortgages this includes the loan to value ratio, the nature of the lender’s charge over the property and various other instrument-specific factors. For CLO investments, loss severity is driven by the characteristics of the underlying loans including the seniority of the loans and the type and amount of any security provided by the obligor.
Correlation
Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (e.g., how the change of one variable influences change in the other). Correlation is a pricing input for a derivative product where the payoff is driven by one or more underlying risks. Correlation inputs are related to the type of derivative (e.g., interest rate, credit, equity and foreign exchange) due to the nature of the underlying risks. When parameters are positively correlated, an increase for one will result in an increase for the other. When parameters are negatively correlated, an increase for one will result in a decrease for the other. An increase in correlation can result in an increase or a decrease in a fair value measurement. Given a short correlation position, an increase in correlation, in isolation, would generally result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.


124


Default correlation – Default correlation measures whether the loans that collateralize an issued CLO are more likely to default together or separately. An increase in default correlation would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement of a senior tranche in the capital structure of a collateralized obligation.
The level of correlation used in the valuation of derivatives with multiple underlying risks depends on a number of factors including the nature of those risks. For example, the correlation between two credit risk exposures would be different to that between two interest rate risk exposures. Similarly, the tenor of the transaction may also impact the correlation input as the relationship between the underlying risks may be different over different time periods.
Volatility
Volatility is a measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument, parameter or market index given how much the particular instrument, parameter or index changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, including equity options, commodity options, and interest rate options. Generally, the higher the volatility of the underlying, the riskier the instrument. Given a long position in an option, an increase in volatility, in isolation, would generally result in an increase in a fair value measurement.
The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option based derivative depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying the option (e.g., the volatility of a particular equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular commodity index), the tenor of the derivative as well as the strike price of the option.
EBITDA multiple
EBITDA multiples refer to the input (often derived from the value of a comparable company) that is multiplied by the historic and/or expected earnings before interest, tax,
 
depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of a company in order to estimate the company’s value. An increase in the EBITDA multiple, in isolation, net of adjustments, would result in an increase in a fair value measurement. The EBITDA multiple used to value a private equity investment varies depending on the industry, size and performance of the investee company.
Net asset value
Net asset value is the total value of a fund’s assets less liabilities. An increase in net asset value would result in an increase in a fair value measurement.
Changes in level 3 recurring fair value measurements
The following tables include a rollforward of the Consolidated Balance Sheet amounts (including changes in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Firm within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within level 3, the determination is based on the significance of the unobservable parameters to the overall fair value measurement. However, level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources); accordingly, the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology. Also, the Firm risk-manages the observable components of level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within level 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy; as these level 1 and level 2 risk management instruments are not included below, the gains or losses in the following tables do not reflect the effect of the Firm’s risk management activities related to such level 3 instruments.



125


 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Three months ended
September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Fair value at July 1, 2012
Total realized/unrealized gains/(losses)
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2012
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2012
Purchases(f)
Sales
 
Settlements
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
$
70

$
(10
)
 
$

$

 
$

$

 
$
60

 
$
(3
)
 
Residential – nonagency
671

54

 
155

(168
)
 
(45
)
(1
)
 
666

 
36

 
Commercial – nonagency
1,357

22

 
56

(42
)
 
(26
)

 
1,367

 
26

 
Total mortgage-backed securities
2,098

66

 
211

(210
)
 
(71
)
(1
)
 
2,093

 
59

 
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
1,459

(1
)
 
6

(56
)
 


 
1,408

 

 
Non-U.S. government debt securities
70

(2
)
 
130

(140
)
 
(1
)

 
57

 
(4
)
 
Corporate debt securities
5,234

(1
)
 
1,532

(1,380
)
 
(242
)
(5
)
 
5,138

 
52

 
Loans
10,915

392

 
1,119

(684
)
 
(1,102
)
6

 
10,646

 
299

 
Asset-backed securities
6,809

135

 
634

(2,053
)
 
(125
)

 
5,400

 
126

 
Total debt instruments
26,585

589

 
3,632

(4,523
)
 
(1,541
)

 
24,742

 
532

 
Equity securities
1,236

(11
)
 
135

(147
)
 
(41
)
4

 
1,176

 
(27
)
 
Other
955

47

 
8

(49
)
 
(19
)

 
942

 
40

 
Total trading assets – debt and equity instruments
28,776

625

(b) 
3,775

(4,719
)
 
(1,601
)
4

 
26,860

 
545

(b) 
Net derivative receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
3,692

2,317

 
89

(82
)
 
(2,311
)
(14
)
 
3,691

 
1,295

 
Credit
4,448

(1,491
)
 
18

(38
)
 
(327
)

 
2,610

 
(1,395
)
 
Foreign exchange
(1,488
)
(263
)
 
33

(5
)
 
(24
)
(44
)
 
(1,791
)
 
(205
)
 
Equity
(1,983
)
(118
)
 
426

(564
)
 
52

(10
)
 
(2,197
)
 
(180
)
 
Commodity
17

(392
)
 
11

(1
)
 
313

49

 
(3
)
 
(163
)
 
Total net derivative receivables
4,686

53

(b) 
577

(690
)
 
(2,297
)
(19
)
 
2,310

 
(648
)
(b) 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
25,692

168

 
1,334

(24
)
 
(811
)

 
26,359

 
167

 
Other
622

1

 
406


 
(10
)

 
1,019

 
1

 
Total available-for-sale securities
26,314

169

(c) 
1,740

(24
)
 
(821
)

 
27,378

 
168

(c) 
Loans
2,520

110

(b) 
494


 
(854
)
63

 
2,333

 
101

(b) 
Mortgage servicing rights
7,118

(329
)
(d) 
606

(23
)
 
(292
)

 
7,080

 
(329
)
(d) 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity investments
6,702

23

(b) 
762

(93
)
 
(290
)

 
7,104

 
(77
)
(b) 
All other
4,448

7

(e) 
90

(53
)
 
(129
)

 
4,363

 
6

(e) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Three months ended
September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Fair value at July 1, 2012
Total realized/unrealized (gains)/losses
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2012
Change in unrealized (gains)/losses related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2012
Purchases(f)
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Liabilities:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,876

$
58

(b) 
$

$

$
240

$
(88
)
$
(113
)
 
$
1,973

 
$
45

(b) 
Other borrowed funds
1,107

71

(b) 


374

(421
)
196

 
1,327

 
156

(b) 
Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments
360

8

(b) 
(583
)
377


1


 
163

 
6

 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
42


 



(4
)

 
38

 

 
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
745

88

(b) 


153

(84
)

 
902

 
39

(b) 
Long-term debt
8,856

647

(b) 


647

(1,666
)
(12
)
 
8,472

 
762

(b) 



126


 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Three months ended
September 30, 2011
(in millions)
Fair value at July 1, 2011
Total realized/unrealized gains/(losses)
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2011
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2011
Purchases(f)
Sales
 
Settlements
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
$
165

$
3

 
$

$

 
$
(15
)
$
(58
)
 
$
95

 
$
(6
)
 
Residential – nonagency
863

(13
)
 
104

(98
)
 
(51
)
2

 
807

 
(41
)
 
Commercial – nonagency
1,843

12

 
121

(82
)
 
(59
)

 
1,835

 
2

 
Total mortgage-backed securities
2,871

2

 
225

(180
)
 
(125
)
(56
)
 
2,737

 
(45
)
 
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
1,855

11

 
68

(369
)
 


 
1,565

 
10

 
Non-U.S. government debt securities
82

5

 
201

(166
)
 
(24
)

 
98

 
5

 
Corporate debt securities
5,606

(60
)
 
1,388

(1,570
)
 
(175
)
71

 
5,260

 
(35
)
 
Loans
11,742

14

 
1,547

(988
)
 
(880
)
149

 
11,584

 
(81
)
 
Asset-backed securities
8,319

(453
)
 
1,698

(1,065
)
 
(61
)
3

 
8,441

 
(458
)
 
Total debt instruments
30,475

(481
)
 
5,127

(4,338
)
 
(1,265
)
167

 
29,685

 
(604
)
 
Equity securities
1,408

75

 
40

(272
)
 
(22
)
(23
)
 
1,206

 
51

 
Other
908

(2
)
 
9

(2
)
 
(25
)

 
888

 
(12
)
 
Total trading assets – debt and equity instruments
32,791

(408
)
(b) 
5,176

(4,612
)
 
(1,312
)
144

 
31,779

 
(565
)
(b) 
Net derivative receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
3,117

1,943

 
97

(52
)
 
(1,432
)
(206
)
 
3,467

 
931

 
Credit
4,733

3,909

 
19

(7
)
 
183


 
8,837

 
3,712

 
Foreign exchange
(536
)
(1,236
)
 
51

(15
)
 
179

(31
)
 
(1,588
)
 
(1,250
)
 
Equity
(3,203
)
(85
)
 
117

(309
)
 
91

1

 
(3,388
)
 
(177
)
 
Commodity
(1,274
)
380

 
64

(5
)
 
(22
)
90

 
(767
)
 
287

 
Total net derivative receivables
2,837

4,911

(b) 
348

(388
)
 
(1,001
)
(146
)
 
6,561

 
3,503

(b) 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
15,402

(453
)
 
9,349

(1,392
)
 
(1,376
)

 
21,530

 
(457
)
 
Other
501

(2
)
 
57


 
(17
)

 
539

 
(2
)
 
Total available-for-sale securities
15,903

(455
)
(c) 
9,406

(1,392
)
 
(1,393
)

 
22,069

 
(459
)
(c) 
Loans
1,472

167

(b) 
120

(9
)
 
(151
)
15

 
1,614

 
163

(b) 
Mortgage servicing rights
12,243

(4,575
)
(d) 
624


 
(459
)

 
7,833

 
(4,575
)
(d) 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity investments
8,022

(469
)
(b) 
49

(691
)
 
(156
)
(166
)
 
6,589

 
(372
)
(b) 
All other
4,449

(50
)
(e) 
154

(19
)
 
(47
)

 
4,487

 
(56
)
(e) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Three months ended
September 30, 2011
(in millions)
Fair value at July 1, 2011
Total realized/unrealized (gains)/losses
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2011
Change in unrealized (gains)/losses related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2011
Purchases(f)
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Liabilities:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
863

$
(1
)
(b) 
$

$

$
29

$
(241
)
$

 
$
650

 
$
(11
)
(b) 
Other borrowed funds
2,078

(241
)
(b) 


157

(145
)

 
1,849

 
(7
)
(b) 
Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments
197

7

(b) 
(111
)
296


(79
)

 
310

 

(b) 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
73

1

(e) 



(6
)

 
68

 
1

(e) 
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
430

10

(b) 


2

(78
)

 
364

 
(4
)
(b) 
Long-term debt
13,534

(131
)
(b) 


394

(865
)
209

 
13,141

 
98

(b) 

127


 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Fair value at January 1, 2012
Total realized/unrealized gains/(losses)
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2012
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2012
Purchases(f)
Sales
 
Settlements
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
$
86

$
(31
)
 
$
5

$

 
$

$

 
$
60

 
$
(11
)
 
Residential – nonagency
796

105

 
334

(426
)
 
(120
)
(23
)
 
666

 
67

 
Commercial – nonagency
1,758

(25
)
 
186

(371
)
 
(81
)
(100
)
 
1,367

 
(14
)
 
Total mortgage-backed securities
2,640

49

 
525

(797
)
 
(201
)
(123
)
 
2,093

 
42

 
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
1,619

(2
)
 
335

(540
)
 
(4
)

 
1,408

 
(8
)
 
Non-U.S. government debt securities
104

1

 
473

(500
)
 
(21
)

 
57

 
(3
)
 
Corporate debt securities
6,373

204

 
5,468

(4,085
)
 
(2,447
)
(375
)
 
5,138

 
301

 
Loans
12,209

687

 
3,332

(1,976
)
 
(3,032
)
(574
)
 
10,646

 
404

 
Asset-backed securities
7,965

147

 
1,912

(3,987
)
 
(638
)
1

 
5,400

 
88

 
Total debt instruments
30,910

1,086

 
12,045

(11,885
)
 
(6,343
)
(1,071
)
 
24,742

 
824

 
Equity securities
1,177

(88
)
 
247

(204
)
 
(54
)
98

 
1,176

 
(44
)
 
Other
880

201

 
58

(97
)
 
(100
)

 
942

 
203

 
Total trading assets – debt and equity instruments
32,967

1,199

(b) 
12,350

(12,186
)
 
(6,497
)
(973
)
 
26,860

 
983

(b) 
Net derivative receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
3,561

5,672

 
389

(180
)
 
(5,366
)
(385
)
 
3,691

 
1,564

 
Credit
7,732

(3,677
)
 
122

(81
)
 
(1,487
)
1

 
2,610

 
(3,098
)
 
Foreign exchange
(1,263
)
(768
)
 
78

(183
)
 
395

(50
)
 
(1,791
)
 
(691
)
 
Equity
(3,105
)
47

 
1,279

(1,642
)
 
151

1,073

 
(2,197
)
 
(537
)
 
Commodity
(687
)
(472
)
 
50

64

 
958

84

 
(3
)
 
(280
)
 
Total net derivative receivables
6,238

802

(b) 
1,918

(2,022
)
 
(5,349
)
723

 
2,310

 
(3,042
)
(b) 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
24,958

(168
)
 
4,504

(1,171
)
 
(1,880
)
116

 
26,359

 
(183
)
 
Other
528

33

 
667

(113
)
 
(96
)

 
1,019

 
8

 
Total available-for-sale securities
25,486

(135
)
(c) 
5,171

(1,284
)
 
(1,976
)
116

 
27,378

 
(175
)
(c) 
Loans
1,647

686

(b) 
1,201


 
(1,345
)
144

 
2,333

 
678

(b) 
Mortgage servicing rights
7,223

(852
)
(d) 
1,705

(23
)
 
(973
)

 
7,080

 
(852
)
(d) 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity investments
6,751

310

(b) 
1,221

(335
)
 
(797
)
(46
)
 
7,104

 
348

(b) 
All other
4,374

(216
)
(e) 
722

(145
)
 
(372
)

 
4,363

 
(215
)
(e) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Fair value at January 1, 2012
Total realized/unrealized (gains)/losses
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2012
Change in unrealized (gains)/losses related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2012
Purchases(f)
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Liabilities:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,418

$
224

(b) 
$

$

$
948

$
(320
)
$
(297
)
 
$
1,973

 
$
237

(b) 
Other borrowed funds
1,507

62

(b) 


1,183

(1,599
)
174

 
1,327

 
118

(b) 
Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments
211

(9
)
(b) 
(1,983
)
1,976


(27
)
(5
)
 
163

 
(4
)
(b) 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
51


 



(13
)

 
38

 
1

(e) 
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
791

135

(b) 


207

(231
)

 
902

 
34

(b) 
Long-term debt
10,310

595

(b) 


2,521

(3,832
)
(1,122
)
 
8,472

 
664

(b) 

128


 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Nine months ended
September 30, 2011
(in millions)
Fair value at January 1, 2011
Total realized/unrealized gains/(losses)
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2011
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2011
Purchases(f)
Sales
 
Settlements
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
$
174

$
32

 
$
28

$
(39
)
 
$
(42
)
$
(58
)
 
$
95

 
$
(17
)
 
Residential – nonagency
687

114

 
609

(369
)
 
(175
)
(59
)
 
807

 
12

 
Commercial – nonagency
2,069

59

 
686

(826
)
 
(153
)

 
1,835

 
34

 
Total mortgage-backed securities
2,930

205

 
1,323

(1,234
)
 
(370
)
(117
)
 
2,737

 
29

 
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
2,257

11

 
624

(1,338
)
 
(1
)
12

 
1,565

 
(3
)
 
Non-U.S. government debt securities
202

9

 
444

(420
)
 
(63
)
(74
)
 
98

 
11

 
Corporate debt securities
4,946

(5
)
 
4,817

(4,465
)
 
(292
)
259

 
5,260

 
(46
)
 
Loans
13,144

335

 
4,161

(3,765
)
 
(2,033
)
(258
)
 
11,584

 
155

 
Asset-backed securities
8,460

175

 
3,671

(3,526
)
 
(361
)
22

 
8,441

 
(306
)
 
Total debt instruments
31,939

730

 
15,040

(14,748
)
 
(3,120
)
(156
)
 
29,685

 
(160
)
 
Equity securities
1,685

315

 
138

(471
)
 
(398
)
(63
)
 
1,206

 
294

 
Other
930

29

 
28

(14
)
 
(85
)

 
888

 
32

 
Total trading assets – debt and equity instruments
34,554

1,074

(b) 
15,206

(15,233
)
 
(3,603
)
(219
)
 
31,779

 
166

(b) 
Net derivative receivables:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
2,836

3,869

 
442

(171
)
 
(3,335
)
(174
)
 
3,467

 
945

 
Credit
5,386

3,357

 
21

(10
)
 
102

(19
)
 
8,837

 
3,570

 
Foreign exchange
(614
)
(1,718
)
 
167

(18
)
 
641

(46
)
 
(1,588
)
 
(300
)
 
Equity
(2,446
)
(63
)
 
352

(881
)
 
(448
)
98

 
(3,388
)
 
343

 
Commodity
(805
)
669

 
199

(102
)
 
(563
)
(165
)
 
(767
)
 
162

 
Total net derivative receivables
4,357

6,114

(b) 
1,181

(1,182
)
 
(3,603
)
(306
)
 
6,561

 
4,720

(b) 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
13,775

128

 
11,309

(1,418
)
 
(2,264
)

 
21,530

 
(459
)
 
Other
512

(1
)
 
57

(3
)
 
(26
)

 
539

 

 
Total available-for-sale securities
14,287

127

(c) 
11,366

(1,421
)
 
(2,290
)

 
22,069

 
(459
)
(c) 
Loans
1,466

427

(b) 
245

(9
)
 
(514
)
(1
)
 
1,614

 
397

(b) 
Mortgage servicing rights
13,649

(6,286
)
(d) 
1,973


 
(1,503
)

 
7,833

 
(6,286
)
(d) 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity investments
7,862

1,213

(b) 
846

(2,736
)
 
(430
)
(166
)
 
6,589

 
(461
)
(b) 
All other
4,179

(19
)
(e) 
863

(22
)
 
(485
)
(29
)
 
4,487

 
(23
)
(e) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
 
 
Nine months ended
September 30, 2011
(in millions)
Fair value at January 1, 2011
Total realized/unrealized (gains)/losses
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and/or out of level 3(g)
Fair value at
September 30, 2011
Change in unrealized (gains)/losses related to financial instruments held at September 30, 2011
Purchases(f)
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Liabilities:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
773

$
(9
)
(b) 
$

$

$
245

$
(358
)
$
(1
)
 
$
650

 
$
(16
)
(b) 
Other borrowed funds
1,384

(267
)
(b) 


1,060

(330
)
2

 
1,849

 
(152
)
(b) 
Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments
54

2

(b) 
(244
)
573


(79
)
4

 
310

 
(12
)
(b) 
Accounts payable and other liabilities
236

(62
)
(e) 



(106
)

 
68

 
4

(e) 
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
873

35

(b) 


116

(660
)

 
364

 
(36
)
(b) 
Long-term debt
13,044

326

(b) 


1,650

(2,327
)
448

 
13,141

 
209

(b) 
(a)
Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total Firm liabilities accounted for at fair value (including liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis) were 19% and 22% at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(b)
Predominantly reported in principal transactions revenue, except for changes in fair value for Retail Financial Services (“RFS”) mortgage loans and lending-related commitments originated with the intent to sell, which are reported in mortgage fees and related income.
(c)
Realized gains/(losses) on AFS securities, as well as other-than-temporary impairment losses that are recorded in earnings, are reported in securities gains. Unrealized gains/

129


(losses) are reported in OCI. Realized gains/(losses) and foreign exchange remeasurement adjustments recorded in income on AFS securities were $83 million and $(426) million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and were $(81) million and $8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Unrealized gains/(losses) recorded on AFS securities in OCI were $86 million and $(29) million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and were $(54) million and $119 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d)
Changes in fair value for RFS mortgage servicing rights are reported in mortgage fees and related income.
(e)
Predominantly reported in other income and principal transactions revenue.
(f)
Loan originations are included in purchases.
(g)
All transfers into and/or out of level 3 are assumed to occur at the beginning of the reporting period.

Level 3 analysis
Consolidated Balance Sheets changes
Level 3 assets (including assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis) were 4.6% of total Firm assets at September 30, 2012. Level 3 assets (including assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis) were 12.0% of total Firm assets measured at fair value at September 30, 2012. The following describes significant changes to level 3 assets since December 31, 2011, for those items measured at fair value on a recurring basis. For further information on changes impacting items measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, see Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis on page 131 of this Form 10-Q.
Three months ended September 30, 2012
Level 3 assets were $102.3 billion at September 30, 2012, reflecting a decrease of $1.6 billion from the second quarter due to the following:
$1.4 billion decrease in asset-backed trading securities, predominantly driven by sales of CLOs;
$849 million decrease in derivative receivables, largely driven by a $2.7 billion decrease from the impact of tightening reference entity credit spreads and risk reductions of credit derivatives, partially offset by a $1.2 billion increase due to market movements on equity derivatives;
$1.1 billion increase in AFS securities, predominantly driven by purchases of CLOs and residential mortgage-backed securities.
Nine months ended September 30, 2012
Level 3 assets decreased by $11.2 billion in the first nine months of 2012 due to the following:
$7.9 billion decrease in derivative receivables, largely driven by a $8.9 billion decrease from the impact of tightening reference entity credit spreads and risk reductions of credit derivatives, partially offset by a $1.2 billion increase due to market movements on equity derivatives;
$6.1 billion decrease in trading assets – debt and equity instruments, predominantly driven by sales and settlements of CLOs, trading loans, and corporate debt; and
$1.4 billion increase in asset-backed AFS securities, predominantly driven by purchases of CLOs.
 
Gains and losses
The following describes significant components of total realized/unrealized gains/(losses) for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the periods indicated. For further information on these instruments, see Changes in level 3 recurring fair value measurements rollforward tables on pages 125–130 of this Form 10-Q.
Three months ended September 30, 2012
$53 million of net gains on derivatives, driven by $2.3 billion of gains on interest rate lock commitments due to increased volumes and declining interest rates, partially offset by $1.5 billion of losses on credit derivatives as a result of tightening of reference entity credit spreads.
Three months ended September 30, 2011
$4.6 billion of losses on MSRs. For further discussion of the change, refer to Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q; and
4.9 billion of net gains on derivatives, predominantly driven by widening of credit spreads.
Nine months ended September 30, 2012
$1.2 billion of net gains on trading assets - debt and equity instruments, largely driven by sales and settlements of trading loans;
$852 million of losses on MSRs. For further discussion of the change, refer to Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q; and
$802 million of net gains on derivatives, driven by $5.7 billion of gains predominantly on interest rate lock commitments due to increased volumes and declining interest rates, partially offset by $3.7 billion of losses on credit derivatives largely as a result of tightening of reference entity credit spreads.
Nine months ended September 30, 2011
$1.2 billion gain on private equity investments, predominately driven by gains on sales and net increases in investment valuations;
$6.1 billion of net gains on derivatives, related to widening of credit spreads and changes in interest rates, partially offset by losses due to fluctuation in foreign exchange rates; and
$6.3 billion of losses on MSRs. For further discussion of the change, refer to Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.


130



 



Credit adjustments
When determining the fair value of an instrument, it may be necessary to record a valuation adjustment to arrive at an exit price under U.S. GAAP. Valuation adjustments include, but are not limited to, amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality (credit valuation adjustments or “CVA”) and the Firm’s own creditworthiness (debit valuation adjustments or “DVA”). The market’s view of the Firm’s credit quality is reflected in credit spreads observed in the credit default swap (“CDS”) market. For a detailed discussion of the valuation adjustments the Firm considers, see the valuation discussion in Note 3 on pages 184–188 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The following table provides the credit adjustments, excluding the effect of any hedging activity, reflected within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the dates indicated.
(in millions)
Sep 30, 2012
 
Dec 31, 2011
Derivative receivables balance (net of derivatives CVA)
$
79,963

 
$
92,477

Derivatives CVA(a)
(4,672
)
 
(6,936
)
Derivative payables balance (net of derivatives DVA)
73,462

 
74,977

Derivatives DVA
(1,102
)
 
(1,420
)
Structured notes balance (net of structured notes DVA)(b)(c)
47,558

 
49,229

Structured notes DVA
(2,007
)
 
(2,052
)
(a)
Derivatives CVA, gross of hedges, includes results managed by the Credit Portfolio and other lines of business within the Investment Bank (“IB”).
(b)
Structured notes are recorded within long-term debt, other borrowed funds or deposits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending upon the tenor and legal form of the note.
(c)
Structured notes are measured at fair value based on the Firm’s election under the fair value option. For further information on these elections, see Note 4 on pages 133–135 of this Form 10-Q.
The following table provides the impact of credit adjustments on earnings in the respective periods, excluding the effect of any hedging activity.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Credit adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative CVA(a) 
$
1,213

 
$
(3,270
)
 
$
2,264

 
$
(2,983
)
Derivative DVA
(219
)
 
984

 
(318
)
 
938

Structured note DVA(b) 
8

 
901

 
(45
)
 
1,066

(a)
Derivatives CVA, gross of hedges, includes results managed by the Credit Portfolio and other lines of business within IB.
(b)
Structured notes are measured at fair value based on the Firm’s election under the fair value option. For further information on these elections, see Note 4 on pages 133–135 of this Form 10-Q.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
Certain assets, liabilities and unfunded lending-related commitments are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring
 
basis; that is, they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). At September 30, 2012, assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis were $4.1 billion comprised predominantly of loans that had fair value adjustments in the first nine months of 2012, including collateral-dependent residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2011, assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis were $5.3 billion, comprised predominantly of residential real estate loans that had fair value adjustments during 2011.
At September 30, 2012, $381 million and $3.7 billion of these assets were classified in levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. At December 31, 2011, $369 million and $4.9 billion of these assets were classified in levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. Liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis were not significant at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no significant transfers between levels 1, 2, and 3.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm measured $3.0 billion of residential real estate loans at the net realizable value of the underlying collateral (i.e., collateral-dependent loans). These measurements are classified as level 3, as they are valued using a broker’s price opinion and discounted based upon the Firm’s experience with actual liquidation values. These discounts to the broker price opinions ranged from 22% to 65%.
The total change in the recorded value of assets and liabilities for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, related to financial instruments held at those dates, was a reduction of $1.1 billion and $623 million, respectively; and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, was a reduction of $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively. These reductions in recorded value were predominantly associated with loans. The changes reported in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, included the impact of charge-offs recognized on residential real estate loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy, as described in Note 13 on pages 161–171 of this Form 10-Q.
For additional information about the measurement of impaired collateral-dependent loans, and other loans where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral (e.g., residential real estate loans written down in accordance with regulatory charge-off guidance), see Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.



131


Additional disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments that are not carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value
The following table presents the carrying values and estimated fair values at September 30, 2012, of financial assets and liabilities, excluding financial instruments which are carried at fair value on a recurring basis, and information is provided on their classification within the fair value hierarchy. For additional information regarding the financial instruments within the scope of this disclosure, and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate their fair value, see Note 3 on pages 184–198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
Estimated fair value hierarchy
 
 
 
 
(in billions)
Carrying
value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total estimated
fair value
 
Carrying
value
Estimated
fair value
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
53.3

$
53.3

$

$

$
53.3

 
$
59.6

$
59.6

Deposits with banks
104.3

96.6

7.7


104.3

 
85.3

85.3

Accrued interest and accounts receivable
63.0


62.5

0.5

63.0

 
61.5

61.5

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
255.7


255.7


255.7

 
213.1

213.1

Securities borrowed
122.1


122.1


122.1

 
127.2

127.2

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses(a)
696.4


24.9

673.3

698.2

 
694.0

693.7

Other
48.6


41.4

7.6

49.0

 
49.8

50.3

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,134.2

$

$
1,133.5

$
1.2

$
1,134.7

 
$
1,122.9

$
1,123.4

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
249.1


249.1


249.1

 
206.7

206.7

Commercial paper
55.5


55.5


55.5

 
51.6

51.6

Other borrowed funds
11.0


11.0


11.0

 
12.3

12.3

Accounts payable and other liabilities
165.1


160.8

4.2

165.0

 
166.9

166.8

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
56.7


52.3

4.6

56.9

 
64.7

64.9

Long-term debt and junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
210.3


210.3

5.4

215.7

 
222.1

219.5

(a)
Fair value is typically estimated using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates the characteristics of the underlying loans (including principal, contractual interest rate and contractual fees) and other key inputs, including expected lifetime credit losses, interest rates, prepayment rates, and primary origination or secondary market spreads. For certain loans, the fair value is measured based on the value of the underlying collateral. The difference between the estimated fair value and carrying value of a financial asset or liability is the result of the different methodologies used to determine fair value as compared with carrying value. For example, credit losses are estimated for a financial asset’s remaining life in a fair value calculation but are estimated for a loss emergence period in a loan loss reserve calculation; future loan income (interest and fees) is incorporated in a fair value calculation but is generally not considered in the allowance for loan losses. For a further discussion of the Firm’s methodologies for estimating the fair value of loans and lending-related commitments, see Note 3 on pages 184–198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and pages 119–133 of this Note.
The majority of the Firm’s lending-related commitments are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, nor are they actively traded. The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Firm’s wholesale lending-related commitments were as follows for the periods indicated.
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
Estimated fair value hierarchy
 
 
 
 
(in billions)
Carrying value(a)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total estimated fair value
 
Carrying value(a)
Estimated fair value
Wholesale lending-related commitments
$
0.7

$

$

$
2.5

$
2.5

 
$
0.7

$
3.4

(a)
Represents the allowance for wholesale lending-related commitments. Excludes the current carrying values of the guarantee liability and the offsetting asset, each of which are recognized at fair value at the inception of guarantees.
The Firm does not estimate the fair value of consumer lending-related commitments. In many cases, the Firm can reduce or cancel these commitments by providing the borrower notice or, in some cases, without notice as permitted by law. For a further discussion of the valuation of lending-related commitments, see pages 119–133 of this Note.

132


Trading assets and liabilities – average balances
Average trading assets and liabilities were as follows for the periods indicated.
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Trading assets – debt and equity instruments(a)
 
$
331,399

 
$
377,840

 
$
344,433

 
$
405,861

Trading assets – derivative receivables
 
85,303

 
96,612

 
88,353

 
88,344

Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments(a)(b)
 
68,467

 
85,541

 
69,069

 
84,246

Trading liabilities – derivative payables
 
77,851

 
75,828

 
77,543

 
71,058

(a)
Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of securities sold, but not yet purchased (short positions) when the long and short positions have identical CUSIP numbers.
(b)
Primarily represent securities sold, not yet purchased.

Note 4 – Fair value option
For a discussion of the primary financial instruments for which the fair value option was previously elected, including the basis for those elections and the determination of instrument-specific credit risk, where relevant, see Note 4 on pages 198–200 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Changes in fair value under the fair value option election
The following table presents the changes in fair value included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, for items for which the fair value option was elected. The profit and loss information presented below only includes the financial instruments that were elected to be measured at fair value; related risk management instruments, which are required to be measured at fair value, are not included in the table.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
2012
 
2011
(in millions)
Principal transactions
Other income
Total changes in fair value recorded
 
Principal transactions
Other income
Total changes in fair value recorded
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
$
72

$

 
$
72

 
$
311

$

 
$
311

Securities borrowed
10


 
10

 
(14
)

 
(14
)
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt and equity instruments, excluding loans
157

2

(c) 
159

 
(130
)
(6
)
(c) 
(136
)
Loans reported as trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk
416

22

(c) 
438

 
(161
)
(31
)
(c) 
(192
)
Other changes in fair value
46

2,284

(c) 
2,330

 
(130
)
1,830

(c) 
1,700

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk
4


 
4

 
16


 
16

Other changes in fair value
99


 
99

 
160


 
160

Other assets
2

(28
)
(d) 
(26
)
 

47

(d) 
47

Deposits(a)
(95
)

 
(95
)
 
(97
)

 
(97
)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
(16
)

 
(16
)
 
(56
)

 
(56
)
Other borrowed funds(a) 
(454
)

 
(454
)
 
2,103


 
2,103

Trading liabilities
(35
)

 
(35
)
 
(20
)

 
(20
)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
(9
)

 
(9
)
 
14


 
14

Other liabilities


 

 

(1
)
(d) 
(1
)
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk(a) 
(166
)

 
(166
)
 
874


 
874

Other changes in fair value(b)
(565
)

 
(565
)
 
662


 
662


133


 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
2012
 
2011
(in millions)
Principal transactions
Other income
Total changes in fair value recorded
 
Principal transactions
Other income
Total changes in fair value recorded
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
$
245

$

 
$
245

 
$
314

$

 
$
314

Securities borrowed
24


 
24

 
(13
)

 
(13
)
Trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
Debt and equity instruments, excluding loans
495

5

(c) 
500

 
141

(7
)
(c) 
134

Loans reported as trading assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk
1,225

51

(c) 
1,276

 
748

(27
)
(c) 
721

Other changes in fair value
(128
)
5,643

(c) 
5,515

 
8

3,924

(c) 
3,932

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk
(10
)

 
(10
)
 
3


 
3

Other changes in fair value
674


 
674

 
442


 
442

Other assets
2

(291
)
(d) 
(289
)
 

5

(d) 
5

Deposits(a)
(256
)

 
(256
)
 
(207
)

 
(207
)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
(43
)

 
(43
)
 
(35
)

 
(35
)
Other borrowed funds(a) 
393


 
393

 
3,059


 
3,059

Trading liabilities
(23
)

 
(23
)
 
(26
)

 
(26
)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
(39
)

 
(39
)
 
(75
)

 
(75
)
Other liabilities


 

 
(4
)
(4
)
(d) 
(8
)
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk(a) 
(670
)

 
(670
)
 
1,073


 
1,073

Other changes in fair value(b)
(957
)

 
(957
)
 
545


 
545

(a)
Total changes in instrument-specific credit risk related to structured notes were $8 million and $901 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $(45) million and $1.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These totals include adjustments for structured notes classified within deposits and other borrowed funds, as well as long-term debt.
(b)
Structured notes are debt instruments with embedded derivatives that are tailored to meet a client’s need. The embedded derivative is the primary driver of risk. Although the risk associated with the structured notes is actively managed, the gains/(losses) reported in this table do not include the income statement impact of such risk management instruments.
(c)
Reported in mortgage fees and related income.
(d)
Reported in other income.

134


Difference between aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding
The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, for loans, long-term debt and long-term beneficial interests for which the fair value option has been elected.
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
Contractual principal outstanding
 
Fair value
Fair value over/(under) contractual principal outstanding
 
Contractual principal outstanding
 
Fair value
Fair value over/(under) contractual principal outstanding
Loans(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans reported as trading assets
$
4,619

 
$
1,165

$
(3,454
)
 
$
4,875

 
$
1,141

$
(3,734
)
Loans
198

 
142

(56
)
 
820

 
56

(764
)
Subtotal
4,817

 
1,307

(3,510
)
 
5,695

 
1,197

(4,498
)
All other performing loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans reported as trading assets
39,526

 
35,783

(3,743
)
 
37,481

 
32,657

(4,824
)
Loans
3,119

 
2,176

(943
)
 
2,136

 
1,601

(535
)
Total loans
$
47,462

 
$
39,266

$
(8,196
)
 
$
45,312

 
$
35,455

$
(9,857
)
Long-term debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal-protected debt
$
17,147

(c) 
$
17,201

$
54

 
$
19,417

(c) 
$
19,890

$
473

Nonprincipal-protected debt(b)
NA

 
13,655

NA

 
NA

 
14,830

NA

Total long-term debt
NA

 
$
30,856

NA

 
NA

 
$
34,720

NA

Long-term beneficial interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonprincipal-protected debt(b)
NA

 
1,176

NA

 
NA

 
1,250

NA

Total long-term beneficial interests
NA

 
$
1,176

NA

 
NA

 
$
1,250

NA

(a)
There were no performing loans which were ninety days or more past due as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(b)
Remaining contractual principal is not applicable to nonprincipal-protected notes. Unlike principal-protected structured notes, for which the Firm is obligated to return a stated amount of principal at the maturity of the note, nonprincipal-protected structured notes do not obligate the Firm to return a stated amount of principal at maturity, but to return an amount based on the performance of an underlying variable or derivative feature embedded in the note.
(c)
Where the Firm issues principal-protected zero-coupon or discount notes, the balance reflected as the remaining contractual principal is the final principal payment at maturity.
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the contractual amount of letters of credit for which the fair value option was elected was $4.5 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively, with a corresponding fair value of $(75) million and $(5) million, respectively. For further information regarding off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, see Note 29 on pages 283–289 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


135


Note 5 – Derivative instruments
JPMorgan Chase makes markets in derivatives for customers and also uses derivatives to hedge or manage its market and credit risk exposures. For a further discussion of the Firm’s use of and accounting policies regarding derivative instruments, see Note 6 on pages 202-210 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The Firm’s disclosures are based on the accounting treatment and purpose of these derivatives. A limited number of the Firm’s derivatives are designated in hedge
 
accounting relationships and are disclosed according to the type of hedge (fair value hedge, cash flow hedge, or net investment hedge). Derivatives not designated in hedge accounting relationships include certain derivatives that are used to manage certain risks associated with specified assets or liabilities (“specified risk management” positions) as well as derivatives used in the Firm’s market-making businesses or for other purposes.


The following table outlines the Firm’s primary uses of derivatives and the related hedge accounting designation or disclosure category.
Type of Derivative
Use of Derivative
Designation and disclosure
Affected segment or unit
10-Q page reference
Manage identified risk exposures in qualifying hedge accounting relationships:
 
 
 
◦ Interest rate
Hedge fixed rate assets and liabilities
Fair value hedge
Corporate/PE
139
◦ Interest rate
Hedge floating rate assets and liabilities
Cash flow hedge
Corporate/PE
140
 Foreign exchange
Hedge foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities
Fair value hedge
Corporate/PE
139
 Foreign exchange
Hedge forecasted revenue and expense
Cash flow hedge
Corporate/PE
140
 Foreign exchange
Hedge the value of the Firm’s investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries
Net investment hedge
Corporate/PE
141
 Commodity
Hedge commodity inventory
Fair value hedge
IB
139
Manage specifically identified exposures:
 
 
 
 Interest rate
Manage the risk of the mortgage pipeline, warehouse loans and MSRs
Specified risk management
RFS
141
 Credit
Manage the credit risk of wholesale lending exposures
Specified risk management
IB
141
 Credit(a)
Manage the credit risk of certain AFS securities
Specified risk management
Corporate/PE
141
 Commodity
Manage the risk of certain commodities-related contracts and investments
Specified risk management
IB
141
Interest rate and foreign exchange
Manage the risk of certain other specified assets and liabilities
Specified risk management
Corporate/PE
141
Make markets in derivatives and other activity:
 
 
 
 Various
Market-making and related risk management
Market-making and other
IB
141
 Various
Other derivatives, including the synthetic credit portfolio
Market-making and other
IB, Corporate/PE
141
(a)
Includes a limited number of single-name credit derivatives used to mitigate the credit risk arising from specified AFS securities.

Synthetic credit portfolio
The synthetic credit portfolio is a portfolio of index credit derivatives, including short and long positions, that was held by CIO. On July 2, 2012, CIO transferred the synthetic credit portfolio, other than a portion that aggregated to a notional amount of approximately $12 billion, to IB. The positions making up the portion of the synthetic credit portfolio retained by CIO on July 2, 2012, have been effectively closed out as of September 30, 2012. Both the portion of the synthetic credit portfolio transferred to IB, as well as the portion retained by CIO, have been included in the gains and losses on derivatives related to market-making activities and other derivatives category on page 141 of this Note.


136


Notional amount of derivative contracts
The following table summarizes the notional amount of derivative contracts outstanding as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
 
Notional amounts(b)
(in billions)
September 30, 2012

December 31, 2011

Interest rate contracts
 
 
Swaps
$
34,730

$
38,704

Futures and forwards
11,852

7,888

Written options
3,884

3,842

Purchased options
3,997

4,026

Total interest rate contracts
54,463

54,460

Credit derivatives(a)
6,198

5,774

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 

Cross-currency swaps
3,393

2,931

Spot, futures and forwards
4,447

4,512

Written options
674

674

Purchased options
681

670

Total foreign exchange contracts
9,195

8,787

Equity contracts
 
 
Swaps
161

119

Futures and forwards
53

38

Written options
561

460

Purchased options
519

405

Total equity contracts
1,294

1,022

Commodity contracts
 
 

Swaps
336

341

Spot, futures and forwards
228

188

Written options
340

310

Purchased options
329

274

Total commodity contracts
1,233

1,113

Total derivative notional amounts
$
72,383

$
71,156

(a)
Primarily consists of credit default swaps. For more information on volumes and types of credit derivative contracts, see the Credit derivatives discussion on pages 143–144 of this Note.
(b)
Represents the sum of gross long and gross short third-party notional derivative contracts.

While the notional amounts disclosed above give an indication of the volume of the Firm’s derivatives activity, the notional amounts significantly exceed, in the Firm’s view, the possible losses that could arise from such transactions. For most derivative transactions, the notional amount is not exchanged; it is used simply as a reference to calculate payments.

137


Impact of derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheets
The following table summarizes information on derivative receivables and payables (before and after netting adjustments) that are reflected on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, by accounting designation (e.g., whether the derivatives were designated in hedge accounting relationships or not) and contract type.
Derivative receivables and payables(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross derivative receivables
 
 
 
Gross derivative payables
 
 
September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Not designated as hedges
Designated as hedges
Total derivative receivables
 
Net derivative receivables(c)
 
Not designated as hedges
Designated
as hedges
Total derivative payables
 
Net derivative payables(c)
Trading assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
$
1,381,305

$
6,887

 
$
1,388,192

 
$
42,727

 
$
1,340,340

 
$
3,207

 
$
1,343,547

 
$
28,788

Credit
110,494


 
110,494

 
3,384

 
110,470

 

 
110,470

 
3,328

Foreign exchange(b)
126,393

2,149

 
128,542

 
11,751

 
141,643

 
1,509

 
143,152

 
16,762

Equity
48,397


 
48,397

 
9,618

 
47,850

 

 
47,850

 
11,103

Commodity
48,743

169

 
48,912

 
12,483

 
48,621

 
2,169

 
50,790

 
13,481

Total fair value of trading assets and liabilities
$
1,715,332

$
9,205

 
$
1,724,537

 
$
79,963

 
$
1,688,924

 
$
6,885

 
$
1,695,809

 
$
73,462

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross derivative receivables
 
 
 
Gross derivative payables
 
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
Not designated as hedges
Designated as hedges
Total derivative receivables
 
Net derivative receivables(c)
 
Not designated as hedges
Designated
as hedges
Total derivative payables
 
Net derivative payables(c)
Trading assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
$
1,433,900

$
7,621

 
$
1,441,521

 
$
46,369

 
$
1,397,625

 
$
2,192

 
$
1,399,817

 
$
28,010

Credit
169,650


 
169,650

 
6,684

 
165,121

 

 
165,121

 
5,610

Foreign exchange(b)
163,497

4,666

 
168,163

 
17,890

 
165,353

 
655

 
166,008

 
17,435

Equity
47,736


 
47,736

 
6,793

 
46,366

 

 
46,366

 
9,655

Commodity
53,894

3,535

 
57,429

 
14,741

 
58,836

 
1,108

 
59,944

 
14,267

Total fair value of trading assets and liabilities
$
1,868,677

$
15,822

 
$
1,884,499

 
$
92,477

 
$
1,833,301

 
$
3,955

 
$
1,837,256

 
$
74,977

(a)
Balances exclude structured notes for which the fair value option has been elected. See Note 4 on pages 133–135 of this Form 10-Q for further information.
(b)
Excludes $11 million of foreign currency-denominated debt designated as a net investment hedge at December 31, 2011. There was no such hedge designation at September 30, 2012.
(c)
As permitted under U.S. GAAP, the Firm has elected to net derivative receivables and derivative payables and the related cash collateral received and paid, respectively, when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists.


138


Impact of derivatives on the Consolidated Statements of Income
The following tables provide information related to gains and losses recorded on derivatives based on their hedge accounting designation or purpose.
Fair value hedge gains and losses
The following tables present derivative instruments, by contract type, used in fair value hedge accounting relationships, as well as pretax gains/(losses) recorded on such derivatives and the related hedged items for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Firm includes gains/(losses) on the hedging derivative and the related hedged item in the same line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income
 
Income statement impact due to:
Three months September 30, 2012 (in millions)
Derivatives
Hedged items
Total income statement impact
 
Hedge ineffectiveness(e)
Excluded components(f)
Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
(309
)
 
$
266

$
(43
)
 
$
(35
)
$
(8
)
Foreign exchange(b)
(2,580
)
(d) 
2,521

(59
)
 

(59
)
Commodity(c)
(2,485
)
 
1,685

(800
)
 
(9
)
(791
)
Total
$
(5,374
)
 
$
4,472

$
(902
)
 
$
(44
)
$
(858
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income
 
Income statement impact due to:
Three months September 30, 2011 (in millions)
Derivatives
Hedged items

Total income statement impact
 
Hedge ineffectiveness(e)

Excluded components(f)

Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
1,094

 
$
(928
)
$
166

 
$
2

$
164

Foreign exchange(b)
6,226

(d) 
(5,707
)
519

 

519

Commodity(c)
1,962

 
(2,529
)
(567
)
 
2

(569
)
Total
$
9,282

 
$
(9,164
)
$
118

 
$
4

$
114

 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income
 
Income statement impact due to:
Nine months September 30, 2012 (in millions)
Derivatives
Hedged items
Total income statement impact
 
Hedge ineffectiveness(e)
Excluded components(f)
Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
(891
)
 
$
1,027

$
136

 
$

$
136

Foreign exchange(b)
(1,104
)
(d) 
950

(154
)
 

(154
)
Commodity(c)
(3,265
)
 
2,186

(1,079
)
 
44

(1,123
)
Total
$
(5,260
)
 
$
4,163

$
(1,097
)
 
$
44

$
(1,141
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income
 
Income statement impact due to:
Nine months September 30, 2011 (in millions)
Derivatives
Hedged items

Total income statement impact
 
Hedge ineffectiveness(e)

Excluded components(f)

Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
542

 
$
(230
)
$
312

 
$
(24
)
$
336

Foreign exchange(b)
1,781

(d) 
(1,182
)
599

 

599

Commodity(c)
1,488

 
(2,193
)
(705
)
 
4

(709
)
Total
$
3,811

 
$
(3,605
)
$
206

 
$
(20
)
$
226

(a)
Primarily consists of hedges of the benchmark (e.g., London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”)) interest rate risk of fixed-rate long-term debt and AFS securities. Gains and losses were recorded in net interest income.
(b)
Primarily consists of hedges of the foreign currency risk of long-term debt and AFS securities for changes in spot foreign currency rates. Gains and losses related to the derivatives and the hedged items, due to changes in foreign currency rates, were recorded in principal transactions revenue and net interest income.
(c)
Consists of overall fair value hedges of physical commodities inventories that are generally carried at the lower of cost or market (market approximates fair value). Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.
(d)
Included $(2.7) billion and $6.4 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $(1.2) billion and $1.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of revenue related to certain foreign exchange trading derivatives designated as fair value hedging instruments.
(e)
Hedge ineffectiveness is the amount by which the gain or loss on the designated derivative instrument does not exactly offset the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.
(f)
Certain components of hedging derivatives are permitted to be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, such as forward points on foreign exchange forward contracts. Amounts related to excluded components are recorded in current-period income.

139


Cash flow hedge gains and losses
The following tables present derivative instruments, by contract type, used in cash flow hedge accounting relationships, and the pretax gains/(losses) recorded on such derivatives, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Firm includes the gain/(loss) on the hedging derivative in the same line item as the offsetting change in cash flows on the hedged item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss)(c)
Three months September 30, 2012 (in millions)
Derivatives – effective portion reclassified from AOCI to income
Hedge ineffectiveness recorded directly in income(d)
Total income statement impact
Derivatives – effective portion recorded in OCI
Total change
in OCI
for period
Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
5

$

$
5

$
(11
)
$
(16
)
Foreign exchange(b)
14


14

67

53

Total
$
19

$

$
19

$
56

$
37


 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss)(c)
Three months September 30, 2011 (in millions)
Derivatives – effective portion reclassified from AOCI to income
Hedge ineffectiveness recorded directly in income(d)
Total income statement impact
Derivatives – effective portion recorded in OCI
Total change
in OCI
for period
Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
67

$
5

$
72

$
163

$
96

Foreign exchange(b)
(17
)

(17
)
(18
)
(1
)
Total
$
50

$
5

$
55

$
145

$
95


 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss)(c)
Nine months September 30, 2012 (in millions)
Derivatives – effective portion reclassified from AOCI to income
Hedge ineffectiveness recorded directly in income(d)
Total income statement impact
Derivatives – effective portion recorded in OCI
Total change
in OCI
for period
Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
33

$
5

$
38

$
9

$
(24
)
Foreign exchange(b)
11


11

134

123

Total
$
44

$
5

$
49

$
143

$
99


 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss)(c)
Nine months September 30, 2011 (in millions)
Derivatives – effective portion reclassified from AOCI to income
Hedge ineffectiveness recorded directly in income(d)
Total income statement impact
Derivatives – effective portion recorded in OCI
Total change
in OCI
for period
Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
237

$
14

$
251

$
29

$
(208
)
Foreign exchange(b)
(2
)

(2
)
(40
)
(38
)
Total
$
235

$
14

$
249

$
(11
)
$
(246
)
(a)
Primarily consists of benchmark interest rate hedges of LIBOR-indexed floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities. Gains and losses were recorded in net interest income.
(b)
Primarily consists of hedges of the foreign currency risk of non-U.S. dollar-denominated revenue and expense. The income statement classification of gains and losses follows the hedged item – primarily noninterest revenue and compensation expense.
(c)
The Firm did not experience any forecasted transactions that failed to occur for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(d)
Hedge ineffectiveness is the amount by which the cumulative gain or loss on the designated derivative instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative expected change in cash flows on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.
Over the next 12 months, the Firm expects that $33 million (after-tax) of net gains recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) at September 30, 2012, related to cash flow hedges will be recognized in income. The maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions are hedged is 9 years , and such transactions primarily relate to core lending and borrowing activities.

140


Net investment hedge gains and losses
The following table presents hedging instruments, by contract type, that were used in net investment hedge accounting relationships, and the pretax gains/(losses) recorded on such instruments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income and
other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
2012
 
2011
Three months ended September 30,
(in millions)
Excluded components recorded directly
in income(a)
Effective portion recorded in OCI
 
Excluded components
recorded directly
in income(a)
Effective portion recorded in OCI
Foreign exchange derivatives
 
$
(101
)
 
$
(404
)
 
 
$
(54
)
 
$
853


 
Gains/(losses) recorded in income and
other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
2012
 
2011
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
Excluded components recorded directly
in income(a)
Effective portion recorded in OCI
 
Excluded components
recorded directly
in income(a)
Effective portion recorded in OCI
Foreign exchange derivatives
 
$
(236
)
 
$
(191
)
 
 
$
(199
)
 
$
80

(a)
Certain components of hedging derivatives are permitted to be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, such as forward points on foreign exchange forward contracts. Amounts related to excluded components are recorded in current-period income. The Firm measures the ineffectiveness of net investment hedge accounting relationships based on changes in spot foreign currency rates, and therefore there was no ineffectiveness for net investment hedge accounting relationships during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.



Gains and losses on derivatives used for specified risk management purposes
The following table presents pretax gains/(losses) recorded on a limited number of derivatives, not designated in hedge accounting relationships, that are used to manage risks associated with certain specified assets and liabilities, including certain risks arising from the mortgage pipeline, warehouse loans, MSRs, wholesale lending exposures, AFS securities, foreign currency-denominated liabilities, and commodities-related contracts and investments.
 
Derivatives gains/(losses)
recorded in income
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

Contract type
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
1,458

$
5,244

 
$
4,301

$
6,806

Credit(b)
(48
)
99

 
(135
)
36

Foreign exchange(c)

(110
)
 
47

(208
)
Commodity(d)
87

13

 
90

13

Total
$
1,497

$
5,246

 
$
4,303

$
6,647

(a)
Primarily relates to interest rate derivatives used to hedge the interest rate risks associated with the mortgage pipeline, warehouse loans and MSRs. Gains and losses were recorded predominantly in mortgage fees and related income.
(b)
Relates to credit derivatives used to mitigate credit risk associated with lending exposures in the Firm’s wholesale businesses, and single-name credit derivatives used to mitigate credit risk arising from certain AFS securities. These derivatives do not include the synthetic credit portfolio or credit derivatives used to mitigate counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables, both of which are included in gains and losses on derivatives related to market-making activities and other derivatives below. Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.
(c)
Primarily relates to hedges of the foreign exchange risk of specified foreign currency-denominated liabilities. Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue and net interest income.
(d)
Primarily relates to commodity derivatives used to mitigate energy price risk associated with energy-related contracts and investments. Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

Gains and losses on derivatives related to market-making activities and other derivatives
The Firm makes markets in derivatives in order to meet the needs of customers and uses derivatives to manage certain risks associated with net open risk positions from the Firm’s market-making activities, including the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables. These derivatives, as well as all other derivatives (including the synthetic credit portfolio) that are not included in the hedge accounting or specified risk management categories above, are included in this category. Gains and losses on these derivatives are recorded in principal transactions revenue. See Note 6 on pages 144–145 of this Form 10-Q for information on principal transactions revenue.

141


Credit risk, liquidity risk and credit-related contingent features
For a more detailed discussion of credit risk, liquidity risk and credit-related contingent features, see Note 6 on pages 202–210 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The following table shows the aggregate fair value of net derivative payables that contain contingent collateral or termination features that may be triggered upon a downgrade and the associated collateral the Firm has posted in the normal course of business at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
Derivative payables containing downgrade triggers
 
 
(in millions)
September 30, 2012

December 31, 2011
Aggregate fair value of net derivative payables(a)
$
38,765

$
39,316

Collateral posted(a)
32,634

31,473

(a)
The current period presentation excludes contracts with contingent credit features that were in a net receivable position. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.
The following table shows the impact of a single-notch and two-notch ratings downgrade to JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its subsidiaries, predominantly JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, related to derivative contracts with contingent collateral or termination features that may be triggered upon a downgrade. Derivatives contracts generally require additional collateral to be posted or terminations to be triggered when the predefined threshold rating is breached. A downgrade by a single rating agency that does not result in a rating lower than a preexisting corresponding rating provided by another major rating agency will generally not result in additional collateral or termination payment requirements. The liquidity impact in the table is calculated based upon a downgrade below the lowest current rating provided by major rating agencies.
Liquidity impact of derivative downgrade triggers
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
Single-notch downgrade
Two-notch downgrade
 
Single-notch downgrade
Two-notch downgrade
Additional portion of net derivative payable to be posted as collateral upon downgrade
$
1,031

$
1,710

 
$
1,460

$
2,054

Amount required to settle contracts with termination triggers upon downgrade
1,048

1,610

 
1,054

1,923

The following tables show the carrying value of derivative receivables and payables after netting adjustments, and adjustments for collateral held (including cash, U.S. government and agency securities and other G7 government bonds) and transferred as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
Impact of netting adjustments on derivative receivables and payables
 
 
 
 
Derivative receivables
 
Derivative payables
(in millions)
September 30, 2012

December 31, 2011

 
September 30, 2012

December 31, 2011

Gross derivative fair value
$
1,724,537

$
1,884,499

 
$
1,695,809

$
1,837,256

Netting adjustment – offsetting receivables/payables(a)
(1,564,401
)
(1,710,523
)
 
(1,564,401
)
(1,710,523
)
Netting adjustment – cash collateral received/paid(a)
(80,173
)
(81,499
)
 
(57,946
)
(51,756
)
Carrying value on Consolidated Balance Sheets
$
79,963

$
92,477

 
$
73,462

$
74,977

Total derivative collateral
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral held
 
Collateral transferred
(in millions)
September 30, 2012

December 31, 2011

 
September 30, 2012

December 31, 2011

Netting adjustment for cash collateral(a)
$
80,173

$
81,499

 
$
57,946

$
51,756

Liquid securities and other cash collateral(b)
13,999

21,807

 
22,225

19,439

Additional liquid securities and cash collateral(c)
20,420

17,613

 
11,445

10,824

Total collateral for derivative transactions
$
114,592

$
120,919

 
$
91,616

$
82,019

(a)
As permitted under U.S. GAAP, the Firm has elected to net derivative receivables and derivative payables and the related cash collateral received and paid when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists.
(b)
Represents cash collateral received and paid that is not subject to a legally enforceable master netting agreement, and liquid securities collateral held and transferred.
(c)
Represents liquid securities and cash collateral held and transferred at the initiation of derivative transactions, which is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the transactions move, as well as collateral held and transferred related to contracts that have non-daily call frequency for collateral to be posted, and collateral that the Firm or a counterparty has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. These amounts were not netted against the derivative receivables and payables in the tables above, because, at an individual counterparty level, the collateral exceeded the fair value exposure at both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.

142


Credit derivatives
For a more detailed discussion of credit derivatives, see Note 6 on pages 202–210 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The Firm is both a purchaser and seller of protection in the credit derivatives market and uses these derivatives for two primary purposes. First, in its capacity as a market-maker, the Firm actively manages a portfolio of credit derivatives by purchasing and selling credit protection, predominantly on corporate debt obligations, to meet the needs of customers. Second, as an end-user, the Firm uses credit derivatives to manage credit risk associated with lending exposures (loans and unfunded commitments) and derivatives counterparty exposures in the Firm’s wholesale businesses, and to manage the credit risk arising from certain AFS securities and from certain financial instruments in the Firm’s market-making businesses. For more information on the synthetic credit portfolio, see the discussion on page 136 of this Note.
The following tables present the notional amounts of credit derivatives and credit-related notes the Firm sold and purchased as of September 30, 2012, and December 31,
 
2011. The amounts shown include all of the Firm’s credit derivative activities, including market-making, credit portfolio activities, and the synthetic credit portfolio.
As shown in the table below, the Firm manages the credit risk on contracts to sell protection by purchasing protection with identical or similar underlying reference instruments (including single-name, portfolio coverage or specified indices). Other purchased protection referenced in the following tables includes credit derivatives purchased on reference instruments where the Firm has not sold any protection on the identical reference instrument, as well as protection purchased through credit-related notes.
The Firm does not use notional amounts of credit derivatives as the primary measure of risk management for such derivatives, because the notional amount does not take into account the probability of the occurrence of a credit event, the recovery value of the reference obligation (which typically reduces the amount actually required to be paid on the credit derivative contract), or related cash instruments and economic hedges, each of which reduces, in the Firm’s view, the risks associated with such derivatives.

Total credit derivatives and credit-related notes
 
Maximum payout/Notional amount
September 30, 2012 (in millions)
Protection sold
Protection purchased with
identical underlyings(b)
Net protection (sold)/purchased(c)
Other protection purchased(d)
Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
$
(3,031,683
)
 
$
3,011,250

$
(20,433
)
$
35,903

Other credit derivatives(a)
(76,438
)
 
11,985

(64,453
)
30,450

Total credit derivatives
(3,108,121
)
 
3,023,235

(84,886
)
66,353

Credit-related notes
(287
)
 

(287
)
2,761

Total
$
(3,108,408
)
 
$
3,023,235

$
(85,173
)
$
69,114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum payout/Notional amount
December 31, 2011 (in millions)
Protection sold
Protection purchased with
identical underlyings(b)
Net protection (sold)/purchased(c)
Other protection purchased(d)
Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
$
(2,839,492
)
 
$
2,798,207

$
(41,285
)
$
29,139

Other credit derivatives(a)
(79,711
)
 
4,954

(74,757
)
22,292

Total credit derivatives
(2,919,203
)
 
2,803,161

(116,042
)
51,431

Credit-related notes
(742
)
 

(742
)
3,944

Total
$
(2,919,945
)
 
$
2,803,161

$
(116,784
)
$
55,375

(a)
Primarily consists of total return swaps and CDS options.
(b)
Represents the total notional amount of protection purchased where the underlying reference instrument (single-name, portfolio or index) is identical to the reference instrument on protection sold; the notional amount of protection purchased for each individual identical underlying reference instrument may be greater or lower than the notional amount of protection sold.
(c)
Does not take into account the fair value of the reference obligation at the time of settlement, which would generally reduce the amount the seller of protection pays to the buyer of protection in determining settlement value.
(d)
Represents protection purchased by the Firm on referenced instruments (single-name, portfolio or index) where the Firm has not sold any protection on the identical reference instrument.

143


The following tables summarize the notional and fair value amounts of credit derivatives and credit-related notes as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, where JPMorgan Chase is the seller of protection. The maturity profile is based on the remaining contractual maturity of the credit derivative contracts. The ratings profile is based on the rating of the reference entity on which the credit derivative contract is based. The ratings and maturity profile of credit derivatives and credit-related notes where JPMorgan Chase is the purchaser of protection are comparable to the profile reflected below.
Protection sold – credit derivatives and credit-related notes ratings(a)/maturity profile
 
 
 
September 30, 2012 (in millions)
<1 year
1–5 years
>5 years
Total
notional amount
Fair value of receivables(b)
Fair value of payables(b)
Net fair value
Risk rating of reference entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment-grade
$
(427,343
)
$
(1,257,155
)
$
(376,526
)
$
(2,061,024
)
$
10,843

$
(26,988
)
$
(16,145
)
Noninvestment-grade
(278,729
)
(640,895
)
(127,760
)
(1,047,384
)
22,055

(47,436
)
(25,381
)
Total
$
(706,072
)
$
(1,898,050
)
$
(504,286
)
$
(3,108,408
)
$
32,898

$
(74,424
)
$
(41,526
)
December 31, 2011 (in millions)
<1 year
1–5 years
>5 years
Total
notional amount
Fair value of receivables(b)
Fair value of payables(b)
Net fair value
Risk rating of reference entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment-grade
$
(352,215
)
$
(1,262,143
)
$
(345,996
)
$
(1,960,354
)
$
7,809

$
(57,697
)
$
(49,888
)
Noninvestment-grade
(241,823
)
(589,954
)
(127,814
)
(959,591
)
13,212

(85,304
)
(72,092
)
Total
$
(594,038
)
$
(1,852,097
)
$
(473,810
)
$
(2,919,945
)
$
21,021

$
(143,001
)
$
(121,980
)
(a)
The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal ratings, which generally correspond to ratings as defined by S&P and Moody’s.
(b)
Amounts are shown on a gross basis, before the benefit of legally enforceable master netting agreements and cash collateral received by the Firm.
Note 6 – Noninterest revenue
For a discussion of the components of and accounting policies for the Firm’s noninterest revenue, see Note 7 on pages 211–212 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The following table presents the components of investment banking fees.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Underwriting
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
$
235

 
$
178

 
$
761

 
$
1,012

Debt
819

 
508

 
2,296

 
2,366

Total underwriting
1,054

 
686

 
3,057

 
3,378

Advisory
389

 
366

 
1,024

 
1,400

Total investment banking fees
$
1,443

 
$
1,052

 
$
4,081

 
$
4,778

The following table presents all realized and unrealized gains and losses recorded in principal transactions revenue by major underlying type of risk exposures.
Principal transactions revenue includes realized and unrealized gains and losses recorded on derivatives, other financial instruments, private equity investments, and physical commodities used in market-making and client-driven activities.
In addition, principal transactions revenue also includes certain realized and unrealized gains and losses related to hedge accounting and specified risk management activities disclosed separately in Note 5, including: (a) certain derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships (primarily fair value hedges of commodity and foreign exchange risk), (b) certain derivatives used for specified risk management purposes, primarily to mitigate
 
credit risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk, and (c) other derivatives, including the synthetic credit portfolio. See Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q for information on the income statement classification of gains and losses on derivatives.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Trading revenue by risk exposure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate(a)
$
1,064

 
$
(477
)
 
$
3,637

 
$
(255
)
Credit(b)
(667
)
 
901

 
(5,234
)
 
2,968

Foreign exchange
384

 
172

 
1,177

 
957

Equity
734

 
288

 
2,269

 
2,158

Commodity(c)
590

 
911

 
1,834

 
2,209

Total trading revenue
2,105

 
1,795

 
3,683

 
8,037

Private equity gains/(losses)(d)
(58
)
 
(425
)
 
659

 
1,218

Principal transactions(e)
$
2,047

 
$
1,370

 
$
4,342

 
$
9,255

(a)
Includes a pretax gain of $98 million and $663 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, reflecting the expected recovery on a Bear Stearns-related subordinated loan.
(b)
Includes $5.8 billion of losses incurred by CIO for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and $449 million of losses incurred by CIO for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and an additional modest loss incurred by the IB from the synthetic credit portfolio.
(c)
Includes realized gains and losses and unrealized losses on physical commodities inventories that are generally carried at the lower of cost or market (market approximates fair value), subject to any applicable fair value hedge accounting adjustments, and gains and losses on commodity derivatives and other financial instruments that are carried at fair value through income. Commodity derivatives are frequently used to manage the Firm’s risk exposure to its physical commodities inventories. Gains/(losses) related to commodity fair value hedges were $(800) million and $(567) million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Gains/(losses) related to


144


commodity fair value hedges were $(1.1) billion and $(705) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d)
Includes revenue on private equity investments held in the Private Equity business within Corporate/Private Equity, as well as those held in other business segments.
(e)
Principal transactions revenue included DVA related to derivatives and structured liabilities measured at fair value in IB. DVA gains/(losses) were $(211) million and $1.9 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $(363) million and $2.0 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The following table presents components of asset management, administration and commissions.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Asset management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment management fees
$
1,523

 
$
1,463

 
$
4,468

 
$
4,612

All other asset management fees
220

 
159

 
558

 
451

Total asset management fees
1,743

 
1,622

 
5,026

 
5,063

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total administration fees(a)
515

 
523

 
1,609

 
1,653

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commission and other fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokerage commissions
506

 
705

 
1,746

 
2,167

All other commissions and fees
572

 
598

 
1,808

 
1,874

Total commissions and fees
1,078

 
1,303

 
3,554

 
4,041

Total asset management, administration and commissions
$
3,336

 
$
3,448

 
$
10,189

 
$
10,757

(a)
Includes fees for custody, securities lending, funds services and securities clearance.


 
Note 7 – Interest income and Interest expense
For a description of JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies regarding interest income and interest expense, see Note 8 on page 212 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Details of interest income and interest expense were as follows.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
2011
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
9,018

 
$
9,193

 
$
27,022

$
27,840

Securities
1,764

 
2,156

 
6,160

6,962

Trading assets
2,120

 
2,768

 
6,779

8,619

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
569

 
683

 
1,866

1,830

Securities borrowed
(18
)
(c) 
18

 
7

95

Deposits with banks
132

 
184

 
420

429

Other assets(a) 
44

 
158

 
175

464

Total interest income
13,629

 
15,160

 
42,429

46,239

Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
626

 
993

 
2,085

3,038

Short-term and other liabilities(b)
407

 
697

 
1,329

2,405

Long-term debt
1,464

 
1,477

 
4,724

4,646

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
156

 
176

 
503

592

Total interest expense
2,653

 
3,343

 
8,641

10,681

Net interest income
10,976

 
11,817

 
33,788

35,558

Provision for credit losses
1,789

 
2,411

 
2,729

5,390

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
$
9,187

 
$
9,406

 
$
31,059

$
30,168

(a)
Predominantly margin loans.
(b)
Includes brokerage customer payables.
(c)
Negative interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2012, is a result of increased client-driven demand for certain securities combined with the impact of low interest rates; the offset of this matched book activity is reflected as lower net interest expense reported within trading liabilities - debt, short-term borrowings and other liabilities.



145


Note 8 – Pension and other postretirement employee benefit plans
For a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s pension and other postretirement employee benefit (“OPEB”) plans, see Note 9 on pages 213–222 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.

The following table presents the components of net periodic benefit costs reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the Firm’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension, defined contribution and OPEB plans.
 
Pension plans
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
OPEB plans
Three months ended September 30, (in millions)
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

Components of net periodic benefit cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefits earned during the period
$
68

$
62

 
$
12

$
9

 
$
1

$
1

Interest cost on benefit obligations
120

113

 
33

33

 
11

13

Expected return on plan assets
(222
)
(197
)
 
(35
)
(35
)
 
(23
)
(22
)
Amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (gain)/loss
72

41

 
9

12

 


Prior service cost/(credit)
(10
)
(11
)
 
(1
)

 

(2
)
Net periodic defined benefit cost
28

8

 
18

19

 
(11
)
(10
)
Other defined benefit pension plans(a)
4

3

 
2

3

 
NA

NA

Total defined benefit plans
32

11

 
20

22

 
(11
)
(10
)
Total defined contribution plans
100

122

 
75

69

 
NA

NA

Total pension and OPEB cost included in compensation expense
$
132

$
133

 
$
95

$
91

 
$
(11
)
$
(10
)
 
Pension plans
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
Non-U.S.
 
OPEB plans
Nine months ended September 30, (in millions)
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

Components of net periodic benefit cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefits earned during the period
$
204

$
186

 
$
31

$
27

 
$
1

$
1

Interest cost on benefit obligations
347

339

 
95

101

 
33

39

Expected return on plan assets
(640
)
(592
)
 
(102
)
(107
)
 
(68
)
(66
)
Amortization:
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

Net (gain)/loss
217

123

 
26

36

 


Prior service cost/(credit)
(31
)
(32
)
 
(1
)
(1
)
 

(6
)
Net periodic defined benefit cost
97

24

 
49

56

 
(34
)
(32
)
Other defined benefit pension plans(a)
11

14

 
5

12

 
NA

NA

Total defined benefit plans
108

38

 
54

68

 
(34
)
(32
)
Total defined contribution plans
288

289

 
230

212

 
NA

NA

Total pension and OPEB cost included in compensation expense
$
396

$
327

 
$
284

$
280

 
$
(34
)
$
(32
)
(a)
Includes various defined benefit pension plans which are individually immaterial.
The fair values of plan assets for the U.S. defined benefit pension and OPEB plans and for the material non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans were $14.5 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, as of September 30, 2012, and $11.9 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. See Note 19 on pages 189–190 of this Form 10-Q for further information on unrecognized amounts (i.e., net loss and prior service costs/(credit)) reflected in AOCI for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
 
The Firm does not anticipate any contribution to the U.S. defined benefit pension plan in 2012 at this time. For 2012, the cost associated with funding benefits under the Firm’s U.S. non-qualified defined benefit pension plans is expected to total $39 million. The 2012 contributions to the non-U.S. defined benefit pension and OPEB plans are expected to be $49 million and $2 million, respectively.
Effective March 19, 2012, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. became the sponsor of the Washington Mutual Pension Plan and it is anticipated that this plan’s net assets will be merged into the JPMorgan Chase Retirement Plan on December 31, 2012.


146


Note 9 – Employee stock-based incentives

For a discussion of the accounting policies and other information relating to employee stock-based incentives, see Note 10 on pages 222–224 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The Firm recognized the following noncash compensation expense related to its various employee stock-based incentive plans in its Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Cost of prior grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) that are amortized over their applicable vesting periods
$
402

 
$
458

 
$
1,434

 
$
1,539

Accrual of estimated costs of RSUs and SARs to be granted in future periods including those to full-career eligible employees
180

 
80

 
589

 
556

Total noncash compensation expense related to employee stock-based incentive plans
$
582

 
$
538

 
$
2,023

 
$
2,095

In the first quarter of 2012, in connection with its annual incentive grant, the Firm granted 57 million RSUs and 14 million SARs with weighted-average grant date fair values of $35.62 per RSU and $8.89 per SAR.
Note 10 – Noninterest expense
The following table presents the components of noninterest expense.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Compensation expense
$
7,503

 
$
6,908

 
$
23,543

 
$
22,740

Noncompensation expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Occupancy expense
973

 
935

 
3,014

 
2,848

Technology, communications and equipment expense
1,312

 
1,248

 
3,865

 
3,665

Professional and outside services
1,759

 
1,860

 
5,411

 
5,461

Marketing
607

 
926

 
1,929

 
2,329

Other expense(a)
3,035

 
3,445

 
10,354

 
10,687

Amortization of intangibles
182

 
212

 
566

 
641

Total noncompensation expense
7,868

 
8,626

 
25,139

 
25,631

Total noninterest expense
$
15,371

 
$
15,534

 
$
48,682

 
$
48,371

(a)
Included litigation expense of $790 million and $1.3 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $3.8 billion and $4.3 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

147


Note 11 – Securities
Securities are primarily classified as AFS or trading. Securities classified as trading are discussed in Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q. Predominantly all of the AFS securities portfolio is held by CIO in connection with its asset-liability management objectives. At September 30, 2012, the average credit rating of the debt securities comprising the AFS portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal ratings which correspond to ratings as defined by S&P and Moody’s). For additional information regarding AFS securities, see Note 12 on pages 225–230 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Realized gains and losses
The following table presents realized gains and losses and other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses that were recognized in income from AFS securities.
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012

2011

 
2012

 
2011

Realized gains
$
471

$
629

 
$
2,358

 
$
1,662

Realized losses
(10
)
(7
)
 
(308
)
(d) 
(58
)
Net realized gains(a)
461

622

 
2,050

 
1,604

Other-than-temporary impairment losses (“OTTI”):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit-related(b)
(2
)
(15
)
 
(28
)
 
(58
)
Securities the Firm intends to sell(c)
(1
)

 
(14
)
(d) 

Total OTTI losses recognized in income
(3
)
(15
)
 
(42
)
 
(58
)
Net securities gains
$
458

$
607

 
$
2,008

 
$
1,546

(a)
Proceeds from securities sold were within approximately 6% and 4% of amortized cost for the three and nine months ended September 2012, respectively, and 4% for both the three and nine months ended September 2011.
(b)
Includes OTTI losses recognized in income on certain prime mortgage-backed securities for the three months ended September 30, 2012, certain obligations of U.S. states and municipalities and prime mortgage-backed securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and on certain prime mortgage-backed securities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.
(c)
Represents the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of certain non-U.S. corporate debt, non-U.S. government debt and certain asset-backed securities the Firm intends to sell.
(d)
During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm realized losses of $24 million on sales of corporate debt securities that had been reported as an OTTI loss in prior periods due to the intention to sell the securities.
The amortized costs and estimated fair values of AFS and held-to-maturity (“HTM”) securities were as follows for the dates indicated.
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
Amortized cost
Gross unrealized gains
Gross unrealized losses
Fair value
 
Amortized cost
Gross unrealized gains
Gross unrealized losses
Fair value
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies(a) 
$
89,741

$
5,296

$
2

 
$
95,035

 
$
101,968

$
5,141

$
2

 
$
107,107

Residential:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime and Alt-A
2,591

65

159

(c) 
2,497

 
2,170

54

218

(c) 
2,006

Subprime
660

7


 
667

 
1



 
1

Non-U.S.
70,271

1,472

67

 
71,676

 
66,067

170

687

 
65,550

Commercial
11,162

928

5

 
12,085

 
10,632

650

53

 
11,229

Total mortgage-backed securities
174,425

7,768

233

 
181,960

 
180,838

6,015

960

 
185,893

U.S. Treasury and government agencies(a)
11,062

100

7

 
11,155

 
8,184

169

2

 
8,351

Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
20,431

1,949

1

(c) 
22,379

 
15,404

1,184

48

 
16,540

Certificates of deposit
3,529

6

1

 
3,534

 
3,017



 
3,017

Non-U.S. government debt securities
61,727

722

19

 
62,430

 
44,944

402

81

 
45,265

Corporate debt securities(b)
43,103

648

148

 
43,603

 
63,607

216

1,647

 
62,176

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized loan obligations
25,893

437

108

 
26,222

 
24,474

553

166

 
24,861

Other
11,802

175

5

 
11,972

 
15,779

251

57

 
15,973

Total available-for-sale debt securities
351,972

11,805

522

(c) 
363,255

 
356,247

8,790

2,961

(c) 
362,076

Available-for-sale equity securities
2,617

21

1

 
2,637

 
2,693

14

2

 
2,705

Total available-for-sale securities
$
354,589

$
11,826

$
523

(c) 
$
365,892

 
$
358,940

$
8,804

$
2,963

(c) 
$
364,781

Total held-to-maturity securities
$
9

$
1

$

 
$
10

 
$
12

$
1

$

 
$
13

(a)
Includes total U.S. government-sponsored enterprise obligations with fair values of $79.8 billion and $89.3 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

148


(b)
Consists primarily of bank debt including sovereign government-guaranteed bank debt.
(c)
Includes a total of $154 million and $91 million (pretax) of unrealized losses related to prime mortgage-backed securities and obligations of U. S. states and municipalities for which credit losses have been recognized in income at September 30, 2012, and prime mortgage-backed securities for which credit losses have been recognized in income at December 31, 2011, respectively. These unrealized losses are not credit-related and remain reported in AOCI.
Securities impairment
The following tables present the fair value and gross unrealized losses for AFS securities by aging category at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
 
Securities with gross unrealized losses
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or more
 
 
September 30, 2012 (in millions)
Fair value
Gross unrealized losses
 
Fair value
Gross unrealized losses
Total fair value
Total gross unrealized losses
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
$
830

$
2

 
$

$

$
830

$
2

Residential:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime and Alt-A
336

3

 
882

156

1,218

159

Subprime


 




Non-U.S.
513

5

 
1,420

62

1,933

67

Commercial
789

5

 


789

5

Total mortgage-backed securities
2,468

15

 
2,302

218

4,770

233

U.S. Treasury and government agencies
4,675

7

 


4,675

7

Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
671

1

 


671

1

Certificates of deposit
1,366

1

 


1,366

1

Non-U.S. government debt securities
11,267

13

 
1,381

6

12,648

19

Corporate debt securities
2,752

15

 
9,250

133

12,002

148

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized loan obligations
4,147

26

 
4,295

82

8,442

108

Other
313

1

 
573

4

886

5

Total available-for-sale debt securities
27,659

79

 
17,801

443

45,460

522

Available-for-sale equity securities

1

 



1

Total securities with gross unrealized losses
$
27,659

$
80

 
$
17,801

$
443

$
45,460

$
523



149


 
Securities with gross unrealized losses
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or more
 
 
December 31, 2011 (in millions)
Fair value
Gross unrealized losses
 
Fair value
Gross unrealized losses
Total fair value
Total gross unrealized losses
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government agencies
$
2,724

$
2

 
$

$

$
2,724

$
2

Residential:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime and Alt-A
649

12

 
970

206

1,619

218

Subprime


 




Non-U.S.
30,500

266

 
25,176

421

55,676

687

Commercial
837

53

 


837

53

Total mortgage-backed securities
34,710

333

 
26,146

627

60,856

960

U.S. Treasury and government agencies
3,369

2

 


3,369

2

Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
147

42

 
40

6

187

48

Certificates of deposit


 




Non-U.S. government debt securities
11,901

66

 
1,286

15

13,187

81

Corporate debt securities
22,230

901

 
9,585

746

31,815

1,647

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized loan obligations
5,610

49

 
3,913

117

9,523

166

Other
4,735

40

 
1,185

17

5,920

57

Total available-for-sale debt securities
82,702

1,433

 
42,155

1,528

124,857

2,961

Available-for-sale equity securities
338

2

 


338

2

Total securities with gross unrealized losses
$
83,040

$
1,435

 
$
42,155

$
1,528

$
125,195

$
2,963


150


Other-than-temporary impairment
The following table presents OTTI losses that are included in the securities gains and losses table above.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012

 
2011

 
2012

 
2011

Debt securities the Firm does not intend to sell that have credit losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total OTTI(a)
$

 
$

 
$
(113
)
 
$
(27
)
Losses recorded in/(reclassified from) AOCI
(2
)
 
(15
)
 
85

 
(31
)
Total credit-related losses recognized in income(b)
$
(2
)
 
$
(15
)
 
$
(28
)
 
$
(58
)
Securities the Firm intends to sell(c)
(1
)
 

 
(14
)
(d) 

Total OTTI losses recognized in income
$
(3
)
 
$
(15
)
 
$
(42
)
 
$
(58
)
(a)
For initial OTTI, represents the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of AFS debt securities. For subsequent impairments of the same security, represents additional declines in fair value subsequent to previously recorded OTTI, if applicable.
(b)
Represents the credit loss component on certain prime mortgage-backed securities for the three months ended September 30, 2012, certain obligations of U. S. states and municipalities and prime mortgage-backed securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and on certain prime mortgage-backed securities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, that the Firm does not intend to sell. Subsequent credit losses may be recorded on securities without a corresponding further decline in fair value if there has been a decline in expected cash flows.
(c)
Represents the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of certain non-U.S. corporate debt, non-U.S. government debt and certain asset-backed securities the Firm intends to sell.
(d)
During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm realized losses of $24 million on sales of corporate debt securities that had been reported as an OTTI loss in prior periods due to the intention to sell the securities.
Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities
The following table presents a rollforward for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, of the credit loss component of OTTI losses that have been recognized in income, related to debt securities that the Firm does not intend to sell.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

Balance, beginning of period
$
734

$
675

 
$
708

$
632

Newly credit-impaired securities


 
21

4

Losses reclassified from other comprehensive income on previously credit-impaired securities
2

15

 
7

54

Balance, end of period
$
736

$
690

 
$
736

$
690

Gross unrealized losses
Gross unrealized losses have generally decreased since December 31, 2011, including those that have been in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. Except for certain securities that the Firm intends to sell for which the unrealized losses have been recognized in income, as of
 
September 30, 2012, the Firm does not intend to sell the securities with a loss position in AOCI, and it is not likely that the Firm will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. Except for the securities reported in the table above for which credit losses have been recognized in income, the Firm believes that the securities with an unrealized loss in AOCI are not other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2012.
Following is a description of the Firm’s principal AFS securities positions with the most significant unrealized losses that have existed for 12 months or more as of September 30, 2012, and the key assumptions used in the Firm’s estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from these investments.
Mortgage-backed securities – Prime and Alt-A nonagency
As of September 30, 2012, gross unrealized losses related to prime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers were $159 million, of which $156 million related to securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. The Firm has recognized OTTI on securities that are backed primarily by mortgages with higher credit risk characteristics based on collateral type, vintage and geographic concentration. The remaining securities that have not experienced OTTI generally either do not possess all of these characteristics or have sufficient credit enhancements to protect the investments. These credit enhancements are primarily in the form of subordination, which is a form of structural enhancement where realized losses associated with assets held in the vehicle that issued the securities are allocated to the various tranches of securities and considers the relative priority of claims on the assets and earnings of the issuing vehicle. The average credit enhancements associated with the below investment-grade positions that have experienced OTTI losses and those that have not are 1% and 16%, respectively.
The Firm’s cash flow estimates are based on a loan-level analysis that considers housing prices, loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio, loan type, geographical location of the underlying property and unemployment rates, among other factors. The weighted-average underlying conditional default rate on the positions was forecasted to be 27%; the related weighted-average loss severity forecast was 46%; and estimated prepayment speeds ranged from 2% to 39%. Based on the results of this analysis, an OTTI loss of $2 million and $22 million was recognized for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, on certain securities due to their higher loss assumptions, and the unrealized loss of $159 million is considered temporary as management believes that the credit enhancement levels for those securities remain sufficient to support the Firm’s investment.
Mortgage-backed securities – Non-U.S.
As of September 30, 2012, gross unrealized losses related to non-U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities were $67 million, of which $62 million related to securities that


151


have been in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. Substantially all of these securities are rated “AAA,” “AA” or “A”, and primarily represent mortgage exposures in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands. The key assumptions used in analyzing non-U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities for potential credit losses include credit enhancements, loss severities, conditional default rates, and prepayment speeds. Credit enhancement is primarily in the form of subordination and was approximately 10% of the outstanding principal balance of securitized mortgage loans, compared with expected lifetime losses of 1% of the outstanding principal. In assessing potential credit losses, the weighted-average conditional default rate was forecasted to be approximately 1%, the related weighted-average loss severity was forecasted at approximately 30% and prepayment speeds ranged from 4% to 15%. The unrealized loss is considered temporary, based on management’s assessment that the estimated future cash flows together with the credit enhancement levels for those securities remain sufficient to support the Firm’s investment.
Corporate debt securities
As of September 30, 2012, gross unrealized losses related to corporate debt securities were $148 million, of which $133 million related to securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. Substantially all of the corporate debt securities are currently rated investment-grade, including those in an unrealized loss position. Various factors were considered in assessing whether the Firm expects to recover the amortized cost of corporate debt securities including, but not limited to, the strength of issuer credit ratings, the financial condition of guarantors and the length of time and the extent to which a security’s fair value has been less than its amortized cost. The fair values of securities in an unrealized loss position were on average within approximately 1% of amortized cost. Based on management’s assessment, the Firm expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of all corporate debt securities that the Firm does not intend to sell as of September 30, 2012. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm recorded losses of $13 million on corporate debt securities based on the Firm’s intention to sell certain of these securities; there were no such losses during the three months ended September 30, 2012. Furthermore, during the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm realized losses of $24 million on sales of corporate debt securities that had been reported as an OTTI loss in prior periods due to the intention to sell the securities.
 
Asset-backed securities – Collateralized loan obligations
As of September 30, 2012, gross unrealized losses related to CLOs were $108 million, of which $82 million related to securities that were in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. Substantially all of these securities are rated “AAA,” “AA” or “A” and have an average credit enhancement of 30%. The Firm assumed conditional default rates of 2%, based on current default trends for the collateral underlying the securities. The unrealized loss is considered temporary, based on management’s assessment that the estimated future cash flows together with the credit enhancement levels for those securities remain sufficient to support the Firm’s investment.


152


Contractual maturities and yields
The following table presents the amortized cost and estimated fair value at September 30, 2012, of JPMorgan Chase’s AFS and HTM securities by contractual maturity.
By remaining maturity
September 30, 2012
(in millions)
Due in one
year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through 10 years
Due after
10 years(c)
Total
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities(a)
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
100

$
9,694

$
8,602

$
156,029

$
174,425

Fair value
101

9,933

8,925

163,001

181,960

Average yield(b)
1.84
%
2.01
%
2.58
%
3.39
%
3.28
%
U.S. Treasury and government agencies(a)
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
6,578

$
2,706

$
1,680

$
98

$
11,062

Fair value
6,579

2,799

1,678

99

11,155

Average yield(b)
0.19
%
2.29
%
1.32
%
0.78
%
0.88
%
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
515

$
433

$
980

$
18,503

$
20,431

Fair value
515

471

1,047

20,346

22,379

Average yield(b)
0.91
%
5.87
%
4.21
%
6.11
%
5.89
%
Certificates of deposit
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
3,478

$
51

$

$

$
3,529

Fair value
3,480

54



3,534

Average yield(b)
5.22
%
3.28
%
%
%
5.19
%
Non-U.S. government debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
19,595

$
22,347

$
15,224

$
4,561

$
61,727

Fair value
19,607

22,599

15,516

4,708

62,430

Average yield(b)
1.50
%
1.88
%
1.58
%
1.68
%
1.67
%
Corporate debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
8,010

$
24,757

$
10,176

$
160

$
43,103

Fair value
8,018

25,094

10,323

168

43,603

Average yield(b)
1.95
%
2.76
%
2.58
%
2.27
%
2.56
%
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
500

$
2,600

$
17,669

$
16,926

$
37,695

Fair value
502

2,624

17,924

17,144

38,194

Average yield(b)
1.11
%
1.98
%
1.95
%
2.23
%
2.07
%
Total available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
38,776

$
62,588

$
54,331

$
196,277

$
351,972

Fair value
38,802

63,574

55,413

205,466

363,255

Average yield(b)
1.69
%
2.30
%
2.09
%
3.51
%
2.87
%
Available-for-sale equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$

$

$

$
2,617

$
2,617

Fair value



2,637

2,637

Average yield(b)
%
%
%
0.28
%
0.28
%
Total available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$
38,776

$
62,588

$
54,331

$
198,894

$
354,589

Fair value
38,802

63,574

55,413

208,103

365,892

Average yield(b)
1.69
%
2.30
%
2.09
%
3.47
%
2.85
%
Total held-to-maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized cost
$

$
7

$
2

$

$
9

Fair value

8

2


10

Average yield(b)
%
6.88
%
6.61
%
%
6.84
%
(a)
U.S. government-sponsored enterprises were the only issuers whose securities exceeded 10% of JPMorgan Chase’s total stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2012.
(b)
The average yield is calculated using the effective yield of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield includes the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and the effect of related hedging derivatives. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable. The effective yield excludes unscheduled principal prepayments; and accordingly, actual maturities of securities may differ from their contractual or expected maturities as certain securities may be prepaid.
(c)
Includes securities with no stated maturity. Substantially all of the Firm’s residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are due in 10 years or more, based on contractual maturity. The estimated duration, which reflects anticipated future prepayments based on a consensus of dealers in the market, is approximately three years for agency residential mortgage-backed securities, two years for agency residential collateralized mortgage obligations and three years for nonagency residential collateralized mortgage obligations.

153


Note 12 – Securities financing activities
For a discussion of accounting policies relating to securities financing activities, see Note 13 on page 231 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. For further information regarding securities borrowed and securities lending agreements for which the fair value option has been elected, see Note 4 on pages 133–135 of this Form 10-Q.
The following table details the Firm’s securities financing agreements, all of which are accounted for as collateralized financings during the periods presented.
(in millions)
September 30, 2012
December 31, 2011
Securities purchased under resale agreements(a)
 
$
281,685

 
$
235,000

Securities borrowed(b)
 
133,526

 
142,462

Securities sold under repurchase agreements(c)
 
$
233,363

 
$
197,789

Securities loaned
 
23,044

 
14,214

(a)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included resale agreements of $26.3 billion and $22.2 billion, respectively, accounted for at fair value.
(b)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included securities borrowed of $11.4 billion and $15.3 billion, respectively, accounted for at fair value.
(c)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included repurchase agreements of $8.1 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively, accounted for at fair value.
The amounts reported in the table above were reduced by $93.5 billion and $115.7 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, as a result of
 
agreements in effect that meet the specified conditions for net presentation under applicable accounting guidance.
For further information regarding assets pledged and collateral received in securities financing agreements, see Note 22 on page 196 of this Form 10-Q.

Note 13 – Loans
Loan accounting framework
The accounting for a loan depends on management’s strategy for the loan, and on whether the loan was credit-impaired at the date of acquisition. The Firm accounts for loans based on the following categories:
Originated or purchased loans held-for-investment (i.e., “retained”), other than purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans
Loans held-for-sale
Loans at fair value
PCI loans held-for-investment
For a detailed discussion of loans, including accounting policies, see Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. See Note 4 on pages 133–135 of this Form 10-Q for further information on the Firm’s elections of fair value accounting under the fair value option. See Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q for further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as trading assets.

Loan portfolio
The Firm’s loan portfolio is divided into three portfolio segments, which are the same segments used by the Firm to determine the allowance for loan losses: Wholesale; Consumer, excluding credit card; and Credit card. Within each portfolio segment, the Firm monitors and assesses the credit risk in the following classes of loans, based on the risk characteristics of each loan class:
Wholesale(a)
 
Consumer, excluding
credit card(b)
 
Credit card(d)
• Commercial and industrial
• Real estate
• Financial institutions
• Government agencies
• Other
 
Residential real estate – excluding PCI
• Home equity – senior lien
• Home equity – junior lien
• Prime mortgage, including
     option ARMs
• Subprime mortgage
Other consumer loans
• Auto(c)
• Business banking(c)
• Student and other
Residential real estate – PCI
• Home equity
• Prime mortgage
• Subprime mortgage
• Option ARMs
 
• Credit card loans
(a)
Includes loans reported in IB, CB, TSS and AM business segments and in Corporate/Private Equity.
(b)
Includes loans reported in RFS, auto and student loans reported in Card, and residential real estate loans reported in the AM business segment and in Corporate/Private Equity.
(c)
Includes auto and business banking risk-rated loans that apply the wholesale methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses; these loans are managed by Card and RFS, respectively, and therefore, for consistency in presentation, are included with the other consumer loan classes.
(d)
Prior to January 1, 2012, the Credit card portfolio segment was reported as two classes: Chase, excluding Washington Mutual, and Washington Mutual. The Washington Mutual class is a run-off portfolio that has been declining since the Firm acquired the portfolio in 2008. Effective January 1, 2012, management determined that the Washington Mutual portfolio class is no longer significant, and therefore, the Credit card portfolio segment is now being reported as one class of loans.


154



The following table summarizes the Firm’s loan balances by portfolio segment.
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011

(in millions)
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding
credit card
Credit
card(a)
Total
 
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding
credit card
Credit
card(a)
Total
 
Retained
 
$
297,576

$
295,079

$
124,431

$
717,086

(b) 
 
$
278,395

$
308,427

$
132,175

$
718,997

(b) 
Held-for-sale
 
2,005


106

2,111

 
 
2,524


102

2,626

 
At fair value
 
2,750



2,750

 
 
2,097



2,097

 
Total
 
$
302,331

$
295,079

$
124,537

$
721,947

 
 
$
283,016

$
308,427

$
132,277

$
723,720

 
(a)
Includes billed finance charges and fees net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts.
(b)
Loans (other than PCI loans and those for which the fair value option has been selected) are presented net of unearned income, unamortized discounts and premiums, and net deferred loan costs of $2.7 billion at both September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
The following tables provide information about the carrying value of retained loans purchased, sold and reclassified to held-for-sale during the periods indicated. These tables exclude loans recorded at fair value. On an ongoing basis, the Firm manages its exposure to credit risk. Selling loans is one way that the Firm reduces its credit exposures.
 
 
2012
 
2011
Three months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding credit card
Credit card
Total
 
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding credit card
Credit card
Total
 
Purchases
 
$
116

$
1,559

$

$
1,675

 
 
$
210

$
1,843

$

$
2,053

 
Sales
 
620

378


998

 
 
590

421


1,011

 
Retained loans reclassified to held-for-sale
 
204



204

 
 
57


94

151

 
 
 
2012
 
2011
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding credit card
Credit card
Total
 
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding credit card
Credit card
Total
 
Purchases
 
$
690

$
5,172

$

$
5,862

 
 
$
551

$
5,503

$

$
6,054

 
Sales
 
2,292

1,720


4,012

 
 
2,272

1,079


3,351

 
Retained loans reclassified to held-for-sale
 
321


1,043

1,364

 
 
357


2,006

2,363

 
The following table provides information about gains/(losses) on loan sales by portfolio segment.
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Net gains/(losses) on sales of loans (including lower of cost or fair value adjustments)(a)
 
 
 
 
 
Wholesale
$
59

$
(9
)
 
$
127

$
132

Consumer, excluding credit card
49

42

 
123

95

Credit card


 
(12
)
(24
)
Total net gains/(losses) on sales of loans (including lower of cost or fair value adjustments)
$
108

$
33

 
$
238

$
203

(a)
Excludes sales related to loans accounted for at fair value.



155


Wholesale loan portfolio
Wholesale loans include loans made to a variety of customers from large corporate and institutional clients to certain high-net worth individuals. The primary credit
 
quality indicator for wholesale loans is the risk rating assigned each loan. For further information on these risk ratings, see Notes 14 and 15 on pages 231–255 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


The table below provides information by class of receivable for the retained loans in the Wholesale portfolio segment.
 
Commercial and industrial
 
Real estate
 
(in millions, except ratios)
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Loans by risk ratings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment-grade
$
59,353

 
$
52,379

 
$
38,879

 
$
33,920

 
Noninvestment-grade:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noncriticized
43,762

 
37,870

 
15,335

 
14,394

 
Criticized performing(a)
3,169

 
3,077

 
4,307

 
5,484

 
Criticized nonaccrual(a)
756

 
889

 
695

 
886

 
Total noninvestment-grade
47,687

 
41,836

 
20,337

 
20,764

 
Total retained loans
$
107,040

 
$
94,215

 
$
59,216

 
$
54,684

 
% of total criticized to total retained loans(a)
3.67
%
 
4.21
%
 
8.45
%
 
11.65
%
 
% of nonaccrual loans to total retained loans(a)
0.71

 
0.94

 
1.17

 
1.62

 
Loans by geographic distribution(b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total non-U.S.
$
34,679

 
$
30,813

 
$
1,679

 
$
1,497

 
Total U.S.
72,361

 
63,402

 
57,537

 
53,187

 
Total retained loans
$
107,040

 
$
94,215

 
$
59,216

 
$
54,684

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan delinquency(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current and less than 30 days past due and still accruing
$
106,102

 
$
93,060

 
$
58,387

 
$
53,387

 
30–89 days past due and still accruing
163

 
266

 
89

 
327

 
90 or more days past due and still accruing(d)
19

 

 
45

 
84

 
Criticized nonaccrual(a)
756

 
889

 
695

 
886

 
Total retained loans
$
107,040

 
$
94,215

 
$
59,216

 
$
54,684

 
(a)
As of September 30, 2012, exposures deemed criticized correspond to special mention, substandard and doubtful categories as defined by bank regulatory agencies. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.
(b)
The U.S. and non-U.S. distribution is determined based predominantly on the domicile of the borrower.
(c)
The credit quality of wholesale loans is assessed primarily through ongoing review and monitoring of an obligor’s ability to meet contractual obligations rather than relying on the past due status, which is generally a lagging indicator of credit quality. For a discussion of more significant risk factors, see Note 14 on page 235 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
(d)
Represents loans that are considered well-collateralized and therefore still accruing interest.
(e)
Other primarily includes loans to SPEs and loans to private banking clients. See Note 1 on pages 182–183 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report for additional information on SPEs.
The following table presents additional information on the real estate class of loans within the Wholesale portfolio segment for the periods indicated. For further information on real estate loans, see Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.

(in millions, except ratios)
Multifamily
 
Commercial lessors
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Real estate retained loans
$
36,653

 
$
32,524

 
$
15,034

 
$
14,444

 
Criticized exposure(a)
2,473

 
3,452

 
2,163

 
2,192

 
% of criticized exposure to total real estate retained loans(a)
6.75
%
 
10.61
%
 
14.39
%
 
15.18
%
 
Criticized nonaccrual(a)
$
336

 
$
412

 
$
283

 
$
284

 
% of criticized nonaccrual to total real estate retained loans(a)
0.92
%
 
1.27
%
 
1.88
%
 
1.97
%
 
(a)
As of September 30, 2012, exposures deemed criticized correspond to special mention, substandard and doubtful categories as defined by bank regulatory agencies. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.



156


(table continued from previous page)




Financial institutions
 
Government agencies
 
Other(e)
 
Total retained loans
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
26,487

 
$
28,803

 
$
7,755

 
$
7,421

 
$
78,077

 
$
74,475

 
$
210,551

 
$
196,998

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,645

 
8,849

 
471

 
377

 
8,851

 
7,450

 
77,064

 
68,940

 
495

 
530

 
6

 
5

 
321

 
963

 
8,298

 
10,059

 
10

 
37

 

 
16

 
202

 
570

 
1,663

 
2,398

 
9,150

 
9,416

 
477

 
398

 
9,374

 
8,983

 
87,025

 
81,397

 
$
35,637

 
$
38,219

 
$
8,232

 
$
7,819

 
$
87,451

 
$
83,458

 
$
297,576

 
$
278,395

 
1.42
%
 
1.48
%
 
0.07
%
 
0.27
%
 
0.60
%
 
1.84
%
 
3.35
%
 
4.47
%
 
0.03

 
0.10

 

 
0.20

 
0.23

 
0.68

 
0.56

 
0.86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
25,077

 
$
29,996

 
$
865

 
$
583

 
$
37,015

 
$
32,275

 
$
99,315

 
$
95,164

 
10,560

 
8,223

 
7,367

 
7,236

 
50,436

 
51,183

 
198,261

 
183,231

 
$
35,637

 
$
38,219

 
$
8,232

 
$
7,819

 
$
87,451

 
$
83,458

 
$
297,576

 
$
278,395

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
35,515

 
$
38,129

 
$
8,232

 
$
7,780

 
$
86,117

 
$
81,802

 
$
294,353

 
$
274,158

 
111

 
51

 

 
23

 
1,067

 
1,072

 
1,430

 
1,739

 
1

 
2

 

 

 
65

 
14

 
130

 
100

 
10

 
37

 

 
16

 
202

 
570

 
1,663

 
2,398

 
$
35,637

 
$
38,219

 
$
8,232

 
$
7,819

 
$
87,451

 
$
83,458

 
$
297,576

 
$
278,395

 










(table continued from previous page)
Commercial construction and development
 
Other
 
Total real estate loans
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
$
3,054

 
$
3,148

 
$
4,475

 
$
4,568

 
$
59,216

 
$
54,684

 
181

 
304

 
185

 
422

 
5,002

 
6,370

 
5.93
%
 
9.66
%
 
4.13
%
 
9.24
%
 
8.45
%
 
11.65
%
 
$
20

 
$
69

 
$
56

 
$
121

 
$
695

 
$
886

 
0.65
%
 
2.19
%
 
1.25
%
 
2.65
%
 
1.17
%
 
1.62
%
 



157


Wholesale impaired loans and loan modifications
Wholesale impaired loans include loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and/or that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All impaired loans are evaluated for an asset-specific allowance as described in Note 14 on page 176 of this Form 10-Q.
The table below provides information about the Firm’s wholesale impaired loans.

(in millions)
Commercial
and industrial
 
Real estate
 
Financial
institutions
 
Government
 agencies
 
Other
 
Total
retained loans
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance
$
756

$
828

 
$
525

$
621

 
$
6

$
21

 
$

$
16

 
$
103

$
473

 
$
1,390

$
1,959

Without an allowance(a)
73

177

 
182

292

 
4

18

 


 
99

103

 
358

590

Total impaired loans
$
829

$
1,005

 
$
707

$
913

 
$
10

$
39

 
$

$
16

 
$
202

$
576

 
$
1,748

$
2,549

Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans
$
248

$
276

 
$
108

$
148

 
$
2

$
5

 
$

$
10

 
$
30

$
77

 
$
388

$
516

Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans(b)
1,376

1,705

 
882

1,124

 
26

63

 

17

 
334

1,008

 
2,618

3,917

(a)
When the discounted cash flows, collateral value or market price equals or exceeds the recorded investment in the loan, then the loan does not require an allowance. This typically occurs when the impaired loans have been partially charged-off and/or there have been interest payments received and applied to the loan balance.
(b)
Represents the contractual amount of principal owed at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The unpaid principal balance differs from the impaired loan balances due to various factors, including charge-offs; interest payments received and applied to the carrying value; net deferred loan fees or costs; and unamortized discount or premiums on purchased loans.
The following table presents the Firm’s average impaired loans for the periods indicated.
 
Three months
ended September 30,
 
Nine months
ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Commercial and industrial
$
830

$
1,205

 
$
879

$
1,395

Real estate
742

1,258

 
825

2,034

Financial institutions
11

62

 
20

76

Government agencies
8

18

 
12

21

Other
205

634

 
300

634

Total(a)
$
1,796

$
3,177

 
$
2,036

$
4,160

(a)
The related interest income on accruing impaired loans and interest income recognized on a cash basis were not material for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.


158


Loan modifications
Certain loan modifications are considered to be TDRs as they provide various concessions to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. All TDRs are reported as impaired loans in the tables above. For further information, see Note 14 on pages 233–234 and 238–239 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The following table provides information about the Firm’s wholesale loans that have been modified in TDRs as of the dates presented.

(in millions)
Commercial
and industrial
 
Real estate
 
Financial
institutions
 
Government
agencies
 
Other
 
Total
retained loans
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Loans modified in TDRs
$
377

$
531

 
$
122

$
176

 
$

$
2

 
$

$
16

 
$
21

$
25

 
$
520

$
750

TDRs on nonaccrual status
304

415

 
90

128

 


 

16

 
20

19

 
414

578

Additional commitments to lend to borrowers whose loans have been modified in TDRs
192

147

 


 


 


 


 
192

147



159


TDR activity rollforward
The following tables reconcile the beginning and ending balances of wholesale loans modified in TDRs for the periods presented and provide information regarding the nature and extent of modifications during those periods.
Three months ended September 30,
(in millions)
 
Commercial and industrial
 
Real estate
 
Other (b)
 
Total
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Beginning balance of TDRs
 
$
464

 
$
683

 
$
121

 
$
289

 
$
30

 
$
28

 
$
615

 
$
1,000

New TDRs
 
15

 
$
60

 
14

 
43

 
4

 
20

 
33

 
123

Increases to existing TDRs
 
13

 

 

 

 

 

 
13

 

Charge-offs post-modification
 
(2
)
 
(13
)
 

 
(1
)
 

 

 
(2
)
 
(14
)
Sales and other(a)
 
(113
)
 
(105
)
 
(13
)
 
(70
)
 
(13
)
 
(6
)
 
(139
)
 
(181
)
Ending balance of TDRs
 
$
377

 
$
625

 
$
122

 
$
261

 
$
21

 
$
42

 
$
520

 
$
928


Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
 
Commercial and industrial
 
Real estate
 
Other (b)
 
Total
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Beginning balance of TDRs
 
$
531

 
$
212

 
$
176

 
$
907

 
$
43

 
$
24

 
$
750

 
$
1,143

New TDRs
 
71

 
$
642

 
24

 
103

 
70

 
26

 
165

 
771

Increases to existing TDRs
 
33

 
19

 

 
4

 

 

 
33

 
23

Charge-offs post-modification
 
(17
)
 
(19
)
 
(2
)
 
(143
)
 
(7
)
 

 
(26
)
 
(162
)
Sales and other(a)
 
(241
)
 
(229
)
 
(76
)
 
(610
)
 
(85
)
 
(8
)
 
(402
)
 
(847
)
Ending balance of TDRs
 
$
377

 
$
625

 
$
122

 
$
261

 
$
21

 
$
42

 
$
520

 
$
928

(a)
Sales and other are largely sales and paydowns, but also includes performing loans restructured at market rates that were removed from the reported TDR balance of $3 million and $54 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $43 million and $132 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b)
Includes loans to Financial institutions, Government agencies and Other.

Financial effects of modifications and redefaults
Loans modified as TDRs are typically term or payment extensions and, to a lesser extent, deferrals of principal and/or interest on commercial and industrial and real estate loans. For the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the average term extension granted on loans with term or payment extensions was 0.3 years and 1.5 years, respectively. The weighted-average remaining term for all loans modified during these periods was 4.9 years and 2.7 years, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the average term extension granted on loans with term or payment extensions was 1.0 years and 3.4 years, respectively. The weighted-average remaining term for all loans modified during these periods was 3.8 years and 4.6 years, respectively. Wholesale TDR loans that redefaulted within one year of the modification were $4 million and $5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $80 million and $88 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. A payment default is deemed to occur when the borrower has not made a loan payment by its scheduled due date after giving effect to any contractual grace period.


160


Consumer, excluding credit card loan portfolio
Consumer loans, excluding credit card loans, consist primarily of residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, auto loans, business banking loans, and student and other loans, with a primary focus on serving the prime consumer credit market. The portfolio also includes home equity loans secured by junior liens and mortgage loans with interest-only payment options to predominantly prime borrowers, as well as certain payment-option loans originated by Washington Mutual that may result in negative amortization.
The table below provides information about consumer retained loans by class, excluding the Credit card loan portfolio segment.
(in millions)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Residential real estate – excluding PCI
 
 
Home equity:
 
 
Senior lien
$
19,990

$
21,765

Junior lien
49,696

56,035

Mortgages:
 
 
Prime, including option ARMs
75,636

76,196

Subprime
8,552

9,664

Other consumer loans
 
 
Auto
48,920

47,426

Business banking
18,568

17,652

Student and other
12,521

14,143

Residential real estate – PCI
 
 
Home equity
21,432

22,697

Prime mortgage
14,038

15,180

Subprime mortgage
4,702

4,976

Option ARMs
21,024

22,693

Total retained loans
$
295,079

$
308,427

 
Delinquency rates are a primary credit quality indicator for consumer loans, excluding credit card. Other indicators that are taken into consideration for consumer loans, excluding credit card, include:
For residential real estate loans, including both non-PCI and PCI portfolios: The current estimated LTV ratio, or the combined LTV ratio in the case of loans with a junior lien; the geographic distribution of the loan collateral; and the borrowers’ current or “refreshed” FICO score.
For scored auto, scored business banking and student loans: The geographic distribution of the loans.
For risk-rated business banking and auto loans: The risk rating of the loan; the geographic considerations relevant to the loan; and whether the loan is considered to be criticized and/or nonaccrual.
For all business banking loans: The industry specific conditions relevant to the loans.
For further information on consumer credit quality indicators, see Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Residential real estate – excluding PCI loans
The following table provides information by class for residential real estate – excluding PCI retained loans in the Consumer, excluding credit card, portfolio segment.
The following factors should be considered in analyzing certain credit statistics applicable to the Firm’s residential real estate – excluding PCI loans portfolio: (i) junior lien home equity loans may be fully charged off when the loan becomes 180 days past due, the borrower is either unable or unwilling to repay the loan, and the value of the collateral does not support the repayment of the loan, resulting in relatively high charge-off rates for this product class; and (ii) the lengthening of loss-mitigation timelines may result in higher delinquency rates for loans carried at the net realizable value of the collateral that remain on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.


161


Residential real estate – excluding PCI loans

 
 
Home equity
 
(in millions, except ratios)
Senior lien
 
 
Junior lien
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Loan delinquency(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
19,261

 
 
$
20,992

 
 
$
48,520

 
 
$
54,533

 
30–149 days past due
345

 
 
405

 
 
952

 
 
1,272

 
150 or more days past due
384

 
 
368

 
 
224

 
 
230

 
Total retained loans
$
19,990

 
 
$
21,765

 
 
$
49,696

 
 
$
56,035

 
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans
3.65
%
 
 
3.55
%
 
 
2.37
%
 
 
2.68
%
 
90 or more days past due and still accruing
$

 
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
$

 
90 or more days past due and government guaranteed(b)

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Nonaccrual loans(c)
973

 
 
495

 
 
2,281

(h) 
 
792

 
Current estimated LTV ratios(d)(e)(f)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greater than 125% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
$
237

 
 
$
341

 
 
$
5,155

 
 
$
6,463

 
Less than 660
114

 
 
160

 
 
1,559

 
 
2,037

 
101% to 125% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
559

 
 
663

 
 
7,520

 
 
8,775

 
Less than 660
212

 
 
241

 
 
2,111

 
 
2,510

 
80% to 100% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
1,594

 
 
1,850

 
 
9,932

 
 
11,433

 
Less than 660
512

 
 
601

 
 
2,355

 
 
2,616

 
Less than 80% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
14,278

 
 
15,350

 
 
18,202

 
 
19,326

 
Less than 660
2,484

 
 
2,559

 
 
2,862

 
 
2,875

 
U.S. government-guaranteed

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Total retained loans
$
19,990

 
 
$
21,765

 
 
$
49,696

 
 
$
56,035

 
Geographic region
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
California
$
2,845

 
 
$
3,066

 
 
$
11,364

 
 
$
12,851

 
New York
2,877

 
 
3,023

 
 
9,937

 
 
10,979

 
Florida
913

 
 
992

 
 
2,655

 
 
3,006

 
Illinois
1,403

 
 
1,495

 
 
3,406

 
 
3,785

 
Texas
2,630

 
 
3,027

 
 
1,563

 
 
1,859

 
New Jersey
659

 
 
687

 
 
2,909

 
 
3,238

 
Arizona
1,222

 
 
1,339

 
 
2,242

 
 
2,552

 
Washington
667

 
 
714

 
 
1,689

 
 
1,895

 
Ohio
1,587

 
 
1,747

 
 
1,156

 
 
1,328

 
Michigan
958

 
 
1,044

 
 
1,238

 
 
1,400

 
All other(g)
4,229

 
 
4,631

 
 
11,537

 
 
13,142

 
Total retained loans
$
19,990

 
 
$
21,765

 
 
$
49,696

 
 
$
56,035

 
(a)
Individual delinquency classifications included mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies as follows: current includes $3.4 billion and $3.0 billion; 30149 days past due includes $2.3 billion and $2.3 billion; and 150 or more days past due includes $9.8 billion and $10.3 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(b)
These balances, which are 90 days or more past due but insured by U.S. government agencies, are excluded from nonaccrual loans. In predominately all cases, 100% of the principal balance of the loans is insured and interest is guaranteed at a specified reimbursement rate subject to meeting agreed-upon servicing guidelines. These amounts are excluded from nonaccrual loans because reimbursement of insured and guaranteed amounts is proceeding normally. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, these balances included $7.2 billion and $7.0 billion, respectively, of loans that are no longer accruing interest because interest has been curtailed by the U.S. government agencies although, in predominantly all cases, 100% of the principal is still insured. For the remaining balance, interest is being accrued at the guaranteed reimbursement rate.
(c)
At September 30, 2012, included an incremental $1.7 billion of loans recorded in accordance with regulatory guidance requiring loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower to be reported as nonaccrual loans, regardless of their delinquency status. This $1.7 billion consisted of $480 million, $340 million, $481 million, and $356 million for home equity - senior lien, home equity - junior lien, prime mortgage, including option ARMs, and subprime mortgages, respectively. Certain of these individual loans have previously been reported as performing TDRs (e.g., loans that were previously modified under one of the Firm’s loss mitigation programs and that have made at least six payments under the modified payment terms).
(d)
Represents the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated, at a minimum, quarterly, based on home valuation models using nationally recognized home price index valuation estimates incorporating actual data to the extent available and forecasted data where actual data is not available. These property values do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral values; as such, the resulting ratios are necessarily imprecise and should be viewed as estimates.
(e)
Junior lien represents combined LTV, which considers all available lien positions related to the property. All other products are presented without consideration of subordinate liens on the property.
(f)
Refreshed FICO scores represent each borrower’s most recent credit score, which is obtained by the Firm at least on a quarterly basis.
(g)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $15.5 billion and $15.6 billion, respectively.
(h)
Includes $1.3 billion of performing junior liens at September 30, 2012, that are subordinate to senior liens that are 90 days or more past due; such junior liens are now being reported as nonaccrual loans based upon regulatory guidance issued in the first quarter of 2012. Of the total, $1.2 billion were current at September 30, 2012. Prior periods have not been restated.
(i)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, excluded mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $12.1 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively. These amounts were excluded as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally.


162


(table continued from previous page)
Mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
Prime, including option ARMs
 
 
Subprime
 
 
Total residential real estate – excluding PCI
 
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
60,356

 
 
$
59,855

 
 
$
6,884

 
 
$
7,585

 
 
$
135,021

 
 
$
142,965

 
 
3,203

 
 
3,475

 
 
726

 
 
820

 
 
5,226

 
 
5,972

 
 
12,077

 
 
12,866

 
 
942

 
 
1,259

 
 
13,627

 
 
14,723

 
 
$
75,636

 
 
$
76,196

 
 
$
8,552

 
 
$
9,664

 
 
$
153,874

 
 
$
163,660

 
 
4.22
%
(i) 
 
4.96
%
(i) 
 
19.50
%
 
 
21.51
%
 
 
4.40
%
(i) 
 
4.97
%
(i) 
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
10,995

 
 
11,516

 
 

 
 

 
 
10,995

 
 
11,516

 
 
3,570

 
 
3,462

 
 
1,868

 
 
1,781

 
 
8,692

 
 
6,530

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,708

 
 
$
3,168

 
 
$
268

 
 
$
367

 
 
$
8,368

 
 
$
10,339

 
 
1,067

 
 
1,416

 
 
723

 
 
1,061

 
 
3,463

 
 
4,674

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,013

 
 
4,626

 
 
498

 
 
506

 
 
12,590

 
 
14,570

 
 
1,497

 
 
1,636

 
 
1,056

 
 
1,284

 
 
4,876

 
 
5,671

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,558

 
 
9,343

 
 
753

 
 
817

 
 
19,837

 
 
23,443

 
 
2,179

 
 
2,349

 
 
1,370

 
 
1,556

 
 
6,416

 
 
7,122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36,729

 
 
33,849

 
 
1,828

 
 
1,906

 
 
71,037

 
 
70,431

 
 
4,397

 
 
4,225

 
 
2,056

 
 
2,167

 
 
11,799

 
 
11,826

 
 
15,488

 
 
15,584

 
 

 
 

 
 
15,488

 
 
15,584

 
 
$
75,636

 
 
$
76,196

 
 
$
8,552

 
 
$
9,664

 
 
$
153,874

 
 
$
163,660

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
17,470

 
 
$
18,029

 
 
$
1,288

 
 
$
1,463

 
 
$
32,967

 
 
$
35,409

 
 
10,916

 
 
10,200

 
 
1,102

 
 
1,217

 
 
24,832

 
 
25,419

 
 
4,456

 
 
4,565

 
 
1,059

 
 
1,206

 
 
9,083

 
 
9,769

 
 
3,876

 
 
3,922

 
 
343

 
 
391

 
 
9,028

 
 
9,593

 
 
2,875

 
 
2,851

 
 
265

 
 
300

 
 
7,333

 
 
8,037

 
 
2,073

 
 
2,042

 
 
411

 
 
461

 
 
6,052

 
 
6,428

 
 
1,149

 
 
1,194

 
 
172

 
 
199

 
 
4,785

 
 
5,284

 
 
1,756

 
 
1,878

 
 
184

 
 
209

 
 
4,296

 
 
4,696

 
 
411

 
 
441

 
 
204

 
 
234

 
 
3,358

 
 
3,750

 
 
880

 
 
909

 
 
215

 
 
246

 
 
3,291

 
 
3,599

 
 
29,774

 
 
30,165

 
 
3,309

 
 
3,738

 
 
48,849

 
 
51,676

 
 
$
75,636

 
 
$
76,196

 
 
$
8,552

 
 
$
9,664

 
 
$
153,874

 
 
$
163,660

 
 


163


The following table represents the Firm’s delinquency statistics for junior lien home equity loans and lines as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
 
 
Delinquencies
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
(in millions, except ratios)
 
30–89 days past due
 
90–149 days past due
 
150+ days past due
 
Total loans
 
Total 30+ day delinquency rate
HELOCs:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within the revolving period(b)
 
$
485

 
$
200

 
$
177

 
$
42,227

 
2.04
%
Within the required amortization period
 
46

 
14

 
23

 
2,015

 
4.12

HELOANs
 
139

 
68

 
24

 
5,454

 
4.24

Total
 
$
670

 
$
282

 
$
224

 
$
49,696

 
2.37
%
 
 
Delinquencies
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except ratios)
 
30–89 days past due
 
90–149 days past due
 
150+ days past due
 
Total loans
 
Total 30+ day delinquency rate
HELOCs:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within the revolving period(b)
 
$
606

 
$
314

 
$
173

 
$
47,760

 
2.29
%
Within the required amortization period
 
45

 
19

 
15

 
1,636

 
4.83

HELOANs
 
188

 
100

 
42

 
6,639

 
4.97

Total
 
$
839

 
$
433

 
$
230

 
$
56,035

 
2.68
%
(a) In general, HELOCs are revolving loans for a 10-year period, after which time the HELOC converts to a loan with a 20-year amortization period.
(b) The Firm manages the risk of HELOCs during their revolving period by closing or reducing the undrawn line to the extent permitted by law when borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty or when the collateral does not support the loan amount.
Home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) within the required amortization period and home equity loans (“HELOANs”) have higher delinquency rates than do HELOCs within the revolving period. That is primarily because the fully-amortizing payment required for those products is higher than the minimum payment options available for HELOCs within the revolving period. The higher delinquency rates
 
associated with amortizing HELOCs and HELOANs are factored into the loss estimates produced by the Firm’s delinquency roll-rate methodology, which estimates defaults based on the current delinquency status of a portfolio.

Impaired loans
At September 30, 2012, the Firm reported, in accordance with regulatory guidance, $1.7 billion of residential real estate loans that have been discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower (“Chapter 7 loans”) as collateral-dependent nonaccrual TDRs, regardless of their delinquency status. Prior periods were not restated for this policy change. Prior to September 30, 2012, the Firm’s policy was to charge down to net realizable value, and also to place on nonaccrual status, loans to borrowers who had filed for bankruptcy when such loans became 60 days past due; however, the Firm did not previously report Chapter 7 loans as collateral-dependent TDRs unless otherwise modified under one of the Firm’s loss mitigation programs.
The table below sets forth information about the Firm’s residential real estate impaired loans, excluding PCI loans. These loans are considered to be impaired as they have been modified in a TDR. All impaired loans are evaluated for an asset-specific allowance as described in Note 14 on page 176 of this Form 10-Q.
 
Home equity
 
Mortgages
 
Total residential
 real estate
– excluding PCI

(in millions)
Senior lien
 
Junior lien
 
Prime, including
option ARMs
 
Subprime
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance
$
518

$
319

 
$
663

$
622

 
$
5,754

$
4,332

 
$
3,109

$
3,047

 
$
10,044

$
8,320

Without an allowance(a)
605

16

 
497

35

 
1,296

545

 
715

172

 
3,113

768

Total impaired loans(b)(c)
$
1,123

$
335

 
$
1,160

$
657

 
$
7,050

$
4,877

 
$
3,824

$
3,219

 
$
13,157

$
9,088

Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans
$
163

$
80

 
$
193

$
141

 
$
162

$
4

 
$
245

$
366

 
$
763

$
591

Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans(d)(e)
1,468

433

 
2,389

994

 
8,936

6,190

 
5,659

4,827

 
18,452

12,444

Impaired loans on nonaccrual status(c)
656

77

 
563

159

 
1,838

922

 
1,300

832

 
4,357

1,990


164


(a)
Represents collateral-dependent residential mortgage loans, including Chapter 7 loans, that are charged off to the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell.
(b)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, $7.1 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, of loans modified subsequent to repurchase from Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) in accordance with the standards of the appropriate government agency (i.e., Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”), Rural Housing Services (“RHS”)) are not included in the table above. When such loans perform subsequent to modification in accordance with Ginnie Mae guidelines, they are generally sold back into Ginnie Mae loan pools. Modified loans that do not re-perform become subject to foreclosure.
(c)
At September 30, 2012, included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans, consisting of $507 million of senior lien home equity loans, $398 million of junior lien home equity loans, $493 million of prime including option ARMs, and $254 million of subprime mortgages. Certain of these individual loans were previously reported as nonaccrual loans (e.g., based upon the delinquency status of the loan).
(d)
Represents the contractual amount of principal owed at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The unpaid principal balance differs from the impaired loan balances due to various factors, including charge-offs, net deferred loan fees or costs; and unamortized discounts or premiums on purchased loans.
(e)
At September 30, 2012, included $2.9 billion of Chapter 7 loans, consisting of $696 million of senior lien home equity loans, $1.1 billion of junior lien home equity loans, $764 million of prime, including option ARMs, and $401 million of subprime mortgages.
The following table presents average impaired loans and the related interest income reported by the Firm.
Three months ended September 30,
Average impaired loans
 
Interest income on
impaired loans(a)
 
Interest income on impaired
loans on a cash basis(a)
(in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior lien
$
607

$
306

 
$
6

$
3

 
$
1

$

Junior lien
782

590

 
9

4

 
1

1

Mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime, including option ARMs
6,430

4,450

 
65

42

 
6

4

Subprime
3,148

3,188

 
45

39

 
7

5

Total residential real estate – excluding PCI
$
10,967

$
8,534

 
$
125

$
88

 
$
15

$
10

Nine months ended September 30,
Average impaired loans
 
Interest income on
impaired loans(a)
 
Interest income on impaired
loans on a cash basis(a)
(in millions)
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior lien
$
445

$
275

 
$
12

$
8

 
$
2

$
1

Junior lien
734

480

 
22

12

 
3

2

Mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime, including option ARMs
5,619

3,542

 
169

101

 
16

10

Subprime
3,252

3,035

 
132

110

 
17

11

Total residential real estate – excluding PCI
$
10,050

$
7,332

 
$
335

$
231

 
$
38

$
24

(a)
Generally, interest income on loans modified in TDRs is recognized on a cash basis until such time as the borrower has made a minimum of six payments under the new terms. As of September 30, 2012 and 2011, $2.7 billion and $997 million, respectively, were loans on which the borrowers had not yet made six payments under their modified terms and other TDRs placed on nonaccrual status under regulatory guidance.
Loan modifications
In accordance with the terms of the global settlement, which became effective on April 5, 2012, the Firm expects to provide approximately $500 million of refinancing relief to certain “underwater” borrowers under the Refi Program and approximately $3.7 billion of additional relief to certain borrowers under the Consumer Relief Program, including reductions of principal on first and second liens.
The purpose of the Refi Program is to allow eligible borrowers who are current on their mortgage loans to refinance their existing loans; such borrowers are otherwise unable to do so because they have no equity or, in many cases, negative equity in their homes. Under the Refi Program, the interest rate on each loan that is refinanced may be reduced either for the remaining life of the loan or for five years. The Firm has determined that it will reduce the interest rates on loans that it refinances under the Refi Program for the remaining lives of those loans. The refinancings generally do not result in term extensions and accordingly, in that regard, are more similar to loan modifications than to traditional refinancings. Substantially
 
all of the refinancings originally expected to be performed under the Refi Program have been finalized as of September 30, 2012.
The Firm continues to modify first and second lien loans under the Consumer Relief Program. These loan modifications are primarily expected to be executed under the terms of either the U.S. Treasury’s Making Home Affordable (“MHA”) programs (e.g., HAMP, 2MP) or one of the Firm’s proprietary modification programs. For further information on the global settlement, see Global settlement on servicing and origination of mortgages in Note 2 on pages 117–118 and Mortgage Foreclosure Investigations and Litigation in Note 23 on pages 203–204 of this Form 10-Q.
Modifications of residential real estate loans, excluding PCI loans, are generally accounted for and reported as TDRs. There were no additional commitments to lend to borrowers whose residential real estate loans, excluding PCI loans, have been modified in TDRs. For further information, see Note 14 on pages 233–234 and 243–245 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


165


TDR activity rollforward
The following tables reconcile the beginning and ending balances of residential real estate loans, excluding PCI loans, modified in TDRs for the periods presented.
Three months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
Home equity
 
Mortgages
 
Total residential
real estate – excluding PCI
Senior lien
 
Junior lien
 
Prime, including option ARMs
 
Subprime
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Beginning balance of TDRs
$
560

$
297

 
$
762

$
538

 
$
6,092

$
3,760

 
$
3,484

$
3,129

 
$
10,898

$
7,724

New TDRs(a)(b)
590

27

 
478

125

 
1,136

1,112

 
458

214

 
2,662

1,478

Charge-offs post-modification(c)
(18
)
(3
)
 
(52
)
(19
)
 
(37
)
(26
)
 
(65
)
(57
)
 
(172
)
(105
)
Foreclosures and other liquidations (e.g., short sales)


 
(1
)
(2
)
 
(28
)
(35
)
 
(26
)
(26
)
 
(55
)
(63
)
Principal payments and other
(9
)
(5
)
 
(27
)
(13
)
 
(113
)
(83
)
 
(27
)
(26
)
 
(176
)
(127
)
Ending balance of TDRs
$
1,123

$
316

 
$
1,160

$
629

 
$
7,050

$
4,728

 
$
3,824

$
3,234

 
$
13,157

$
8,907

Permanent modifications(b)
$
1,086

$
275

 
$
1,147

$
606

 
$
6,719

$
4,376

 
$
3,653

$
3,007

 
$
12,605

$
8,264

Trial modifications
$
37

$
41

 
$
13

$
23

 
$
331

$
352

 
$
171

$
227

 
$
552

$
643

Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
Home equity
 
Mortgages
 
Total residential
real estate – excluding PCI
Senior lien
 
Junior lien
 
Prime, including option ARMs
 
Subprime
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Beginning balance of TDRs
$
335

$
226

 
$
657

$
283

 
$
4,877

$
2,084

 
$
3,219

$
2,751

 
$
9,088

$
5,344

New TDRs(a)(b)
833

110

 
667

445

 
2,626

2,986

 
942

790

 
5,068

4,331

Charge-offs post-modification(c)
(27
)
(10
)
 
(75
)
(59
)
 
(97
)
(82
)
 
(159
)
(174
)
 
(358
)
(325
)
Foreclosures and other liquidations (e.g., short sales)


 
(6
)
(7
)
 
(85
)
(76
)
 
(86
)
(61
)
 
(177
)
(144
)
Principal payments and other
(18
)
(10
)
 
(83
)
(33
)
 
(271
)
(184
)
 
(92
)
(72
)
 
(464
)
(299
)
Ending balance of TDRs
$
1,123

$
316

 
$
1,160

$
629

 
$
7,050

$
4,728

 
$
3,824

$
3,234

 
$
13,157

$
8,907

Permanent modifications(b)
$
1,086

$
275

 
$
1,147

$
606

 
$
6,719

$
4,376

 
$
3,653

$
3,007

 
$
12,605

$
8,264

Trial modifications
$
37

$
41

 
$
13

$
23

 
$
331

$
352

 
$
171

$
227

 
$
552

$
643

(a)
Any permanent modification of a loan previously reported as a new TDR as the result of a trial modification is not also reported as a new TDR.
(b)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, included $1.7 billion of Chapter 7 loans consisting of $507 million of senior lien home equity loans, $398 million of junior lien home equity loans, $493 million of prime, including option ARMs, and $254 million of subprime mortgages. Certain of these individual loans were previously reported as nonaccrual loans (e.g., based upon the delinquency status of the loan).
(c)
Includes charge-offs on unsuccessful trial modifications.

166


Nature and extent of modifications
MHA, as well as the Firm’s proprietary modification programs, generally provide various concessions to financially troubled borrowers including, but not limited to,
 
interest rate reductions, term or payment extensions and deferral of principal and/or interest payments that would otherwise have been required under the terms of the original agreement.

The following tables provide information about how residential real estate loans, excluding PCI loans, were modified under the Firm’s loss mitigation programs during the periods presented. These tables exclude Chapter 7 loans where the sole concession granted is the discharge of debt. At September 30, 2012, these Chapter 7 loans totaled 40,701, consisting of 10,153 senior lien home equity loans, 22,625 junior lien home equity loans, 3,942 prime mortgage, including option ARMs, and 3,981 subprime mortgages.
Three months ended
September 30,
Home equity
 
Mortgages
 
Total residential
real estate -
excluding PCI
Senior lien
 
Junior lien
 
Prime, including option ARMs
 
Subprime
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Number of loans approved for a trial modification, but not permanently modified
258

42

 
273

66

 
775

85

 
799

139

 
2,105

332

Number of loans permanently modified
1,039

262

 
2,178

2,555

 
2,947

2,772

 
2,396

1,963

 
8,560

7,552

Concession granted:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate reduction
71
%
73
%
 
87
%
94
%
 
61
%
89
%
 
69
%
77
%
 
71
%
87
%
Term or payment extension
65

96

 
74

84

 
56

94

 
60

83

 
62

88

Principal and/or interest deferred
8

13

 
15

22

 
12

19

 
7

19

 
11

20

Principal forgiveness
18

11

 
29

16

 
43

2

 
46

13

 
38

10

Other(b)
6

25

 
8

8

 
31

67

 
9

26

 
16

35

Nine months ended
September 30,
Home equity
 
Mortgages
 
Total residential
real estate -
excluding PCI
Senior lien
 
Junior lien
 
Prime, including option ARMs
 
Subprime
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Number of loans approved for a trial modification, but not permanently modified
417

186

 
465

199

 
1,137

285

 
1,180

548

 
3,199

1,218

Number of loans permanently modified
3,736

789

 
6,042

7,811

 
7,651

8,470

 
8,240

4,048

 
25,669

21,118

Concession granted:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate reduction
81
%
76
%
 
89
%
95
%
 
75
%
49
%
 
70
%
79
%
 
77
%
73
%
Term or payment extension
46

85

 
76

82

 
60

71

 
44

76

 
57

77

Principal and/or interest deferred
5

7

 
17

21

 
15

13

 
7

18

 
11

17

Principal forgiveness
9

9

 
17

21

 
26

1

 
40

11

 
26

11

Other(b)
3

34

 
6

8

 
33

74

 
7

28

 
14

39

(a)
As a percentage of the number of loans modified. The sum of the percentages exceeds 100% because predominantly all of the modifications include more than one type of concession.
(b)
Represents variable interest rate to fixed interest rate modifications.



167


Financial effects of modifications and redefaults
The following tables provide information about the financial effects of the various concessions granted in modifications of residential real estate loans, excluding PCI, under the Firm’s loss mitigation programs and also about redefaults of certain loans modified in TDRs for the periods presented. These tables exclude Chapter 7 loans where the sole concession granted is the discharge of debt.
Three months ended September 30,
(in millions, except weighted-average
data and number of loans)
Home equity
 
Mortgages
 
Total residential real estate – excluding PCI
Senior lien
 
Junior lien
 
Prime, including option ARMs
 
Subprime
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Weighted-average interest rate of loans with interest rate reductions – before TDR
7.00
%
7.40
%
 
5.19
%
5.44
%
 
5.97
%
5.87
%
 
7.83
%
8.26
%
 
6.42
%
6.34
%
Weighted-average interest rate of loans with interest rate reductions – after TDR
4.44

3.90

 
1.89

1.54

 
3.39

3.86

 
3.87

3.43

 
3.43

3.55

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) of loans with term or payment extensions – before TDR
19

19

 
20

21

 
25

25

 
23

23

 
23

24

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) of loans with term or payment extensions – after TDR
27

31

 
33

34

 
36

36

 
32

33

 
34

35

Charge-offs recognized upon permanent modification
$
4

$
1

 
$
23

$
32

 
$
3

$
10

 
$
7

$
5

 
$
37

$
48

Principal deferred
2

1

 
7

11

 
41

58

 
13

29

 
63

99

Principal forgiven
9


 
27

14

 
156

4

 
113

19

 
305

37

Number of loans that redefaulted within one year of permanent modification(a)
127

55

 
395

403

 
257

288

 
406

414

 
1,185

1,160

Balance of loans that redefaulted within one year of permanent modification(a)
$
11

$
4

 
$
11

$
18

 
$
72

$
92

 
$
42

$
51

 
$
136

$
165

Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except weighted-average
data and number of loans)
Home equity
 
Mortgages
 
Total residential real estate – excluding PCI
Senior lien
 
Junior lien
 
Prime, including option ARMs
 
Subprime
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Weighted-average interest rate of loans with interest rate reductions – before TDR
7.18
%
7.35
%
 
5.48
%
5.46
%
 
6.15
%
6.00
%
 
7.79
%
8.26
%
 
6.59
%
6.47
%
Weighted-average interest rate of loans with interest rate reductions – after TDR
4.67

3.71

 
1.87

1.47

 
3.67

3.48

 
4.18

3.54

 
3.71

3.20

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) of loans with term or payment extensions – before TDR
19

18

 
21

21

 
25

25

 
24

23

 
24

24

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) of loans with term or payment extensions – after TDR
29

30

 
33

35

 
35

35

 
32

34

 
34

35

Charge-offs recognized upon permanent modification
$
6

$
1

 
$
35

$
106

 
$
26

$
44

 
$
19

$
13

 
$
86

$
164

Principal deferred
5

2

 
20

32

 
126

116

 
39

54

 
190

204

Principal forgiven
13

1

 
38

58

 
225

9

 
275

33

 
551

101

Number of loans that redefaulted within one year of permanent modification(a)
249

134

 
1,065

733

 
677

819

 
1,055

1,402

 
3,046

3,088

Balance of loans that redefaulted within one year of permanent modification(a)
$
20

$
11

 
$
36

$
33

 
$
190

$
248

 
$
115

$
205

 
$
361

$
497

(a)
Represents loans permanently modified in TDRs that experienced a payment default in the period presented, and for which the payment default occurred within one year of the modification. The dollar amounts presented represent the balance of such loans at the end of the reporting period in which they defaulted. For residential real estate loans modified in TDRs, payment default is deemed to occur when the loan becomes two contractual payments past due. In the event that a modified loan redefaults, it is probable that the loan will ultimately be liquidated through foreclosure or another similar type of liquidation transaction. Redefaults of loans modified within the last 12 months may not be representative of ultimate redefault levels.

168


Approximately 85% of the trial modifications approved on or after July 1, 2010 (the approximate date on which substantial revisions were made to the HAMP program), that are seasoned more than six months have been successfully converted to permanent modifications.
The primary performance indicator for TDRs is the rate at which permanently modified loans redefault. At September 30, 2012, the cumulative redefault rates of residential real estate loans that have been modified under the Firm’s loss mitigation programs, excluding PCI loans, based upon permanent modifications that were completed after October 1, 2009, and that are seasoned more than six months are 22% for senior lien home equity, 17% for junior lien home equity, 15% for prime mortgages including option ARMs, and 27% for subprime mortgages.
 
Default rates of mortgage and home equity Chapter 7 loans vary significantly based on the delinquency status of the loan and overall economic conditions at the time of discharge. Default rates for Chapter 7 loans that were less than 60 days past due at the time of discharge have ranged between approximately 10% and 40% in recent years based on the economic conditions at the time of discharge.
At September 30, 2012, the weighted-average estimated remaining lives of residential real estate loans, excluding PCI loans, permanently modified in TDRs were 6.2 years for senior lien home equity, 6.8 years for junior lien home equity, 9.4 years for prime mortgage, including option ARMs and 7.3 years for subprime mortgage. The estimated remaining lives of these loans reflect estimated prepayments, both voluntary and involuntary (i.e., foreclosures and other forced liquidations).

Other consumer loans
The tables below provide information for other consumer retained loan classes, including auto, business banking and student loans.
(in millions, except ratios)
Auto
 
Business banking
 
Student and other
 
Total other consumer
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Loan delinquency(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
48,377

 
$
46,891

 
$
18,139

$
17,173

 
$
11,321

 
$
12,905

 
$
77,837

 
$
76,969

 
30–119 days past due
536

 
528

 
262

326

 
750

 
777

 
1,548

 
1,631

 
120 or more days past due
7

 
7

 
167

153

 
450

 
461

 
624

 
621

 
Total retained loans
$
48,920

 
$
47,426

 
$
18,568

$
17,652

 
$
12,521

 
$
14,143

 
$
80,009

 
$
79,221

 
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans
1.11
%
 
1.13
%
 
2.31
%
2.71
%
 
2.32
%
(e) 
1.76
%
(e) 
1.58
%
(e) 
1.59
%
(e) 
90 or more days past due and still accruing (b)
$

 
$

 
$

$

 
$
536

 
$
551

 
$
536

 
$
551

 
Nonaccrual loans
172

(d) 
118

 
521

694

 
75

 
69

 
768

 
881

 
Geographic region
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
California
$
4,879

 
$
4,413

 
$
1,830

$
1,342

 
$
1,142

 
$
1,261

 
$
7,851

 
$
7,016

 
New York
3,724

 
3,616

 
2,864

2,792

 
1,266

 
1,401

 
7,854

 
7,809

 
Florida
1,948

 
1,881

 
490

313

 
572

 
658

 
3,010

 
2,852

 
Illinois
2,582

 
2,496

 
1,400

1,364

 
766

 
851

 
4,748

 
4,711

 
Texas
4,599

 
4,467

 
2,753

2,680

 
901

 
1,053

 
8,253

 
8,200

 
New Jersey
1,919

 
1,829

 
370

376

 
421

 
460

 
2,710

 
2,665

 
Arizona
1,609

 
1,495

 
1,137

1,165

 
277

 
316

 
3,023

 
2,976

 
Washington
795

 
735

 
203

160

 
228

 
249

 
1,226

 
1,144

 
Ohio
2,505

 
2,633

 
1,445

1,541

 
793

 
880

 
4,743

 
5,054

 
Michigan
2,122

 
2,282

 
1,368

1,389

 
564

 
637

 
4,054

 
4,308

 
All other
22,238

 
21,579

 
4,708

4,530

 
5,591

 
6,377

 
32,537

 
32,486

 
Total retained loans
$
48,920

 
$
47,426

 
$
18,568

$
17,652

 
$
12,521

 
$
14,143

 
$
80,009

 
$
79,221

 
Loans by risk ratings(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noncriticized
$
7,629

 
$
6,775

 
$
12,999

$
11,749

 
NA

 
NA

 
$
20,628

 
$
18,524

 
Criticized performing
171

 
166

 
703

817

 
NA

 
NA

 
874

 
983

 
Criticized nonaccrual
4

 
3

 
414

524

 
NA

 
NA

 
418

 
527

 
(a)
Loans insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) are included in the delinquency classifications presented based on their payment status.
(b)
These amounts represent student loans, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the FFELP. These amounts were accruing as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally.
(c)
For risk-rated business banking and auto loans, the primary credit quality indicator is the risk rating of the loan, including whether the loans are considered to be criticized and/or nonaccrual.
(d)
At September 30, 2012, included $65 million of Chapter 7 auto loans.
(e)
September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, excluded loans 30 days or more past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the FFELP, of $910 million and $989 million, respectively. These amounts were excluded as reimbursement of insured amounts is proceeding normally.

169



Other consumer impaired loans and loan modifications
The tables below set forth information about the Firm’s other consumer impaired loans, including risk-rated business banking and auto loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status, and loans that have been modified in TDRs.

(in millions)
Auto
 
Business banking
 
Total other consumer(e)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance
$
82

$
88

 
$
579

$
713

 
$
661

$
801

Without an allowance(a)
82

3

 


 
82

3

Total impaired loans(b)
$
164

$
91

 
$
579

$
713

 
$
743

$
804

Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans
$
12

$
12

 
$
143

$
225

 
$
155

$
237

Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans(c)(d)
276

126

 
671

822

 
947

948

Impaired loans on nonaccrual status(b)
119

41

 
430

551

 
549

592

(a)
When discounted cash flows, collateral value or market price equals or exceeds the recorded investment in the loan, then the loan does not require an allowance. This typically occurs when the impaired loans have been partially charged off and/or there have been interest payments received and applied to the loan balance.
(b)
At September 30, 2012, included $81 million of Chapter 7 auto loans. Certain of these individual loans were previously reported as nonaccrual loans (e.g. based upon the delinquency status of the loan).
(c)
At September 30, 2012, included $159 million of Chapter 7 auto loans.
(d)
Represents the contractual amount of principal owed at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The unpaid principal balance differs from the impaired loan balances due to various factors, including charge-offs; interest payments received and applied to the principal balance; net deferred loan fees or costs; and unamortized discounts or premiums on purchased loans.
(e)
There were no impaired student and other loans at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.

The following table presents average impaired loans for the periods presented.

(in millions)
Average impaired loans(b)
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Auto
$
110

$
88

 
$
97

$
93

Business banking
589

751

 
641

762

Total other consumer(a)
$
699

$
839

 
$
738

$
855

(a)
There were no impaired student and other loans for the three or nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(b)
The related interest income on impaired loans, including those on a cash basis, was not material for the three or nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Loan modifications
The following table provides information about the Firm’s other consumer loans modified in TDRs. All of these TDRs are reported as impaired loans in the tables above.
(in millions)
Auto
 
Business banking
 
Total other consumer(c)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Loans modified in troubled debt restructurings(a)(b)(c)
$
164

$
88

 
$
352

$
415

 
$
516

$
503

TDRs on nonaccrual status
119

38

 
203

253

 
322

291

(a)
These modifications generally provided interest rate concessions to the borrower or deferral of principal repayments.
(b)
Additional commitments to lend to borrowers whose loans have been modified in TDRs as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, were immaterial.
(c)
At September 30, 2012, included $81 million of Chapter 7 auto loans. Certain of these individual loans were previously reported as nonaccrual loans (e.g., based upon the delinquency status of the loan).
(d)
There were no student and other loans modified in TDRs at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.

170


TDR activity rollforward
The following tables reconcile the beginning and ending balances of other consumer loans modified in TDRs for the periods presented.
Three months ended September 30,
(in millions)
Auto
 
Business banking
 
Total other consumer
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Beginning balance of TDRs
$
86

$
88

 
$
366

$
429

 
$
452

$
517

New TDRs(a)
92

13

 
23

48

 
115

61

Charge-offs post-modification
(2
)
(1
)
 
(2
)
(5
)
 
(4
)
(6
)
Foreclosures and other liquidations


 

(1
)
 

(1
)
Principal payments and other
(12
)
(14
)
 
(35
)
(41
)
 
(47
)
(55
)
Ending balance of TDRs
$
164

$
86

 
$
352

$
430

 
$
516

$
516


Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
Auto
 
Business banking
 
Total other consumer
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Beginning balance of TDRs
$
88

$
91

 
$
415

$
395

 
$
503

$
486

New TDRs(a)
119

38

 
57

166

 
176

204

Charge-offs post-modification
(6
)
(4
)
 
(7
)
(7
)
 
(13
)
(11
)
Foreclosures and other liquidations


 

(3
)
 

(3
)
Principal payments and other
(37
)
(39
)
 
(113
)
(121
)
 
(150
)
(160
)
Ending balance of TDRs
$
164

$
86

 
$
352

$
430

 
$
516

$
516

(a)
At September 30, 2012, included $81 million of Chapter 7 auto loans. Certain of these individual loans were previously reported as nonaccrual loans (e.g., based upon the delinquency status of the loan).

Financial effects of modifications and redefaults
For auto loans, TDRs typically occur in connection with the bankruptcy of the borrower. In these cases, the loan is modified with a revised repayment plan that typically incorporates interest rate reductions and, to a lesser extent, principal forgiveness. Beginning September 30, 2012, Chapter 7 auto loans are also considered TDRs.
For business banking loans, concessions are dependent on individual borrower circumstances and can be of a short-term nature for borrowers who need temporary relief or longer term for borrowers experiencing more fundamental financial difficulties. Concessions are predominantly term or payment extensions, but also may include interest rate reductions.
The balance of business banking loans modified in TDRs that experienced a payment default, and for which the payment default occurred within one year of the modification, was $6 million and $19 million, during the
 
three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $31 million and $64 million, during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The balance of auto loans modified in TDRs that experienced a payment default, and for which the payment default occurred within one year of the modification, was $13 million and $27 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. The corresponding amounts for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, were insignificant. A payment default is deemed to occur as follows: (1) for scored auto and business banking loans, when the loan is two payments past due; and (2) for risk-rated business banking loans and auto loans, when the borrower has not made a loan payment by its scheduled due date after giving effect to the contractual grace period, if any.


The following table provides information about the financial effects of the various concessions granted in modifications of other consumer loans for the periods presented.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
Auto
 
Business banking
 
Auto
 
Business banking
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Weighted-average interest rate of loans with interest rate reductions – before TDR
13.84
%
12.50
%
 
7.72
%
7.53
%
 
11.93
%
11.93
%
 
7.98
%
7.46
%
Weighted-average interest rate of loans with interest rate reductions – after TDR
4.99

5.06

 
5.51

5.30

 
4.80

5.49

 
5.87

5.46

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) of loans with term or payment extensions – before TDR
NM

NM

 
1.0

0.8

 
NM

NM

 
1.0

1.4

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) of loans with term or payment extensions – after TDR
NM

NM

 
2.2

2.0

 
NM

NM

 
2.4

2.5


171


Purchased credit-impaired loans
For a detailed discussion of PCI loans, including the related accounting policies, see Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Residential real estate – PCI loans
The table below sets forth information about the Firm’s consumer, excluding credit card, PCI loans.

(in millions, except ratios)
Home equity
 
Prime mortgage
 
Subprime mortgage
 
Option ARMs
 
Total PCI
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Carrying value(a)
$
21,432

$
22,697

 
$
14,038

$
15,180

 
$
4,702

$
4,976

 
$
21,024

$
22,693

 
$
61,196

$
65,546

Related allowance for loan losses(b)
1,908

1,908

 
1,929

1,929

 
380

380

 
1,494

1,494

 
5,711

5,711

Loan delinquency (based on unpaid principal balance)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
20,941

$
22,682

 
$
11,312

$
12,148

 
$
4,245

$
4,388

 
$
16,846

$
17,919

 
$
53,344

$
57,137

30–149 days past due
795

1,130

 
755

912

 
678

782

 
1,222

1,467

 
3,450

4,291

150 or more days past due
1,269

1,252

 
2,284

3,000

 
1,573

2,059

 
5,304

6,753

 
10,430

13,064

Total loans
$
23,005

$
25,064

 
$
14,351

$
16,060

 
$
6,496

$
7,229

 
$
23,372

$
26,139

 
$
67,224

$
74,492

% of 30+ days past due to total loans
8.97
%
9.50
%
 
21.18
%
24.36
%
 
34.65
%
39.30
%
 
27.92
%
31.45
%
 
20.65
%
23.30
%
Current estimated LTV ratios (based on unpaid principal balance)(c)(d)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greater than 125% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
$
4,925

$
5,915

 
$
1,734

$
2,313

 
$
401

$
473

 
$
1,846

$
2,509

 
$
8,906

$
11,210

Less than 660
2,656

3,299

 
1,631

2,319

 
1,438

1,939

 
3,055

4,608

 
8,780

12,165

101% to 125% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
5,058

5,393

 
3,076

3,328

 
448

434

 
3,509

3,959

 
12,091

13,114

Less than 660
2,128

2,304

 
2,067

2,314

 
1,304

1,510

 
3,341

3,884

 
8,840

10,012

80% to 100% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
3,474

3,482

 
1,794

1,629

 
402

372

 
3,786

3,740

 
9,456

9,223

Less than 660
1,283

1,264

 
1,360

1,457

 
1,168

1,197

 
2,990

3,035

 
6,801

6,953

Lower than 80% and refreshed FICO scores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
2,463

2,409

 
1,295

1,276

 
245

198

 
2,529

2,189

 
6,532

6,072

Less than 660
1,018

998

 
1,394

1,424

 
1,090

1,106

 
2,316

2,215

 
5,818

5,743

Total unpaid principal balance
$
23,005

$
25,064

 
$
14,351

$
16,060

 
$
6,496

$
7,229

 
$
23,372

$
26,139

 
$
67,224

$
74,492

Geographic region (based on unpaid principal balance)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
California
$
13,885

$
15,091

 
$
8,145

$
9,121

 
$
1,488

$
1,661

 
$
12,281

$
13,565

 
$
35,799

$
39,438

New York
1,091

1,179

 
944

1,018

 
656

709

 
1,440

1,548

 
4,131

4,454

Florida
2,114

2,307

 
1,066

1,265

 
676

812

 
2,627

3,201

 
6,483

7,585

Illinois
517

558

 
449

511

 
349

411

 
606

702

 
1,921

2,182

Texas
400

455

 
154

168

 
379

405

 
120

140

 
1,053

1,168

New Jersey
434

471

 
409

445

 
266

297

 
872

969

 
1,981

2,182

Arizona
425

468

 
224

254

 
107

126

 
314

362

 
1,070

1,210

Washington
1,256

1,368

 
347

388

 
147

160

 
586

649

 
2,336

2,565

Ohio
28

32

 
74

79

 
102

114

 
92

111

 
296

336

Michigan
72

81

 
218

239

 
169

187

 
244

268

 
703

775

All other
2,783

3,054

 
2,321

2,572

 
2,157

2,347

 
4,190

4,624

 
11,451

12,597

Total unpaid principal balance
$
23,005

$
25,064

 
$
14,351

$
16,060

 
$
6,496

$
7,229

 
$
23,372

$
26,139

 
$
67,224

$
74,492

(a)
Carrying value includes the effect of fair value adjustments that were applied to the consumer PCI portfolio at the date of acquisition.
(b)
Management concluded as part of the Firm’s regular assessment of the PCI loan pools that it was probable that higher expected credit losses would result in a decrease in expected cash flows. As a result, an allowance for loan losses for impairment of these pools has been recognized.
(c)
Represents the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated, at a minimum, quarterly, based on home valuation models using nationally recognized home price index valuation estimates incorporating actual data to the extent available and forecasted data where actual data is not available. These property values do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral values; as such, the resulting ratios are necessarily imprecise and should be viewed as estimates. Current estimated combined LTV for junior lien home equity loans considers all available lien positions related to the property.
(d)
Refreshed FICO scores, which the Firm obtains at least quarterly, represent each borrower’s most recent credit score.

172


Approximately 21% of the PCI home equity portfolio are senior lien loans; the remaining balance are junior lien HELOANs or HELOCs. The following tables represent delinquency statistics for PCI junior lien home equity loans and lines of credit based on unpaid principal balance as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
 
 
Delinquencies
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
30–89 days past due
 
90–149 days past due
 
150+ days past due
 
Total loans
 
Total 30+ day delinquency rate
(in millions, except ratios)
 
 
 
 
 
HELOCs:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within the revolving period(b)
 
$
365

 
$
179

 
$
592

 
$
16,434

 
6.91
%
Within the required amortization period(c)
 
22

 
11

 
15

 
618

 
7.77

HELOANs
 
39

 
19

 
44

 
1,141

 
8.94

Total
 
$
426

 
$
209

 
$
651

 
$
18,193

 
7.07
%
 
 
Delinquencies
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
30–89 days past due
 
90–149 days past due
 
150+ days past due
 
Total loans
 
Total 30+ day delinquency rate
(in millions, except ratios)
 
 
 
 
 
HELOCs:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within the revolving period(b)
 
$
500

 
$
296

 
$
543

 
$
18,246

 
7.34
%
Within the required amortization period(c)
 
16

 
11

 
5

 
400

 
8.00

HELOANs
 
53

 
29

 
44

 
1,327

 
9.50

Total
 
$
569

 
$
336

 
$
592

 
$
19,973

 
7.50
%
(a)
In general, HELOCs are revolving loans for a 10-year period, after which time the HELOC converts to a loan with a 20-year amortization period.
(b)
Substantially all undrawn HELOCs within the revolving period have been closed.
(c)
Predominantly all of these loans have been modified to provide a more affordable payment to the borrower.
The table below sets forth the accretable yield activity for the Firm’s PCI consumer loans for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and represents the Firm’s estimate of gross interest income expected to be earned over the remaining life of the PCI loan portfolios. This table excludes the cost to fund the PCI portfolios, and therefore does not represent net interest income expected to be earned on these portfolios.
(in millions, except ratios)
Total PCI
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Beginning balance
$
19,567

$
18,083

 
$
19,072

$
19,097

Accretion into interest income
(606
)
(685
)
 
(1,902
)
(2,095
)
Changes in interest rates on variable-rate loans
(91
)
(159
)
 
(264
)
(372
)
Other changes in expected cash flows(a)
28

1,213

 
1,992

1,822

Balance at September 30
$
18,898

$
18,452

 
$
18,898

$
18,452

Accretable yield percentage
4.30
%
4.31
%
 
4.41
%
4.32
%
(a)
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, other changes in expected cash flows were principally driven by the impact of modifications, but also related to changes in prepayment assumptions. For the three months ended September 30, 2011, other changes in expected cash flows were predominately driven by the impact of modifications. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, other changes in expected cash flows were largely driven by the impact of modifications, but also related to changes in prepayment assumptions.
The factors that most significantly affect estimates of gross cash flows expected to be collected, and accordingly the accretable yield balance, include: (i) changes in the benchmark interest rate indices for variable-rate products such as option ARM and home equity loans; and (ii) changes in prepayment assumptions.
 
Since the date of acquisition, the decrease in the accretable yield percentage has been primarily related to a decrease in interest rates on variable-rate loans and, to a lesser extent, extended loan liquidation periods. Certain events, such as extended loan liquidation periods, affect the timing of expected cash flows but not the amount of cash expected to be received (i.e., the accretable yield balance). Extended loan liquidation periods reduce the accretable yield percentage because the same accretable yield balance is recognized against a higher-than-expected loan balance over a longer-than-expected period of time.



173


Credit card loan portfolio
The Credit card portfolio segment includes credit card loans originated and purchased by the Firm, including those acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction. Prior to January 1, 2012, the Credit card portfolio segment was reported as two classes: Chase, excluding Washington Mutual, and Washington Mutual. The Washington Mutual class is a run-off portfolio that has been declining since the Firm acquired the portfolio in 2008. Effective January 1, 2012, management determined that the Washington Mutual portfolio class is no longer significant, and therefore, the Credit card portfolio segment is now being reported as one class of loans. Delinquency rates are the primary credit quality indicator for credit card loans. The geographic distribution of the loans provides insight as to the credit quality of the portfolio based on the regional economy. While the borrower’s credit score is another general indicator of credit quality, because the borrower’s credit score tends to be a lagging indicator, the Firm does not use credit scores as a primary indicator of credit quality. For more information on credit quality indicators, see Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. The Firm generally originates new card accounts to prime consumer borrowers. However, certain cardholders’ FICO scores may change over time, depending on the performance of the cardholder and changes in credit score technology.
 
The table below sets forth information about the Firm’s credit card loans.
(in millions, except ratios)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Loan delinquency
 
 
Current and less than 30 days past due
and still accruing
$
121,760

$
128,464

30–89 days past due and still accruing
1,439

1,808

90 or more days past due and still accruing
1,231

1,902

Nonaccrual loans
1

1

Total retained credit card loans
$
124,431

$
132,175

Loan delinquency ratios
 
 
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans
2.15
%
2.81
%
% of 90+ days past due to total retained loans
0.99

1.44

Credit card loans by geographic region
 
 
California
$
16,573

$
17,598

New York
10,080

10,594

Texas
9,902

10,239

Florida
6,997

7,583

Illinois
7,229

7,548

New Jersey
5,284

5,604

Ohio
4,841

5,202

Pennsylvania
4,386

4,779

Michigan
3,692

3,994

Virginia
3,089

3,298

All other
52,358

55,736

Total retained credit card loans
$
124,431

$
132,175

Percentage of portfolio based on carrying value with estimated refreshed FICO scores(a)
 
 
Equal to or greater than 660
84.2
%
81.4
%
Less than 660
15.8

18.6

(a)
Refreshed FICO scores are estimated based on a statistically significant random sample of credit card accounts in the credit card portfolio for the periods shown. The Firm obtains refreshed FICO scores at least quarterly.

Credit card impaired loans and loan modifications
For a detailed discussion of impaired credit card loans, including credit card loan modifications, see Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


174


The table below sets forth information about the Firm’s impaired credit card loans. All of these loans are considered to be impaired as they have been modified in TDRs.
(in millions)
Sep 30,
2012
Dec 31,
2011
Impaired credit card loans with an
  allowance(a)(b)
 
 
Credit card loans with modified payment terms(c)
$
4,651

$
6,075

Modified credit card loans that have reverted to pre-modification payment terms(d)
623

1,139

Total impaired credit card loans
$
5,274

$
7,214

Allowance for loan losses related to impaired credit card loans
$
1,909

$
2,727

(a)
The carrying value and the unpaid principal balance are the same for credit card impaired loans.
(b)
There were no impaired loans without an allowance.
(c)
Represents credit card loans outstanding to borrowers enrolled in a credit card modification program as of the date presented.
(d)
Represents credit card loans that were modified in TDRs but that have subsequently reverted back to the loans’ pre-modification payment terms. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, $371 million and $762 million, respectively, of loans have reverted back to the pre-modification payment terms of the loans due to noncompliance with the terms of the modified loans. Based on the Firm’s historical experience a substantial portion of these loans is expected to be charged-off in accordance with the Firm’s standard charge-off policy. The remaining $252 million and $377 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, of these loans are to borrowers who have successfully completed a short-term modification program. The Firm continues to report these loans as TDRs since the borrowers’ credit lines remain closed.
The following table presents average balances of impaired credit card loans and interest income recognized on those loans.
 
 
Three months
ended
September 30,
 
Nine months
ended
September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Average impaired
  credit card loans
 
$
5,529

$
8,142

 
$
6,188

$
8,829

Interest income
  on impaired
  credit card loans
 
73

111

 
242

362

Loan modifications
JPMorgan Chase may offer one of a number of loan modification programs to credit card borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. The Firm has short-term programs for borrowers who may be in need of temporary relief, and long-term programs for borrowers who are experiencing more fundamental financial difficulties. Most of the credit card loans have been modified under long-term programs. Modifications under long-term programs involve placing the customer on a fixed payment plan, generally for 60 months. Modifications under all short- and long-term programs typically include reducing the interest rate on the credit card. Certain borrowers enrolled in a short-term modification program may be given the option to re-enroll in a long-term program. Substantially all modifications are considered to be TDRs.
If the cardholder does not comply with the modified payment terms, then the credit card loan agreement reverts
 
back to its pre-modification payment terms. Assuming that the cardholder does not begin to perform in accordance with those payment terms, the loan continues to age and will ultimately be charged-off in accordance with the Firm’s standard charge-off policy. In addition, if a borrower successfully completes a short-term modification program, then the loan reverts back to its pre-modification payment terms. However, in most cases, the Firm does not reinstate the borrower’s line of credit.
The following table provides information regarding the nature and extent of modifications of credit card loans for the periods presented.
 
 
New enrollments
 
 
Three months
ended
September 30,
 
Nine months
ended
September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Short-term programs
 
$

$
36

 
$
47

$
124

Long-term programs
 
373

568

 
1,261

2,013

Total new enrollments
 
$
373

$
604

 
$
1,308

$
2,137

Financial effects of modifications and redefaults
The following table provides information about the financial effects of the concessions granted on credit card loans modified in TDRs and redefaults for the period presented.
(in millions, except weighted-average data)
 
Three months
ended
September 30,
 
Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Weighted-average interest rate of loans – before TDR
 
15.34
%
15.89
%
 
15.75
%
16.15
%
Weighted-average interest rate of loans – after TDR
 
4.97

5.23

 
5.25

5.22

Loans that redefaulted within one year of modification(a)
 
$
69

$
154

 
$
247

$
558

(a)
Represents loans modified in TDRs that experienced a payment default in the period presented, and for which the payment default occurred within one year of the modification. The amounts presented represent the balance of such loans as of the end of the quarter in which they defaulted.
For credit card loans modified in TDRs, payment default is deemed to have occurred when the loans become two payments past due. At the time of default, a loan is removed from the modification program and reverts back to its pre-modification terms. Based on historical experience, a substantial portion of these loans is expected to be charged-off in accordance with the Firm’s standard charge-off policy. In the second quarter of 2012, the Firm revised its policy for recognizing charge-offs on restructured loans that do not comply with their modified payment terms. These loans will now charge-off when they are 120 days past due rather than 180 days past due.
Based on historical experience, the estimated weighted-average ultimate default rate for modified credit card loans was 38.27% at September 30, 2012, and 35.47% at December 31, 2011.


175


Note 14 – Allowance for credit losses
For detailed discussion of the allowance for credit losses and the related accounting policies, see Note 15 on pages 252–255 JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Allowance for credit losses and loans and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology
The table below summarizes information about the allowance for loan losses, loans by impairment methodology, the allowance for lending-related commitments and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology.
 
2012
 
2011
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding credit card
 
Credit card
 
Total
 
Wholesale
Consumer, excluding credit card
 
Credit card
 
Total
Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1,
$
4,316

$
16,294

 
$
6,999

 
$
27,609

 
$
4,761

$
16,471

 
$
11,034

 
$
32,266

Gross charge-offs
213

4,001

(b) 
4,494

 
8,708

 
485

4,109

 
6,527

 
11,121

Gross recoveries
(233
)
(393
)
 
(647
)
 
(1,273
)
 
(391
)
(408
)
 
(992
)
 
(1,791
)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
(20
)
3,608

(b) 
3,847

 
7,435

 
94

3,701

 
5,535

 
9,330

Provision for loan losses
(14
)
314

 
2,347

 
2,647

 
(347
)
3,731

 
2,035

 
5,419

Other
11

(12
)
 
4

 
3

 
(18
)
19

 
(6
)
 
(5
)
Ending balance at September 30,
$
4,333

$
12,988

 
$
5,503

 
$
22,824

 
$
4,302

$
16,520

 
$
7,528

 
$
28,350

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-specific(a)
$
388

$
918

 
$
1,909

(c) 
$
3,215

 
$
670

$
1,016

 
$
3,052

(c) 
$
4,738

Formula-based
3,945

6,359

 
3,594

 
13,898

 
3,632

10,563

 
4,476

 
18,671

PCI

5,711

 

 
5,711

 

4,941

 

 
4,941

Total allowance for loan losses
$
4,333

$
12,988

 
$
5,503

 
$
22,824

 
$
4,302

$
16,520

 
$
7,528

 
$
28,350

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans by impairment methodology
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-specific
$
1,748

$
13,900

 
$
5,274

 
$
20,922

 
$
3,053

$
9,096

 
$
7,820

 
$
19,969

Formula-based
295,805

219,983

 
119,157

 
634,945

 
252,713

233,880

 
119,221

 
605,814

PCI
23

61,196

 

 
61,219

 
33

67,128

 

 
67,161

Total retained loans
$
297,576

$
295,079

 
$
124,431

 
$
717,086

 
$
255,799

$
310,104

 
$
127,041

 
$
692,944

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired collateral-dependent loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs
$
57

$
992

(b) 
$

 
$
1,049

 
$
73

$
79

 
$

 
$
152

Carrying value
590

3,251

 

 
3,841

 
997

847

 

 
1,844

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for lending-related commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1,
$
666

$
7

 
$

 
$
673

 
$
711

$
6

 
$

 
$
717

Provision for lending-related commitments
83

(1
)
 

 
82

 
(29
)

 

 
(29
)
Other
(4
)
1

 

 
(3
)
 
(2
)

 

 
(2
)
Ending balance at September 30,
$
745

$
7

 
$

 
$
752

 
$
680

$
6

 
$

 
$
686

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-specific
$
191

$

 
$

 
$
191

 
$
156

$

 
$

 
$
156

Formula-based
554

7

 

 
561

 
524

6

 

 
530

Total allowance for lending-related commitments
$
745

$
7

 
$

 
$
752

 
$
680

$
6

 
$

 
$
686

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lending-related commitments by impairment methodology
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-specific
$
586

$

 
$

 
$
586

 
$
705

$

 
$

 
$
705

Formula-based
421,971

62,183

 
534,333

 
1,018,487

 
378,977

64,581

 
528,830

 
972,388

Total lending-related commitments
$
422,557

$
62,183

 
$
534,333

 
$
1,019,073

 
$
379,682

$
64,581

 
$
528,830

 
$
973,093

(a)
Includes risk-rated loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and loans that have been modified in a TDR.
(b)
Consumer, excluding credit card, charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $825 million of incremental charge-offs for Chapter 7 residential real estate loans and $55 million of incremental charge-offs for Chapter 7 auto loans.
(c)
The asset-specific credit card allowance for loan losses is related to loans that have been modified in a TDR; such allowance is calculated based on the loans’ original contractual interest rates and does not consider any incremental penalty rates.

176


Note 15 – Variable interest entities
For a further description of JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies regarding consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIEs”), see Note 1 on pages 182–183 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
The following table summarizes the most significant types of Firm-sponsored VIEs by business segment.
Line-of-Business
Transaction Type
Activity
Form 10-Q page reference
Card
Credit card securitization trusts
Securitization of both originated and purchased credit card receivables
177
 
Other securitization trusts
Securitization of originated automobile and student loans
177–179
RFS
Mortgage securitization trusts
Securitization of originated and purchased residential mortgages
177–179
IB
Mortgage and other securitization trusts
Securitization of both originated and purchased residential and commercial mortgages, automobile and student loans
177–179
 
Multi-seller conduits
Investor intermediation activities:
Assist clients in accessing the financial markets in a cost-efficient manner and structures transactions to meet investor needs
179
 
Municipal bond vehicles
 
179–180
 
Credit-related note and asset swap vehicles
 
180
The Firm also invests in and provides financing and other services to VIEs sponsored by third parties, as described on page 180 of this Note and Note 16 on page 263 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Significant Firm-sponsored variable interest entities
Credit card securitizations
For a more detailed discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s involvement with credit card securitizations, see Note 16 on page 257 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
As a result of the Firm’s continuing involvement, the Firm is considered to be the primary beneficiary of its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts. This includes the Firm’s primary card securitization trust, Chase Issuance Trust. See the table on page 181 of this Note for further information on consolidated VIE assets and liabilities.
 
Firm-sponsored mortgage and other securitization trusts
The Firm securitizes (or has securitized) originated and purchased residential mortgages, commercial mortgages and other consumer loans (including automobile and student loans) primarily in its IB and Card businesses. Depending on the particular transaction, as well as the respective business involved, the Firm may act as the servicer of the loans and/or retain certain beneficial interest in the securitization trusts.
For a detailed discussion of the Firm’s involvement with Firm-sponsored mortgage and other securitization trusts, as well as the accounting treatment relating to such trusts, see Note 16 on pages 257–259 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.


177


The following table presents the total unpaid principal amount of assets held in Firm-sponsored securitization entities, including those in which the Firm has continuing involvement and those that are consolidated by the Firm. Continuing involvement includes servicing the loans; holding senior interests or subordinated interests; recourse or guarantee arrangements; and derivative transactions. In certain instances, the Firm’s only continuing involvement is servicing the loans. See Securitization activity on pages 181–182 of this Note for further information regarding the Firm’s cash flows with and interests retained in nonconsolidated VIEs.
 
Principal amount outstanding
 
JPMorgan Chase interest in securitized assets in nonconsolidated VIEs(e)(f)(g)
September 30, 2012(a) (in billions)
Total assets held by securitization VIEs
Assets
held in consolidated securitization VIEs
Assets held in nonconsolidated securitization VIEs with continuing involvement
 
Trading assets
AFS securities
Total interests held by JPMorgan Chase
Securitization-related
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime(b)
$
113.1

$
2.7

$
90.7

 
$
0.5

$
0.1

$
0.6

Subprime
35.9

1.5

32.1

 



Option ARMs
27.4

0.2

27.2

 



Commercial and other(c)
136.6


86.0

 
1.4

2.8

4.2

Total
$
313.0

$
4.4

$
236.0

 
$
1.9

$
2.9

$
4.8


 
Principal amount outstanding
 
JPMorgan Chase interest in securitized assets in nonconsolidated VIEs(e)(f)(g)
December 31, 2011(a) (in billions)
Total assets held by securitization VIEs
Assets held in consolidated securitization VIEs
Assets held in nonconsolidated securitization VIEs with continuing involvement
 
Trading assets
AFS securities
Total interests held by JPMorgan Chase
Securitization-related
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime(b)
$
129.9

$
2.7

$
101.0

 
$
0.6

$

$
0.6

Subprime
39.4

1.4

35.8

 



Option ARMs
31.4

0.3

31.1

 



Commercial and other(c)
139.3


93.3

 
1.7

2.0

3.7

Total(d)
$
340.0

$
4.4

$
261.2

 
$
2.3

$
2.0

$
4.3

(a)
Excludes U.S. government agency securitizations. See pages 182–183 of this Note for information on the Firm’s loan sales to U.S. government agencies.
(b)
Includes Alt-A loans.
(c)
Consists of securities backed by commercial loans (predominantly real estate) and non-mortgage-related consumer receivables purchased from third parties. The Firm generally does not retain a residual interest in its sponsored commercial mortgage securitization transactions.
(d)
Prior period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation methodology.
(e)
The table excludes the following: retained servicing (see Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q for a discussion of MSRs); securities retained from loans sales to U.S. government agencies; interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives primarily used to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risks of securitization entities (See Note 5 on pages 136–144 of this Form 10-Q for further information on derivatives); senior and subordinated securities of $303 million and $168 million, respectively, at September 30, 2012, and $110 million and $8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011, which the Firm purchased in connection with IB’s secondary market-making activities.
(f)
Includes interests held in re-securitization transactions.
(g)
As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, 69% and 68%, respectively, of the Firm’s retained securitization interests, which are carried at fair value, were risk-rated “A” or better, on an S&P-equivalent basis. The retained interests in prime residential mortgages consisted of $165 million and $136 million of investment-grade and $388 million and $427 million of noninvestment-grade retained interests at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The retained interests in commercial and other securitizations trusts consisted of $4.0 billion and $3.4 billion of investment-grade and $195 million and $283 million of noninvestment-grade retained interests at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

178


Residential mortgages
For a more detailed description of the Firm’s involvement with residential mortgage securitizations, see Note 16 on page 259 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm did not consolidate the assets of certain Firm-sponsored residential mortgage securitization VIEs, in which the Firm had continuing involvement, primarily due to the fact that the Firm did not hold an interest in these trusts that could potentially be significant to the trusts. See the table on page 181 of this Note for more information on the consolidated residential mortgage securitizations, and the table on the previous page of this Note for further information on interests held in nonconsolidated residential mortgage securitizations.
Commercial mortgages and other consumer securitizations
IB originates and securitizes commercial mortgage loans, and engages in underwriting and trading activities involving the securities issued by securitization trusts. For a more detailed description of the Firm’s involvement with commercial mortgage and other consumer securitizations, see Note 16 on page 259 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. See the table on the previous page of this Note for more information on the consolidated commercial mortgage securitizations, and the table on the previous page of this Note for further information on interests held in nonconsolidated securitizations.
Re-securitizations
For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s
participation in re-securitization transactions, see Note 16 on pages 259–260 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm transferred $2.0 billion and $8.0 billion, respectively, of securities to agency VIEs, and $45 million and $286 million, respectively, of securities to private-label VIEs. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Firm transferred $2.8 billion and $20.1 billion, respectively, of securities to agency VIEs, and $189 million and $381 million, respectively, of securities to private-label VIEs.
As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm did not consolidate any agency re-securitizations. As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm consolidated $140 million and $348 million, respectively, of assets, and $4 million and $139 million, respectively, of liabilities of private-label re-securitizations. See the table on page 181 of this Note for more information on the consolidated re-securitization transactions.
 
As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, total assets of nonconsolidated Firm-sponsored private-label re-securitization entities were $1.3 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm held approximately $1.9 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, of interests in nonconsolidated agency re-securitization entities, and $4 million and $14 million, respectively, of senior and subordinated interests in nonconsolidated private-label re-securitization entities. See the table on page 178 of this Note for further information on interests held in nonconsolidated securitizations.
Multi-seller conduits
For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s principal involvement with Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, see Note 16 on page 260 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
In the normal course of business, JPMorgan Chase trades and invests in commercial paper, including commercial paper issued by the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. The Firm held $14.0 billion and $11.3 billion of the commercial paper issued by the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, which was eliminated in consolidation. The Firm’s investments were not driven by market illiquidity and the Firm is not obligated under any agreement to purchase the commercial paper issued by the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits.
Deal-specific liquidity facilities, program-wide liquidity and credit enhancement provided by the Firm have been eliminated in consolidation. The Firm provides lending-related commitments to certain clients of the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. The unfunded portion of these commitments was $12.1 billion and $10.8 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, which are reported as off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. For more information on off-balance sheet lending-related commitments, see Note 21 on pages 192–196 of this Form 10-Q.
VIEs associated with investor intermediation activities
Municipal bond vehicles
For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s principal involvement with municipal bond vehicles, see Note 16 on pages 260–261 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.



179


The Firm’s exposure to nonconsolidated municipal bond VIEs at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, including the ratings profile of the VIEs’ assets, was as follows.
(in billions)
Fair value of assets held by VIEs
Liquidity facilities
Excess/(deficit)(a)
Maximum exposure
Nonconsolidated municipal bond vehicles
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2012
$
14.3

$
8.0

$
6.3

$
8.0

December 31, 2011
13.5

7.9

5.6

7.9

 
Ratings profile of VIE assets(b)
Fair value of assets held by VIEs
Wt. avg. expected life of assets (years)
 
Investment-grade
 
Noninvestment- grade
(in billions, except where otherwise noted)
AAA to AAA-
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
 
BB+ and below
September 30, 2012
$
1.6

$
11.9

$
0.8

$

 
$

$
14.3

6.0

December 31, 2011
1.5

11.2

0.7


 
0.1

13.5

6.6

(a)
Represents the excess/(deficit) of the fair values of municipal bond assets available to repay the liquidity facilities, if drawn.
(b)
The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal risk ratings and is presented on an S&P-equivalent basis.

Credit-related note and asset swap vehicles
For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s principal involvement with credit-related note and asset swap vehicles, see Note 16 on pages 261–263 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Exposure to nonconsolidated credit-related note and asset swap VIEs at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, was as follows.
September 30, 2012
(in billions)
Net derivative receivables
Total
exposure(a)
Par value of collateral held by VIEs(b)
Credit-related notes
 
 
 
Static structure
$
0.8

$
0.8

$
6.4

Managed structure
1.8

1.8

5.3

Total credit-related notes
2.6

2.6

11.7

Asset swaps
0.7

0.7

7.7

Total
$
3.3

$
3.3

$
19.4

 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
(in billions)
Net derivative receivables
Total
exposure(a)
Par value of collateral held by VIEs(b)
Credit-related notes
 
 
 
Static structure
$
1.0

$
1.0

$
9.1

Managed structure
2.7

2.7

7.7

Total credit-related notes
3.7

3.7

16.8

Asset swaps
0.6

0.6

8.6

Total
$
4.3

$
4.3

$
25.4

(a)
On–balance sheet exposure that includes net derivative receivables and trading assets – debt and equity instruments.
(b)
The Firm’s maximum exposure arises through the derivatives executed with the VIEs; the exposure varies over time with changes in the fair value of the derivatives. The Firm relies on the collateral held by the VIEs to pay any amounts due under the derivatives; the vehicles are structured at inception so that the par value of the collateral is expected to be sufficient to pay amounts due under the derivative contracts.

The Firm consolidated credit-related note vehicles with collateral fair values of $516 million and $231 million, at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. These consolidated VIEs included some that
 
were structured by the Firm, where the Firm provides the credit derivative, and some that have been structured by third parties where the Firm is not the credit derivative provider. The Firm consolidated these vehicles, because it held positions in these entities that provided the Firm with control of certain vehicles. The Firm did not consolidate any asset swap vehicles at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
VIEs sponsored by third parties
The Firm also invests in and provides financing and other services to VIEs sponsored by third parties, as described on page 263 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
VIE used in FRBNY transaction
In conjunction with the Bear Stearns merger, in June 2008, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”) took control, through an LLC formed for this purpose, of a portfolio of $30.0 billion in assets, based on the value of the portfolio as of March 14, 2008. The assets of the LLC were funded by a $28.85 billion term loan from the FRBNY and a $1.15 billion subordinated loan from JPMorgan Chase. The JPMorgan Chase loan is subordinated to the FRBNY loan and will bear the first $1.15 billion of any losses of the portfolio. Any remaining assets in the portfolio after repayment of the FRBNY loan, repayment of the JPMorgan Chase loan and the expense of the LLC will be for the account of the FRBNY. The extent to which the FRBNY and JPMorgan Chase loans will be repaid will depend on the value of the assets in the portfolio and the liquidation strategy directed by the FRBNY. The Firm does not consolidate the LLC, as it does not have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance. In June 2012, the FRBNY loan was repaid in full and the Firm has subsequently received substantial repayments of its loan. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, JPMorgan Chase recognized a pretax gain of $98 million and $663 million, respectively, reflecting the expected recovery on the $1.15 billion subordinated loan plus contractual interest.


180


Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities
The following table presents information on assets and liabilities related to VIEs consolidated by the Firm as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
September 30, 2012 (in billions)(a)
Trading assets –
debt and equity instruments
Loans
Other(d) 
Total
assets(e)
 
Beneficial interests in
VIE assets(f)
Other(g)
Total
liabilities
VIE program type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Firm-sponsored credit card trusts
$

$
45.5

$
0.7

$
46.2

 
$
29.4

$

$
29.4

Firm-administered multi-seller conduits

25.6

0.2

25.8

 
11.8


11.8

Municipal bond vehicles
10.8



10.8

 
11.8


11.8

Mortgage securitization entities(b)
1.4

2.1


3.5

 
2.3

1.2

3.5

Other(c)
0.8

3.9

1.1

5.8

 
2.6

0.1

2.7

Total
$
13.0

$
77.1

$
2.0

$
92.1

 
$
57.9

$
1.3

$
59.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
December 31, 2011 (in billions)(a)
Trading assets –
debt and equity instruments
Loans
Other(d) 
Total
assets(e)
 
Beneficial interests in
VIE assets(f)
Other(g)
Total
liabilities
VIE program type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Firm-sponsored credit card trusts
$

$
50.7

$
0.8

$
51.5

 
$
32.5

$

$
32.5

Firm-administered multi-seller conduits

29.7

0.2

29.9

 
18.7


18.7

Municipal bond vehicles
9.2


0.1

9.3

 
9.2


9.2

Mortgage securitization entities(b)
1.4

2.3


3.7

 
2.3

1.3

3.6

Other(c)
1.5

4.1

1.5

7.1

 
3.3

0.2

3.5

Total
$
12.1

$
86.8

$
2.6

$
101.5

 
$
66.0

$
1.5

$
67.5

(a)
Excludes intercompany transactions which were eliminated in consolidation.
(b)
Includes residential and commercial mortgage securitizations as well as re-securitizations.
(c)
Primarily comprises student loan securitization entities. The Firm consolidated $3.8 billion and $4.1 billion of student loan securitization entities as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(d)
Includes assets classified as cash, derivative receivables, AFS securities, and other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(e)
The assets of the consolidated VIEs included in the program types above are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. The difference between total assets and total liabilities recognized for consolidated VIEs represents the Firm’s interest in the consolidated VIEs for each program type.
(f)
The interest-bearing beneficial interest liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are classified in the line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets titled, “Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities.” The holders of these beneficial interests do not have recourse to the general credit of JPMorgan Chase. Included in beneficial interests in VIE assets are long-term beneficial interests of $34.4 billion and $39.7 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The maturities of the long-term beneficial interests as of September 30, 2012, were as follows: $13.0 billion under one year, $15.0 billion between one and five years, and $6.4 billion over five years.
(g)
Includes liabilities classified as accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Supplemental information on loan securitizations
The Firm securitizes and sells a variety of loans, including residential mortgage, credit card, automobile, student and commercial (primarily related to real estate) loans, as well as debt securities. The primary purposes of these securitization transactions are to satisfy investor demand and to generate liquidity for the Firm.
 
Securitization activity
The following tables provide information related to the Firm’s securitization activities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, related to assets held in JPMorgan Chase-sponsored securitization entities that were not consolidated by the Firm, and sale accounting was achieved based on the accounting rules in effect at the time of the securitization.


181


 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
(in millions, except rates)
Residential mortgage(c)(d)
Commercial and other(e)
 
Residential mortgage(c)(d)
Commercial and other(e)
 
Residential mortgage(c)(d)
Commercial and other(e)
 
Residential mortgage(c)(d)
Commercial and other(e)
Principal securitized
$

$
1,004

 
$

$
1,862

 
$

$
3,918

(f)
$

$
4,802

All cash flows during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from new securitizations(a)
$

$
1,004

 
$

$
1,878

 
$

$
3,918

(f)
$

$
4,966

Servicing fees collected
155

1

 
164

1

 
506

3

 
576

3

Purchases of previously transferred financial assets (or the underlying collateral)(b)
46


 
37


 
157


 
733


Cash flows received on the interests that continue to be held by the Firm
49

34

 
56

55

 
146

116

 
178

135

(a)
Proceeds from commercial mortgage securitizations were received in the form of securities. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, $1.0 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively, of commercial mortgage securitizations were classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, $1.2 billion and $681 million, respectively, and $3.8 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, of commercial mortgage securitizations were classified in levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
(b)
Includes cash paid by the Firm to reacquire assets from off–balance sheet, nonconsolidated entities – for example, loan repurchases due to representation and warranties and servicer clean-up calls.
(c)
Includes prime, Alt-A, subprime, and option ARMs. Excludes sales for which the Firm did not securitize the loan (including loans sold to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac).
(d)
There were no residential mortgage securitizations during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(e)
Includes commercial and student loan securitizations.
(f)
Includes $851 million of principal and $859 million of proceeds from commercial securitizations co-sponsored by third parties for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Loans sold to agencies and other third-party-sponsored securitization entities
In addition to the amounts reported in the securitization activity tables above, the Firm, in the normal course of business, sells originated and purchased mortgage loans on a nonrecourse basis, predominantly to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (the “Agencies”). These loans are sold primarily for the purpose of securitization by the Agencies, which also provide credit enhancement of the loans through certain guarantee provisions. The Firm does not consolidate these securitization vehicles as it is not the primary beneficiary. For a limited number of loan sales, the Firm is obligated to share a portion of the credit risk associated with the sold loans with the purchaser. See Note 21 on pages 192–196 of this Form 10-Q for additional information about the Firm’s loans sales- and securitization-related indemnifications.
 
The following table summarizes the activities related to loans sold to U.S. government-sponsored agencies and third-party-sponsored securitization entities.
 
Three months ended September 30,
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
2011
2012
2011
Carrying value of loans sold(a)(b)
$
48,203

$
39,130

$
132,293

$
110,986

Proceeds received from loan sales as cash
2,088

1,298

4,048

2,203

Proceeds from loans sales as securities(c)
45,561

37,252

126,686

106,935

Total proceeds received from loan sales
$
47,649

$
38,550

$
130,734

$
109,138

Gains on loan sales
50

43

141

95

(a)
Predominantly to U.S. government agencies.
(b)
MSRs were excluded from the above table. See Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q for further information on originated MSRs.
(c)
Predominantly includes securities from U.S. government agencies that are generally sold shortly after receipt.


182


Options to repurchase delinquent loans
In addition to the Firm’s obligation to repurchase certain loans due to material breaches of representations and warranties as discussed in Note 21 on pages 192–196 of this Form 10-Q, the Firm also has the option to repurchase delinquent loans that it services for Ginnie Mae loan pools, as well as for other U.S. government agencies in certain arrangements. The Firm typically elects to repurchase delinquent loans from Ginnie Mae loan pools as it continues to service them and/or manage the foreclosure process in accordance with the applicable requirements, and such loans continue to be insured or guaranteed. When the Firm’s repurchase option becomes exercisable, such loans must be reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a loan with a corresponding liability. As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm had recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets $15.5 billion and $15.7 billion, respectively, of loans that either had been repurchased or for which the Firm had an option to repurchase. Predominately all of the amounts presented above relate to loans that have been repurchased from Ginnie Mae loan pools. Additionally, real estate owned resulting from voluntary repurchases of loans was $1.5 billion and $1.0 billion as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Substantially all of these loans and real estate owned are insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, and where applicable, reimbursement is proceeding normally. For additional information, refer to Note 13 on pages 154–175 of this Form 10-Q and Note 14 on pages 231–252 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
 
JPMorgan Chase’s interest in securitized assets held at fair value
The following table outlines the key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value, as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, of certain of the Firm’s retained interests in nonconsolidated VIEs (other than MSRs), that are valued using modeling techniques. The table also outlines the sensitivities of those fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in assumptions used to determine fair value. For a discussion of MSRs, see Note 16 on pages 184–187 of this Form 10-Q.
 
Commercial and other
(in millions, except rates and where otherwise noted)
September 30,
2012
 
December 31,
2011(d)
JPMorgan Chase interests in securitized assets(a)(b)
$
1,366

 
$
1,585

Weighted-average life (in years)
6.7

 
1.0

Weighted-average discount rate(c)
4.2
%
 
59.1
%
Impact of 10% adverse change
$
(33
)
 
$
(45
)
Impact of 20% adverse change
(65
)
 
(76
)
(a)
The Firm’s interests in prime mortgage securitizations were $553 million and $555 million, as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. These include retained interests in Alt-A loans and re-securitization transactions. The Firm’s interests in subprime mortgage securitizations were $52 million and $31 million, as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Additionally, the Firm had interests in option ARM mortgage securitizations of zero and $23 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(b)
Includes certain investments acquired in the secondary market but predominantly held for investment purposes.
(c)
Incorporates the Firm’s weighted-average loss assumption.
(d)
The prior period has been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.

The sensitivity analysis in the preceding table is hypothetical. Changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated easily, because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in the table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might counteract or magnify the sensitivities. The above sensitivities also do not reflect risk management practices the Firm may undertake to mitigate such risks.


183


Loan delinquencies and liquidation losses

The table below includes information about components of nonconsolidated securitized financial assets, in which the Firm has continuing involvement, and delinquencies as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively; and liquidation losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidation losses
 
Securitized assets
 
90 days past due
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
September 30, 2012
December 31, 2011
 
September 30, 2012
December 31, 2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Securitized loans(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime mortgage(b)
$
90,667

$
101,004

 
$
19,355

$
24,285

 
$
1,422

$
1,567

 
$
5,246

$
4,301

Subprime mortgage
32,062

35,755

 
10,267

14,293

 
902

718

 
2,023

2,334

Option ARMs
27,206

31,075

 
7,286

9,999

 
551

481

 
1,801

1,389

Commercial and other
86,022

93,336

 
3,739

4,836

 
383

288

 
904

742

Total loans securitized(c)
$
235,957

$
261,170

 
$
40,647

$
53,413

 
$
3,258

$
3,054

 
$
9,974

$
8,766

(a)
Total assets held in securitization-related SPEs were $313.0 billion and $340.0 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The $236.0 billion and $261.2 billion, respectively, of loans securitized at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, excludes: $72.6 billion and $74.4 billion, respectively, of securitized loans in which the Firm has no continuing involvement, and $4.4 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, of loan securitizations consolidated on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
(b)
Includes Alt-A loans.
(c)
Includes securitized loans that were previously recorded at fair value and classified as trading assets.

Note 16 – Goodwill and other intangible assets
For a discussion of the accounting policies related to goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 17 on pages 267–271 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following:
(in millions)
Sep 30, 2012
Dec 31, 2011
Goodwill
$
48,178

$
48,188

Mortgage servicing rights
7,080

7,223

Other intangible assets:
 
 
Purchased credit card relationships
$
409

$
602

Other credit card-related intangibles
415

488

Core deposit intangibles
412

594

Other intangibles
1,405

1,523

Total other intangible assets
$
2,641

$
3,207

 
The following table presents goodwill attributed to the business segments.
(in millions)
Sep 30, 2012
Dec 31, 2011
Investment Bank
$
5,233

$
5,276

Retail Financial Services
16,483

16,489

Card Services & Auto
14,560

14,507

Commercial Banking
2,863

2,864

Treasury & Securities Services
1,669

1,668

Asset Management
6,993

7,007

Corporate/Private Equity
377

377

Total goodwill
$
48,178

$
48,188



The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill.
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Balance at beginning of period(a)
$
48,131

 
$
48,882

 
$
48,188

 
$
48,854

Changes during the period from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business combinations
11

 
60

 
31

 
66

Dispositions

 
(645
)
 
(4
)
 
(645
)
Other(b)
36

 
(117
)
 
(37
)
 
(95
)
Balance at September 30,(a)
$
48,178

 
$
48,180

 
$
48,178

 
$
48,180

(a)
Reflects gross goodwill balances as the Firm has not recognized any impairment losses to date.
(b)
Includes foreign currency translation adjustments and other tax-related adjustments.

184


Goodwill was not impaired at September 30, 2012, or December 31, 2011, nor was any goodwill written off due to impairment during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
The goodwill impairment test is based upon a comparison between the carrying value and fair value of a reporting unit. The Firm uses the reporting units’ allocated equity plus goodwill capital as a proxy for the carrying amounts of equity for the reporting units in the goodwill impairment testing. Reporting unit equity is determined on a similar basis as the allocation of equity to the Firm’s lines of business, which primarily considers stand-alone peer comparisons and regulatory capital requirements (under Basel III), although economic risk capital is also considered. Proposed line of business equity levels are incorporated into the Firm’s annual budget process, which is reviewed by the Firm’s Board of Directors. Allocated equity is further reviewed on a periodic basis and updated as needed. For a discussion of the primary method used to estimate the fair values of the reporting units, see Impairment testing on page 268 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
While no impairment of goodwill was recognized, the Firm’s consumer lending businesses in RFS and Card remain at an elevated risk for goodwill impairment due to their exposure to U.S. consumer credit risk and the effects of economic,
 
regulatory and legislative changes. In addition, the earnings or estimated cost of equity of the Firm’s capital markets businesses could also be affected by regulatory or legislative changes. Declines in business performance, increases in allocated equity capital, or increases in the estimated cost of equity, could cause the estimated fair values of the Firm’s reporting units or their associated goodwill to decline, which could result in a material impairment charge to earnings in a future period related to some portion of the associated goodwill.
Mortgage servicing rights
Mortgage servicing rights represent the fair value of expected future cash flows for performing servicing activities for others. The fair value considers estimated future servicing fees and ancillary revenue, offset by estimated costs to service the loans, and generally declines over time as net servicing cash flows are received, effectively amortizing the MSR asset against contractual servicing and ancillary fee income. MSRs are either purchased from third parties or recognized upon sale or securitization of mortgage loans if servicing is retained. For a further description of the MSR asset, interest rate risk management, and the valuation of MSRs, see Note 17 on pages 267–271 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report and Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q.


The following table summarizes MSR activity for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except where otherwise noted)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Fair value at beginning of period
$
7,118

 
$
12,243

 
$
7,223

 
$
13,649

MSR activity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Originations of MSRs
604

 
623

 
1,700

 
1,942

Purchase of MSRs
2

 
1

 
5

 
31

Disposition of MSRs
(23
)
 

 
(23
)
 

Changes due to modeled amortization
(292
)
 
(459
)
 
(973
)
 
(1,503
)
Net additions and amortization
291

 
165

 
709

 
470

Changes due to market interest rates
(324
)
 
(4,575
)
 
(875
)
 
(5,129
)
Other changes in valuation due to inputs and assumptions(a)
(5
)
 

 
23

 
(1,157
)
Total change in fair value of MSRs(b)
(329
)
 
(4,575
)
 
(852
)
 
(6,286
)
Fair value at September 30,(c)
$
7,080

 
$
7,833

 
$
7,080

 
$
7,833

Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in income related to MSRs held at September 30,
$
(329
)
 
$
(4,575
)
 
$
(852
)
 
$
(6,286
)
Contractual service fees, late fees and other ancillary fees included in income
$
914

 
$
986

 
$
2,896

 
$
2,994

Third-party mortgage loans serviced at September 30, (in billions)
$
818.9

 
$
932.6

 
$
818.9

 
$
932.6

Servicer advances at September 30, (in billions)(d)
$
10.0

 
$
11.0

 
$
10.0

 
$
11.0

(a)
Represents the aggregate impact of changes in model inputs and assumptions such as costs to service, home prices, mortgage spreads, ancillary income, and assumptions used to derive prepayment speeds, as well as changes to the valuation models themselves.
(b)
Includes changes related to commercial real estate of $(3) million and $(3) million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $(8) million and $(7) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(c)
Includes $23 million and $33 million related to commercial real estate at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d)
Represents amounts the Firm pays as the servicer (e.g., scheduled principal and interest to a trust, taxes and insurance), which will generally be reimbursed within a short period of time after the advance from future cash flows from the trust or the underlying loans. The Firm’s credit risk associated with these advances is minimal because reimbursement of the advances is senior to all cash payments to investors. In addition, the Firm maintains the right to stop payment for certain types of advances with certain investors if the collateral is insufficient to cover the advance.

185


In the first half of 2011, the Firm determined that the fair value of the MSR asset had declined, reflecting higher estimated future servicing costs related to enhanced servicing processes, particularly loan modification and foreclosure procedures, including costs to comply with Consent Orders entered into with the banking regulators. The increase in the cost to service assumption
 
contemplated significant and prolonged increases in staffing levels in the core and default servicing function, and specifically considered the higher cost to service certain high-risk vintages. These higher estimated future costs resulted in a $1.1 billion decrease in the fair value of the MSR asset during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.


The following table presents the components of mortgage fees and related income (including the impact of MSR risk management activities) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
RFS mortgage fees and related income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net production revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Production revenue
$
1,582

 
$
1,090

 
$
4,376

 
$
2,536

Repurchase losses
(13
)
 
(314
)
 
(325
)
 
(957
)
Net production revenue
1,569

 
776

 
4,051

 
1,579

Net mortgage servicing revenue
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Operating revenue:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Loan servicing revenue
946

 
1,039

 
2,989

 
3,102

Changes in MSR asset fair value due to modeled amortization
(290
)
 
(457
)
 
(968
)
 
(1,498
)
Total operating revenue
656

 
582

 
2,021

 
1,604

Risk management:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Changes in MSR asset fair value due to market interest rates
(323
)
 
(4,574
)
 
(872
)
 
(5,127
)
Other changes in MSR asset fair value due to inputs or assumptions in model(a)
(5
)
 

 
23

 
(1,158
)
Derivative valuation adjustments and other
479

 
4,596

 
1,426

 
5,093

Total risk management
151

 
22

 
577

 
(1,192
)
Total RFS net mortgage servicing revenue
807

 
604

 
2,598

 
412

All other
1

 

 
3

 
5

Mortgage fees and related income
$
2,377

 
$
1,380

 
$
6,652

 
$
1,996

(a)
Represents the aggregate impact of changes in model inputs and assumptions such as costs to service, home prices, mortgage spreads, ancillary income, and assumptions used to derive prepayment speeds, as well as changes to the valuation models themselves.
The table below outlines the key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of the Firm’s MSRs at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011; and it outlines the sensitivities of those fair values to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions, as defined below.
(in millions, except rates)
Sep 30, 2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
Weighted-average prepayment speed assumption (“CPR”)
15.60
%
 
18.07
%
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change
$
(543
)
 
$
(585
)
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change
(1,040
)
 
(1,118
)
Weighted-average option adjusted spread
7.82
%
 
7.83
%
Impact on fair value of 100 basis points adverse change
$
(270
)
 
$
(269
)
Impact on fair value of 200 basis points adverse change
(521
)
 
(518
)
CPR: Constant prepayment rate.
 
The sensitivity analysis in the preceding table is hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on variation in assumptions generally cannot be easily extrapolated, because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value are often highly interrelated and may not be linear. In this table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which would either magnify or counteract the impact of the initial change.
Other intangible assets
The $566 million decrease in other intangible assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, was due to $566 million in amortization.


186


The components of credit card relationships, core deposits and other intangible assets were as follows.
 
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
 
Gross amount(a)
Accumulated amortization(a)
Net carrying value
 
Gross
amount
Accumulated amortization
Net carrying value
Purchased credit card relationships
 
$
3,775

$
3,366

$
409

 
$
3,826

$
3,224

$
602

Other credit card-related intangibles
 
852

437

415

 
844

356

488

Core deposit intangibles
 
4,133

3,721

412

 
4,133

3,539

594

Other intangibles(b)
 
2,401

996

1,405

 
2,467

944

1,523

(a)
The decrease in the gross amount and accumulated amortization from December 31, 2011, was due to the removal of fully amortized assets.
(b)
Includes intangible assets of approximately $600 million consisting primarily of asset management advisory contracts, which were determined to have an indefinite life and are not amortized.
Amortization expense
The following table presents amortization expense related to credit card relationships, core deposits and other intangible assets.
 
 
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions)
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Purchased credit card relationships
 
$
59

$
69

 
$
195

$
226

Other credit card-related intangibles
 
27

27

 
81

80

Core deposit intangibles
 
60

72

 
182

216

Other intangibles
 
36

44

 
108

119

Total amortization expense
 
$
182

$
212

 
$
566

$
641


Future amortization expense
The following table presents estimated future amortization expense related to credit card relationships, core deposits and other intangible assets.
For the year (in millions)
Purchased credit card relationships
Other credit
card-related intangibles
Core deposit intangibles
Other
intangibles
Total
2012(a)
$
253

$
107

$
240

$
143

$
743

2013
213

105

196

136

650

2014
109

104

102

120

435

2015
24

96

26

100

246

2016
4

34

14

93

145

(a)
Includes $195 million, $81 million, $182 million, and $108 million of amortization expense related to purchased credit card relationships, other credit card-related intangibles, core deposit intangibles and other intangibles, respectively, recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.


187


Note 17 – Deposits
For further discussion on deposits, see Note 19 on page 272 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits were as follows.
(in millions)
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
U.S. offices
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
363,388

 
$
346,670

Interest-bearing:
 
 
 
Demand(a) 
41,634

 
47,075

Savings(b)
386,472

 
375,051

Time (included $4,686 and $3,861 at fair value)(c) 
81,301

 
82,738

Total interest-bearing deposits
509,407

 
504,864

Total deposits in U.S. offices
872,795

 
851,534

Non-U.S. offices
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
16,192

 
18,790

Interest-bearing:
 
 
 
Demand
196,303

 
188,202

Savings
933

 
687

Time (included $764 and $1,072 at fair value)(c) 
53,388

 
68,593

Total interest-bearing deposits
250,624

 
257,482

Total deposits in non-U.S. offices
266,816

 
276,272

Total deposits
$
1,139,611

 
$
1,127,806

(a)
Includes Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, and certain trust accounts.
(b)
Includes Money Market Deposit Accounts (“MMDAs”).
(c)
Includes structured notes classified as deposits for which the fair value option has been elected. For further discussion, see Note 4 on pages 198–200 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.

 
Note 18 – Earnings per share
For a discussion of the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 24 on page 277 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Three months ended
September 30,
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Basic earnings
  per share
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
5,708

$
4,262

 
$
15,592

$
15,248

Less: Preferred stock dividends
163

157

 
478

472

Net income applicable to common equity
5,545

4,105

 
15,114

14,776

Less: Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities
199

169

 
558

635

Net income applicable to common stockholders
$
5,346

$
3,936

 
$
14,556

$
14,141

Total weighted-average basic shares outstanding
3,803.3

3,859.6

 
3,810.4

3,933.2

Net income per share
$
1.41

$
1.02

 
$
3.82

$
3.60

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings
  per share
 
 
 
 
 
Net income applicable to common stockholders
$
5,346

$
3,936

 
$
14,556

$
14,141

Total weighted-average basic shares outstanding
3,803.3

3,859.6

 
3,810.4

3,933.2

Add: Employee stock options, SARs and warrants(a)
10.6

12.6

 
12.2

23.3

Total weighted-average diluted shares outstanding(b)
3,813.9

3,872.2

 
3,822.6

3,956.5

Net income per share
$
1.40

$
1.02

 
$
3.81

$
3.57

(a)
Excluded from the computation of diluted EPS (due to the antidilutive effect) were options issued under employee benefit plans and the warrants originally issued in 2008 under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program to purchase shares of the Firm’s common stock. The aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of such options and warrants was 147 million and 197 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and 158 million and 112 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(b)
Participating securities were included in the calculation of diluted EPS using the two-class method, as this computation was more dilutive than the calculation using the treasury stock method.



188


Note 19 – Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
AOCI includes the after-tax change in unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, foreign currency translation adjustments (including the impact of related derivatives hedges), cash flow hedging activities, and net loss and prior service costs/(credit) related to the Firm’s defined benefit pension and OPEB plans.
As of or for the three months ended
September 30, 2012
Unrealized gains/(losses) on AFS securities(a)
 
Translation adjustments, net of hedges
 
Cash flow hedges
 
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
(in millions)
Balance at July 1, 2012
 
$
4,814

(b) 
 
 
$
(88
)
 
 
 
$
89

 
 
 
$
(2,543
)
 
 
 
$
2,272

 
 
Net change
 
2,083

(c) 
 
 
13

 
 
 
23

 
 
 
35

 
 
 
2,154

 
 
Balance at September 30, 2012
 
$
6,897

(b) 
 
 
$
(75
)
 
 
 
$
112

 
 
 
$
(2,508
)
 
 
 
$
4,426

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the three months ended
September 30, 2011
Unrealized gains/(losses) on AFS securities(a)
 
Translation adjustments, net of hedges
 
Cash flow hedges
 
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
(in millions)
Balance at July 1, 2011
 
$
3,268

(b) 
 
 
$
280

 
 
 
$
(5
)
 
 
 
$
(1,905
)
 
 
 
$
1,638

 
 
Net change
 
469

(d) 
 
 
(237
)
 
 
 
59

 
 
 
35

 
 
 
326

 
 
Balance at September 30, 2011
 
$
3,737

(b) 
 
 
$
43

 
 
 
$
54

 
 
 
$
(1,870
)
 
 
 
$
1,964

 
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30, 2012
Unrealized gains/(losses) on AFS securities(a)
 
Translation adjustments, net of hedges
 
Cash flow hedges
 
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2012
 
$
3,565

(b) 
 
 
$
(26
)
 
 
 
$
51

 
 
 
$
(2,646
)
 
 
 
$
944

 
 
Net change
 
3,332

(c) 
 
 
(49
)
 
 
 
61

 
 
 
138

 
 
 
3,482

 
 
Balance at September 30, 2012
 
$
6,897

(b) 
 
 
$
(75
)
 
 
 
$
112

 
 
 
$
(2,508
)
 
 
 
$
4,426

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of or for the nine months ended
September 30, 2011
Unrealized gains/(losses) on AFS securities(a)
 
Translation adjustments, net of hedges
 
Cash flow hedges
 
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2011
 
$
2,498

(b) 
 
 
$
253

 
 
 
$
206

 
 
 
$
(1,956
)
 
 
 
$
1,001

 
 
Net change
 
1,239

(d) 
 
 
(210
)
 
 
 
(152
)
 
 
 
86

 
 
 
963

 
 
Balance at September 30, 2011
 
$
3,737

(b) 
 
 
$
43

 
 
 
$
54

 
 
 
$
(1,870
)
 
 
 
$
1,964

 
 
(a)
Represents the after-tax difference between the fair value and amortized cost of securities accounted for as AFS.
(b)
Included after-tax unrealized losses not related to credit on debt securities for which credit losses have been recognized in income of $(94) million at September 30, 2012, $(101) million at July 1, 2012, $(56) million at January 1, 2012, $(57) million at September 30, 2011, $(62) million at July 1, 2011 and $(81) million at January 1, 2011.
(c)
The net change for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, was predominantly driven by declining interest rates and the tightening of spreads across the portfolio, partially offset by sales.
(d)
The net change for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, was predominantly driven by increased market value on agency MBS and municipal securities, partially offset by the widening of spreads on non-U.S. corporate debt and realization of gains.


189


The following table presents the pretax and after-tax changes in the components of other comprehensive income/(loss).
 
2012
 
2011
Three months ended September 30, (in millions)
Pretax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
 
Pretax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
Unrealized gains/(losses) on AFS securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period
$
3,872

 
$
(1,509
)
 
$
2,363

 
$
1,381

 
$
(544
)
 
$
837

Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income
(458
)
 
178

 
(280
)
 
(605
)
 
237

 
(368
)
Net change
3,414

 
(1,331
)
 
2,083

 
776

 
(307
)
 
469

Translation adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Translation
413

 
(153
)
 
260

 
(1,195
)
 
439

 
(756
)
Hedges
(404
)
 
157

 
(247
)
 
853

 
(334
)
 
519

Net change
9

 
4

 
13

 
(342
)
 
105

 
(237
)
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period
56

 
(22
)
 
34

 
145

 
(53
)
 
92

Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income
(19
)
 
8

 
(11
)
 
(50
)
 
17

 
(33
)
Net change
37

 
(14
)
 
23

 
95

 
(36
)
 
59

Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains/(losses) arising during the period

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustments included in net income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of net loss
81

 
(30
)
 
51

 
53

 
(21
)
 
32

Prior service costs/(credits)
(11
)
 
4

 
(7
)
 
(13
)
 
5

 
(8
)
Foreign exchange and other
(14
)
 
5

 
(9
)
 
17

 
(6
)
 
11

Net change
56

 
(21
)
 
35

 
57

 
(22
)
 
35

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
$
3,516

 
$
(1,362
)
 
$
2,154

 
$
586

 
$
(260
)
 
$
326

 
2012
 
2011
Nine months ended September 30, (in millions)
Pretax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
 
Pretax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
Unrealized gains/(losses) on AFS securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period
$
7,469

 
$
(2,912
)
 
$
4,557

 
$
3,585

 
$
(1,406
)
 
$
2,179

Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income
(2,008
)
 
783

 
(1,225
)
 
(1,539
)
 
599

 
(940
)
Net change
5,461

 
(2,129
)
 
3,332

 
2,046

 
(807
)
 
1,239

Translation adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Translation
108

 
(40
)
 
68

 
(415
)
 
157

 
(258
)
Hedges
(191
)
 
74

 
(117
)
 
80

 
(32
)
 
48

Net change
(83
)
 
34

 
(49
)
 
(335
)
 
125

 
(210
)
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period
143

 
(56
)
 
87

 
(11
)
 
4

 
(7
)
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income
(44
)
 
18

 
(26
)
 
(235
)
 
90

 
(145
)
Net change
99

 
(38
)
 
61

 
(246
)
 
94

 
(152
)
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net gains/(losses) arising during the period
34

 
(13
)
 
21

 
20

 
(11
)
 
9

Reclassification adjustments included in net income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of net loss
243

 
(94
)
 
149

 
159

 
(54
)
 
105

Prior service costs/(credits)
(32
)
 
12

 
(20
)
 
(39
)
 
15

 
(24
)
Foreign exchange and other
(20
)
 
8

 
(12
)
 
(8
)
 
4

 
(4
)
Net change
225

 
(87
)
 
138

 
132

 
(46
)
 
86

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
$
5,702

 
$
(2,220
)
 
$
3,482

 
$
1,597

 
$
(634
)
 
$
963





190


Note 20 – Regulatory capital
The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards for the consolidated financial holding company. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s national banks, including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Chase Bank USA, N.A.
There are two categories of risk-based capital: Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists of common stockholders’ equity, perpetual preferred stock, noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries and trust preferred capital debt securities, less goodwill and certain other adjustments. Tier 2 capital consists of preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, subordinated long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital, and the
 
aggregate allowance for credit losses up to a certain percentage of risk-weighted assets (“RWA”). Total capital is Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital. Under the risk-based capital guidelines of the Federal Reserve, JPMorgan Chase is required to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and Total capital to RWA, as well as minimum leverage ratios (which are defined as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted quarterly average assets). Failure to meet these minimum requirements could cause the Federal Reserve to take action. Banking subsidiaries also are subject to these capital requirements by their respective primary regulators. As of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, JPMorgan Chase and all of its banking subsidiaries were well-capitalized and met all capital requirements to which each was subject.

The following table presents the regulatory capital, assets and risk-based capital ratios for JPMorgan Chase and its significant banking subsidiaries at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. These amounts are determined in accordance with regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and/or OCC. The following table reflects an adjustment to the Firm’s and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s RWA as of September 30, 2012. This adjustment reflects regulatory guidance regarding a limited number of market risk models used for certain positions held by the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. during the first half of 2012, including the CIO synthetic credit portfolio.
 
JPMorgan Chase & Co.(e)
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.(e)
 
Chase Bank USA, N.A.(e)
 
Well-capitalized ratios(f)
 
Minimum capital ratios(f)
 
(in millions, except ratios)
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
Regulatory capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1(a)
$
154,686

 
$
150,384

 
$
107,381

 
$
98,426

 
$
9,787

 
$
11,903

 
 
 
 
 
Total
190,491

 
188,088

 
143,298

 
136,017

 
13,238

 
15,448

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-weighted(b)(c)
$
1,297,016

 
$
1,221,198

 
$
1,110,279

 
$
1,042,898

 
$
101,084

 
$
107,421

 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted average(d)
2,186,292

 
2,202,087

 
1,765,818

 
1,789,194

 
102,913

 
106,312

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1(a)
11.9
%
 
12.3
%
 
9.7
%
 
9.4
%
 
9.7
%
 
11.1
%
 
6.0
%
 
4.0
%
 
Total
14.7

 
15.4

 
12.9

 
13.0

 
13.1

 
14.4

 
10.0

 
8.0

 
Tier 1 leverage
7.1

 
6.8

 
6.1

 
5.5

 
9.5

 
11.2

 
5.0

(g) 
3.0

(h) 
(a)
JPMorgan Chase redeemed $9.0 billion of trust preferred capital debt securities effective July 12, 2012. At September 30, 2012, trust preferred capital debt securities included in Tier 1 capital were $10.2 billion and $600 million, for JPMorgan Chase and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., respectively. If these securities were excluded from the calculation at September 30, 2012, Tier 1 capital would be $144.5 billion and $106.8 billion, respectively, and the Tier 1 capital ratio would be 11.1% and 9.6%, respectively. At September 30, 2012, Chase Bank USA, N.A. had no trust preferred capital debt securities.
(b)
RWA consist of on– and off–balance sheet assets that are assigned to one of several broad risk categories and weighted by factors representing their risk and potential for default. On–balance sheet assets are risk-weighted based on the perceived credit risk associated with the obligor or counterparty, the nature of any collateral, and the guarantor, if any. Off–balance sheet assets such as lending-related commitments, guarantees, derivatives and other applicable off–balance sheet positions are risk-weighted by multiplying the contractual amount by the appropriate credit conversion factor to determine the on–balance sheet credit-equivalent amount, which is then risk-weighted based on the same factors used for on–balance sheet assets. RWA also incorporate a measure for the market risk related to applicable trading assets–debt and equity instruments, and foreign exchange and commodity derivatives. The resulting risk-weighted values for each of the risk categories are then aggregated to determine total RWA.
(c)
Includes off–balance sheet RWA at September 30, 2012, of $307.8 billion, $297.6 billion and $15 million, and at December 31, 2011, of $301.1 billion, $291.0 billion and $38 million, for JPMorgan Chase, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Chase Bank USA, N.A., respectively.
(d)
Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratio, include total quarterly average assets adjusted for unrealized gains/(losses) on securities, less deductions for disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets, investments in certain subsidiaries, and the total adjusted carrying value of nonfinancial equity investments that are subject to deductions from Tier 1 capital.
(e)
Asset and capital amounts for JPMorgan Chase’s banking subsidiaries reflect intercompany transactions; whereas the respective amounts for JPMorgan Chase reflect the elimination of intercompany transactions.
(f)
As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.
(g)
Represents requirements for banking subsidiaries pursuant to regulations issued under the FDIC Improvement Act. There is no Tier 1 leverage component in the definition of a well-capitalized bank holding company.
(h)
The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio for bank holding companies and banks is 3% or 4%, depending on factors specified in regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and OCC.
Note:
Rating agencies allow measures of capital to be adjusted upward for deferred tax liabilities, which have resulted from both nontaxable business combinations and from tax-deductible goodwill. The Firm had deferred tax liabilities resulting from nontaxable business combinations totaling $319 million and $414 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively; and deferred tax liabilities resulting from tax-deductible goodwill of $2.5 billion and $2.3 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

191


A reconciliation of the Firm’s Total stockholders’ equity to Tier 1 capital and Total qualifying capital is presented in the table below.
(in millions)
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
$
199,693

 
$
183,573

Effect of certain items in AOCI excluded from Tier 1 capital
 
(4,501
)
 
(970
)
Qualifying hybrid securities and noncontrolling interests(a)
 
10,568

 
19,668

Less: Goodwill(b)
 
45,718

 
45,873

Fair value DVA on derivative and structured note liabilities related to the Firm’s credit quality
 
1,928

 
2,150

Investments in certain subsidiaries
 
862

 
993

Other intangible assets(b)
 
2,566

 
2,871

Total Tier 1 capital
 
154,686

 
150,384

Tier 2 capital
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2
 
19,459

 
22,275

Qualifying allowance for credit losses
 
16,367

 
15,504

Adjustment for investments in certain subsidiaries and other
 
(21
)
 
(75
)
Total Tier 2 capital
 
35,805

 
37,704

Total qualifying capital
 
$
190,491

 
$
188,088

(a)
Primarily includes trust preferred capital debt securities of certain business trusts.
(b)
Goodwill and other intangible assets are net of any associated deferred tax liabilities.


 
Note 21 – Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees, and other commitments
JPMorgan Chase provides lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees) to meet the financing needs of its customers. The contractual amount of these financial instruments represents the maximum possible credit risk to the Firm should the counterparty draw upon the commitment or the Firm be required to fulfill its obligation under the guarantee, and should the counterparty subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. Most of these commitments and guarantees expire without being drawn or a default occurring. As a result, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not, in the Firm’s view, representative of its actual future credit exposure or funding requirements. For a discussion of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and guarantees, and the Firm’s related accounting policies, see Note 29 on pages 283–289 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
To provide for the risk of loss inherent in wholesale and consumer (excluding credit card) contracts, an allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments is maintained. See Note 14 on page 176 of this Form 10-Q for further discussion regarding the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments.
The following table summarizes the contractual amounts and carrying values of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The amounts in the table below for credit card and home equity lending-related commitments represent the total available credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit for these products will be utilized at the same time. The Firm can reduce or cancel credit card lines of credit by providing the borrower notice or, in some cases, without notice as permitted by law. The Firm may reduce or close home equity lines of credit when there are significant decreases in the value of the underlying property, or when there has been a demonstrable decline in the creditworthiness of the borrower. Also, the Firm typically closes credit card lines when the borrower is 60 days or more past due.



192


Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments
 
 
 
Contractual amount
 
Carrying value(i)
 
Sep 30, 2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
 
Sep 30,
2012
 
Dec 31,
2011
By remaining maturity
(in millions)
Expires in 1 year or less
Expires after
1 year through
3 years
Expires after
3 years through
5 years
Expires after 5 years
Total
 
Total
 
 
 
 
Lending-related
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer, excluding credit card:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity – senior lien
$
1,712

$
5,243

$
4,709

$
3,901

$
15,565

 
$
16,542

 
$

 
$

Home equity – junior lien
3,400

8,610

6,597

4,339

22,946

 
26,408

 

 

Prime mortgage
4,040




4,040

 
1,500

 

 

Subprime mortgage





 

 

 

Auto
7,100

155

165

18

7,438

 
6,694

 
1

 
1

Business banking
10,435

499

89

360

11,383

 
10,299

 
6

 
6

Student and other
99

220

16

476

811

 
864

 

 

Total consumer, excluding credit card
26,786

14,727

11,576

9,094

62,183

 
62,307

 
7

 
7

Credit card
534,333




534,333

 
530,616

 

 

Total consumer
561,119

14,727

11,576

9,094

596,516

 
592,923

 
7

 
7

Wholesale:








 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other unfunded commitments to extend credit(a)(b)
59,537

72,835

95,548

8,988

236,908

 
215,251

 
438

 
347

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees(a)(b)(c)(d)
27,151

31,116

40,905

1,733

100,905

 
101,899

 
679

 
696

Unused advised lines of credit
65,190

13,808

350

502

79,850

 
60,203

 

 

Other letters of credit(a)(d)
3,934

884

76


4,894

 
5,386

 
1

 
2

Total wholesale
155,812

118,643

136,879

11,223

422,557

 
382,739

 
1,118

 
1,045

Total lending-related
$
716,931

$
133,370

$
148,455

$
20,317

$
1,019,073

 
$
975,662

 
$
1,125

 
$
1,052

Other guarantees and commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities lending indemnifications(e)
$
183,716

$

$

$

$
183,716

 
$
186,077

 
NA

 
NA

Derivatives qualifying as guarantees
1,725

8,287

19,887

36,611

66,510

 
75,593

 
$
230

 
$
457

Unsettled reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements(f)
41,497




41,497

 
39,939

 

 

Loan sale and securitization-related indemnifications:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage repurchase liability(g)
 NA

 NA

 NA

 NA

NA

 
NA

 
3,099

 
3,557

Loans sold with recourse
 NA

 NA

 NA

 NA

9,651

 
10,397

 
142

 
148

Other guarantees and commitments(h)
666

205

387

5,569

6,827

 
6,321

 
(75
)
 
(5
)
(a)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, reflects the contractual amount net of risk participations totaling $589 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, for other unfunded commitments to extend credit; $18.2 billion and $19.8 billion, respectively, for standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees; and $913 million and $974 million, respectively, for other letters of credit. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve these commitments are shown gross of risk participations.
(b)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included credit enhancements and bond and commercial paper liquidity commitments to U.S. states and municipalities, hospitals and other not-for-profit entities of $45.7 billion and $48.6 billion, respectively. These commitments also include liquidity facilities to nonconsolidated municipal bond VIEs; for further information, see Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q.
(c)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included unissued standby letters of credit commitments of $44.4 billion and $44.1 billion, respectively.
(d)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, JPMorgan Chase held collateral relating to $43.3 billion and $41.5 billion, respectively, of standby letters of credit; and $795 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, of other letters of credit.
(e)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, collateral held by the Firm in support of securities lending indemnification agreements was $184.5 billion and $186.3 billion, respectively. Securities lending collateral comprises primarily cash and securities issued by governments that are members of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) and U.S. government agencies.
(f)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the amount of commitments related to forward-starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements were $8.8 billion and $14.4 billion, respectively. Commitments related to unsettled reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements with regular-way settlement periods were $32.7 billion and $25.5 billion, at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(g)
The Firm’s mortgage repurchase liability is intended to cover losses associated with all loans previously sold in connection with loan sale and securitization transactions with the GSEs, regardless of when those losses occur or how they are ultimately resolved (e.g., repurchase, make-whole payment). For additional information, see Loan sale and securitization-related indemnifications on pages 195–196 of this Note.
(h)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included unfunded commitments of $398 million and $789 million, respectively, to third-party private equity funds; and $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, to other equity investments. These commitments included $359 million and $820 million, respectively, related to investments that are generally fair valued at net asset value as discussed in Note 3 on pages 119–133 of this Form 10-Q. In addition, at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included letters of credit hedged by derivative transactions and managed on a market risk basis of $4.5 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively.
(i)
For lending-related products, the carrying value represents the allowance for lending-related commitments and the guarantee liability; for derivative-related products, the carrying value represents the fair value.

193


Other unfunded commitments to extend credit
Other unfunded commitments to extend credit generally comprise commitments for working capital and general corporate purposes, extensions of credit to support commercial paper facilities and bond financings in the event that those obligations cannot be remarketed to new investors as well as committed liquidity facilities to a clearing organization.
Also included in other unfunded commitments to extend credit are commitments to noninvestment-grade counterparties in connection with leveraged and acquisition finance activities, which were $6.8 billion and $6.1 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. For further information, see Note 3 and Note 4 on pages 119–133 and 133–135 respectively, of this Form 10-Q.
In addition, the Firm acts as a clearing and custody bank in the U.S. tri-party repurchase transaction market. In its role as clearing and custody bank, the Firm is exposed to intra-day credit risk of the cash borrowers, usually broker-dealers; however, this exposure is secured by collateral and typically extinguished through the settlement process by the end of the day. For the three months ended September 30, 2012, the tri-party repurchase daily balances averaged $372 billion.
Guarantees
The Firm considers the following off–balance sheet lending-related arrangements to be guarantees under U.S. GAAP:
 
standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, securities lending indemnifications, certain indemnification agreements included within third-party contractual arrangements and certain derivative contracts. For a further discussion of the off–balance sheet lending-related arrangements the Firm considers to be guarantees, and the related accounting policies, see Note 29 on pages 283–289 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. The recorded amounts of the liabilities related to guarantees and indemnifications at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, excluding the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments, are discussed below.
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees
Standby letters of credit (“SBLC”) and other financial guarantees are conditional lending commitments issued by the Firm to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party under certain arrangements, such as commercial paper facilities, bond financings, acquisition financings, trade and similar transactions. The carrying values of standby and other letters of credit were $680 million and $698 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, which were classified in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets; these carrying values included $307 million and $319 million, respectively, for the allowance for lending-related commitments, and $373 million and $379 million, respectively, for the guarantee liability and corresponding asset.


The following table summarizes the types of facilities under which standby letters of credit and other letters of credit arrangements are outstanding by the ratings profiles of the Firm’s customers, as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
Standby letters of credit, other financial guarantees and other letters of credit
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
(in millions)
Standby letters of
credit and other financial guarantees
Other letters
of credit
 
Standby letters of
credit and other financial guarantees
Other letters
of credit
Investment-grade(a)
 
$
76,283

 
$
3,559

 
 
$
78,884

 
$
4,105

Noninvestment-grade(a)
 
24,622

 
1,335

 
 
23,015

 
1,281

Total contractual amount(b)
 
$
100,905

(c) 
$
4,894

 
 
$
101,899

(c) 
$
5,386

Allowance for lending-related commitments
 
$
306

 
$
1

 
 
$
317

 
$
2

Commitments with collateral
 
43,315

 
795

 
 
41,529

 
1,264

(a)
The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal ratings which generally correspond to ratings as defined by S&P and Moody’s.
(b)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, reflects the contractual amount net of risk participations totaling $18.2 billion and $19.8 billion, respectively, for standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees; and $913 million and $974 million, respectively, for other letters of credit. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve these commitments are shown gross of risk participations.
(c)
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, included unissued standby letters of credit commitments of $44.4 billion and $44.1 billion, respectively.

Derivatives qualifying as guarantees
In addition to the contracts described above, the Firm transacts certain derivative contracts that have the characteristics of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP. For further information on these derivatives, see Note 29 on pages 283–289 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report. The total notional value of the derivatives that the Firm deems to be guarantees was $66.5 billion and $75.6 billion at
 
September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The notional amount generally represents the Firm’s maximum exposure to derivatives qualifying as guarantees. However, exposure to certain stable value contracts is contractually limited to a substantially lower percentage of the notional amount; the notional amount on these stable value contracts was $26.3 billion and $26.1 billion and the maximum exposure to loss was


194


$2.8 billion and $2.8 billion, at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The fair values of the contracts reflect the probability of whether the Firm will be required to perform under the contract. The fair value related to derivatives that the Firm deems to be guarantees were derivative payables of $323 million and $555 million and derivative receivables of $93 million and $98 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Firm reduces exposures to these contracts by entering into offsetting transactions, or by entering into contracts that hedge the market risk related to the derivative guarantees.
In addition to derivative contracts that meet the characteristics of a guarantee, the Firm is both a purchaser and seller of credit protection in the credit derivatives market. For a further discussion of credit derivatives, see Note 5 on pages 143–144 of this Form 10-Q.
Loan sales- and securitization-related indemnifications
Mortgage repurchase liability
In connection with the Firm’s loan sale and securitization activities with the GSEs and other loan sale and private-label securitization transactions, as described in Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 16 on pages 256–267 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report, the Firm has made representations and warranties that the loans sold meet certain requirements. The Firm may be, and has been, required to repurchase loans and/or indemnify the GSEs and other investors for losses due to material breaches of these representations and warranties. Generally, the maximum amount of future payments the Firm would be required to make for breaches of these representations and warranties would be equal to the unpaid principal balance of such loans that are deemed to have defects that were sold to purchasers (including securitization-related SPEs) plus, in certain circumstances, accrued interest on such loans and certain expense.
The Firm has recognized a mortgage repurchase liability of $3.1 billion and $3.6 billion, as September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, which is reported in accounts payable and other liabilities net of probable recoveries from third-party originators of $450 million and $577 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Firm’s mortgage repurchase liability is intended to cover losses associated with all loans previously sold in connection with loan sale and securitization transactions with the GSEs, regardless of when those losses occur or how they are ultimately resolved (e.g., repurchase, make-whole payment). The liability related to all repurchase demands associated with private-label securitizations is separately evaluated by the Firm in establishing its litigation reserves.
Substantially all of the estimates and assumptions underlying the Firm’s established methodology for computing its recorded mortgage repurchase liability — including factors such as the amount of probable future demands from the GSEs (which is largely based on historical experience), the ability of the Firm to cure identified
 
defects, the severity of loss upon repurchase or foreclosure, and recoveries from third parties — require application of a significant level of management judgment.
While the Firm uses the best information available to it in estimating its mortgage repurchase liability, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, losses in excess of the amounts accrued as of September 30, 2012, are reasonably possible. The Firm believes the estimate of the range of reasonably possible losses, in excess of its established repurchase liability, is from $0 to approximately $1.6 billion at September 30, 2012. This estimated range of reasonably possible loss considers the Firm’s GSE-related exposure based on an assumed peak to trough decline in home prices of 42%, which is an additional 8 percentage point decline in home prices beyond the Firm’s current assumptions which were derived from a nationally recognized home price index. Although the Firm does not consider a further decline in home prices of this magnitude likely to occur, such a decline could increase the levels of loan delinquencies, which may, in turn, increase the level of repurchase demands from the GSEs and potentially result in additional repurchases of loans at greater loss severities; each of these factors could affect the Firm’s mortgage repurchase liability. Claims related to private-label securitizations have, thus far, generally manifested themselves through threatened or pending litigation, which the Firm has considered with other litigation matters as discussed in Note 23 on pages 196–206 of this Form 10-Q. Actual repurchase losses could vary significantly from the Firm’s recorded mortgage repurchase liability or this estimate of reasonably possible additional losses, depending on the outcome of various factors, including those considered above.
The following table summarizes the change in the mortgage repurchase liability for each of the periods presented.
Summary of changes in mortgage repurchase liability(a)  
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
Repurchase liability at beginning of period
$
3,293

 
$
3,631

 
$
3,557

 
$
3,285

Realized losses(b)
(268
)
 
(329
)
 
(891
)
 
(801
)
Provision(c)
74

 
314

 
433

 
1,132

Repurchase liability at end of period
$
3,099

(d) 
$
3,616

 
$
3,099

 
$
3,616

(a)
All mortgage repurchase demands associated with private-label securitizations are separately evaluated by the Firm in establishing its litigation reserves.
(b)
Includes principal losses and accrued interest on repurchased loans, “make-whole” settlements, settlements with claimants, and certain related expense. Make-whole settlements were $94 million and $162 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively and $387 million and $403 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(c)
Includes $30 million and $12 million of provision related to new loan sales for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $85 million and $35 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(d)
Includes $3 million at September 30, 2012, related to future repurchase demands on loans sold by Washington Mutual to the GSEs.


195


Loans sold with recourse
The Firm provides servicing for mortgages and certain commercial lending products on both a recourse and nonrecourse basis. In nonrecourse servicing, the principal credit risk to the Firm is the cost of temporary servicing advances of funds (i.e., normal servicing advances). In recourse servicing, the servicer agrees to share credit risk with the owner of the mortgage loans, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or a private investor, insurer or guarantor. Losses on recourse servicing predominantly occur when foreclosure sales proceeds of the property underlying a defaulted loan are less than the sum of the outstanding principal balance, plus accrued interest on the loan and the cost of holding and disposing of the underlying property. The Firm’s securitizations are predominantly nonrecourse, thereby effectively transferring the risk of future credit losses to the purchaser of the mortgage-backed securities issued by the trust. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the unpaid principal balance of loans sold with recourse totaled $9.7 billion and $10.4 billion, respectively. The carrying value of the related liability that the Firm has recorded, which is representative of the Firm’s view of the likelihood it will have to perform under its recourse obligations, was $142 million and $148 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Note 22 – Pledged assets and collateral
For a discussion of the Firm’s pledged assets and collateral, see Note 30 on page 289 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Pledged assets
At September 30, 2012, assets were pledged to collateralize repurchase agreements, other securities financing agreements, derivative transactions and for other purposes, including to secure borrowings and public deposits. Certain of these pledged assets may be sold or repledged by the secured parties and are identified as financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm had pledged $282.3 billion and $270.3 billion, respectively, of financial instruments it owns that may not be sold or repledged by the secured parties. Total assets pledged do not include assets of consolidated VIEs; these assets are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. See Note 15 on pages 177–184 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 16 on pages 256–267 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report, for additional information on assets and liabilities of consolidated VIEs.
Collateral
At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Firm had accepted assets as collateral that it could sell or repledge, deliver or otherwise use with a fair value of approximately $815.6 billion and $742.1 billion, respectively. This collateral was generally obtained under resale agreements, securities borrowing agreements, customer margin loans and derivative agreements. Of the
 
collateral received, approximately $543.0 billion and $515.8 billion, respectively, were sold or repledged, generally as collateral under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements or to cover short sales and to collateralize deposits and derivative agreements.
Note 23 – Litigation
Contingencies
As of September 30, 2012, the Firm and its subsidiaries are defendants or putative defendants in numerous legal proceedings, including private, civil litigations and regulatory/government investigations. The litigations range from individual actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially millions of class members. Investigations involve both formal and informal proceedings, by both governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations. These legal proceedings are at varying stages of adjudication, arbitration or investigation, and involve each of the Firm’s lines of business and geographies and a wide variety of claims (including common law tort and contract claims and statutory antitrust, securities and consumer protection claims), some of which present novel legal theories.
The Firm believes the estimate of the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses, in excess of reserves established, for its legal proceedings is from $0 to approximately $6.0 billion at September 30, 2012. This estimated aggregate range of reasonably possible losses is based upon currently available information for those proceedings in which the Firm is involved, taking into account the Firm’s best estimate of such losses for those cases for which such estimate can be made. For certain cases, the Firm does not believe that an estimate can currently be made. The Firm’s estimate involves significant judgment, given the varying stages of the proceedings (including the fact that many are currently in preliminary stages), the existence in many such proceedings of multiple defendants (including the Firm) whose share of liability has yet to be determined, the numerous yet-unresolved issues in many of the proceedings (including issues regarding class certification and the scope of many of the claims) and the attendant uncertainty of the various potential outcomes of such proceedings. Accordingly, the Firm’s estimate will change from time to time, and actual losses may be more or less than the current estimate.
Set forth below are descriptions of the Firm’s material legal proceedings.
Auction-Rate Securities Investigations and Litigation. Beginning in March 2008, several regulatory authorities initiated investigations of a number of industry participants, including the Firm, concerning possible state and federal securities law violations in connection with the sale of auction-rate securities (“ARS”). The market for many such securities had frozen and a significant number of auctions for those securities began to fail in February 2008.
The Firm, on behalf of itself and affiliates, agreed to a


196


settlement in principle with the New York Attorney General’s Office which provided, among other things, that the Firm would offer to purchase at par certain ARS purchased from J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Chase Investment Services Corp. and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. by individual investors, charities and small- to medium-sized businesses. The Firm also agreed to a substantively similar settlement in principle with the Office of Financial Regulation for the State of Florida and the North American Securities Administrators Association (“NASAA”) Task Force, which agreed to recommend approval of the settlement to all remaining states, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The Firm has finalized the settlement agreements with the New York Attorney General’s Office and the Office of Financial Regulation for the State of Florida. The settlement agreements provide for the payment of penalties totaling $25 million to all states. The Firm is currently in the process of finalizing consent agreements with NASAA’s member states; more than 45 of these consent agreements have been finalized to date.
The Firm also faces a number of civil actions before courts and arbitration panels relating to the Firm’s sale and underwriting of ARS. The actions generally allege that the Firm and other firms manipulated the market for ARS by placing bids at auctions that affected these securities’ clearing rates or otherwise supported the auctions without properly disclosing these activities. The Firm’s motion to dismiss a putative class action that had been filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of purchasers of ARS was granted in March 2012. Plaintiffs did not file an appeal of the decision.
Additionally, the Firm was named in two putative antitrust class actions. The actions allege that the Firm, along with numerous other financial institution defendants, colluded to maintain and stabilize the ARS market and then to withdraw their support for the ARS market. In January 2010, the District Court dismissed both actions. An appeal is pending in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
Bear Stearns Hedge Fund Matters. The Bear Stearns Companies LLC (formerly The Bear Stearns Companies Inc.) (“Bear Stearns”), certain current or former subsidiaries of Bear Stearns, including Bear Stearns Asset Management, Inc. (“BSAM”) and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., and certain individuals formerly employed by Bear Stearns are named defendants (collectively the “Bear Stearns defendants”) in multiple civil actions and arbitrations relating to alleged losses resulting from the failure of the Bear Stearns High Grade Structured Credit Strategies Master Fund, Ltd. (the “High Grade Fund”) and the Bear Stearns High Grade Structured Credit Strategies Enhanced Leverage Master Fund, Ltd. (the “Enhanced Leverage Fund”) (collectively the “Funds”). BSAM served as investment manager for both of the Funds, which were organized such that there were U.S. and Cayman Islands “feeder funds” that invested substantially all their assets, directly or indirectly, in the Funds. The Funds are in liquidation.
There are currently three civil actions pending in the United
 
States District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to the Funds. One of these actions involves a derivative lawsuit brought on behalf of purchasers of partnership interests in the U.S. feeder fund to the Enhanced Leverage Fund, alleging that the Bear Stearns defendants mismanaged the Funds. This action seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages based on alleged investor losses. The parties have reached an agreement to settle this derivative action, pursuant to which BSAM would pay a maximum of approximately $18 million. In April 2012, the District Court granted final approval of this settlement. In May 2012, objectors representing certain interests in the U.S. feeder fund filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit from the District Court’s final approval of the settlement. That appeal is currently pending. (A separate derivative action, also alleging that the Bear Stearns defendants mismanaged the Funds, was brought on behalf of purchasers of partnership interests in the U.S. feeder fund to the High Grade Fund, and was dismissed following a Court-approved settlement with similar terms, pursuant to which BSAM paid approximately $19 million.)
The second pending action, brought by the Joint Voluntary Liquidators of the Cayman Islands feeder funds, makes allegations similar to those asserted in the derivative lawsuits related to the U.S. feeder funds, alleges net losses of approximately $700 million and seeks compensatory and punitive damages. The parties presently are engaged in expert discovery.
The third action was brought by Bank of America and Banc of America Securities LLC (together “BofA”) alleging breach of contract and fraud in connection with a $4 billion securitization in May 2007 known as a “CDO-squared,” for which BSAM served as collateral manager. This securitization was composed of certain collateralized debt obligation holdings that were purchased by BofA from the Funds. BofA currently seeks damages up to approximately $540 million. The Court recently granted BofA’s motion to amend its complaint to reinstate a previously dismissed claim for breach of fiduciary duty. Briefing of motions for summary judgment is scheduled to occur in late 2012 and into early 2013.
Bear Stearns Shareholder Litigation and Related Matters. Various shareholders of Bear Stearns have commenced purported class actions against Bear Stearns and certain of its former officers and/or directors on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired common stock of Bear Stearns between December 14, 2006, and March 14, 2008 (the “Class Period”). During the Class Period, Bear Stearns had between 115 million and 120 million common shares outstanding, and the price per share of those securities declined from a high of $172.61 to a low of $30 at the end of the period. The actions, originally commenced in several federal courts and thereafter consolidated before the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, allege that the defendants issued materially false and misleading statements regarding Bear Stearns’ business and financial results and that, as a result of those


197


false statements, Bear Stearns’ common stock traded at artificially inflated prices during the Class Period. An agreement has been reached to settle the claims asserted in the consolidated class action complaint for $275 million. The settlement was preliminarily approved by the District Court in June 2012. A hearing was held in September 2012 to consider the final approval of the settlement, and the settlement remains subject to final approval by the District Court. In addition, several individual shareholders of Bear Stearns have also commenced or threatened to commence their own lawsuits or arbitration proceedings against Bear Stearns asserting claims similar to those in the consolidated class action complaint. Certain of these matters have been dismissed or settled.
Separately, an agreement has been reached to resolve a class action brought under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) against Bear Stearns and certain of its former officers and/or directors on behalf of participants in the Bear Stearns Employee Stock Ownership Plan for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties in connection with the management of that Plan. Under the settlement, the class will receive $10 million. In September 2012, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York Court granted final approval of this settlement.
Bear Stearns, former members of Bear Stearns’ Board of Directors and certain of Bear Stearns’ former executive officers have also been named as defendants in a shareholder derivative and class action suit which is pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Plaintiffs assert claims for breach of fiduciary duty, violations of federal securities laws, waste of corporate assets and gross mismanagement, unjust enrichment, abuse of control, and indemnification and contribution in connection with the losses sustained by Bear Stearns as a result of its purchases of subprime loans and certain repurchases of its own common stock. Certain individual defendants are also alleged to have sold their holdings of Bear Stearns common stock while in possession of material nonpublic information. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages in an unspecified amount. The District Court dismissed the action in January 2011, and plaintiffs have appealed.
CIO Investigations and Litigations. The Firm is responding to a series of class actions, shareholder derivative actions, shareholder demands and government investigations relating to trading losses in the synthetic credit portfolio managed by the Firm’s Chief Investment Office (“CIO”). The Firm has received requests for documents and information in connection with governmental inquiries and investigations by Congress, the OCC, Federal Reserve, DOJ, U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), UK Financial Services Authority, the State of Massachusetts and other government agencies. The Firm is cooperating with these investigations.
In addition, the Firm and certain of its affiliates and current and former directors and officers have been named as
 
defendants in a number of lawsuits arising out of CIO’s trading losses.
Four putative class actions alleging violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder were filed on behalf of alleged classes of purchasers of the Firm’s common stock during varying periods ranging from less than one month to more than two years. These actions generally allege that the Firm and certain current and former officers made false or misleading statements concerning CIO’s trading practices and financial performance. These cases have been consolidated, and lead plaintiffs were appointed pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. A consolidated amended complaint is scheduled to be filed in November 2012.
Separately, two putative class actions have been filed on behalf of participants who held the Firm’s common stock in the Firm’s retirement and other plans during periods ranging from one to six months. These actions assert claims under ERISA for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by the Firm, certain affiliates and certain current and former directors and officers in connection with the management of those plans. The complaints generally allege that defendants breached the duty of prudence by allowing investment in the Firm’s common stock when they knew or should have known that such stock was unsuitable for the plans and that the Firm and certain current and former officers made false or misleading statements concerning the soundness of the Firm’s stock and the prudence of investing in that stock. These actions have been consolidated, and plaintiffs are scheduled to file a consolidated amended complaint in November 2012.
Four shareholder derivative actions have also been filed purportedly on behalf of the Firm against certain of the Firm’s current and former directors and officers for alleged breaches of their fiduciary duties. These actions generally allege that defendants failed to exercise adequate oversight over CIO and to manage the risk of CIO’s trading activities, which allegedly led to CIO’s losses.
The consolidated securities action, consolidated ERISA action and two of the four shareholder derivative actions are pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and the two other derivative actions are pending in New York State Supreme Court. On October 19, 2012, defendants moved to dismiss one of the shareholder derivative actions pending in New York State Supreme Court on the ground that plaintiff failed to make a demand on the Firm’s Board of Directors or adequately allege demand futility, as required by applicable Delaware law. Defendants have not yet responded to the complaints in any of the other actions.
City of Milan Litigation and Criminal Investigation. In January 2009, the City of Milan, Italy (the “City”) issued civil proceedings against (among others) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and J.P. Morgan Securities plc (formerly J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd.) (together, “JPMorgan Chase”) in the District Court of Milan. The proceedings relate to (a) a bond issue


198


by the City in June 2005 (the “Bond”), and (b) an associated swap transaction, which was subsequently restructured on a number of occasions between 2005 and 2007 (the “Swap”). The City seeks damages and/or other remedies against JPMorgan Chase (among others) on the grounds of alleged “fraudulent and deceitful acts” and alleged breach of advisory obligations in connection with the Swap and the Bond, together with related swap transactions with other counterparties. The Firm has entered into a settlement agreement with the City to resolve the City’s civil proceedings.
In March 2010, a criminal judge directed four current and former JPMorgan Chase personnel and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as well as other individuals and three other banks) to go forward to a full trial that started in May 2010. Although the Firm is not charged with any crime and does not face criminal liability, if one or more of its employees were found guilty, the Firm could be subject to administrative sanctions, including restrictions on its ability to conduct business in Italy and monetary penalties. Hearings have continued on a weekly basis since May 2010.
The Prosecutor has made recommendations to the judge about proposed sanctions. These include that each of the four banks involved be fined €1.5 million and banned from contracting with the Italian public administration for one year, the banks together repay the alleged profit made (calculated at €18 million per bank), as well as recommended dispositions as to each individual defendants. If the judge accepts any of these recommendations or imposes any other sanctions, they would not take effect until all appeals were exhausted. A decision is expected mid-December 2012.
Enron Litigation. JPMorgan Chase and certain of its officers and directors are involved in several lawsuits seeking damages arising out of the Firm’s banking relationships with Enron Corp. and its subsidiaries (“Enron”). A number of actions and other proceedings against the Firm previously were resolved, including a class action lawsuit captioned Newby v. Enron Corp. and adversary proceedings brought by Enron’s bankruptcy estate. A purported class action filed on behalf of JPMorgan Chase employees who participated in the Firm’s 401(k) plan asserting claims under ERISA for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by JPMorgan Chase, its directors and named officers was dismissed, and the dismissal was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. A petition for a writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court has been filed, which the Firm has opposed. Motions to dismiss are pending in an individual action by an Enron investor and an action by an Enron counterparty.
FERC Matters. JPMorgan Chase’s commodities business owns or has the right to output from several electricity generating facilities. The Firm is responding to requests for information in connection with an investigation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the “FERC”) regarding bidding practices by this business in certain organized power markets. Additionally, in September 2012,
 
the FERC issued an Order to Show Cause as to whether a JPMorgan Chase energy subsidiary’s statements concerning discovery obligations made in submissions related to the FERC investigation violated FERC rules regarding misleading information and whether the subsidiary’s market-based rates authority should be suspended. The matter is pending before the FERC.
Interchange Litigation. A group of merchants and retail associations filed a series of putative class action complaints relating to interchange in several federal courts. The complaints allege, among other claims, that Visa and MasterCard, as well as certain other banks, conspired to set the price of credit and debit card interchange fees, enacted respective rules in violation of antitrust laws, and engaged in tying/bundling and exclusive dealing. All cases were consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York for pretrial proceedings.
In July 2012, Visa, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries Visa U.S.A. Inc. and Visa International Service Association, MasterCard Incorporated, MasterCard International Incorporated and various United States financial institution defendants, including JPMorgan Chase & Co., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Chase Bank USA, N.A., Chase Paymentech Solutions, LLC and certain predecessor institutions, signed a memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) to enter into a settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) to resolve the claims of the U.S. merchant and retail association plaintiffs (the “Class Plaintiffs”) in the multi-district litigation (“MDL 1720”). The MOU outlines certain conditions precedent to a settlement including: (i) requisite corporate approvals, (ii) reaching agreement on certain appendices to the Settlement Agreement, and (iii) reaching negotiated settlements with the individual plaintiffs whose claims were consolidated with MDL 1720.
The Settlement Agreement provides, among other things, that a cash payment of $6.05 billion will be made to the Class Plaintiffs, of which the Firm’s share is approximately 20%. The Class Plaintiffs will also receive an amount equal to ten basis points of interchange for a period of eight months as provided in the Settlement Agreement. The eight month period will begin after the Court preliminarily approves the Settlement Agreement. The Settlement Agreement also provides for modifications to the credit card networks’ rules, including those that prohibit surcharging credit transactions. The Settlement Agreement is subject to final documentation and approval by the Court.
Investment Management Litigation. Four cases have been filed claiming that investment portfolios managed by J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMorgan Investment Management”) were inappropriately invested in securities backed by subprime residential real estate collateral. Plaintiffs claim that JPMorgan Investment Management and related defendants are liable for losses of more than $1 billion in market value of these securities. The first case, filed by NM Homes One, Inc. in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, has been settled. In the second and third cases, filed by


199


Assured Guaranty (U.K.) and Ambac Assurance UK Limited in New York state court, discovery is proceeding on plaintiff’s claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and gross negligence. The fourth case, filed by CMMF LLP in New York state court, asserts claims under New York law for breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence, breach of contract and negligent misrepresentation. Trial is scheduled to begin in January 2013.
Lehman Brothers Bankruptcy Proceedings. In May 2010, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“LBHI”) and its Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (the “Committee”) filed a complaint (and later an amended complaint) against JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York that asserts both federal bankruptcy law and state common law claims, and seeks, among other relief, to recover $8.6 billion in collateral that was transferred to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the weeks preceding LBHI’s bankruptcy. The amended complaint also seeks unspecified damages on the grounds that JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s collateral requests hastened LBHI’s demise. In February 2012, JPMorgan Asset Management and Highbridge Capital Management reached a settlement with LBHI and the Committee, which resulted in the return to LBHI of $700 million of the $8.6 billion of collateral sought by the amended complaint. The Firm moved to dismiss plaintiffs’ amended complaint in its entirety, and also moved to transfer the litigation from the Bankruptcy Court to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The District Court directed the Bankruptcy Court to decide the motion to dismiss while the District Court is considering the transfer motion. In April 2012, the Bankruptcy Court issued a decision granting in part and denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. The Court dismissed the counts of the amended complaint seeking avoidance of the allegedly constructively fraudulent and preferential transfers made to the Firm during the months of August and September 2008. The Court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss as to the other claims, including claims that allege intentional misconduct. In September 2012, the District Court denied the transfer motion without prejudice to its renewal in the future, but stated that any trial would likely have to be conducted before the District Court.
The Firm also filed counterclaims against LBHI alleging that LBHI fraudulently induced the Firm to make large clearing advances to Lehman against inappropriate collateral, which left the Firm with more than $25 billion in claims (the “Clearing Claims”) against the estate of Lehman Brothers Inc. (“LBI”), LBHI’s broker-dealer subsidiary. These claims have been paid in full, subject to the outcome of the litigation. Discovery is underway, with any trial unlikely to begin before 2013. In August 2011, LBHI and the Committee filed an objection to the deficiency claims asserted by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. against LBHI with respect to the Clearing Claims, principally on the grounds that the Firm had not conducted the sale of the securities collateral held for such claims in a commercially reasonable
 
manner. In September 2012, LBHI and several of its subsidiaries that had been Chapter 11 debtors filed an objection to derivatives claims asserted by the Firm alleging that the amount of the derivatives claims had been overstated and challenging certain set-offs taken by the JPMorgan entities to recover on the claims.
LIBOR Investigations and Litigation. JPMorgan Chase has received subpoenas and requests for documents and, in some cases, interviews, from federal and state agencies and entities, including the DOJ, CFTC, SEC, and various state attorneys general, as well as the European Commission, UK Financial Services Authority, Canadian Competition Bureau, Swiss Competition Commission and other regulatory authorities and banking associations around the world. The documents and information sought relate primarily to the process by which interest rates were submitted to the British Bankers Association (“BBA”) in connection with the setting of the BBA’s London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for various currencies, principally in 2007 and 2008. Some of the inquiries also relate to similar processes by which information on rates is submitted to European Banking Federation (“EBF”) in connection with the setting of the EBF’s Euro Interbank Offered Rates (“EURIBOR”) and to the Japanese Bankers’ Association for the setting of Tokyo Interbank Offered Rates (“TIBOR”) as well as to other processes for the setting of other reference rates in various parts of the world during similar time periods. The Firm is cooperating with these inquiries.
In addition, the Firm has been named as a defendant along with other banks in a series of individual and class actions filed in various United States District Courts in which plaintiffs make varying allegations that in various periods, starting in 2000 or later, defendants either individually or collectively suppressed or otherwise manipulated the U.S. dollar LIBOR and Euroyen TIBOR rates by submitting rates that were artificially low or high. Plaintiffs allege that they transacted in loans, derivatives or other financial instruments whose values are impacted by changes in U.S. dollar LIBOR, Yen LIBOR, or Euroyen TIBOR and assert a variety of claims including antitrust claims seeking treble damages.
The U.S. dollar LIBOR actions have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In November 2011, the Court entered an Order appointing interim lead counsel for two proposed classes: (i) plaintiffs who allegedly purchased U.S. dollar LIBOR-based financial instruments directly from the defendants in the over-the-counter market, and (ii) plaintiffs who allegedly purchased U.S. dollar LIBOR-based financial instruments on an exchange. In March 2012, the Court also accepted the transfer of a related action which seeks to bring claims on behalf of a third proposed class of purchasers of debt securities that pay an interest rate linked to U.S. dollar LIBOR. In June 2012, the defendants moved to dismiss all claims in these three U.S. dollar LIBOR purported class actions and the three related individual actions pending before the Court. In September 2012, the parties completed briefing on the


200


defendants’ motions to dismiss. The Court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss.
The Court also has pending before it six additional U.S. dollar LIBOR putative class actions. Two of these actions seek to bring claims on behalf of purchasers of over-the-counter transactions in U.S. dollar-based derivatives from certain non-party commercial banking and insurance institutions in the United States. The other four actions seek to bring claims on behalf of: (i) U.S. community banks that issued loans with interest rates tied to U.S. dollar LIBOR; (ii) all lending institutions which are either headquartered or have a majority of their operations in the State of New York and which originated or purchased loans paying interest rates tied to U.S. dollar LIBOR; (iii) all persons and entities who owned a preferred equity security on which dividends are payable at a rate tied to U.S. dollar LIBOR; and (iv) all persons or entities within the U.S. who entered into an adjustable mortgage rate loan agreement that had an interest rate indexed to U.S. dollar LIBOR and that was securitized into a security that was issued by or owned by the defendants. The Court has stayed these purported class actions until it rules on the defendants’ pending motions to dismiss.
The Firm also has been named as a defendant in a purported class action filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York which seeks to bring claims on behalf of plaintiffs who allegedly purchased or sold exchange-traded Euroyen futures and options contracts. In October 2012, the Court ordered plaintiff to file any amended complaint by November 30, 2012, after which the defendants will have 60 days to file responsive pleadings or motions to dismiss.
In addition, the Firm was previously named as a defendant in a purported class action filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York which sought to bring claims on behalf of plaintiffs in the United States who allegedly purchased or sold EURIBOR-related financial instruments, either on an exchange or in over-the-counter transactions. In August 2012, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed this action without prejudice.
Madoff Litigation. JPMorgan Chase & Co., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and J.P. Morgan Securities plc have been named as defendants in a lawsuit brought by the trustee (the “Trustee”) for the liquidation of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (“Madoff”). The Trustee has served an amended complaint in which he has asserted 28 causes of action against JPMorgan Chase, 20 of which seek to avoid certain transfers (direct or indirect) made to JPMorgan Chase that are alleged to have been preferential or fraudulent under the federal Bankruptcy Code and the New York Debtor and Creditor Law. The remaining causes of action involve claims for, among other things, aiding and abetting fraud, aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty, conversion, contribution and unjust enrichment. The complaint generally alleges that JPMorgan Chase, as Madoff’s long-time bank, facilitated the maintenance of Madoff’s Ponzi scheme and overlooked
 
signs of wrongdoing in order to obtain profits and fees. The complaint asserts common law claims that purport to seek approximately $19 billion in damages, together with bankruptcy law claims to recover approximately $425 million in transfers that JPMorgan Chase allegedly received directly or indirectly from Bernard Madoff’s brokerage firm. In October 2011, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York granted JPMorgan Chase’s motion to dismiss the common law claims asserted by the Trustee, and returned the remaining claims to the Bankruptcy Court for further proceedings. The Trustee has appealed this decision.
Separately, J.P. Morgan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, JPMorgan (Suisse) SA, J.P. Morgan Securities plc, Bear Stearns Alternative Assets International Ltd., J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp., J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg SA, and J.P. Morgan Markets Limited (formerly Bear Stearns International Limited) have been named as defendants in lawsuits presently pending in Bankruptcy Court in New York arising out of the liquidation proceedings of Fairfield Sentry Limited and Fairfield Sigma Limited (together, “Fairfield”), so-called Madoff feeder funds. These actions are based on theories of mistake and restitution, among other theories, and seek to recover payments made to defendants by the funds totaling approximately $155 million. Pursuant to an agreement with the Trustee, the liquidators of Fairfield have voluntarily dismissed their action against J.P. Morgan Securities plc without prejudice to refiling. The other actions remain outstanding. In addition, a purported class action was brought by investors in certain feeder funds against JPMorgan Chase in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, as was a motion by separate potential class plaintiffs to add claims against JPMorgan Chase & Co., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities plc to an already-pending purported class action in the same court. The allegations in these complaints largely track those raised by the Trustee. The Court dismissed these complaints and plaintiffs have appealed.
The Firm is a defendant in five other Madoff-related actions pending in New York state court and one purported class action in federal District Court in New York. The allegations in all of these actions are essentially identical, and involve claims against the Firm for, among other things, aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty, conversion and unjust enrichment. The Firm has moved to dismiss both the state and federal actions.
The Firm is also responding to various governmental inquiries concerning the Madoff matter.
MF Global. As previously disclosed, JPMorgan Chase & Co. was named as one of several defendants in a number of putative class action lawsuits brought by former customers of MF Global in federal District Courts in New York, Illinois and Montana. The lawsuits have been consolidated before the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The actions alleged, among other things, that the Firm aided and abetted MF Global’s alleged misuse of


201


customer money and breaches of fiduciary duty and was unjustly enriched by the transfer of certain customer segregated funds by MF Global. The Firm has entered into a tolling agreement with counsel for the class plaintiffs and an individual plaintiff, pursuant to which the plaintiffs have agreed not to pursue any such claims against the Firm in these actions for so long as the tolling agreement remains in effect.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC has been named as one of several defendants in a number of purported class actions filed by purchasers of MF Global’s publicly traded securities, including the securities issued pursuant to MF Global’s June 2010 secondary offering of common stock and February 2011 and August 2011 convertible note offerings. The actions have been consolidated before the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In August 2012, the lead plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which asserts violations of the Securities Act of 1933 against the underwriter defendants and alleges that the offering documents contained materially false and misleading statements and omissions regarding MF Global’s financial position, internal controls and risk management, as such topics relate to the company’s exposure to European sovereign debt.
In June 2012, the Securities Investor Protection Act (“SIPA”) Trustee issued a Report of the Trustee’s Investigation and Recommendations, and stated that he is considering potential claims against the Firm with respect to certain transfers identified in the Report. Discussions with the SIPA Trustee regarding possible resolution of potential claims against the Firm are ongoing.
The Firm has responded to and continues to respond to inquiries from the CFTC, SEC, SIPA Trustee and Bankruptcy Trustee concerning MF Global.
Mortgage-Backed Securities and Repurchase Litigation and Regulatory Investigations. JPMorgan Chase and affiliates, Bear Stearns and affiliates and Washington Mutual affiliates have been named as defendants in a number of cases in their various roles as issuer, originator or underwriter in MBS offerings. These cases include purported class action suits, actions by individual purchasers of securities or by trustees for the benefit of purchasers of securities, an action by the New York State Attorney General and actions by monoline insurance companies that guaranteed payments of principal and interest for particular tranches of securities offerings. Although the allegations vary by lawsuit, these cases generally allege that the offering documents for securities issued by dozens of securitization trusts contained material misrepresentations and omissions, including with regard to the underwriting standards pursuant to which the underlying mortgage loans were issued, or assert that various representations or warranties relating to the loans were breached at the time of origination. There are currently pending and tolled investor claims involving approximately $140 billion of such securities. In addition, and as described below, there are pending and threatened claims by monoline insurers
 
and by and on behalf of trustees that involve some of these and other securitizations.
In the actions against the Firm as an MBS issuer (and, in some cases, also as an underwriter of its own MBS offerings), three purported class actions are pending against JPMorgan Chase and Bear Stearns, and/or certain of their affiliates and current and former employees, in the United States District Courts for the Eastern and Southern Districts of New York. Motions to dismiss have been largely denied in these cases, although in certain cases defendants have sought to appeal aspects of the decision, and they are in various stages of litigation. A settlement of a fourth purported class action that is pending in the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington against Washington Mutual affiliates, WaMu Asset Acceptance Corp. and WaMu Capital Corp. and certain former officers or directors of WaMu Asset Acceptance Corp., has been preliminarily approved by the court.
In addition to class actions, the Firm is also a defendant in individual actions brought against certain affiliates of JPMorgan Chase, Bear Stearns and Washington Mutual as issuers (and, in some cases, as underwriters) of MBS. These actions involve claims by or to benefit various institutional investors and governmental agencies. These actions are pending in federal and state courts across the United States and are in various stages of litigation.
In actions against the Firm solely as an underwriter of other issuers’ MBS offerings, the Firm has contractual rights to indemnification from the issuers. However, those indemnity rights may prove effectively unenforceable where the issuers are now defunct, such as in pending cases where the Firm has been named involving affiliates of IndyMac Bancorp and Thornburg Mortgage. The Firm may also be contractually obligated to indemnify underwriters in certain deals it issued.
EMC Mortgage LLC (formerly EMC Mortgage Corporation) (“EMC”), an indirect subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co., and certain other JPMorgan Chase entities currently are defendants in nine pending actions commenced by bond insurers that guaranteed payments of principal and interest on certain classes of 19 different MBS offerings. These actions are pending in federal and state courts in New York and are in various stages of litigation. Certain JPMorgan Chase entities, in their capacities as alleged successors in interest to Bear Stearns and EMC, have been named as defendants in a civil suit filed by the New York Attorney General in New York state court in connection with Bear Stearns’ due diligence and quality control practices relating to MBS.
The Firm or its affiliates are defendants in actions brought by trustees of various MBS trusts and others on behalf of the purchasers of securities issued by those trusts. The first action was commenced by Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, acting as trustee for various MBS trusts, against the Firm and the FDIC based on MBS issued by Washington Mutual Bank and its affiliates; that case is described in the Washington Mutual Litigations section below. The other


202


actions are at various initial stages of litigation in the New York and Delaware state courts, including actions brought by MBS trustees, each specific to a single MBS transaction, against EMC and/or JPMorgan Chase. These cases generally allege breaches of various representations and warranties regarding securitized loans and seek repurchase of those loans, as well as indemnification of attorneys’ fees and costs and other remedies.
There is no assurance that the Firm will not be named as a defendant in additional MBS-related litigation, and the Firm has entered into agreements with a number of entities that purchased such securities that toll applicable limitations periods with respect to their claims. In addition, the Firm has received several demands by securitization trustees that threaten litigation, as well as demands by investors directing or threatening to direct trustees to investigate claims or bring litigation, based on purported obligations to repurchase loans out of securitization trusts and alleged servicing deficiencies. These include but are not limited to a demand from a law firm, as counsel to a group of purchasers of MBS that purport to have 25% or more of the voting rights in as many as 191 different trusts sponsored by the Firm or its affiliates with an original principal balance of more than $174 billion (excluding 52 trusts sponsored by Washington Mutual, with an original principal balance of more than $58 billion), made to various trustees to investigate potential repurchase and servicing claims. Further, there have been repurchase and servicing claims made in litigation against trustees not affiliated with the Firm, but involving trusts the Firm sponsored.
In April 2012, the Court granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss a shareholder complaint filed in New York Supreme Court against the Firm and two affiliates, members of the boards of directors thereof and certain employees, asserting claims based on alleged wrongful actions and inactions relating to residential mortgage originations and securitizations. The plaintiff has appealed the order. A second shareholder complaint has been filed in New York Supreme Court against current and former members of the Firm’s Board of Directors and the Firm, as nominal defendant, alleging that the Board allowed the Firm to engage in wrongful conduct regarding the sale of residential MBS and failed to implement adequate internal controls to prevent such wrongdoing.
In addition to the above-described litigation, the Firm has also received, and responded to, a number of subpoenas and informal requests for information from federal and state authorities concerning mortgage-related matters, including inquiries concerning a number of transactions involving the Firm and its affiliates’ origination and purchase of whole loans, underwriting and issuance of MBS, treatment of early payment defaults and potential breaches of securitization representations and warranties, reserves and due diligence in connection with securitizations. In January 2012, the Firm was advised by SEC staff that they are considering recommending to the Commission that civil or administrative actions be pursued arising out of two separate investigations they have been conducting. The first
 
now involves potential claims against J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Acceptance Corporation I relating to delinquency disclosures in connection with a single mortgage-backed securitization. The second involves potential claims against Bear Stearns entities and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC relating to disclosures concerning settlements of claims against originators involving loans included in a number of Bear Stearns securitizations. The Firm has reached an agreement in principle with the staff of the SEC to resolve these matters. The agreement in principle is subject to approval by the SEC, as well as court approval. There can be no assurance that the agreement in principle will be approved.
Mortgage Foreclosure Investigations and Litigation. JPMorgan Chase and four other firms agreed to a settlement (the “global settlement”) with a number of federal and state government agencies, including the DOJ, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the State Attorneys General, relating to the servicing and origination of mortgages. The global settlement was approved by the federal District Court for the District of Columbia effective April 5, 2012. Pursuant to the global settlement, the Firm is required to make certain payments, provide various forms of relief to certain borrowers and adhere to certain enhanced mortgage servicing standards. The global settlement releases the Firm from various state and federal claims, but these releases do not include claims arising out of securitization activities, including representations made to investors concerning MBS, criminal claims and repurchase demands from the GSEs, among other items. The New York Department of Financial Services was not a party to the settlement and did not release any claims.
The Attorneys General of Massachusetts and New York have separately filed lawsuits against the Firm, other servicers and a mortgage recording company asserting claims for various alleged wrongdoings relating to mortgage assignments and use of the industry’s electronic mortgage registry. The Firm has moved to dismiss these actions.
Six purported class action lawsuits were filed against the Firm relating to its mortgage foreclosure procedures. Two of the class actions have been dismissed with prejudice and one settled on an individual basis. Of the remaining active actions, one is in the discovery phase and the other two have motions to dismiss pending. Additionally, the purported class action brought against Bank of America involving an EMC loan has been dismissed.
Two shareholder derivative actions have been filed in New York Supreme Court against the Firm’s Board of Directors alleging that the Board failed to exercise adequate oversight as to wrongful conduct by the Firm regarding mortgage servicing. These actions seek declaratory relief and damages. In July 2012, the Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in the first-filed action and gave plaintiff 45 days in which to file an amended complaint. In October 2012, the Court entered a stipulated order consolidating the actions and staying all proceedings


203


pending the plaintiffs’ decision whether to file a consolidated complaint after the Firm completes its response to a demand submitted by one of the plaintiffs under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
The Firm has received subpoenas from the United States Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York in connection with the participation by JPMorgan Chase and Washington Mutual in the Federal Housing Administration’s Direct Endorsement Program. The Firm continues to provide documents and information pursuant to the subpoenas.
Municipal Derivatives Investigations and Litigation. Purported class action lawsuits and individual actions have been filed against JPMorgan Chase and Bear Stearns, as well as numerous other providers and brokers, alleging antitrust violations in the market for financial instruments related to municipal bond offerings referred to collectively as “municipal derivatives.” In July 2011, the Firm settled with federal and state governmental agencies to resolve their investigations into similar alleged conduct. The municipal derivatives actions have been consolidated and/or coordinated in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In April 2012, JPMorgan and Bear Stearns reached an agreement to settle the municipal derivatives actions for $45 million. The settlement is subject to court approval.
In addition, civil actions have been commenced against the Firm relating to certain Jefferson County, Alabama (the “County”) warrant underwritings and swap transactions. In November 2009, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC settled with the SEC to resolve its investigation into those transactions. Following that settlement, the County filed an action against the Firm and several other defendants in Alabama state court. An action on behalf of a purported class of sewer rate payers has also been filed in Alabama state court. The suits allege that the Firm made payments to certain third parties in exchange for being chosen to underwrite more than $3 billion in warrants issued by the County and to act as the counterparty for certain swaps executed by the County. The complaints also allege that the Firm concealed these third-party payments and that, but for this concealment, the County would not have entered into the transactions. The Court denied the Firm’s motions to dismiss the complaints in both proceedings. The Firm filed mandamus petitions with the Alabama Supreme Court, seeking immediate appellate review of these decisions. The mandamus petition in the County’s lawsuit was denied in April 2011. In November and December, 2011, the County filed notices of bankruptcy with the trial court in each of the cases and with the Alabama Supreme Court stating that it was a Chapter 9 Debtor in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Alabama. Subsequently, the portion of the sewer rate payer action involving claims against the Firm was removed by certain defendants to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. In its order finding that removal of this action was proper, the District Court referred the action to the District’s
 
Bankruptcy Court, where the action remains pending. Discovery in the County’s action is ongoing.
In September 2012, a group of purported creditors of the County initiated an adversary proceeding and filed a purported class action complaint alleging that certain warrants were issued unlawfully and were thus null and void and seeking $1.6 billion in damages from the Firm and other defendants involved in the Jefferson County financing transactions. The Firm’s response to that complaint is currently due in November 2012.
Two insurance companies that guaranteed the payment of principal and interest on warrants issued by the County have filed separate actions against the Firm in New York state court. Their complaints assert that the Firm fraudulently misled them into issuing insurance based upon substantially the same alleged conduct described above and other alleged non-disclosures. One insurer claims that it insured an aggregate principal amount of nearly $1.2 billion and seeks unspecified damages in excess of $400 million as well as unspecified punitive damages. The other insurer claims that it insured an aggregate principal amount of more than $378 million and seeks recovery of $4 million allegedly paid under the policies to date as well as any future payments and unspecified punitive damages. In December 2010, the court denied the Firm’s motions to dismiss each of the complaints. The Firm has filed a cross-claim and a third party claim against the County for indemnity and contribution. The County moved to dismiss, which the court denied in August 2011. In consequence of its November 2011 bankruptcy filing, the County has asserted that these actions are stayed. In February 2012, one of the insurers filed a motion for a declaration that its action is not stayed as against the Firm or, in the alternative, for an order lifting the stay as against the Firm. The Firm and the County opposed the motion, which remains pending.
Option Adjustable Rate Mortgage Litigation. The Firm is defending four purported and three certified class actions all pending in federal courts in California asserting that several JPMorgan Chase entities violated the federal Truth in Lending Act and state unfair business practice statutes in failing to provide adequate disclosures in Option Adjustable Rate Mortgage (“ARM”) loans regarding the resetting of introductory interest rates and that negative amortization was certain to occur if a borrower made the minimum monthly payment. With respect to the former Washington Mutual and Bear Stearns defendants who purchased Option ARM loans from third-party originators, plaintiffs allege that those entities aided and abetted the original lenders’ alleged violations. Classes have been certified in three of the actions. In one of the certified class actions, the Firm has moved for decertification of the class and for summary judgment. The Firm has sought permission to immediately appeal the remaining class certification decisions.
Overdraft Fee/Debit Posting Order Litigation. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has been named as a defendant in several purported class actions relating to its practices in posting


204


debit card transactions to customers’ deposit accounts. Plaintiffs allege that the Firm improperly re-ordered debit card transactions from the highest amount to the lowest amount before processing these transactions in order to generate unwarranted overdraft fees. Plaintiffs contend that the Firm should have processed such transactions in the chronological order they were authorized. Plaintiffs seek the disgorgement of all overdraft fees paid to the Firm by plaintiffs since approximately 2003 as a result of the re-ordering of debit card transactions. The claims against the Firm have been consolidated with numerous complaints against other national banks in multi-District litigation pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The Firm has reached an agreement to settle this matter in exchange for the Firm paying $110 million and agreeing to change certain overdraft fee practices. On May 24, 2012, the Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement and scheduled a final approval hearing in December 2012.
Petters Bankruptcy and Related Matters. JPMorgan Chase and certain of its affiliates, including One Equity Partners (“OEP”), have been named as defendants in several actions filed in connection with the receivership and bankruptcy proceedings pertaining to Thomas J. Petters and certain affiliated entities (collectively, “Petters”) and the Polaroid Corporation. The principal actions against JPMorgan Chase and its affiliates have been brought by a court-appointed receiver for Petters and the trustees in bankruptcy proceedings for three Petters entities. These actions generally seek to avoid, on fraudulent transfer and preference grounds, certain purported transfers in connection with (i) the 2005 acquisition by Petters of Polaroid, which at the time was majority-owned by OEP; (ii) two credit facilities that JPMorgan Chase and other financial institutions entered into with Polaroid; and (iii) a credit line and investment accounts held by Petters. The actions collectively seek recovery of approximately $450 million. Defendants have moved to dismiss the complaints in the actions filed by the Petters bankruptcy trustees and the parties have agreed to stay the action brought by the Receiver until after the Bankruptcy Court rules on the pending motions.
Securities Lending Litigation. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has been named as a defendant in four putative class actions asserting ERISA and other claims pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York brought by participants in the Firm’s securities lending business. A fifth lawsuit was filed in New York state court by an individual participant in the program. Three of the purported class actions, which have been consolidated, relate to investments of approximately $500 million in medium-term notes of Sigma Finance Inc. (“Sigma”). In August 2010, the Court certified a plaintiff class consisting of all securities lending participants that held Sigma medium-term notes on September 30, 2008, including those that held the notes by virtue of participation in the investment of cash collateral through a collective fund, as well as those that held the notes by virtue of the investment
 
of cash collateral through individual accounts. The Court granted JPMorgan Chase’s motion for partial summary judgment as to plaintiffs’ duty of loyalty claim, finding that the Firm did not have a conflict of interest when it provided repurchase financing to Sigma while also holding Sigma medium-term notes in securities lending accounts. The parties reached an agreement to settle this action for $150 million. The Court granted final approval to the settlement in June 2012.
The fourth putative class action concerns investments of approximately $500 million in Lehman Brothers medium-term notes. The Court granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss all claims in April 2012. The plaintiff filed a third amended complaint, and the Firm’s motion to dismiss this complaint is pending. The New York state court action, which is not a class action, concerns the plaintiff’s alleged loss of money in both Sigma and Lehman Brothers medium-term notes. The Firm has answered the complaint. Discovery is complete and motions for summary judgment are due in November 2012.
Washington Mutual Litigations. Proceedings related to Washington Mutual’s failure are pending before the United States District Court for the District of Columbia and include a lawsuit brought by Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, initially against the FDIC, asserting an estimated $6 billion to $10 billion in damages based upon alleged breach of various mortgage securitization agreements and alleged violation of certain representations and warranties given by certain Washington Mutual, Inc. (“WMI”) subsidiaries in connection with those securitization agreements. The case includes assertions that JPMorgan Chase may have assumed liabilities for alleged breaches of representations and warranties in the mortgage securitization agreements. The District Court denied as premature motions by the Firm and the FDIC that sought a ruling on whether the FDIC retained liability for Deutsche Bank’s claims. Discovery is underway.
In addition, JPMorgan Chase was sued in an action originally filed in state court in Texas (the “Texas Action”) by certain holders of WMI common stock and debt of WMI and Washington Mutual Bank who seek unspecified damages alleging that JPMorgan Chase acquired substantially all of the assets of Washington Mutual Bank from the FDIC at a price that was allegedly too low. The Texas Action was transferred to the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, which ultimately granted JPMorgan Chase’s and the FDIC’s motions to dismiss the complaint, but the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit reversed the District Court’s dismissal and remanded the case for further proceedings. Plaintiffs, who sue now only as holders of Washington Mutual Bank debt following their voluntary dismissal of claims brought as holders of WMI common stock and debt, have filed an amended complaint alleging that JPMorgan Chase caused the closure of Washington Mutual Bank and damaged them by causing their bonds issued by Washington Mutual Bank, which had a total face value of $38 million, to lose substantially all of their value. JPMorgan Chase and the


205


FDIC moved to dismiss this action and the District Court dismissed the case except as to the plaintiffs’ claim that the Firm tortiously interfered with the plaintiffs’ bond contracts with Washington Mutual Bank prior to its closure.
* * *
In addition to the various legal proceedings discussed above, JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries are named as defendants or are otherwise involved in a substantial number of other legal proceedings. The Firm believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding legal proceedings and it intends to defend itself vigorously in all such matters. Additional legal proceedings may be initiated from time to time in the future.
The Firm has established reserves for several hundred of its currently outstanding legal proceedings. The Firm accrues for potential liability arising from such proceedings when it is probable that such liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Firm evaluates its outstanding legal proceedings each quarter to assess its litigation reserves, and makes adjustments in such reserves, upwards or downwards, as appropriate, based on management’s best judgment after consultation with counsel. The Firm incurred litigation expense of $790 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, during the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and $3.8 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. There is no assurance that the Firm’s litigation reserves will not need to be adjusted in the future.
 
In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the matters present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in early stages of discovery, the Firm cannot state with confidence what will be the eventual outcomes of the currently pending matters, the timing of their ultimate resolution or the eventual losses, fines, penalties or impact related to those matters. JPMorgan Chase believes, based upon its current knowledge, after consultation with counsel and after taking into account its current litigation reserves, that the legal proceedings currently pending against it should not have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s consolidated financial condition. The Firm notes, however, that in light of the uncertainties involved in such proceedings, there is no assurance the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves it has currently accrued; as a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to JPMorgan Chase’s operating results for a particular period, depending on, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of JPMorgan Chase’s income for that period.


206


Note 24 – Business segments
The Firm is managed on a line-of-business basis. There are six major reportable business segments – Investment Bank, Retail Financial Services, Card Services & Auto, Commercial Banking, Treasury & Securities Services and Asset Management. In addition, there is a Corporate/Private Equity segment. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Results of these lines of business are presented on a managed basis. For a definition of managed basis, see the footnotes to the table below. For a further discussion concerning JPMorgan Chase’s business segments, see Business Segment Results on pages 17–18 of this Form 10-Q, and pages 76–78 and Note 33 on pages 300–303 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.
Business segment changes
On July 27, 2012, the Firm announced that it will be reorganizing its business segments to reflect the manner in which the segments will be managed. The reorganization of the business segments is expected to be effective beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012. As a result, Retail Financial Services (“RFS”) and Card Services & Auto (“Card”) businesses will be combined to form the Consumer & Community Banking segment. The Investment Bank (“IB”) and Treasury & Securities Services (“TSS”) businesses will be combined to form the Corporate & Investment Bank segment. Asset Management (“AM”) and Commercial Banking (“CB”) will remain unchanged. In addition, Corporate/Private Equity will not be significantly affected.
 
Segment results
The following tables provide a summary of the Firm’s segment results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, on a managed basis. Total net revenue (noninterest revenue and net interest income) for each of the segments is presented on a fully taxable-equivalent (“FTE”) basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. This non-GAAP financial measure allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense/(benefit).
Effective January 1, 2012, the Firm revised the capital allocated to certain businesses, reflecting additional refinement of each segment’s estimated Basel III Tier 1 common capital requirements and balance sheet trends.


207


Segment results and reconciliation(a)
As of or for the three months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
Investment Bank
 
Retail Financial Services
 
Card Services & Auto
 
Commercial Banking
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Noninterest revenue
$
4,470

$
4,293

 
$
4,141

$
3,473

 
$
1,280

$
1,254

 
$
586

$
524

Net interest income
1,807

2,076

 
3,872

4,062

 
3,443

3,521

 
1,146

1,064

Total net revenue
6,277

6,369

 
8,013

7,535

 
4,723

4,775

 
1,732

1,588

Provision for credit losses
(48
)
54

 
631

1,027

 
1,231

1,264

 
(16
)
67

Credit allocation income/(expense)(b)


 


 


 


Noninterest expense
3,907

3,799

 
5,039

4,565

 
1,920

2,115

 
601

573

Income/(loss) before
income tax expense/(benefit)
2,418

2,516

 
2,343

1,943

 
1,572

1,396

 
1,147

948

Income tax expense/(benefit)
846

880

 
935

782

 
618

547

 
457

377

Net income/(loss)
$
1,572

$
1,636

 
$
1,408

$
1,161

 
$
954

$
849

 
$
690

$
571

Average common equity
$
40,000

$
40,000

 
$
26,500

$
25,000

 
$
16,500

$
16,000

 
$
9,500

$
8,000

Total assets (period-end)
838,753

824,733

 
259,238

276,799

 
200,812

199,473

 
168,124

151,095

Return on common equity
16
%
16
%
 
21
%
18
%
 
23
%
21
%
 
29
%
28
%
Overhead ratio
62

60

 
63

61

 
41

44

 
35

36

As of or for the three months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
Treasury & Securities Services
 
Asset Management
 
Corporate/Private Equity 
 
Reconciling Items(c)
 
Total
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Noninterest revenue
$
1,048

$
1,107

 
$
1,907

$
1,898

 
$
1,201

$
(140
)
 
$
(463
)
$
(463
)
 
$
14,170

$
11,946

Net interest income
981

801

 
552

418

 
(625
)
8

 
(200
)
(133
)
 
10,976

11,817

Total net revenue
2,029

1,908

 
2,459

2,316

 
576

(132
)
 
(663
)
(596
)
 
25,146

23,763

Provision for credit losses
(12
)
(20
)
 
14

26

 
(11
)
(7
)
 


 
1,789

2,411

Credit allocation income/(expense)(b)
54

9

 


 


 
(54
)
(9
)
 


Noninterest expense
1,443

1,470

 
1,731

1,796

 
730

1,216

 


 
15,371

15,534

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)
652

467

 
714

494

 
(143
)
(1,341
)
 
(717
)
(605
)
 
7,986

5,818

Income tax expense/(benefit)
232

162

 
271

109

 
(364
)
(696
)
 
(717
)
(605
)
 
2,278

1,556

Net income/(loss)
$
420

$
305

 
$
443

$
385

 
$
221

$
(645
)
 
$

$

 
$
5,708

$
4,262

Average common equity
$
7,500

$
7,000

 
$
7,000

$
6,500

 
$
79,590

$
71,954

 
$

$

 
$
186,590

$
174,454

Total assets (period-end)
65,337

62,364

 
103,608

81,179

 
685,412

693,597

 
NA

NA

 
2,321,284

2,289,240

Return on common equity
22
%
17
%
 
25
%
24
%
 
NM

NM

 
NM

NM

 
12
%
9
%
Overhead ratio
71

77

 
70

78

 
NM

NM

 
NM

NM

 
61

65



208


As of or for the nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
Investment Bank
 
Retail Financial Services
 
Card Services & Auto
 
Commercial Banking
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Noninterest revenue
$
14,930

$
15,702

 
$
11,899

$
7,968

 
$
3,777

$
3,607

 
$
1,705

$
1,624

Net interest income
5,434

6,214

 
11,698

12,175

 
10,185

10,720

 
3,375

3,107

Total net revenue
20,364

21,916

 
23,597

20,143

 
13,962

14,327

 
5,080

4,731

Provision for credit losses
(32
)
(558
)
 
(20
)
3,220

 
2,703

2,561

 
44

168

Credit allocation income/(expense)(b)


 


 


 


Noninterest expense
12,447

13,147

 
14,774

14,736

 
6,045

6,020

 
1,790

1,699

Income/(loss) before
income tax expense/(benefit)
7,949

9,327

 
8,843

2,187

 
5,214

5,746

 
3,246

2,864

Income tax expense/(benefit)
2,782

3,264

 
3,415

1,042

 
2,047

2,253

 
1,292

1,140

Net income/(loss)
$
5,167

$
6,063

 
$
5,428

$
1,145

 
$
3,167

$
3,493

 
$
1,954

$
1,724

Average common equity
$
40,000

$
40,000

 
$
26,500

$
25,000

 
$
16,500

$
16,000

 
$
9,500

$
8,000

Total assets (period-end)
838,753

824,733

 
259,238

276,799

 
200,812

199,473

 
168,124

151,095

Return on common equity
17
%
20
%
 
27
%
6
%
 
26
%
29
%
 
27
%
29
%
Overhead ratio
61

60

 
63

73

 
43

42

 
35

36

As of or for the nine months ended
September 30,
(in millions, except ratios)
Treasury & Securities Services
 
Asset Management
 
Corporate/Private Equity 
 
Reconciling Items(c)
 
Total
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
 
2012
2011
Noninterest revenue
$
3,266

$
3,427

 
$
5,646

$
6,057

 
$
(190
)
$
3,185

 
$
(1,443
)
$
(1,365
)
 
$
39,590

$
40,205

Net interest income
2,929

2,253

 
1,547

1,202

 
(814
)
260

 
(566
)
(373
)
 
33,788

35,558

Total net revenue
6,195

5,680

 
7,193

7,259

 
(1,004
)
3,445

 
(2,009
)
(1,738
)
 
73,378

75,763

Provision for credit losses
(2
)
(18
)
 
67

43

 
(31
)
(26
)
 


 
2,729

5,390

Credit allocation income/(expense)(b)
125

68

 


 


 
(125
)
(68
)
 


Noninterest expense
4,407

4,300

 
5,161

5,250

 
4,058

3,219

 


 
48,682

48,371

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)
1,915

1,466

 
1,965

1,966

 
(5,031
)
252

 
(2,134
)
(1,806
)
 
21,967

22,002

Income tax expense/(benefit)
681

512

 
745

676

 
(2,453
)
(327
)
 
(2,134
)
(1,806
)
 
6,375

6,754

Net income/(loss)
$
1,234

$
954

 
$
1,220

$
1,290

 
$
(2,578
)
$
579

 
$

$

 
$
15,592

$
15,248

Average common equity
$
7,500

$
7,000

 
$
7,000

$
6,500

 
$
74,791

$
70,167

 
$

$

 
$
181,791

$
172,667

Total assets (period-end)
65,337

62,364

 
103,608

81,179

 
685,412

693,597

 
NA

NA

 
2,321,284

2,289,240

Return on common equity
22
%
18
%
 
23
%
27
%
 
NM

NM

 
NM

NM

 
11
%
11
%
Overhead ratio
71

76

 
72

72

 
NM

NM

 
NM

NM

 
66

64

(a)
In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews the Firm’s lines of business results on a “managed basis,” which is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications as discussed below that do not have any impact on net income as reported by the lines of business or by the Firm as a whole.
(b)
IB manages traditional credit exposures related to the Global Corporate Bank (“GCB”) on behalf of IB and TSS, and IB and TSS share the economics related to the Firm’s GCB clients. Included within this allocation are net revenue, provision for credit losses and expenses. IB recognizes this credit allocation as a component of all other income.
(c)
Segment managed results reflect revenue on a FTE basis with the corresponding income tax impact recorded within income tax expense/(benefit). These adjustments are eliminated in reconciling items to arrive at the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results. FTE adjustments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, were as follows.
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2012

2011

 
2012

2011

Noninterest revenue
$
517

$
472

 
$
1,568

$
1,433

Net interest income
200

133

 
566

373

Income tax expense
717

605

 
2,134

1,806


209


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
We have reviewed the consolidated balance sheet of JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of September 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and of comprehensive income for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2011, and the consolidated statements of cash flows and of changes in stockholders’ equity for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2011, included in the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2012. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Firm’s management.
We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein), and in our report dated February 29, 2012, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.


November 8, 2012




















PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 300 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017

210


JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated average balance sheets, interest and rates
(Taxable-equivalent interest and rates; in millions, except rates)
 
Three months ended September 30, 2012
 
Three months ended September 30, 2011
 
Average
balance
Interest(d)
 
Rate
(annualized)
 
Average
balance
Interest(d)
 
Rate
(annualized)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits with banks
$
126,605

$
132

 
0.41
%
 
 
$
116,062

$
184

 
0.63
%
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
233,576

569

 
0.97

 
 
211,884

683

 
1.28

 
Securities borrowed(a)
134,980

(18
)
 
(0.05
)
 
 
131,615

18

 
0.05

 
Trading assets – debt instruments
228,120

2,182

 
3.81

 
 
257,950

2,805

 
4.32

 
Securities
351,733

1,862

 
2.11

(e) 
 
331,330

2,218

 
2.66

(e) 
Loans
723,077

9,058

 
4.98

 
 
692,794

9,227

 
5.28

 
Other assets(b)
31,689

44

 
0.55

 
 
42,760

158

 
1.47

 
Total interest-earning assets
1,829,780

13,829

 
3.01

 
 
1,784,395

15,293

 
3.40

 
Allowance for loan losses
(23,638
)
 
 
 
 
 
(28,388
)
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
55,288

 
 
 
 
 
45,018

 
 
 
 
Trading assets – equity instruments
103,279

 
 
 
 
 
119,890

 
 
 
 
Trading assets – derivative receivables
85,303

 
 
 
 
 
96,612

 
 
 
 
Goodwill
48,158

 
 
 
 
 
48,631

 
 
 
 
Other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
7,055

 
 
 
 
 
10,166

 
 
 
 
Purchased credit card relationships
437

 
 
 
 
 
707

 
 
 
 
Other intangibles
2,292

 
 
 
 
 
2,838

 
 
 
 
Other assets
143,803

 
 
 
 
 
150,678

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,251,757

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,230,547

 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
$
742,570

$
626

 
0.34
%
 
 
$
740,901

$
993

 
0.53
%
 
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
251,071

142

 
0.22

 
 
235,438

108

 
0.18

 
Commercial paper
52,523

25

 
0.19

 
 
47,027

19

 
0.16

 
Trading liabilities – debt, short-term and other liabilities(a)(c)
189,981

240

 
0.50

 
 
215,064

570

 
1.05

 
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
56,609

156

 
1.09

 
 
66,545

176

 
1.05

 
Long-term debt
231,723

1,464

 
2.51

 
 
279,235

1,477

 
2.10

 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,524,477

2,653

 
0.69

 
 
1,584,210

3,343

 
0.84

 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
355,478

 
 
 
 
 
297,610

 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities – equity instruments
16,244

 
 
 
 
 
1,948

 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities – derivative payables
77,851

 
 
 
 
 
75,828

 
 
 
 
All other liabilities, including the allowance for lending-related commitments
82,839

 
 
 
 
 
88,697

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
2,056,889

 
 
 
 
 
2,048,293

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
8,278

 
 
 
 
 
7,800

 
 
 
 
Common stockholders’ equity
186,590

 
 
 
 
 
174,454

 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
194,868

 
 
 
 
 
182,254

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,251,757

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,230,547

 
 
 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 
 
2.32
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.56
%
 
Net interest income and net yield on interest-earning assets
 
$
11,176

 
2.43
%
 
 
 
$
11,950

 
2.66
%
 
(a)
Negative yield for the three months ended September 30, 2012, is a result of increased client-driven demand for certain securities combined with the impact of low interest rates; the offset of this matched book activity is reflected as lower net interest expense reported within Trading liabilities - debt, short-term borrowings and other liabilities.
(b)
Includes margin loans.
(c)
Includes brokerage customer payables.
(d)
Interest includes the effect of related hedging derivatives. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable.
(e)
For the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the annualized rates for AFS securities, based on amortized cost, were 2.17% and 2.71%, respectively.

211


JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Consolidated average balance sheets, interest and rates
(Taxable-equivalent interest and rates; in millions, except rates)

 
Nine months ended September 30, 2012
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2011
 
Average
balance
Interest(c)
 
Rate
(annualized)
 
Average
balance
Interest(c)
 
Rate
(annualized)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits with banks
$
116,325

$
420

 
0.48
%
 
 
$
76,628

$
429

 
0.75
%
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
235,393

1,866

 
1.06

 
 
205,501

1,830

 
1.19

 
Securities borrowed
132,493

7

 
0.01

 
 
123,732

95

 
0.10

 
Trading assets – debt instruments
230,826

6,947

 
4.02

 
 
272,791

8,737

 
4.28

 
Securities
362,341

6,445

 
2.38

(d) 
 
330,884

7,136

 
2.88

(d) 
Loans
721,301

27,135

 
5.02

 
 
689,030

27,921

 
5.42

 
Other assets(a)
32,954

175

 
0.71

 
 
47,095

464

 
1.32

 
Total interest-earning assets
1,831,633

42,995

 
3.14

 
 
1,745,661

46,612

 
3.57

 
Allowance for loan losses
(25,665
)
 
 
 
 
 
(29,900
)
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
48,790

 
 
 
 
 
33,917

 
 
 
 
Trading assets – equity instruments
113,607

 
 
 
 
 
133,070

 
 
 
 
Trading assets – derivative receivables
88,353

 
 
 
 
 
88,344

 
 
 
 
Goodwill
48,178

 
 
 
 
 
48,770

 
 
 
 
Other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
7,161

 
 
 
 
 
12,255

 
 
 
 
Purchased credit card relationships
501

 
 
 
 
 
781

 
 
 
 
Other intangibles
2,427

 
 
 
 
 
2,954

 
 
 
 
Other assets
143,965

 
 
 
 
 
140,457

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,258,950

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,176,309

 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
$
748,564

$
2,085

 
0.37
%
 
 
$
725,009

$
3,038

 
0.56
%
 
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements
244,582

390

 
0.21

 
 
265,020

427

 
0.22

 
Commercial paper
49,901

65

 
0.17

 
 
41,886

58

 
0.19

 
Trading liabilities – debt, short-term and other liabilities(b)
197,609

874

 
0.59

 
 
207,330

1,920

 
1.24

 
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs
60,657

503

 
1.11

 
 
69,602

592

 
1.14

 
Long-term debt
245,770

4,724

 
2.57

 
 
274,145

4,646

 
2.27

 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,547,083

8,641

 
0.75

 
 
1,582,992

10,681

 
0.90

 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
348,033

 
 
 
 
 
258,319

 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities – equity instruments
14,141

 
 
 
 
 
4,348

 
 
 
 
Trading liabilities – derivative payables
77,543

 
 
 
 
 
71,058

 
 
 
 
All other liabilities, including the allowance for lending-related commitments
82,398

 
 
 
 
 
79,125

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
2,069,198

 
 
 
 
 
1,995,842

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
7,961

 
 
 
 
 
7,800

 
 
 
 
Common stockholders’ equity
181,791

 
 
 
 
 
172,667

 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
189,752

 
 
 
 
 
180,467

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,258,950

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,176,309

 
 
 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 
 
2.39
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.67
%
 
Net interest income and net yield on interest-earning assets
 
$
34,354

 
2.51
%
 
 
 
$
35,931

 
2.75
%
 
(a)
Includes margin loans.
(b)
Includes brokerage customer payables.
(c)
Interest includes the effect of related hedging derivatives. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable.
(d)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the annualized rates for AFS securities, based on amortized cost, were 2.43% and 2.93%, respectively.


212


GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Allowance for loan losses to total loans: Represents period-end allowance for loan losses divided by retained loans.
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs: Represents the interest of third-party holders of debt/equity securities, or other obligations, issued by VIEs that JPMorgan Chase consolidates. The underlying obligations of the VIEs consist of short-term borrowings, commercial paper and long-term debt. The related assets consist of trading assets, available-for-sale securities, loans and other assets.
Benefit obligation: Refers to the projected benefit obligation for pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for OPEB plans.
Corporate/Private Equity: Includes Private Equity, Treasury and Chief Investment Office, and Corporate Other, which includes other centrally managed expense and discontinued operations.
Credit derivatives: Financial instruments whose value is derived from the credit risk associated with the debt of a third party issuer (the reference entity) which allow one party (the protection purchaser) to transfer that risk to another party (the protection seller). Upon the occurrence of a credit event, which may include, among other events, the bankruptcy or failure to pay by, or certain restructurings of the debt of, the reference entity, neither party has recourse to the reference entity. The protection purchaser has recourse to the protection seller for the difference between the face value of the CDS contract and the fair value of the reference obligation at the time of settling the credit derivative contract. The determination as to whether a credit event has occurred is generally made by the relevant ISDA Determination Committee, comprised of 10 sell-side and five buy-side ISDA member firms.
Credit cycle: A period of time over which credit quality improves, deteriorates and then improves again. The duration of a credit cycle can vary from a couple of years to several years.
 
CUSIP number: A CUSIP (i.e., Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures) number identifies most securities, including: stocks of all registered U.S. and Canadian companies, and U.S. government and municipal bonds. The CUSIP system – owned by the American Bankers Association and operated by Standard & Poor’s – facilitates the clearing and settlement process of securities. The number consists of nine characters (including letters and numbers) that uniquely identify a company or issuer and the type of security. A similar system is used to identify non-U.S. securities (CUSIP International Numbering System).
Deposit margin: Represents net interest income expressed as a percentage of average deposits.
FICO score: A measure of consumer credit risk provided by credit bureaus, typically produced from statistical models by Fair Isaac Corporation utilizing data collected by the credit bureaus.
Forward points: Represents the interest rate differential between two currencies, which is either added to or subtracted from the current exchange rate (i.e., “spot rate”) to determine the forward exchange rate.
G7 government bonds: Bonds issued by the government of one of countries in the “Group of Seven” (“G7”) nations. Countries in the G7 are Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom and the United States.
Global Corporate Bank: TSS and IB formed a joint venture to create the Firm’s Global Corporate Bank. With a team of bankers, the Global Corporate Bank serves multinational clients by providing them access to TSS products and services and certain IB products, including derivatives, foreign exchange and debt. The cost of this effort and the credit that the Firm extends to these clients is shared between TSS and IB.
Headcount-related expense: Includes salary and benefits (excluding performance-based incentives), and other noncompensation costs related to employees.
Home equity - senior lien: Represents loans where JP Morgan Chase holds the first security interest on the property.
Home equity - junior lien: Represents loans where JP Morgan Chase holds a security interest that is subordinate in rank to other liens.
Interchange income: A fee paid to a credit card issuer in the clearing and settlement of a sales or cash advance transaction.


213


Investment-grade: An indication of credit quality based on JPMorgan Chase’s internal risk assessment system. “Investment grade” generally represents a risk profile similar to a rating of a “BBB-”/“Baa3” or better, as defined by independent rating agencies.
LLC: Limited Liability Company.
Loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio: For residential real estate loans, the relationship, expressed as a percentage, between the principal amount of a loan and the appraised value of the collateral (i.e., residential real estate) securing the loan.
Origination date LTV ratio
The LTV ratio at the origination date of the loan. Origination date LTV ratios are calculated based on the actual appraised values of collateral (i.e., loan-level data) at the origination date.
Current estimated LTV ratio
An estimate of the LTV as of a certain date. The current estimated LTV ratios are calculated using estimated collateral values derived from a nationally recognized home price index measured at the metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”) level. These MSA-level home price indices comprise actual data to the extent available and forecasted data where actual data is not available. As a result, the estimated collateral values used to calculate these ratios do not represent actual appraised loan-level collateral values; as such, the resulting LTV ratios are necessarily imprecise and should therefore be viewed as estimates.
Combined LTV ratio
The LTV ratio considering all lien positions related to the property. Combined LTV ratios are used for junior lien home equity products.
Managed basis: A non-GAAP presentation of financial results that includes reclassifications to present revenue on a fully taxable-equivalent basis. Management uses this non-GAAP financial measure at the segment level, because it believes this provides information to enable investors to understand the underlying operational performance and trends of the particular business segment and facilitates a comparison of the business segment with the performance of competitors.
Master netting agreement: An agreement between two counterparties who have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provides for the net settlement of all contracts, as well as cash collateral, through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on or termination of any one contract.
 
Mortgage product types:
Alt-A
Alt-A loans are generally higher in credit quality than subprime loans but have characteristics that would disqualify the borrower from a traditional prime loan. Alt-A lending characteristics may include one or more of the following: (i) limited documentation; (ii) a high combined-loan-to-value (“CLTV”) ratio; (iii) loans secured by non-owner occupied properties; or (iv) a debt-to-income ratio above normal limits. Perhaps the most important characteristic is limited documentation. A substantial proportion of traditional Alt-A loans are those where a borrower does not provide complete documentation of his or her assets or the amount or source of his or her income.
Option ARMs
The option ARM real estate loan product is an adjustable-rate mortgage loan that provides the borrower with the option each month to make a fully amortizing, interest-only or minimum payment. The minimum payment on an option ARM loan is based on the interest rate charged during the introductory period. This introductory rate is usually significantly below the fully indexed rate. The fully indexed rate is calculated using an index rate plus a margin. Once the introductory period ends, the contractual interest rate charged on the loan increases to the fully indexed rate and adjusts monthly to reflect movements in the index. The minimum payment is typically insufficient to cover interest accrued in the prior month, and any unpaid interest is deferred and added to the principal balance of the loan. Option ARM loans are subject to payment recast, which converts the loan to a variable-rate fully amortizing loan upon meeting specified loan balance and anniversary date triggers.
Prime
Prime mortgage loans generally have low default risk and are made to borrowers with good credit records and a monthly income at least three to four times greater than their monthly housing expense (mortgage payments plus taxes and other debt payments). These borrowers provide full documentation and generally have reliable payment histories.
Subprime
Subprime loans are designed for customers with one or more high risk characteristics, including but not limited to: (i) unreliable or poor payment histories; (ii) a high LTV ratio of greater than 80% (without borrower-paid mortgage insurance); (iii) a high debt-to-income ratio; (iv) an occupancy type for the loan is other than the borrower’s primary residence; or (v) a history of delinquencies or late payments on the loan.


214


MSR risk management revenue: Includes changes in the fair value of the MSR asset due to market-based inputs, such as interest rates and volatility, as well as updates to assumptions used in the MSR valuation model; and derivative valuation adjustments and other, which represents changes in the fair value of derivative instruments used to offset the impact of changes in the market-based inputs to the MSR valuation model.
NA: Data is not applicable or available for the period presented.
Net charge-off rate: Represents net charge-offs (annualized) divided by average retained loans for the reporting period.
Net yield on interest-earning assets: The average rate for interest-earning assets less the average rate paid for all sources of funds.
NM: Not meaningful.
Overhead ratio: Noninterest expense as a percentage of total net revenue.
Participating securities: Represents unvested stock-based compensation awards containing nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (collectively, “dividends”), which are included in the earnings per share calculation using the two-class method. JPMorgan Chase grants restricted stock and RSUs to certain employees under its stock-based compensation programs, which entitle the recipients to receive nonforfeitable dividends during the vesting period on a basis equivalent to the dividends paid to holders of common stock. These unvested awards meet the definition of participating securities. Under the two-class method, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to each class of common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends.
Portfolio activity: Describes changes to the risk profile of existing lending-related exposures and their impact on the allowance for credit losses from changes in customer profiles and inputs used to estimate the allowances.
Pre-provision profit: Represents total net revenue less noninterest expense. The Firm believes that this financial measure is useful in assessing the ability of a lending institution to generate income in excess of its provision for credit losses.
Pretax margin: Represents income before income tax expense divided by total net revenue, which is, in management’s view, a comprehensive measure of pretax performance derived by measuring earnings after all costs are taken into consideration. It is, therefore, another basis that management uses to evaluate the performance of TSS and AM against the performance of their respective competitors.
Principal transactions revenue: Principal transactions revenue includes realized and unrealized gains and losses recorded on derivatives, other financial instruments, private equity investments, and physical commodities used in
 
market making and client-driven activities. In addition, Principal transactions revenue also includes certain realized and unrealized gains and losses related to hedge accounting and specified risk management activities including: (a) certain derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships (primarily fair value hedges of commodity and foreign exchange risk), (b) certain derivatives used for specified risk management purposes, primarily to mitigate credit risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk, and (c) other derivatives, including the synthetic credit portfolio.
Purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans: Represents loans that were acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction and deemed to be credit-impaired on the acquisition date in accordance with FASB guidance. The guidance allows purchasers to aggregate credit-impaired loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics (e.g., product type, LTV ratios, FICO scores, past due status, geographic location). A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.
Since each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows, the past-due status of the pools, or that of the individual loans within the pools, is not meaningful. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of loans, they are all considered to be performing.
Charge-offs are not recorded on PCI loans until actual losses exceed estimated losses that were recorded as purchase accounting adjustments at the time of acquisition. PCI loans as well as the related charge-offs and allowance for loan losses are excluded in the calculation of certain net charge-off rates and allowance coverage ratios. To date, no charge-offs have been recorded for these loans.
Real estate investment trust (“REIT”): A special purpose investment vehicle that provides investors with the ability to participate directly in the ownership or financing of real-estate related assets by pooling their capital to purchase and manage income property (i.e., equity REIT) and/or mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage REIT). REITs can be publicly- or privately-held and they also qualify for certain favorable tax considerations.
Receivables from customers: Primarily represents margin loans to prime and retail brokerage customers which are included in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the wholesale lines of
business.
Reported basis: Financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP, which excludes the impact of taxable-equivalent adjustments.
Retained loans: Loans that are held-for-investment excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value.
Risk-weighted assets (“RWA”): Risk-weighted assets consist of on- and off-balance sheet assets that are assigned to one of several broad risk categories and weighted by factors


215


representing their risk and potential for default. On-balance sheet assets are risk-weighted based on the perceived credit risk associated with the obligor or counterparty, the nature of any collateral, and the guarantor, if any. Off-balance sheet assets such as lending-related commitments, guarantees, derivatives and other applicable off-balance sheet positions are risk-weighted by multiplying the contractual amount by the appropriate credit conversion factor to determine the on-balance sheet credit equivalent amount, which is then risk-weighted based on the same factors used for on-balance sheet assets. Risk-weighted assets also incorporate a measure for market risk related to applicable trading assets-debt and equity instruments, and foreign exchange and commodity derivatives. The resulting risk-weighted values for each of the risk categories are then aggregated to determine total risk-weighted assets.
Seed capital: Initial JPMorgan capital invested in products, such as mutual funds, with the intention of ensuring the fund is of sufficient size to represent a viable offering to clients, enabling pricing of its shares, and allowing the manager to develop a commercially attractive track record. After these goals are achieved, the intent is to remove the Firm’s capital from the investment.
Stress testing: A scenario that measures market risk under unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets.
Taxable-equivalent basis: For managed results, total net revenue for each of the business segments and the Firm is presented on a tax-equivalent basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. This non-GAAP financial measure allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense.
 
Troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”): Occurs when the Firm modifies the original terms of a loan agreement by granting a concession to a borrower that is experiencing financial difficulty.
Unaudited: Financial statements and information that have not been subjected to auditing procedures sufficient to permit an independent certified public accountant to express an opinion.
U.S. GAAP: Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
U.S. government-sponsored enterprise obligations: Obligations of agencies originally established or chartered by the U.S. government to serve public purposes as specified by the U.S. Congress; these obligations are not explicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
U.S. Treasury: U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Value-at-risk (“VaR”): A measure of the dollar amount of potential loss from adverse market moves in an ordinary market environment.
Washington Mutual transaction: On September 25, 2008, JPMorgan Chase acquired the banking operations of Washington Mutual Bank (“Washington Mutual Bank”) from the FDIC. For additional information, see Glossary of Terms on page 311 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.



216


LINE OF BUSINESS METRICS
Investment Banking
IB’s revenue comprises the following:
Investment banking fees include advisory, equity underwriting, bond underwriting and loan syndication fees.
Fixed income markets primarily include revenue related to market-making across global fixed income markets, including foreign exchange, interest rate, credit and commodities markets.
Equities markets primarily include revenue related to market-making across global equity products, including cash instruments, derivatives, convertibles and Prime Services.
Credit portfolio revenue includes net interest income, fees and loan sale activity, as well as gains or losses on securities received as part of a loan restructuring, for IB’s credit portfolio. Credit portfolio revenue also includes the results of risk management related to the Firm’s lending and derivative activities.
Retail Financial Services
Description of selected business metrics within Consumer & Business Banking:
Client investment managed accounts – Assets actively managed by Chase Wealth Management on behalf of clients. The percentage of managed accounts is calculated by dividing managed account assets by total client investment assets.
Active mobile customers – Retail banking users of all mobile platforms, which include: SMS text, Mobile Browser, iPhone, iPad and Android, who have been active in the past 90 days.
Client advisors – Investment product specialists, including Private Client Advisors, Financial Advisors, Financial Advisor Associates, Senior Financial Advisors, Independent Financial Advisors and Financial Advisor Associate trainees, who advise clients on investment options, including annuities, mutual funds, stock trading services, etc., sold by the Firm or by third party vendors through retail branches, Chase Private Client branches and other channels.
Personal bankers – Retail branch office personnel who acquire, retain and expand new and existing customer relationships by assessing customer needs and recommending and selling appropriate banking products and services.
Sales specialists – Retail branch office and field personnel, including Business Bankers, Relationship Managers and Loan Officers, who specialize in marketing and sales of various business banking products (i.e., business loans, letters of credit, deposit accounts, Chase Paymentech, etc.) and mortgage products to existing and new clients.
Deposit margin/deposit spread: Represents net interest income expressed as a percentage of average deposits.
 
Mortgage Production and Servicing revenue comprises the following:
Net production revenue includes net gains or losses on originations and sales of prime and subprime mortgage loans, other production-related fees and losses related to the repurchase of previously-sold loans.
Net mortgage servicing revenue includes the following components.
(a)
Operating revenue comprises:
– All gross income earned from servicing third-party mortgage loans including stated service fees, excess service fees and other ancillary fees; and
– Modeled MSR asset amortization (or time decay).
(b)
Risk management comprises:
– Changes in MSR asset fair value due to market-based inputs such as interest rates, as well as updates to assumptions used in the MSR valuation model; and
– Derivative valuation adjustments and other, which represents changes in the fair value of derivative instruments used to offset the impact of changes in interest rates to the MSR valuation model.
Mortgage origination channels comprise the following:
Retail – Borrowers who buy or refinance a home through direct contact with a mortgage banker employed by the Firm using a branch office, the Internet or by phone. Borrowers are frequently referred to a mortgage banker by a banker in a Chase branch, real estate brokers, home builders or other third parties.
Wholesale – Third-party mortgage brokers refer loan application packages to the Firm. The Firm then underwrites and funds the loan. Brokers are independent loan originators that specialize in counseling applicants on available home financing options, but do not provide funding for loans. Chase materially eliminated broker-originated loans in 2008, with the exception of a small number of loans guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture under its Section 502 Guaranteed Loan program that serves low-and-moderate income families in small rural communities.
Correspondent – Banks, thrifts, other mortgage banks and other financial institutions that sell closed loans to the Firm.
Correspondent negotiated transactions (“CNTs”) – Mid- to large-sized mortgage lenders, banks and bank-owned mortgage companies sell servicing to the Firm on an as-originated basis (excluding sales of bulk servicing transactions). These transactions supplement traditional production channels and provide growth opportunities in the servicing portfolio in periods of stable and rising interest rates.


217


Card Services & Auto
Description of selected business metrics within Card:
Sales volume – Dollar amount of cardmember purchases, net of returns.
Open accounts – Cardmember accounts with charging privileges.
Merchant Services business – A business that processes bank card transactions for merchants.
Bank card volume – Dollar amount of transactions processed for merchants.
Total transactions – Number of transactions and authorizations processed for merchants.
Auto origination volume – Dollar amount of loans and leases originated.
Commercial card provides a wide range of payment services to corporate and public sector clients worldwide through the commercial card products. Services include procurement, corporate travel and entertainment, expense management services, and business-to-business payment solutions.
Commercial Banking
CB Client Segments:
Middle Market Banking covers corporate, municipal, financial institution and not-for-profit clients, with annual revenue generally ranging between $10 million and $500 million.
Corporate Client Banking covers clients with annual revenue generally ranging between $500 million and $2 billion and focuses on clients that have broader investment banking needs.
Commercial Term Lending primarily provides term financing to real estate investors/owners for multifamily properties as well as financing office, retail and industrial properties.
Real Estate Banking provides full-service banking to investors and developers of institutional-grade real estate properties.
Other primarily includes lending and investment activity within the Community Development Banking and Chase Capital businesses.
CB revenue:
Lending includes a variety of financing alternatives, which are primarily provided on a basis secured by receivables, inventory, equipment, real estate or other assets. Products include term loans, revolving lines of credit, bridge financing, asset-based structures, leases, commercial card products and standby letters of credit.
Treasury services includes revenue from a broad range of products and services (as defined by Transaction Services and Trade Finance descriptions within TSS line of business metrics) that enable CB clients to manage payments and receipts as well as invest and manage funds.
 
Investment banking includes revenue from a range of products providing CB clients with sophisticated capital-raising alternatives, as well as balance sheet and risk management tools through advisory, equity underwriting, and loan syndications. Revenue from Fixed income and Equity markets products (as defined by Investment Banking Line of Business Metrics) available to CB clients is also included.
Other product revenue primarily includes tax-equivalent adjustments generated from Community Development Banking activity and certain income derived from principal transactions.
Description of selected business metrics within CB:
Liability balances include deposits, as well as deposits that are swept to on–balance sheet liabilities (e.g., commercial paper, federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements) as part of customer cash management programs.
IB revenue, gross represents total revenue related to investment banking products sold to CB clients.
Treasury & Securities Services
Treasury & Securities Services firmwide metrics include certain TSS product revenue and liability balances reported in other lines of business related to customers who are also customers of those other lines of business. In order to capture the firmwide impact of Treasury Services and TSS products and revenue, management reviews firmwide metrics such as liability balances, revenue and overhead ratios in assessing financial performance for TSS. Firmwide metrics are necessary, in management’s view, in order to understand the aggregate TSS business.
Description of a business metric within TSS:
Liability balances include deposits, as well as deposits that are swept to on–balance sheet liabilities (e.g., commercial paper, federal funds purchased, and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements) as part of customer cash management programs.
Assets under custody represents activities associated with the safekeeping and servicing of assets on which WSS earns fees.
Description of selected products and services within TSS:
Investor Services includes primarily custody, fund accounting and administration, and securities lending products sold principally to asset managers, insurance companies and public and private investment funds.
Clearance, Collateral Management & Depositary Receipts primarily includes broker-dealer clearing and custody services, including tri-party repo transactions, collateral management products, and depositary bank services for American and global depositary receipt programs.
Transaction Services includes a broad range of products and services that enable clients to manage payments and receipts, as well as invest and manage funds. Products include U.S. dollar and multi-currency clearing, ACH,


218


lockbox, disbursement and reconciliation services, check deposits, and currency-related services.
Trade Finance enables the management of cross-border trade for bank and corporate clients. Products include loans directly tied to goods crossing borders, export/import loans, commercial letters of credit, standby letters of credit, and supply chain finance.
Pre-provision profit ratio represents total net revenue less total noninterest expense divided by total net revenue. This reflects the operating performance before the impact of credit, and is another measure of performance for TSS against the performance of competitors.
Asset Management
Assets under management – Represent assets actively managed by AM on behalf of Private Banking, Institutional, and Retail clients. Includes “committed capital not called,” on which AM earns fees.
Assets under supervision – Represents assets under management as well as custody, brokerage, administration and deposit accounts.
Multi-asset – Any fund or account that allocates assets under management to more than one asset class (e.g., long-term fixed income, equity, cash, real assets, private equity or hedge funds).
Alternative assets – The following types of assets constitute alternative investments – hedge funds, currency, real estate and private equity.
 
AM’s client segments comprise the following:
Institutional includes comprehensive global investment services – including asset management, pension analytics, asset/liability management and active risk budgeting strategies – to corporate and public institutions, endowments, foundations, not-for-profit organizations and governments worldwide.
Retail includes worldwide investment management services and retirement planning and administration through third-parties and direct distribution of a full range of investment vehicles.
Private Banking includes investment advice and wealth management services to high- and ultra-high-net-worth individuals, families, money managers, business owners and small corporations worldwide, including investment management, capital markets and risk management, tax and estate planning, banking, capital raising and specialty-wealth advisory services.


219


Item 3    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
For a discussion of the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk, see the Market Risk Management section of Management’s discussion and analysis on pages 96–102 of this Form 10-Q.
Item 4    Controls and Procedures
As described in CIO synthetic credit portfolio update on page 10 of this Form 10-Q, the Firm determined that a material weakness existed in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) at March 31, 2012. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
During the first quarter of 2012, the size and characteristics of the synthetic credit portfolio managed by the Firm’s Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) changed significantly. These changes had a negative impact on the effectiveness of CIO’s internal controls over valuation of the synthetic credit portfolio. The identified deficiency in the CIO valuation control process was the result of issues in certain interrelated and interdependent control elements comprising that process, including insufficient engagement of CIO senior finance management in the valuation control process in light of the increased size and heightened risk profile of the synthetic credit portfolio during the first quarter of 2012, and in the effectiveness of certain procedures employed during the first quarter of 2012 by the CIO Valuation Control Group in performing the price verifications.
Management has taken steps to remediate the material weakness, including enhancing CIO senior finance management supervision of the valuation control process, implementing more formal reviews of price testing calculations, and instituting more formal procedures around the establishment and monitoring of price testing thresholds. These remedial steps were substantially implemented by June 30, 2012. In accordance with the Firm’s internal control compliance program, however, the material weakness designation could not be closed until the remediation processes were operational for a period of time and successfully tested. The testing was successfully completed during the third quarter of 2012, and the control deficiency was closed at September 30, 2012.
Based on the foregoing, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2012, and they have concluded that such controls and procedures were effective at such date. The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Other than the foregoing, there was no change in the Firm’s
 
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended September 30, 2012, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.
Reference is made to Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 for the Certification statements issued by the Firm’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Financial Officer, regarding the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting, as of September 30, 2012.

Part II Other Information

Item 1    Legal Proceedings
For information that updates the disclosures set forth under Part 1, Item 3: Legal Proceedings, in the Firm’s 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, see the discussion of the Firm’s material litigation in Note 23 on pages 196–206 of this Form 10-Q.
Item 1A    Risk Factors
The following discussion supplements the discussion of risk factors affecting the Firm as set forth in Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 7–17 of JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011; Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 175–175A of JPMorgan Chase’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2012; and Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 219–222 of JPMorgan Chase’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012. The discussion of risk factors, as so supplemented, sets forth the material risk factors that could affect JPMorgan Chase’s financial condition and operations. Readers should not consider any descriptions of such factors to be a complete set of all potential risks that could affect the Firm.
Changes are being considered in the method for determining LIBOR and it is not apparent how any such changes could affect the value of debt securities and other financial obligations held or issued by JPMorgan Chase that are linked to LIBOR, or how such changes could affect the Firm’s financial condition or results of operations.
Beginning in 2008, concerns have been raised about the accuracy of the calculation of the daily London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), which is currently overseen by the British Bankers’ Association (the “BBA”). The BBA has taken steps to change the process for determining LIBOR by increasing the number of banks surveyed to set LIBOR and to strengthen the oversight of the process. In addition, the final report of the Wheatley Review of LIBOR, published in September 2012, set forth recommendations relating to the setting and administration of LIBOR, and the UK government has announced that it intends to incorporate these recommendations in new legislation.
At the present time it is uncertain what changes, if any, may be required or made by the UK government or other


220


governmental or regulatory authorities in the method for determining LIBOR. Accordingly, at the present time it is not apparent whether or to what extent any such changes would have an adverse impact on the value of any LIBOR-linked debt securities issued by the Firm or any loans, derivatives and other financial obligations or extensions of credit for which the Firm is an obligor, or whether or to what extent any such changes would have an adverse effect on the value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, derivatives and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to the Firm or on the Firm’s financial condition or results of operations.
The ongoing Eurozone debt crisis could have significant adverse effects on JPMorgan Chase’s business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, particularly if it leads to any sovereign debt defaults, significant bank failures or defaults and/or the exit of one or more countries from the European Monetary Union.
The ongoing Eurozone debt crisis could have significant adverse effects on JPMorgan Chase’s business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, particularly if it leads to additional sovereign debt defaults, significant bank failures or defaults and/or the exit of one or more countries from the European Monetary Union.
The ongoing Eurozone debt crisis has caused, and is likely to continue to cause, disruption in global financial markets. These conditions could materially worsen if, for example, consecutive Eurozone countries were to default on their sovereign debt, significant bank failures or defaults in these countries were to occur, and/or one or more of the members of the Eurozone were to exit the European Monetary Union (“EMU”). Yields on government bonds of certain Eurozone countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, have remained volatile, despite various stabilization packages and facilities that have been implemented to assist various distressed Eurozone countries. Concerns have been and continue to be raised as to the financial effectiveness of the assistance measures taken to date and such concerns could intensify. The Firm believes that its exposure to sovereign and non-sovereign clients and counterparties in the five countries referenced above is modest relative to the Firm’s aggregate exposures. However, continued economic turmoil in the Eurozone could lead to a further deterioration of global economic conditions and thereby adversely affect the Firm’s business and results of operations in Europe and elsewhere. There can be no assurance that the various steps that JPMorgan Chase has taken to protect its businesses, results of operations and financial condition against the results of the Eurozone crisis will be sufficient. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis - Country Risk Management” on pages 103–105 of this Form 10-Q for a discussion of the Firm’s European exposures.
The effects of the Eurozone debt crisis could be even more significant if they lead to a partial or complete break-up of the EMU. The partial or full break-up of the EMU would be unprecedented and its impact highly uncertain. The exit of
 
one or more countries from the EMU or the dissolution of the EMU could lead to redenomination of certain obligations of obligors in exiting countries. Any such exit and redenomination would cause significant uncertainty with respect to outstanding obligations of counterparties and debtors in any exiting country, whether sovereign or otherwise, and lead to complex and lengthy disputes and litigation. The resulting uncertainty and market stress could also cause, among other things, severe disruption to equity markets, significant increases in bond yields generally, potential failure or default of financial institutions, including those of systemic importance, a significant decrease in global liquidity, a freeze-up of global credit markets and a potential worldwide recession. Any combination of such events could negatively impact JPMorgan Chase’s businesses, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, one or more EMU exits and currency redenominations could be accompanied by imposition of capital, exchange and similar controls, which could further negatively impact JPMorgan Chase’s cross-border risk and other aspects of its businesses and its earnings.
A breach in the security of JPMorgan Chase’s systems could disrupt its businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage its reputation and create significant financial and legal exposure for the Firm.
Although JPMorgan Chase devotes significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade its systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of the Firm’s computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets and the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information belonging to the Firm and its customers, there is no assurance that all of the Firm’s security measures will provide absolute security. JPMorgan Chase and other financial services institutions and companies engaged in data processing have reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyberattacks and other means. The Firm and several other U.S. financial institutions have recently experienced significant distributed denial-of-service attacks from technically sophisticated and well-resourced third parties which were intended to disrupt consumer online banking services.
Despite the Firm’s efforts to ensure the integrity of its systems, it is possible that the Firm may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties outside the Firm such as persons who are involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers or who may be linked to terrorist organizations or


221


hostile foreign governments. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of the Firm’s systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to the Firm’s data or that of its customers or clients. These risks may increase in the future as the Firm continues to increase its mobile payments and other internet-based product offerings and expands its internal usage of web-based products and applications.
A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of the Firm’s systems could cause serious negative consequences for the Firm, including significant disruption of the Firm’s operations, misappropriation of confidential information of the Firm or that of its customers, or damage to computers or systems of the Firm and those of its customers and counterparties, and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to the Firm or to its customers, loss of confidence in the Firm’s security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure, and harm to the Firm’s reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Firm.
Item 2    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
During the three months ended September 30, 2012, there were no shares of common stock of JPMorgan Chase & Co. issued in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.


222


Repurchases under the common equity repurchase program
On March 13, 2012, the Board of Directors authorized a $15.0 billion common equity (i.e., common stock and warrants) repurchase program, of which up to $12.0 billion is approved for repurchase in 2012 and up to an additional $3.0 billion is approved through the end of the first quarter of 2013. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, there were no repurchases of common stock or warrants; the Firm did not make any repurchases after May 17, 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Firm repurchased (on a trade-date basis) an aggregate of 49 million shares of common stock and warrants for $1.6 billion. As of September 30, 2012, $13.4 billion of authorized repurchase capacity remained under the new program. For additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities, see 2012 Business outlook, on page 9 of this Form 10-Q.
The Firm may, from time to time, enter into written trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to facilitate repurchases in accordance with the repurchase program. A Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan allows
 
the Firm to repurchase its equity during periods when it would not otherwise be repurchasing common equity — for example, during internal trading “black-out periods.” All purchases under a Rule 10b5-1 plan must be made according to a predefined plan established when the Firm is not aware of material nonpublic information.
The authorization to repurchase common equity will be utilized at management’s discretion, and the timing of purchases and the exact amount of common equity that may be repurchased is subject to various factors, including market conditions; legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity; the Firm’s capital position (taking into account goodwill and intangibles); internal capital generation; and alternative investment opportunities. The repurchase program does not include specific price targets or timetables; may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, or utilizing Rule 10b5-1 programs; and may be suspended at any time. For a discussion of restrictions on equity repurchases, see Note 22 on page 276 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2011 Annual Report.

Shares repurchased pursuant to the common equity repurchase program during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, were as follows.
 
 
Common stock
 
Warrants
 
 
 
 
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2012
 
Total shares of common stock repurchased
 
Average price paid per share of common stock(d)
 
Total warrants
repurchased
 
Average price
paid per warrant(d)
 
Aggregate repurchases of common equity (in millions)(d)
 
Dollar value
of remaining
authorized
repurchase
(in millions)(e)
 
Repurchases under the prior $15.0 billion program(a)
 
2,604,500

 
$
33.10

 

 
$

 
$
86

 
$
6,050

(f) 
Repurchases under the new $15.0 billion program(b)
 
2,867,870

 
45.29

 

 

 
130

 
14,870

 
First quarter(a)(b)
 
5,472,370

 
39.49

 

 

 
216

 
14,870

 
Second quarter(c)
 
28,070,715

 
42.72

 
18,471,300

 
12.90

 
1,437

 
13,433

 
July
 

 

 

 

 

 
13,433

 
August
 

 

 

 

 

 
13,433

 
September
 

 

 

 

 

 
13,433

 
Third quarter
 

 

 

 

 

 
13,433

 
Year-to-date(a)
 
33,543,085

 
$
42.19

 
18,471,300

 
$
12.90

 
$
1,653

 
$
13,433

(g) 
(a)
Includes $86 million of repurchases in December 2011, which settled in early January 2012.
(b)
Excludes $60 million of repurchases in March 2012, which settled in early April 2012.
(c)
Includes $60 million of repurchases in March 2012, which settled in early April 2012.
(d)
Excludes commissions cost.
(e)
The amount authorized by the Board of Directors excludes commissions cost.
(f)
The unused portion of the prior $15.0 billion program was canceled when the new $15.0 billion program was authorized.
(g)
Dollar value remaining under the new $15.0 billion program.

Repurchases under the stock-based incentive plans
Participants in the Firm’s stock-based incentive plans may have shares of common stock withheld to cover income taxes. Shares withheld to pay income taxes are repurchased pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and not under the Firm’s repurchase program. Shares repurchased pursuant to these plans during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, were as follows.
 
Nine months ended
September 30, 2012
Total shares of common stock
repurchased

 
Average price
paid per share of common stock

First quarter
406

 
$
45.81

Second quarter
32

 
39.72

July
28

 
35.98

August

 

September

 

Third quarter
28

 
35.98

Year-to-date
466

 
$
44.80



223



Item 3    Defaults Upon Senior Securities
None.
Item 4    Mine Safety Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 5
Other Information
None.

 
Item 6    Exhibits
15 – Letter re: Unaudited Interim Financial Information(a) 
31.1 – Certification(a) 
31.2 – Certification(a) 
32 – Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002(b) 
101.INS XBRL Instance Document(a)(c) 
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document(a) 
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document(a) 
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document(a) 
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document(a) 
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document(a) 
(a)
Filed herewith.
(b)
Furnished herewith. This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. Such exhibit shall not be deemed incorporated into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(c)
Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T, includes the following financial information included in the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language) interactive data files: (i) the Consolidated statements of income (unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, (ii) the Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, (iii) the Consolidated balance sheets (unaudited) as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, (iv) the Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, (v) the Consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).


224


SIGNATURE



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
JPMorgan Chase & Co.
(Registrant)


By:
/s/ Douglas L. Braunstein
 
Douglas L. Braunstein
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
(Chief Financial Officer)


Date:
November 8, 2012






225


INDEX TO EXHIBITS




Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
 
 
15
 
Letter re: Unaudited Interim Financial Information
 
 
 
31.1
 
Certification
 
 
 
31.2
 
Certification
 
 
 
32
 
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. Such exhibit shall not be deemed incorporated into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.



226